AMM Task Aug 19 PDF

Customer : IGO Manual : AMM
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321 Selected applicability : ALL

Rev. Date : Aug 01, 2019
21-23-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Lavatory/Galley Extraction Fan
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-23-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Lavatory/Galley Extraction Fan
FIN : 1HU
Task Summary
MMEL or CDL Ref Access Test Specific Tools Mhr E/T Nb Men
MMEL 21-23-01A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1
1. Reason for the Job

MMEL 21-23-01A
Lavatory and Galley Extraction Fan (FAA only)
2 Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

No specific AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
(Ref. 24-41-00-861-002-A). Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power
(Ref. 24-41-00-861-002-A-01). Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU
(Ref. 24-41-00-861-002-A-02). Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)
(Ref. 24-41-00-862-002-A). De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External
Power
(Ref. 24-41-00-862-002-A-01). De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU
(Ref. 24-41-00-862-002-A-02). De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-23-00-861-053-A
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-23-00-865-052-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EX- 5HU U21
TRACT FAN/CTL
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EX- 6HU U19
TRACT FAN/SPLY
Subtask 21-23-00-040-050-B
Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 1 of 2

© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.
21-23-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Lavatory/Galley Extraction Fan
B. Deactivation of the Lavatory/Galley Extraction Fan

(1) Make sure that:
· on the lower ECAM display unit COND page the cabin duct temperatures are shown.
Subtask 21-23-00-862-055-A
C. Placard
(1) Put a placard in the cockpit to tell persons that the lavatory/galley extraction fan is deactivated.
(2) Make an entry in the logbook.
Subtask 21-23-00-869-050-A
D. Cockpit Effects
(1) The message LAV DET may be erroneously displayed on the SD INOP SYS status page.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-23-00-862-053-A
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-006-A - Blower Fan Inoperative -
Check that the Air Conditioned Inlet Valve is Open
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-006-A
Blower Fan Inoperative - Check that the Air Conditioned Inlet Valve is Open
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-01B YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-26-01B
Avionics Blower Fan

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)
B. Work Zones and Access Panels
ZONE/ACCESS ZONE DESCRIPTION

824
C. Referenced Information
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 52-41-00-010-002-A). Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
(Ref. 52-41-00-410-002-A). Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
Conditioned-air inlet valve SHEET 1

824
Z127 C
A
C FR24A
FR20
21HQ
B
MANUAL OVERRIDE
(SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION)

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
C
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_AEN0_01_00
Figure 21-26-00-991-00900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Conditioned-air inlet valve

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-074-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 21-26-00-010-064-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-055-A
A. Conditioned Air Inlet Valve
(Ref. Fig. Conditioned-air inlet valve SHEET 1)
(1) On the VENTILATION part of the overhead control and indicating panel 22VU:
· release the BLOWER pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
(2) In the avionics compartment:
· make sure that the conditioned-air inlet valve 21HQ is open (the position indicator of the valve is at
0).
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-065-A
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 21-26-00-941-092-A
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the Blower Fan is deactivated.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-082-A
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-010-A - Blower Fault Warning - Check
of the Blower Fan and AVNCS SYS FAULT Warning
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-010-A
Blower Fault Warning - Check of the Blower Fan and AVNCS SYS FAULT Warning
Task Summary
MMEL 21-09-01A YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-09-01A
VENT BLOWER FAULT Alert


824
(Ref. 21-26-00-710-001-A). Operational Check of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation-System via
MCDU
(Ref. 21-26-00-710-001-A-01). Operational Check of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation (without the
CFDS)
(Ref. 24-42-00-861-001-A). Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power
(Ref. 24-42-00-862-001-A). De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-076-A
(1) Energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-010-072-A
B. Get Access

21-26-00-040-010-A - Blower Fault Warning - Check
of the Blower Fan and AVNCS SYS FAULT Warning
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-869-102-A
A. In the avionics compartment, make sure that the blower fan 20HQ operates correctly:
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
On the circuit breaker panel 122VU: On the upper ECAM display unit:
· Open the circuit breaker 3HQ · After approximately 10 seconds, the AVNCS
SYS FAULT warning comes into view.
· Close the circuit breaker 3HQ · The AVNCS SYS FAULT warning goes out of
view.
The self-test of the blower fan starts and con-
tinues for approximately 60 seconds. You can
hear the blower fan operate.
Subtask 21-26-00-710-062-A
B. Do an operational test of the avionics equipment ventilation (Ref. AMM TASK 21-26-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-073-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-941-096-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the BLOWER FAULT warning is not
serviceable.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-076-A
C. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-011-A - Extract Fault Warning - Check
of the Extract Fan and AVNCS SYS FAULT Warning
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-011-A
Extract Fault Warning - Check of the Extract Fan and AVNCS SYS FAULT Warning
Task Summary
MMEL 21-09-02A YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-09-02A
VENT EXTRACT FAULT Alert


824
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-077-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-010-073-A
B. Get Access

21-26-00-040-011-A - Extract Fault Warning - Check
of the Extract Fan and AVNCS SYS FAULT Warning
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-869-104-A
A. In the avionics compartment, make sure that the extract fan 18HQ operates correctly:
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
On the circuit breaker panel 122VU: On the upper ECAM display unit:
· Open the circuit breaker 3HQ · After approximately 10 seconds, the AVNCS
SYS FAULT warning comes into view.
· Close the circuit breaker 3HQ · The AVNCS SYS FAULT warning goes out of
view.
The self-test of the extract fan starts and con-
tinues for approximately 60 seconds. You can
hear the extract fan operate.
Subtask 21-26-00-710-063-A
B. Do an operational test of the avionics equipment ventilation (Ref. AMM TASK 21-26-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-074-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-941-098-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the EXTRACT FAULT warning is not
serviceable.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-077-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

21-31-00-040-004-A - Verification Test of the Safety
Valves (Position Indication on ECAM CAB PRESS Page)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-31-00-040-004-A
Verification Test of the Safety Valves (Position Indication on ECAM CAB PRESS Page)
FIN : 6HL , 7HL
Task Summary
MMEL 21-07-02-02A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 21-07-02-02A
Pressure Safety Valves Position Indication on the CAB PRESS
A. Referenced Information
Safety Valves (6HL,7HL) - Visual Inspection SHEET 1

Z260
A
FR70 B
PAX DOOR 2
FR65
A
5 TYPICAL
D
C
REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD
A 3
B 4
FR70
TYPICAL
2 6HL C
7HL D
FWD A A
C D TYPICAL
TYPICAL N_MM_213100_4_AAMB_01_00
Figure 21-31-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Safety Valves (6HL,7HL) - Visual Inspection

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-31-00-010-060-A
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the food trolleys (1) from the Aft galley.
(2) Remove the access panel (5).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Safety Valves (6HL,7HL) - Visual Inspection SHEET 1)
Subtask 21-31-00-280-052-A
A. Visual Inspection of the Safety Valves (6HL,7HL).
(1) Do a visual inspection of the two safety valves (2).
NOTE: The safety valves (2) must be in the closed position. The ring gate (3) must seat properly on
the rubber seal (4).
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-31-00-410-058-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel (5) and the food trolleys (1) in the Aft galley.
End of document

21-31-00-040-005-A - Verification Test of the Safety Valves (OPEN Caution on ECAM)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-31-00-040-005-A
Verification Test of the Safety Valves (OPEN Caution on ECAM)
FIN : 6HL , 7HL
Task Summary
MMEL 21-09-03A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 21-09-03A
CAB PR SAFETY VALVE OPEN Alert
Safety Valves (6HL,7HL) - Visual Inspection SHEET 1

Z260
A
FR70 B
PAX DOOR 2
FR65
A
5 TYPICAL
D
C
A 3
B 4
FR70
TYPICAL
2 6HL C
7HL D
FWD A A
C D TYPICAL
TYPICAL N_MM_213100_4_AAMB_01_00
Figure 21-31-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Safety Valves (6HL,7HL) - Visual Inspection

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-31-00-010-061-A
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the food trolleys (1) from the Aft galley.
(2) Remove the access panel (5).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Safety Valves (6HL,7HL) - Visual Inspection SHEET 1)
Subtask 21-31-00-280-053-A
A. Visual Inspection of the Safety Valves (6HL,7HL).
(1) Do a visual inspection of the two safety valves (2).
NOTE: The safety valves (2) must be in the closed position. The ring gate (3) must seat properly on
the rubber seal (4).
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-31-00-410-059-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel (5) and the food trolleys (1) in the Aft galley.
End of document

21-55-00-040-001-A - Operational Test of the Emergency Ram-Air Inlet System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-55-00-040-001-A
Operational Test of the Emergency Ram-Air Inlet System
Task Summary
MMEL 21-07-01-06A NO NO NO 00.4 00.4 1

MMEL 21-07-01-06A
Emergency Ram Air Inlet Indication on the BLEED SD page (FAA only)
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 31-60-00-860-001-A). EIS Start Procedure
(Ref. 31-60-00-860-002-A). EIS Stop Procedure
(Ref. 34-10-00-860-002-A). ADIRS Start Procedure
(Ref. 34-10-00-860-005-A). ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-55-00-861-052-A
Subtask 21-55-00-865-052-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU AIR COND/RAM/AIR/INLET 1HZ D10
49VU AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL1 1HL D09
122VU AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/2 2HL Y22
Subtask 21-55-00-860-051-A
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(2) Make sure that the PRESS page shows on the ECAM lower display unit.
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

21-55-00-040-001-A - Operational Test of the Emergency Ram-Air Inlet System
· make sure that the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the off position (the OFF
legends are on).
(4) Do the start procedure of the ADIRS (Ref. AMM TASK 34-10-00-860-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-55-00-040-050-A
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE OUTFLOW VALVES ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF THE OUTFLOW VALVES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT NEAR THE RAM AIR IN-
LET FLAPS. THE MOVEMENT OF THE RAM AIR INLET FLAPS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
A. Operational Test
ACTION RESULT
1.On the AIR COND panel 30VU: On the AIR COND panel 30VU:
· lift the black guard and push the RAM AIR push- · in the RAM AIR pushbutton-switch the ON legend
button-switch to the on position. comes on.
On the ECAM upper display unit:
· the green RAM AIR ON message comes on.
On the ECAM lower display unit:
· the outflow valve symbol shows approx. 50 DEG.
open when the differential pressure in the fuselage
is less than 1 psi.
2.On the AIR COND panel 30VU: On the AIR COND panel 30VU:
· lift the black guard and push the RAM AIR push- · on the RAM AIR pushbutton-switch the ON legend
button-switch to the off position. goes off.
· the outflow valve symbol moves to the fully open
position.
· the green RAM AIR ON message goes off.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-55-00-860-052-A
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 34-10-00-860-005) .
Subtask 21-55-00-941-050-A
B. Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S).
Subtask 21-55-00-862-052-A
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-013-A - Deactivation of the Conditioned-
Air Inlet Valve when the Blower Fan is Inoperative
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-013-A
Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve when the Blower Fan is Inoperative
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-01C YES YES NO 00.6 00.6 1

MMEL 21-26-01C
Avionics Blower Fan

No specific AR CAP - BLANKING

824
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)

824
Z127 C
A
C FR24A
FR20
21HQ
B
MANUAL OVERRIDE

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
C
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_AEN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-087-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-865-101-A
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D05
Subtask 21-26-00-010-091-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at access door 824.
(2) Open access door 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-068-A
A. Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve (21HQ) when the Blower Fan is Inoperative
(1) On the VENTILATION section of overhead panel 22VU:
· Release the BLOWER pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend remains off).
(2) On the conditioned-air inlet-valve 21HQ:
(a) Disconnect connector 21HQ-A from valve 21HQ.
(b) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(c) Keep the electrical cable and its connector near the valve.
(d) Fully open valve 21HQ with the manual mechanism.
(3) On the bottom part of the upper ECAM display unit:
(a) The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT warning comes into view:
· Ignore this warning.
(b) On the ECAM control panel:
· Push the CLR key.
Subtask 21-26-00-865-123-A
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 21-26-00-710-091-A
C. Operational Test

CAUTION: AFTER THE DEACTIVATION OF THE APPLICABLE VALVE, MAKE SURE THAT YOU
DO THE OPERATIONAL TEST OF THE AVIONICS-EQUIPMENT VENTILATION-SYSTEM
BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.

· Make sure that the OVRD legend of the BLOWER pushbutton switch comes on.
· Push the BLOWER pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend goes off).
(2) Do an operational test of the avionics equipment ventilation from the MCDU (Ref. AMM TASK 21-26-
00-710-001) .
NOTE: Make sure that all the fault messages shown are related to:
- The fault of the blower fan and
- The deactivation of the conditioned-air inlet valve (21HQ).
If other messages are shown, refer to the related MMEL valve item.

· Release the BLOWER pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-088-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close access door 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
Subtask 21-26-00-942-087-A
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell the crew that the blower fan and the
conditioned-air inlet valve are deactivated.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-090-A
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-007-A - Extract Fan Inoperative
- Check of Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve Open
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-007-A
Extract Fan Inoperative - Check of Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve Open
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-02B YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-26-02B
Avionics Extract Fan


824
Power
1(2)

824
Z127 C
A
C FR24A
FR20
21HQ
B
MANUAL OVERRIDE

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
C
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_AEN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-075-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-010-065-A
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-056-A
A. Conditioned Air Inlet Valve
(1) Make sure that the operation of avionics equipment ventilation with electrical ground power, has the
time limits that follow:
· outside air temperature 38 deg.C or less, no time limit
· outside air temperature 45 deg.C, maximum of 3 hours
· outside air temperature 55 deg.C, maximum of thirty five minutes.
(2) On the VENTILATION section of the overhead control and indicating panel 22VU:
· Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
· the VENT EXTRACT FAULT warning comes into view.
Disregard this warning.
On the ECAM control panel:
· push the CLR key.
(4) If the VENT BLOWER FAULT warning comes into view:
· push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch on the VENTILATION section of the panel 22VU (the OFF
legend goes off),
· make sure that the VENT BLOWER FAULT warning goes out of view.
· Make sure that the conditioned-air inlet valve 21HQ is open (the position indicator of the valve is at
0).
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-066-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-942-079-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the Extract Fan is deactivated.


Subtask 21-26-00-862-081-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-03A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 21-26-03A
Avionics Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve

No specific AR TAPE - ADHESIVE

128EG, 824
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 53-12-13-000-001-A). Removal of the avionics compartment floor panels
(Ref. 53-12-13-400-001-A). Installation of the avionics compartment floor panels

Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve SHEET 1

824
80VU
Z120
FR12
A
FR24
A 1
MANUAL OVERRIDE
16HQ
CONNECTOR
NOTE:
1 SHOWN IN CLOSED POSITION

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
N_MM_212600_4_AJM0_01_00
Figure 21-26-00-991-01200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-865-060-A

Subtask 21-26-00-010-053-B
C. Get Access
(3) Remove access panel 128EG (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-051-A
A. Closure Procedure of the Skin Exchanger Inlet-Bypass-Valve
(Ref. Fig. Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve SHEET 1)
(1) Disconnect connector 16HQ-A from valve 16HQ.
(2) Put the CAP-BLANKING on each disconnected electrical connector and receptacle.
(3) Keep the electrical cable with its connector near the valve and attach with a TAPE - ADHESIVE.
(4) Turn the manual mechanism of the valve (16HQ) to the closed position.
· Disregard this warning.
Subtask 21-26-00-865-121-A

Subtask 21-26-00-710-090-A
C. Operational Test
BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.

00-710-001) .
NOTE: Make sure that all the fault messages shown are related to the fault of the skin exchanger in-
let-bypass-valve. If other messages are shown, refer to the related MMEL valve item.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-053-B
A. Close Access
(2) Install access panel 128EG (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-400-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-942-074-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that this valve is deactivated.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Skin Air Outlet Valve
in the Closed Position with the Internal Flap in the Open Position
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Skin Air Outlet Valve in the Closed Position with the Internal Flap in the Open Position
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-04A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 21-26-04A
Avionics Skin Air Outlet Valve

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

822
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)
Skin-Air Outlet Valve
Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve SHEET 1
ECAM Display after Deactivation of the Skin Air Outlet Valve SHEET 1

A
Z120
822
B
FR24A
22HQ FR18
FR16
A
HANDLE STOWED
AND LATCHED
INTERNAL FLAP
IN FO POSITION 01 INTERNAL FLAP 01
IN FO POSITION
MAIN FLAP 01 HANDLE STOWED
IN FC POSITION AND LATCHED
MAIN FLAP
IN FC POSITION
01 C
C
TYPE A TYPE B
NOTE: B
01 FC : FULLY CLOSED
FO : FULLY OPEN N_MM_212600_4_ABP0_01_02
Figure 21-26-00-991-00800-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Skin-Air Outlet Valve

** ON A/C ALL

HANDLE
HANDLE LATCH
INTERNAL FLAP DEACTIVATION SWITCH
MAIN FLAP
TYPE A
MAIN FLAP
HANDLE LATCH
HANDLE
INTERNAL FLAP
DEACTIVATION SWITCH
TYPE B
C
N_MM_212600_4_ABP0_02_00
Figure 21-26-00-991-00800-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Skin-Air Outlet Valve

** ON A/C ALL

24HQ
FR16
822
FR12
C
VALVE
MANUAL OVERRIDE
B
(SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION) C

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_ADN0_01_00
Figure 21-26-00-991-01000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve

** ON A/C ALL

A
B
A
SYSTEM DISPLAY
UNIT
CAB PRESS
V/S
P CAB ALT
FT/MN
PSI FT
8 2
10
0 0
0 0.0 2 0 300
SYS 1
GND COOL SAFETY
VENT
INLET OUTLET
PACK 1 PACK 2
B
PRESS PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
ECAM TO
CONFIG CANC
UPPER DISPLAY
ENG BLEED PRESS HYD ELEC FUEL

OFF BRT
APU COND DOOR F/CTL WHEEL ALL

LOWER DISPLAY
CLR STS RCL CIR

OFF BRT
N_MM_212600_4_AHM0_01_00
Figure 21-26-00-991-01800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - ECAM

Display after Deactivation of the Skin Air Outlet Valve
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-059-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
NOTE: The energization of the aircraft electrical circuits starts a full self-test of the ventilation system.
The test continues for approximately two minutes.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-865-076-A

Subtask 21-26-00-869-117-A
C. If the ground horn is in operation:
· On the external-power panel 108VU:
Push the RESET pushbutton switch to stop the mechanical call horn.
Subtask 21-26-00-010-075-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position on the right side of the aircraft,
below the skin-air outlet valve 22HQ.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access door 822.
(3) Open the access door 822.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Skin-Air Outlet Valve) (Ref. Fig. Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. ECAM Display
after Deactivation of the Skin Air Outlet Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 21-26-00-040-052-B
CAUTION: DO NOT USE FORCE TO TURN THE HANDLE. THERE ARE SHEAR PINS IN THE HANDLE.
IF YOU APPLY FORCE TO THE HANDLE WHEN THE FLAP IS IN THE FULLY OPEN OR
CLOSED POSITION, THE SHEAR PINS WILL BREAK.
A. Partial Opening Procedure of the Skin-Air Outlet Valve
NOTE: If the aircraft de-icing is necessary, you must be careful not to apply de-icing fluid on the skin air-
outlet-valve area. During aircraft de-icing, you can keep the internal flap of the skin air-outlet-valve
closed to prevent avionics equipment contamination. Open the flap after de-icing.
NOTE: There are two types of skin-air outlet valve 22HQ. To know which type of valve is installed and
the correct deactivation procedure to use, refer to the detail C on figure (Ref. Fig. Skin-Air Outlet
Valve)
- If you deactivate the 22HQ (type B), refer to the paragraph A.(1).
- If you deactivate the 22HQ (type A), refer to the paragraph A.(2).
(1) If the skin-air outlet valve 22HQ (type B) is installed:

(a) When the valve is fully closed (main and internal flaps closed):
(Ref. Fig. Skin-Air Outlet Valve)
WARNING: OPEN ONLY THE INTERNAL FLAP. THE MAIN FLAP MUST STAY FULLY
CLOSED. IF THE MAIN FLAP IS NOT FULLY CLOSED, THE AIRCRAFT WILL
NOT PRESSURIZE.
1 Push the PUSH handle latch to release the handle.

2 Before you turn the handle, push it in the direction of the valve to disengage the clutch
mechanism.
3 Turn it to give access to the deactivation switch.
4 Set the deactivation switch to OFF.
5 Pull the handle to engage the clutch mechanism.
NOTE: Continuous rotation clockwise is required until desired position is obtained.
6 Turn the handle clockwise to open the internal flap.

7 When the internal flap stops to move and the main flap starts to move:
· Turn the handle counterclockwise 1/4 turn or 1/2 turn.
8 Stow and latch the handle.
NOTE: When the internal flap is open, if you continue to turn the handle clockwise, the main
flap opens.
9 After 40 seconds, on the lower ECAM DU, do a check of the CAB PRESS page:
· Make sure that the position indication shows the skin-air outlet valve in amber or green
and open to 45 degrees (not fully open).
NOTE: If the position indication of the skin-air outlet valve goes out of view and an amber
XX comes into view, the valve is not in the correct position (open to 45 degrees).
(Ref. Fig. ECAM Display after Deactivation of the Skin Air Outlet Valve SHEET 1)
(b) When the valve is fully open (main and internal flaps open):
(Ref. Fig. Skin-Air Outlet Valve)
WARNING: OPEN ONLY THE INTERNAL FLAP. THE MAIN FLAP MUST STAY FULLY
CLOSED. IF THE MAIN FLAP IS NOT FULLY CLOSED, THE AIRCRAFT WILL
NOT PRESSURIZE.
1 Push the PUSH handle latch to release the handle.

2 Pull the handle to engage the clutch mechanism.
3 Set the deactivation switch to OFF.
4 Turn the handle counterclockwise until the main flap closes.
NOTE: Continuous rotation counterclockwise is required until desired position is obtained.
5 When the main flap stops to move and the internal flap starts to move:
· Turn the handle clockwise a quarter of a turn or half a turn.
6 Stow and latch the handle.

7 After 40 seconds, on the lower ECAM DU, do a check of the CAB PRESS page:
· Make sure that the position indication shows the skin-air outlet valve in amber or green
and open to 45 degrees (not fully open).
NOTE: If the position indication of the skin-air outlet valve goes out of view and an amber
XX comes into view, the valve is not in the correct position (open to 45 degrees).
NOTE: When the main flap is closed, if you continue to turn the handle counterclockwise,
the internal flap closes.
(2) If the skin-air outlet valve 22HQ (type A) is installed:
WARNING: OPEN ONLY THE INTERNAL FLAP. THE MAIN FLAP MUST STAY FULLY CLOSED.
IF THE MAIN FLAP IS NOT FULLY CLOSED, THE AIRCRAFT WILL NOT PRESSUR-
IZE.
(a) Push the PUSH handle latch to release the handle.

(b) Pull the handle to engage the mechanism.
(c) Fold out the handle.
(d) Set the deactivation switch to OFF.
(e) Turn the handle clockwise to open the internal flap.
NOTE: Continuous rotation clockwise is required until desired position is obtained.
(f) Fold, stow and latch the handle.
NOTE: The internal flap opens when the main flap closes. (Ref. Fig. Skin-Air Outlet Valve)
(g) After 40 seconds, on the lower ECAM DU, do a check of the CAB PRESS page:
· Make sure that the position indication shows the skin-air outlet valve in amber or green and
open to 45 degrees (not fully open).
NOTE: If the position indication of the skin-air outlet valve goes out of view and an amber XX
comes into view, the valve is not in the correct position (open to 45 degrees).
(3) On the skin exchanger isolation-valve 24HQ:
(Ref. Fig. Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve SHEET 1)
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector 24HQ-A from the valve 24HQ.
(b) Put the CAP-BLANKING on each disconnected electrical connector and receptacle.
(c) Attach the electrical cable with its connector near the valve.
(d) Open manually the valve 24HQ (manual control handle in position 0).
(4) In the bottom part of the upper ECAM DU:
· The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT warning comes into view.
Ignore this warning.
Subtask 21-26-00-865-093-A


Subtask 21-26-00-710-087-A
C. Operational Test of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation from the MCDU
BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.
00-710-001) .
(a) If the valve is not in the correct position (open to 45 degrees):
· After forty seconds, on the lower ECAM DU, on the CAB PRESS page:
. The position indication of the skin-air outlet valve goes out of view and an
amber XX comes into view.
(Ref. Fig. ECAM Display after Deactivation of the Skin Air Outlet
Valve SHEET 1)
(b) If there is an extract-fan fault indication:
· On the VENTILATION section of the overhead panel 22VU:
. The FAULT legend of the EXTRACT pushbutton switch comes on amber,
and
· On the CAB PRESS page:
. The EXTRACT indication is amber.
(c) Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
(d) Push the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (AUTO position).
(2) Make sure that the extract fan indication is correct.
(3) Make sure that all the fault messages shown are related to:
· The fault of the skin air outlet-valve, and
· The deactivation of the skin exchanger isolation-valve.
(a) If other messages are shown, refer to the related MMEL item.
(4) No other procedure is necessary, if:
On the lower ECAM DU, on the CAB PRESS page:
· The skin air-inlet-valve symbol is shown amber (because the outside air temperature is near the
AEVC (Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer) temperature limit), and
· The operational test of the AEVC gives no maintenance message related to the skin air-inlet valve.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-075-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 822.
Subtask 21-26-00-942-076-A

Subtask 21-26-00-862-059-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the Skin Air Inlet Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-004-A
Deactivation of the Skin Air Inlet Valve
FIN : 15HQ
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-05A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 21-26-05A
Avionics Skin Air Inlet Valve

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)

127 REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
824
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)

Skin Air-Inlet Valve SHEET 1

824
80VU
A
A
FR24A
FR20
15HQ
DEACTIVATION B
SWITCH
HANDLE
C
HANDLE LATCH
N_MM_212600_4_AAP0_01_00
Figure 21-26-00-991-00500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Skin Air-Inlet Valve

** ON A/C ALL

824
Z127 C
A
C FR24A
FR20
21HQ
B
MANUAL OVERRIDE

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
C
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_AEN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-063-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-865-098-A

Subtask 21-26-00-010-077-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position on the left side of the aircraft below the valve
15HQ.
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Skin Air-Inlet Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 21-26-00-040-054-B
A. Closing Procedure of the Skin Air-Inlet Valve
CAUTION: DO NOT USE FORCE TO TURN THE HANDLE. THERE ARE SHEAR PINS IN THE
HANDLE. IF YOU APPLY FORCE TO THE HANDLE WHEN THE FLAP IS IN THE FULLY
OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION, THE SHEAR PINS WILL BREAK.
(1) On skin air-inlet valve 15HQ:

(a) Push the PUSH latch to release the handle.
(b) Before you turn the handle, push it in the direction of the valve to disengage the clutch
mechanism.
(c) Turn the handle to get access to the deactivation switch.
(e) Pull the handle to engage the clutch mechanism.
(f) Turn the handle counterclockwise to fully close the flap.
(g) Stow and latch the handle.
Subtask 21-26-00-865-117-A


Subtask 21-26-00-710-088-A
C. Operational Test
BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.
(1) Do an operational test of the avionics equipment ventilation from the Multipurpose Control and
Display Unit (MCDU) (Ref. AMM TASK 21-26-00-710-001) .
NOTE: Make sure that all the fault messages shown are related to the fault of the skin air-inlet valve
(15HQ). If other messages are shown, refer to the related MMEL valve item.

· Make sure that the conditioned-air inlet valve (21HQ) is open (the position indicator of the valve is
at 0).
(4) On the bottom part of the upper ECAM display-unit:
(a) The VENT AVNCS-SYS FAULT warning comes into view:
· Ignore this warning.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-076-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-941-063-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the valve is disconnected.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-063-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-015-A - Extract Fan Inoperative - Do
the Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-015-A
Extract Fan Inoperative - Do the Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-02C YES YES NO 00.6 00.6 1

MMEL 21-26-02C
Avionics Extract Fan

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

824
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)

824
Z127 C
A
C FR24A
FR20
21HQ
B
MANUAL OVERRIDE

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
C
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_AEN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-091-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-865-105-A

Subtask 21-26-00-010-095-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824.
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-071-A
A. Opening Procedure of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve
(2) On the conditioned-air inlet valve 21HQ:
(a) Disconnect the connector 21HQ-A from the conditioned-air inlet valve 21HQ.
(b) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(d) Fully open the conditioned-air inlet valve 21HQ with the manual mechanism.
Subtask 21-26-00-865-109-A

Subtask 21-26-00-710-084-A
C. Do the Operational Test:

BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.
- The fault of the extract fan, and
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-092-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-942-089-A
(1) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell the crew that the extract fan and the
conditioned-air inlet valve are deactivated.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-094-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-08A YES YES NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 21-26-08A
Avionics Air Conditioning Inlet Valve


824
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)

824
Z127 C
A
C FR24A
FR20
21HQ
B
MANUAL OVERRIDE

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
C
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_AEN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-061-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-865-064-A

Subtask 21-26-00-010-057-A
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-053-A
(1) On the conditioned-air inlet-valve 21HQ:
(a) Disconnect connector 21HQ-A from valve 21HQ.
(d) Fully open valve 21HQ with the manual mechanism.
· Disregard this warning.
· push the CLR key.
Subtask 21-26-00-865-120-A

Subtask 21-26-00-710-089-A
C. Operational Test
BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.

00-710-001) .
NOTE: Make sure that all the fault messages shown are related to the fault of the conditioned-air inlet
valve (21HQ). If other messages are shown, refer to the related MMEL valve item.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-058-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-942-077-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that this valve is deactivated.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-061-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-014-A - Skin Air-Inlet Valve Inoperative -
Do the Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-014-A
Skin Air-Inlet Valve Inoperative - Do the Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-05B YES NO NO 00.6 00.6 1

MMEL 21-26-05B
Avionics Skin Air Inlet Valve


824
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)

824
80VU
A
A
FR24A
FR20
15HQ
DEACTIVATION B
SWITCH
HANDLE
C
HANDLE LATCH
N_MM_212600_4_AAP0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

824
Z127 C
A
C FR24A
FR20
21HQ
B
MANUAL OVERRIDE

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
C
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_AEN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-090-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-865-104-A

Subtask 21-26-00-869-118-A
C. If the ground horn is in operation:
· On the external-power panel 108VU:
Push the RESET pushbutton switch to stop the mechanical call horn.
Subtask 21-26-00-010-094-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position on the left side of the aircraft
below the skin air-inlet valve 15HQ.
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-070-B
A. Closing Procedure of the Skin Air-Inlet Valve
CAUTION: DO NOT USE FORCE TO TURN THE HANDLE. THERE ARE SHEAR PINS IN THE
HANDLE. IF YOU APPLY FORCE TO THE HANDLE WHEN THE FLAP IS IN THE FULLY
OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION, THE SHEAR PINS WILL BREAK.
(1) On the skin air-inlet valve 15HQ:

(b) Before you turn the handle, push it in the direction of the valve to disengage the clutch
mechanism.
(c) Turn the handle to give access to the deactivation switch.
(e) Pull the handle to engage the clutch mechanism.
(f) Turn the handle counterclockwise to fully close the flap.
(g) Stow and latch the handle.

Subtask 21-26-00-865-108-A

Subtask 21-26-00-710-083-B
C. Operational Test
BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.
- The fault of the skin air-inlet valve, and
BLOWER FAULT legend can come on but you can ignore it.
NOTE: BLOWER FAULT legend goes out of view.

5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-091-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-942-088-A
Subtask 21-26-00-862-093-A


(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-005-A - Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer
Inoperative (AEVC) - Check of the Ventilation System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-005-A
Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer Inoperative (AEVC) - Check of the Ventilation System
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-10A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 21-26-10A
Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer (AEVC)


824
Power
1(2)

824
80VU
A
A
FR24A
FR20
15HQ
DEACTIVATION B
SWITCH
HANDLE
C
HANDLE LATCH
N_MM_212600_4_AAP0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-073-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-010-061-A
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-050-B
A. AEVC Check of Ventilation System and Skin Air-Inlet Valve-Closure
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the VENTILATION section of the overhead On the VENTILATION section of the overhead
panel 22VU: panel 22VU:
· Release the BLOWER and EXTRACT pushbut- · The OVRD legends of the BLOWER and EX-
ton switches. TRACT pushbutton switches come on.
If the ground horn is activated: On the rear circuit The ground horn is deactivated.
breaker panel 121VU:
· Open the circuit breaker 2WC.
NOTE: The circuit breaker 2WC must be closed

again after the first engine start. If the
horn is operated after landing when the
engines are stopped, it can be deactiv-
ated again. Then, you must switch off the
ADIRS before you go away from the air-
craft.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the CAB

PRESS page:
· The outlet valve is partially open.
NOTE: If the ventilation system is defective or

when the BLOWER and EXTRACT push-
button switches are released (OVRD le-
gends on):
- There are no more colored backgrounds
on the EFIS displays.
In the aft avionics compartment:

· The conditionned air inlet valve 21HQ is open.
· You can hear the extract fan operate.
On the CAB PRESS page:

ACTION RESULT
· The VENT indication is amber.
(2) On the skin air-inlet valve 15HQ:

(b) Push the handle to engage the switch.
(c) Set the deactivation switch to OFF.
(d) Stow and latch the handle.
(e) Make sure that the skin air-inlet valve is fully closed.
(3) On the lower ECAM display unit, on the CAB PRESS page:
· Make sure that there is no XX on the INLET indication.
Disregard this warning.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-062-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-942-078-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the AEVC is deactivated.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-079-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-008-A - Skin-Exchanger Isolation Valve
Inoperative - Check of the Open Position of the Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-008-A
Skin-Exchanger Isolation Valve Inoperative - Check of the Open Position of the Valve
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-06A YES YES NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 21-26-06A
Avionics Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

822
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)

24HQ
FR16
822
FR12
C
VALVE
MANUAL OVERRIDE
B

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_ADN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-065-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 21-26-00-010-069-A
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-060-A
A. Check of the Open Position of the Valve
· Make sure that the skin-exchanger isolation valve 24HQ is open (the position indicator of the valve
is at 0).
BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.
00-710-001) .
NOTE: Make sure that all the fault messages shown are related to the fault of the skin-exchanger
isolation valve. If other messages are shown, refer to the related MMEL valve item.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-070-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-942-075-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell the crew that the skin-exchanger
isolation valve is deactivated.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-065-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

End of document

21-26-00-040-016-A - Deactivation of the Skin-Exchanger Isolation Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-016-A
Deactivation of the Skin-Exchanger Isolation Valve
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-06B YES YES NO 00.6 00.6 1

MMEL 21-26-06B
Avionics Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve


822
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)

24HQ
FR16
822
FR12
C
VALVE
MANUAL OVERRIDE
B

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_ADN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-092-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-865-106-A

Subtask 21-26-00-010-096-A
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-072-A
A. Opening Procedure of the Skin-Exchanger Isolation Valve
(1) Disconnect the connector 24HQ-A from the skin-exchanger isolation valve 24HQ.
(2) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(3) Keep the electrical cable and its connector near the valve.
(4) Fully open the skin-exchanger isolation valve 24HQ with the manual mechanism.
Subtask 21-26-00-865-110-A

Subtask 21-26-00-710-085-A
BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.

NOTE: Make sure that all the fault messages shown are related to the fault of the skin-exchanger
isolation valve. If other messages are shown, refer to the related MMEL valve item.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-093-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-942-090-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell the crew that the skin-exchanger
isolation valve is deactivated.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-095-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-009-A - Deactivation of the Avionics Ventilation Filter
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-009-A
Deactivation of the Avionics Ventilation Filter
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-09B YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-26-09B
Avionics Ventilation Filter


824
Power
1(2)

824
Z127 C
A
C FR24A
FR20
21HQ
B
MANUAL OVERRIDE

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
C
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_AEN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-080-A
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 21-26-00-010-071-A
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-059-A
A. Deactivation of the Avionics Ventilation Filter
(1) On the VENTILATION section of the overhead panel 22VU:
· release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
· before each flight, make sure that the conditioned-air inlet valve 21HQ is open (the position
indicator of the valve is at 0).
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-072-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-869-101-A
Subtask 21-26-00-862-080-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-26-00-040-017-A - Avionics Ventilation Filter Inoperative
- Do the Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-017-A
Avionics Ventilation Filter Inoperative - Do the Deactivation of the Conditioned-Air Inlet Valve
Task Summary
MMEL 21-26-09C YES YES NO 00.6 00.6 1

MMEL 21-26-09C
Avionics Ventilation Filter


824
MCDU
CFDS)
Power
1(2)

824
Z127 C
A
C FR24A
FR20
21HQ
B
MANUAL OVERRIDE

C = CLOSED
O = OPEN
C
CONNECTOR
N_MM_212600_4_AEN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-861-093-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 21-26-00-865-107-A

Subtask 21-26-00-010-097-A
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-040-073-A
Subtask 21-26-00-865-111-A

Subtask 21-26-00-710-086-A

BEFORE EACH FLIGHT.
- The fault of the ventilation filter, and
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-410-094-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 21-26-00-942-091-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell the crew that the avionics ventilation filter
and the conditioned-air inlet valve are deactivated.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-096-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-28-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Aft-
Cargo-Compartment Ventilation Isolation-Valves
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-208, 210-211, 222-222, 227-228, 231-232, 234-237, 240-250
TASK 21-28-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Aft-Cargo-Compartment Ventilation Isolation-Valves
FIN : 33HN , 34HN
Task Summary
MMEL 21-28-04B YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-28-04B
AFT Cargo Isolation Valve

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

150 AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD TO AFT
BULKHEAD OF AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT
160 BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT AFT BULKHEAD OF AFT CARGO
COMPARTMENT TO AFT BULKHEAD OF BULK CARGO COMPART-
MENT
170 AFT CAB U/FLOOR COMPT AFT BHD OF BULK
826
FOR 33HN (ISOL VALVE AFT CARGO OUTLET)
162DW
FOR 34HN (ISOL VALVE AFT CARGO INLET)
151EW
Power

1(2)
(Ref. 52-30-00-860-001-A). Open the FWD or Aft Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Elec-
tric Pump
(Ref. 52-30-00-860-002-A). Close the FWD or Aft Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Elec-
tric Pump
Cargo-Compartment Ventilation Isolation-Valves SHEET 1
FOR 33HN (ISOL VALVE AFT CARGO OUTLET)
(Ref. 25-55-12-000-001-A). Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition at FR65
(Ref. 25-55-12-400-001-A). Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition at FR65
FOR 34HN (ISOL VALVE AFT CARGO INLET)
(Ref. 25-55-11-000-003-A). Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/
FR59
(Ref. 25-55-11-400-003-A). Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -
FR47/FR59

162DW
33HN
EXAMPLE
LOCATION
A
AR826 FR66
A
B EXAMPLE
1
2
A
34HN
FR52
151EW
3
B
EXAMPLE
OPEN CLOSED
N_MM_212800_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 21-28-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Cargo-Compartment Ventilation Isolation-Valves

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-208, 210-211, 222-222, 227-228, 231-232, 234-237, 240-250

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-28-00-861-058-A
Subtask 21-28-00-865-085-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 207-207, 222-222

49VU AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT/CTL & 31HN C07
MONG
** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 208-208, 210-211, 227-228, 231-232, 234-237, 240-250

49VU AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT & HTG/ 31HN C07
CTL & MONG
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-208, 210-211, 222-222, 227-228, 231-232, 234-237, 240-250
122VU AIR COND/AFT CARGO VENT/FAN 30HN S22
Subtask 21-28-00-010-055-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the aft cargo-compartment door (door 826).
(2) Open the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) .
(3) FOR 33HN (ISOL VALVE AFT CARGO OUTLET)
Remove access panel 162DW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-12-000-001) .
(4) FOR 34HN (ISOL VALVE AFT CARGO INLET)
Remove access panel 151EW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-11-000-003) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-28-00-040-053-A
A. Deactivation of the Aft-Cargo-Compartment Ventilation Isolation-Valves
(Ref. Fig. Cargo-Compartment Ventilation Isolation-Valves SHEET 1)
(1) On the isolation valves (2), move the manual override levers (1) to the closed position.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) (33HN-A and 34 HN-A) and safety them to the aircraft
structure.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-28-00-410-056-A
A. Close Access
(2) FOR 33HN (ISOL VALVE AFT CARGO OUTLET)
Install access panel 162DW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-12-400-001) .
(3) FOR 34HN (ISOL VALVE AFT CARGO INLET)
Install access panel 151EW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-11-400-003) .
(4) Make an entry in the aircraft log book to record the deactivation.
(5) Close the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) .


Subtask 21-28-00-862-056-A
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-31-00-040-001-A - Verification Test (Safety Valves and Outflow Valve)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-31-00-040-001-A
Verification Test (Safety Valves and Outflow Valve)
FIN : 6HL , 7HL , 10HL
Task Summary
MMEL 21-31-03A NO NO NO 01.0 01.0 2
NOTE: For the test procedure two persons are required. One person must operate the safety valve, the other per-
son must monitor the ECAM upper and lower display units and the panels 130VU and 131VU in the cockpit.

MMEL 21-31-03A
Pressure Safety Valve

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 31-32-00-860-002-A). Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/AIR COND
Page
Safety Valves - Verification Test SHEET 1

Z260
A
FR70 B
PAX DOOR 2
FR65
A
3 TYPICAL
D
C
A
B
FR70 POINT 'A'
TYPICAL
2 6HL C
7HL D
2
POINT 'A'
FWD A A
C D TYPICAL
TYPICAL N_MM_213100_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 21-31-00-991-00800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Safety Valves - Verification Test

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-31-00-861-059-A
Subtask 21-31-00-865-059-A

122VU AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/MAN 3HL Y23
Subtask 21-31-00-865-074-A
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-208, 212-218, 221-230, 236-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
122VU RPCU 4HL X23
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-31-00-010-056-A
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the food trolleys (1) and the trolley partition if installed.
(2) Remove the panel (3).
** ON A/C 016-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 21-31-00-860-051-A
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(2) On the ECAM control panel push the PRESS pushbutton switch, the CAB PRESS page comes into
view on the lower ECAM display unit.
(3) On one MCDU get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST AIR COND menu page (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-
860-002) .
(4) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that:
· the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position (the OFF legends are
on).
· the RAM AIR pushbutton switch is in the OFF position (the ON legend is off).
(5) On the CABIN PRESS panel 25VU, make sure that:
· the MODE SEL pushbutton switch is in the AUTO configuration (with the FAULT and MAN legends
off).
· the LDG ELEV selector is in the AUTO position.
· the DITCHING pushbutton switch is in the AUTO configuration (with the ON legend off).
(6) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 34-10-00-860-002) .
(7) On the ADIRS CDU panel 20VU:

· make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT switches are in the NAV position and that the ADR 1, ADR 2
and ADR 3 pushbutton switches are in the on position (with the FAULT and OFF legends off).
** ON A/C 022-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 21-31-00-860-051-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
860-002) .
· the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position (the OFF legends are
on).
· the RAM AIR pushbutton switch is in the OFF position (the ON legend is off).
off).
· the LDG ELEV selector is in the AUTO position.
(7) On the ADIRS MSU panel 41VU:
· make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT switches are in the NAV position and that the ADR 1, ADR 2
and ADR 3 pushbutton switches are in the on position (with the FAULT and OFF legends off).
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-31-00-710-064-A
A. Verification Test Part 1.
(Ref. Fig. Safety Valves - Verification Test SHEET 1)
(1) Operational Test of the Safety Valve Position Indicator
NOTE: The test procedure is the same for the safety valves 6HL and 7HL.
ACTION RESULT
1.On one of the safety valves (2): On the ECAM lower display unit:
· apply hand pressure at points A and push the · the green SAFETY indication changes to amber
valve diaphragm until the spring is compressed and the valve symbol opens and changes to am-
and hold it for 1 minute. ber.
On the panels 130VU and 131VU:
· the amber light in the two MASTER CAUTION
pushbutton switches come on.
· the single audio warning is heard.
· the warning message CAB PR SAFETY VALVE
OPEN comes on.

ACTION RESULT
· release the diaphragm. On the ECAM lower display unit:
· the open valve symbol closes and changes
to green and the amber SAFETY indication
changes to green.
· the amber light in the two MASTER CAUTION
pushbutton switches go off.
· the warning message CAB PR SAFETY VALVE
OPEN goes off.
NOTE: Do this test again for the other safety valve.
NOTE: Make sure that one safety valve is operative. The inoperative safety valve must be in the
closed position. (The ring gate must seat properly on the rubber seal.)
Subtask 21-31-00-710-062-B
B. Verification Test Part 2.
(1) Operational Test of the Pressure Control and Monitoring
ACTION RESULT
1.On the MCDU SYSTEM REPORT/TEST AIR On the MCDU:
COND menu page: · the CAB PRESS CONT 1 page comes on.
· push the line key adjacent to the CPC 1 indica-
tion.
2.On the MCDU CAB PRESS CONT 1 menu On the MCDU:
page: · the CAB PRESS CONT 1 TEST/CALIBRATION
· push the line key adjacent to the TEST/CALIB- page comes on,
RATION indication. · the message
ECS PACKS ------------ OFF
GROUND AIR SUPPLY ---- OFF
LFES ----- SET TO 14000 FT
ADIRS 1,2,3 ----------- ON
MODE SEL ------------ AUTO comes on.
3.On the CABIN PRESS panel 25VU: On the ECAM upper display unit:
· set the LDG ELEV selector to 14000 FT. · the green MAN LDG ELEV memo message
comes on.
· the green AUTO xxx FT indication changes to
the green MAN 14000 FT indication.
4.On the MCDU CAB PRESS CONT 1 TEST/ On the MCDU:
CALIBRATION menu page: · the message

ACTION RESULT
IN PROGRESS (20...90S) comes on, then the
· push the line key adjacent to CONTINUE. message
TEST OK
RESET LFES - > AUTO comes on.
NOTE: Do the test again for CPC 2.
NOTE: Make sure that the automatic cabin-pressure control-system and the three motors on the out-
flow valve are operative.
Subtask 21-31-00-710-063-A
C. Verification Test Part 3.
(1) Operational Test of the Manual Pressure Control and Monitoring
ACTION RESULT
· move the LDG ELEV selector clockwise away · the green MAN LDG ELEV memo message
from the AUTO position. comes on.
· the green AUTO xxx FT indication changes to
the green MAN xxx FT indication.
NOTE: The actual manual altitude indication de-

pends on the LDG ELEV selector position.
2.On the CABIN PRESS panel 25VU: On the CABIN PRESS panel 25VU:
· push and release the MODE SEL pushbutton · the white MAN pushbutton switch light comes
switch. on.
· the white LDG ELEV indication and the green
MAN xxx FT indication goes off.
· the green SYS 1 (or SYS 2) indication changes
to the green MAN indication.
· push and hold the MAN V/S CTL toggle switch · the outflow valve symbol closes.
to DN.
· push and hold the MAN V/S CTL toggle switch · the outflow valve symbol opens.
to UP.
· release the MAN V/S CTL toggle switch. · the outflow valve symbol stays open.
3.On the CABIN PRESS panel 25VU: On the CABIN PRESS panel 25VU:
· push the MODE SEL pushbutton switch. · the white MAN pushbutton switch light goes off.
· the white LDG ELEV indication and the green
MAN xxx FT indication comes on.

ACTION RESULT
· the green MAN indication changes to the green
SYS 1 (or SYS 2) indication.
· move the LDG ELEV selector counterclockwise · the green MAN LDG ELEV memo message
to the AUTO position. goes off.
· the green MAN xxx FT indication changes to the
green AUTO xxx FT indication..
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-31-00-865-075-A
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-208, 212-218, 221-230, 236-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
122VU RPCU 4HL X23
** ON A/C 016-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 21-31-00-860-052-A
(1) On the CABIN PRESS panel 25VU, set the LDG ELEV selector to AUTO.
(3) On the ADIRS CDU panel 20VU, make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT switches are in the OFF
position and that the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches are pushed (OFF lights on).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(5) On the MCDU, push the line select key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.
(6) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log book to tell the flight crew that one safety valve is
inoperative.
** ON A/C 022-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 21-31-00-860-052-B
(3) On the ADIRS MSU panel 41VU, make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT switches are in the OFF
position and that the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches are pushed (OFF lights on).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .

(6) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log book to tell the flight crew that one safety valve is
inoperative.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-31-00-410-054-A
C. Close Access
(1) Install the access panel (3) and install the food trolleys (1).
Subtask 21-31-00-862-058-A
D. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-31-00-040-002-A - Verification Test of the
Automatic Cabin-Pressure Control-Systems
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-31-00-040-002-A
Verification Test of the Automatic Cabin-Pressure Control-Systems
Task Summary
MMEL 21-31-02A NO NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-31-02A
Manual Cabin Pressure Control System (MAN V/S CTL selector, Outflow Valve MAN Channel)
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 31-32-00-860-002-A). Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/AIR COND
Page
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-31-00-865-062-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

122VU AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/MAN 3HL Y23
Subtask 21-31-00-860-063-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .

860-002) .
· the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the off position (the OFF legends are on),
· the RAM AIR pushbutton switch is in the off position (the ON legend is off).
off),
· the LDG ELEV selector is in the AUTO position,
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-31-00-710-065-B
A. Operational Test of the Pressure Control and Monitoring
ACTION RESULT
1.On the MCDU SYSTEM REPORT/TEST AIR On the MCDU:
COND menu page:
· push the line key adjacent to the CPC 1 indica- · the CAB PRESS CONT 1 page comes on.
tion.
2.On the MCDU CAB PRESS CONT 1 menu page: On the MCDU:
· push the line key adjacent to the TEST/CALIBRA-
TION indication. · the CAB PRESS CONT 1 TEST/CALIBRATION
page comes on and shows:
ECS PACKS ------------ OFF
GROUND AIR SUPPLY ---- OFF
LFES ----- SET TO 14000 FT
ADIRS 1,2,3 ----------- ON
MODE SEL ------------ AUTO comes on.
· set the LDG ELEV selector to 14000 FT. · the green MAN LDG ELEV memo message comes
on.
· the green AUTO xxx FT indication changes to the
green MAN 14000 FT indication.
4.On the MCDU CAB PRESS CONT 1 TEST/CAL- On the MCDU, the CAB PRESS CONT 1 TEST/CAL-
IBRATION menu page: IBRATION menu page shows:
· push the line key adjacent to CONTINUE. IN PROGRESS (20...90S) comes on, then the mes-
sage
TEST OK

ACTION RESULT
RESET LFES - > AUTO comes on.
NOTE: Do the test again for CPC 2.
(1) Make sure that both automatic pressure control systems are operative.
(2) Put a tag in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that the manual pressure control system is inoperative.
(3) Make an entry in the aircraft technical logbook.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-31-00-860-064-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-31-00-040-006-A - Deactivation of the CPC2
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-31-00-040-006-A
Deactivation of the CPC2
Task Summary
MMEL 21-31-01B NO NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-31-01B
Automatic Cabin Pressure Conrol System (CPC, Outflow Valve Auto Channel) (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-31-00-861-067-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 21-31-00-865-070-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-208, 212-218, 221-230, 236-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
122VU RPCU 4HL X23

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-31-00-860-071-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(2) On the ECAM control panel do the steps necessary to get the CAB PRESS page to show on the
lower ECAM display unit.
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU make sure that:
· the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the off position (the OFF legends are on)
and,
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-31-00-710-067-A
A. Verification Test of the Pressure Control and Monitoring Indications
ACTION RESULT
1.On the overhead panel 25VU push the MODE On the lower ECAM display make sure that:
SEL pushbutton switch to MAN. · the differential pressure, the cabin vertical speed,
the cabin altitude indications and the outflow valve
position show.
2.On the overhead panel 25VU put the MAN V/S On the lower ECAM display make sure that:
CTL switch to the DN position. · the outflow valve position indicator moves in a
downwards direction.
CTL switch to the UP position. · the outflow valve position indicator moves in an up-
wards direction.
4.On the overhead panel 25VU push the MODE On the lower ECAM display make sure that the out-
SEL pushbutton switch to AUTO. flow valve position indicator moves to the open posi-
tion.
5.On the ECAM status page make sure that no FCU
messages are shown.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-31-00-865-078-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-208, 212-218, 221-230, 236-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
122VU RPCU 4HL X23
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-31-00-862-063-A
B. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(1) Put a temporary placard in the cockpit that tells persons that the automatic cabin pressure control
system 2 is not in operation.
(2) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log book to tell the crew that the cabin pressure control system
2 is not in operation.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-31-00-040-007-A
Deactivation of the CPC1
Task Summary
MMEL 21-31-01A NO NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-31-01A
Automatic Cabin Pressure Conrol System (CPC, Outflow Valve Auto Channel) (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-31-00-861-069-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 21-31-00-865-076-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-208, 212-218, 221-230, 236-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
122VU RPCU 4HL X23

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-31-00-860-073-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(2) On the ECAM control panel do the steps necessary to get the CAB PRESS page to show on the
lower ECAM display unit.
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU make sure that:
· the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the off position (the OFF legends are on)
and,
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-31-00-710-069-A
A. Verification Test of the Pressure Control and Monitoring Indications
ACTION RESULT
1.On the overhead panel 25VU push the MODE On the lower ECAM display make sure that:
SEL pushbutton switch to MAN. · the differential pressure, the cabin vertical speed,
the cabin altitude indications and the outflow valve
position show.
CTL switch to the DN position. · the outflow valve position indicator moves in a
downwards direction.
CTL switch to the UP position. · the outflow valve position indicator moves in an up-
wards direction.
4.On the overhead panel 25VU push the MODE On the lower ECAM display make sure that the out-
SEL pushbutton switch to AUTO. flow valve position indicator moves to the open posi-
tion.
5.On the ECAM status page make sure that no FCU
messages are shown.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-31-00-865-079-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-208, 212-218, 221-230, 236-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
122VU RPCU 4HL X23
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-31-00-862-065-A
B. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(1) Put a temporary placard in the cockpit that tells persons that the automatic cabin pressure control
system 1 is not in operation.
(2) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log book to tell the crew that the cabin pressure control system
1 is not in operation.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-43-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the AFT
Cargo Compartment-Heating Trim-Air Valve
** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 208-208, 210-211, 227-228, 231-232, 234-237, 240-250
TASK 21-43-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Trim-Air Valve
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT AIR IS NOT SUPPLIED TO THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM FROM THE
MAIN ENGINE, THE APU OR A GROUND SOURCE.
HOT COMPRESSED AIR CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
FIN : 12HC
Task Summary
MMEL 21-43-02B YES NO NO 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 21-43-02B
AFT Cargo Compartment Heating


197 REAR FAIRING
197BB
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 53-35-13-000-002-A). Removal of the Quick-Release Access Panels from the Belly Fairing
Structure
(Ref. 53-35-13-400-002-A). Installation of the Quick-Release Access Panels on the Belly Fairing
Structure

AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Trim-Air Valve SHEET 1

Z197
FR46
A
12HC
2
1
DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW
N_MM_214300_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 21-43-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Trim-Air Valve

** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 208-208, 210-211, 227-228, 231-232, 234-237, 240-250

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-43-00-861-054-A
Subtask 21-43-00-865-055-A

CTL & MONG
Subtask 21-43-00-941-053-A
C. Safety Precautions
(1) On the panel 30VU:
(a) Make sure that:
· the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is in the off position (the ON legend is off) and,
· the ENG 1 BLEED and the ENG 2 BLEED pushbutton switches are in the off position (the OFF
legends are on).
(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate these switches.
(2) On the HP ground connector put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to supply the ground
air.
Subtask 21-43-00-010-052-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access panel 197BB.
(2) Remove the access panel 197BB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-000-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Trim-Air Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 21-43-00-040-051-C
A. Deactivation of the AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Trim Air Valve
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE COMPONENT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY

COOL TO PREVENT BURNS.
(1) Turn the manual override lever (2) to close the trim air valve.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) and temporarily attach it to the aircraft structure.
(4) Insert the quick-release pin (4) in the hole (3) in the manual override lever (2) to safety the trim air
valve in the closed position.
NOTE: When not in use the quick-release pin is stored in the hole in the body of the trim air valve.
(5) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that the trim air valve is deactivated.
(6) Record the deactivation of the trim air valve in the aircraft technical log book.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-43-00-865-089-A


CTL & MONG
Subtask 21-43-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel 197BB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-400-002) .
(4) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S).
NOTE: Do NOT remove the warning notice in the cockpit which tells the flight crew that the trim air
valve is deactivated.
Subtask 21-43-00-862-052-A
End of document

21-43-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the AFT Cargo
Compartment-Heating Pressure-Regulating Valve
** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 208-208, 210-211, 227-228, 231-232, 234-237, 240-250
TASK 21-43-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Pressure-Regulating Valve
FIN : 11HC
Task Summary
MMEL 21-43-02B YES NO NO 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 21-43-02B
AFT Cargo Compartment Heating


197 REAR FAIRING
197BB
Power
1(2)
Structure
Structure

** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 210-211, 234-235

AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Pressure-Regulating Valve SHEET 1
** ON A/C 208-208, 227-228, 231-232, 236-237, 240-250

AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Pressure-Regulating Valve SHEET 1

Z197
FR46 2
11HC
1 B
B
N_MM_214300_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 21-43-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AFT

Cargo Compartment-Heating Pressure-Regulating Valve
** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 210-211, 234-235

Z197
FR46
11HC
N_MM_214300_4_AAN0_01_00
Figure 21-43-00-991-00100-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - AFT

Cargo Compartment-Heating Pressure-Regulating Valve
** ON A/C 208-208, 227-228, 231-232, 236-237, 240-250 | EMB
SB 21-1191 for A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 240-240, 242-244

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-43-00-861-060-A
Subtask 21-43-00-865-061-A

CTL & MONG
Subtask 21-43-00-941-059-A
(a) Make sure that:
legends are on).
air.
Subtask 21-43-00-010-056-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access panel 197BB.
(2) Remove the access panel 197BB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-000-002) .
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 210-211, 234-235

(Ref. Fig. AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Pressure-Regulating Valve SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 208-208, 227-228, 231-232, 236-237, 240-250
EMB SB 21-1191 for A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 240-240, 242-244

(Ref. Fig. AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Pressure-Regulating Valve SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 208-208, 210-211, 227-228, 231-232, 234-237, 240-250

Subtask 21-43-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of the AFT Cargo Compartment-Heating Pressure Regulating Valve

(1) Turn the manual overide handwheel (2) to close the pressure regulating valve.
(2) Engage the locking device on the manual overide handwheel (2) to safety the pressure regulating
valve in the closed position.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) and temporarily attach it to the aircraft structure.

5. Close-up
Subtask 21-43-00-865-090-A

CTL & MONG
Subtask 21-43-00-410-055-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel 197BB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-400-002) .
(5) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that the pressure regulating valve is
deactivated.
(6) Record the deactivation of the pressure regulating valve in the aircraft technical log book.
Subtask 21-43-00-862-057-A
End of document

21-51-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Pack Flow-Control Valve
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 21-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Pack Flow-Control Valve
FIN : 8HB , 11HB
Task Summary
MMEL 21-51-01A YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1
NOTE: The procedure is the same for the pack flow-control valve 8HB and 11HB.

MMEL 21-51-01A
Pack Flow Control Valve
A. Consumable Materials
(Material No. 14QFB1) Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy -

FOR 11HB (P1 FLOW CTL VALVE)
191KB
FOR 8HB (P2 FLOW CTL VALVE)
192KB
Power
1(2)

Structure
Structure
Pack Flow Control Valve - Component Location SHEET 1

11HB
FR36
8HB
FR41
A
A 191KB
192KB
OPEN SHUT
2 B 4
1 2
3
B
B
N_MM_215100_4_AAQ0_01_00
Figure 21-51-00-991-00100-00-E / SHEET 1/1 - Pack Flow Control Valve - Component Location
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-51-00-861-050-A
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 21-51-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the access panel (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-000-002) :
(a) FOR 8HB (P2 FLOW CTL VALVE)
· 192KB,
(b) FOR 11HB (P1 FLOW CTL VALVE)
· 191KB.
Subtask 21-51-00-941-051-A
(a) Make sure that:
legends are on).
air.
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-51-00-040-050-B
A. Deactivation of the Pack Flow-Control Valve
(Ref. Fig. Pack Flow Control Valve - Component Location SHEET 1)

(1) FOR 11HB (P1 FLOW CTL VALVE)

(a) Push the PACK 1 pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF legend comes on).
(2) FOR 8HB (P2 FLOW CTL VALVE)
(a) Push the PACK 2 pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF legend comes on).
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the special screw (1).
(4) Remove the special screw (1) from the position (A).
(5) Disconnect the quick release connector (3).
NOTE: This will open the pack flow-control valve and close the butterfly valve.
(6) Make sure that the valve indicator (2) is in the closed position.
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL
LOCKWIRE. EACH TIME YOU CUT LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DISCARD IT IMME-
DIATELY. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND, AND/OR CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE.

(7) Install the special screw (1) in the position (B) and safety with dia. Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES
Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1).
(8) Connect the quick release connector (3) to the connection (4).
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-51-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-400-002) :
(a) FOR 8HB (P2 FLOW CTL VALVE)
· 192KB,
(b) FOR 11HB (P1 FLOW CTL VALVE)
· 191KB.
(4) Record the deactivation of the pack flow-control valve in the aircraft technical log book.
Subtask 21-51-00-862-050-A
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
End of document

21-51-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Air Conditioning Pack
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-
450, 500-600
TASK 21-51-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Air Conditioning Pack
FIN : 10HM , 11HM
Task Summary
MMEL 21-52-01D YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2
MMEL 21-52-01E YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2
MMEL 21-52-01F YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2
NOTE: The procedure is the same for the two air conditioning packs 10HM (11HM).

MMEL 21-52-01D
Air Conditioning Pack
MMEL 21-52-01E
MMEL 21-52-01F

191KB, 192KB
Power

1(2)
Structure
Structure
Pack FlowControl Unit - Component Location SHEET 1

FR36
FR41
191BB
(192FB)
191KB
A
(192KB)
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
1
A
N_MM_215100_4_BAM0_01_00
Figure 21-51-00-991-00600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Pack FlowControl Unit - Component Location

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-
218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-51-00-861-058-A
Subtask 21-51-00-010-058-A
B. Get Access
(a) For PACK 1
· 191KB.
(b) For PACK 2
· 192KB.
Subtask 21-51-00-941-057-A
(a) Make sure that:
· The APU BLEED pushbutton switch is in the OFF position (the ON legend is off).
· The ENG 1 BLEED and the ENG 2 BLEED pushbutton switches are in the OFF position (the
OFF legends are on).
air.
Subtask 21-51-00-860-061-A
D. ECAM Warning Check before Deactivation
(1) On the Upper ECAM E/WD make sure that the display unit does not show these warnings associated
with the operative pack:
· AIR PACK 1 REGUL FAULT or AIR PACK 2 REGUL FAULT
· AIR COND CTL 1-A FAULT or AIR COND CTL 2-A FAULT
· AIR COND CTL 1-B FAULT or AIR COND CTL 2-B FAULT.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Pack FlowControl Unit - Component Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 21-51-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of the Air Conditioning Pack

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) For PACK 1

(a) Push the PACK 1 pushbutton switch to the OFF position (the OFF legend comes on).
(2) For PACK 2

(3) On the related flow control unit 23HB (24HB):

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the blanking cap (1).
(b) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the position A.
NOTE: This will cause the air to flow out of the pack flow-control unit and close the butterfly
valve.
(c) Make sure that the forked valve-position indicator lever (2) is in the CLOSED position.
(d) Install the blanking cap (1) between the forks of the valve-position indicator lever (2) and on the
threaded boss (position B).
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(e) Safety the blanking cap (1) with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QFB1).
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-51-00-410-058-A
A. Close Access
(a) For PACK 1
· 191KB.
(b) For PACK 2
· 192KB.
(4) Put a temporary placard in the cockpit that tells persons that one air conditioning pack is not in
operation.
(5) Record the deactivation of the air conditioning pack in the aircraft technical log book.
Subtask 21-51-00-862-057-A
End of document

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-
450, 500-600
TASK 21-51-00-040-002-A
FIN : 10HM , 11HM
Task Summary
MMEL 21-52-01D YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2
MMEL 21-52-01E YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2
MMEL 21-52-01F YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2

MMEL 21-52-01D
MMEL 21-52-01E
MMEL 21-52-01F

191KB, 192KB
Power

1(2)
Structure
Structure

FR36
FR41
191BB
(192FB)
191KB
A
(192KB)
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
1
A
N_MM_215100_4_BAM0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-
218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-51-00-861-058-A
Subtask 21-51-00-010-058-A
B. Get Access
(a) For PACK 1
· 191KB.
(b) For PACK 2
· 192KB.
Subtask 21-51-00-941-057-A
(a) Make sure that:
air.
Subtask 21-51-00-860-061-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-51-00-040-052-A

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) For PACK 1

(2) For PACK 2


valve.
CAUSE DAMAGE.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-51-00-410-058-A
A. Close Access
(a) For PACK 1
· 191KB.
(b) For PACK 2
· 192KB.
operation.
Subtask 21-51-00-862-057-A
End of document

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-
450, 500-600
TASK 21-51-00-040-002-A
FIN : 10HM , 11HM
Task Summary
MMEL 21-52-01D YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2
MMEL 21-52-01E YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2
MMEL 21-52-01F YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2

MMEL 21-52-01D
MMEL 21-52-01E
MMEL 21-52-01F

191KB, 192KB
Power

1(2)
Structure
Structure

FR36
FR41
191BB
(192FB)
191KB
A
(192KB)
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
1
A
N_MM_215100_4_BAM0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-
218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-51-00-861-058-A
Subtask 21-51-00-010-058-A
B. Get Access
(a) For PACK 1
· 191KB.
(b) For PACK 2
· 192KB.
Subtask 21-51-00-941-057-A
(a) Make sure that:
air.
Subtask 21-51-00-860-061-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-51-00-040-052-A

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) For PACK 1

(2) For PACK 2


valve.
CAUSE DAMAGE.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-51-00-410-058-A
A. Close Access
(a) For PACK 1
· 191KB.
(b) For PACK 2
· 192KB.
operation.
Subtask 21-51-00-862-057-A
End of document

21-55-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Emergency Ram-Air Inlet in closed Position
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-55-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Emergency Ram-Air Inlet in closed Position
FIN : 7HZ
MMEL 21-55-01A
Emergency Ram Air Inlet

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE
No specific 2 CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC

191BB
(Ref. 12-33-21-618-001-A-01). Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
(Ref. 12-33-21-618-001-A-02). Pre-conditioning with the APU
Power
1(2)
Structure
Structure
Emergency Ram Air-Inlet Actuator - Component Location SHEET 1

FR34
FR36
191BB
7HZ
B
3 FR34
7HZ ACTUATOR
FR33
N_MM_215500_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 21-55-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Emergency Ram Air-Inlet Actuator - Component Location
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-55-00-861-053-A
Subtask 21-55-00-865-053-A

49VU AIR COND/RAM/AIR/INLET 1HZ D10
Subtask 21-55-00-010-050-A
C. Get Access
· 191BB.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the access to the
emergency ram-air inlet actuator (7HZ).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Emergency Ram Air-Inlet Actuator - Component Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 21-55-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Emergency Ram-Air Inlet Actuator
(1) Make sure the emergency ram-air inlet is closed.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) of the emergency ram-air inlet actuator (2).
(3) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected connectors.
(4) Temporarily attach the electrical connector (1) to the aircraft structure.
Subtask 21-55-00-710-053-A
B. Test
(1) Do the pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or through the HP
ground connection (Ref. AMM TASK 12-33-21-618-001) .
(2) On the AIR BLEED page of the lower ECAM DU, make sure that the pack discharge-temperature
indications for the two packs are normal (i.e. green indication).
(3) On the upper ECAM DU, make sure there is no fault shown for the two packs.
(4) Stop the pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or through the HP
ground connection (Ref. AMM TASK 12-33-21-618-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-55-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
· 191BB.
(4) Make an entry in the aircraft log book to record the deactivation.
Subtask 21-55-00-862-053-A
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

End of document

21-61-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Air Inlet Flap in the Open Position
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-61-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Air Inlet Flap in the Open Position
FIN : 8HH , 28HH
Task Summary
MMEL 21-52-02A YES YES NO 01.0 01.0 1
NOTE: The procedure is the same for the Left and the Right air inlet flaps.

MMEL 21-52-02A
Air Conditioning Pack Ram Air Inlet Flap


FOR 28HH (P2 RAM AIR IN ACTUATOR)
192KB
FOR 8HH (P1 RAM AIR IN ACTUATOR)
191KB
(Ref. 21-61-51-000-001-A). Removal of the Air-Inlet Flap Actuator
(Ref. 21-61-51-820-001-A). Adjustment of the Air Inlet Flap
Power

1(2)
Structure
Structure
Air Inlet Gap Measurement SHEET 1

FR41
A
A
AIR INLET
GAP
N_MM_216100_4_AEM0_01_00
Figure 21-61-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Air Inlet Gap Measurement

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-61-00-861-053-A
Subtask 21-61-00-865-053-A

FOR FIN 8HH (P1 RAM AIR IN ACTUATOR)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
49VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL/SYS 1 CHAN B/ 52HH D08
28VDC
122VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL SYS 1/CHAN A/ 49HH X22
115VAC
28VDC
122VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL SYS 1/CHAN B/ 50HH Y18
115VAC
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/ 1HH X22
115VAC
28VDC
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/1/ 4HH Y19
28VDC
115VAC
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
122VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL SYS 2/CHAN A/ 53HH W22
115VAC
28VDC
28VDC
115VAC
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/ 21HH W22
115VAC
28VDC
28VDC


115VAC
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-61-00-220-050-B
C. Inspection of the Air Inlet Flap before Deactivation
(1) Measure the air inlet gap.
(Ref. Fig. Air Inlet Gap Measurement SHEET 1)
NOTE: Do not apply pressure to the air inlet flap when you do the measurement.
(a) If the air inlet gap is 40 mm (1.5748 in.) or over then the air inlet is considered open.
(b) Make sure that the Air Inlet Flap is correctly adjusted (Ref. AMM TASK 21-61-51-820-001) .
Subtask 21-61-00-010-057-C
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the access panel (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-000-002) .
(a) FOR 8HH (P1 RAM AIR IN ACTUATOR)
· 191KB.
(b) FOR 28HH (P2 RAM AIR IN ACTUATOR)
· 192KB.
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-61-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Air Inlet Flap
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector from the air inlet flap actuator 8HH (28HH) (Ref. AMM TASK 21-
61-51-000-001) .
(3) Temporarily attach the loose electrical connector to the aircraft structure.
(4) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that one air inlet flap is inoperative.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-61-00-865-063-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
28VDC
115VAC
28VDC
115VAC

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
115VAC
28VDC
28VDC
115VAC
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
115VAC
28VDC
28VDC
115VAC
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
115VAC
28VDC
28VDC
115VAC
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-61-00-869-053-A
B. Cockpit Effects
(1) On the upper ECAM DU the message AIR PACK 1 (PACK 2) REGUL FAULT will be displayed.
Subtask 21-61-00-410-056-C
C. Close Access
(2) Close the access panel/s (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-400-002) .
(a) FOR 8HH (P1 RAM AIR IN ACTUATOR)
· 191KB.
(b) FOR 28HH (P2 RAM AIR IN ACTUATOR)
· 192KB.
(3) Make an entry in the log book to record the deactivation.

Subtask 21-61-00-862-052-A
D. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-63-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Trim Air Valve
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 21-63-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Trim Air Valve
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.
FIN : 11HK , 12HK , 13HK
Task Summary
MMEL 21-63-02D YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 21-63-02D
Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve

B. Consumable Materials
No specific lockwire-corrosion resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.)
C. Work Zones and Access Panels

825
D. Referenced Information
Power

1(2)
(Ref. 25-54-12-000-001-A). Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34 or FR35.5
(Ref. 25-54-12-400-001-A). Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34 or
FR35.5
tric Pump
tric Pump
(Ref. 06-41-53-00). FUSELAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Trim Air Valve - Component Location SHEET 1

FR40
A
1
B
EXAMPLE
3 1
2
B
FLOW
NOTE:
1 O = OPEN, C = CLOSED
N_MM_216300_4_AAN0_01_02
Figure 21-63-00-991-00200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Trim Air Valve - Component Location

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

3. Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. Trim Air Valve - Component Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 21-63-00-861-050-A
Subtask 21-63-00-010-050-A
B. Get Access
WARNING: DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS

PRESSURIZED.
A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED:
- WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
- CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
AIRCRAFT OR EQUIPMENT.
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door 825 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) .
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the FWD cargo-compartment door 825.
(3) Remove the access panels at partition FR34 (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
54-12-000-001) .
Subtask 21-63-00-865-078-A

122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28VDC/ 4HK V20
SYS2
SYS1
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/115VAC/ 2HK V18
SYS2
SYS1
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Trim Air Valve - Component Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 21-63-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Trim Air Valve
(1) Move the manual override lever (3) to the CLOSED (or C) position and safety with lockwire-corrosion
resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) dia.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the trim-air valve (1).
(4) Temporarily attach the disconnected electrical connector (2) to the aircraft structure.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-63-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panels at partition FR34 (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-
12-400-001) .


(4) Close the FWD cargo-compartment door 825 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) .
Subtask 21-63-00-865-080-A

SYS2
SYS1
SYS2
SYS1
Subtask 21-63-00-862-050-A
C. De-enerize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

21-63-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-63-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve
FIN : 14HK
Task Summary
MMEL 21-63-03C YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 21-63-03C
Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve

No specific lockwire-corrosion resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.)

825
Power

1(2)
FR35.5
tric Pump
tric Pump
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve SHEET 1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-094, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
350-350
** ON A/C 095-100, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve (P/N 700853A010001) SHEET 1

FR40
1
A
B
EXAMPLE
B
OPEN
CLOSED
N_MM_216300_4_ACM0_01_01
Figure 21-63-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

FR40
1
A
B
EXAMPLE
B
OPEN
CLOSED
N_MM_216300_4_ACP0_01_01
Figure 21-63-00-991-00300-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-094, 112-150, 206-206, 208-
209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 350-350

FR40
FR36
FR32
FWD CARGO 2 14HK

COMPARTMENT 1
3
B
FWD B A
TYPICAL
TYPICAL
N_MM_216300_4_ACX0_01_00
Figure 21-63-00-991-00300-00-E / SHEET 1/1 - Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve (P/N 700853A010001)

** ON A/C 095-100, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
(Ref. Fig. Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-094, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 350-350
** ON A/C 095-100, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

(Ref. Fig. Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve (P/N 700853A010001) SHEET 1)
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-63-00-861-052-A
Subtask 21-63-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access

PRESSURIZED.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) at the FWD cargo-compartment door 825.
(3) Remove the access panel at partition FR34 (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-
12-000-001) .
Subtask 21-63-00-865-054-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
28VDC
115VAC
28VDC
115VAC
28VDC
28VDC
115VAC


115VAC
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
SYS2
SYS1
SYS2
SYS1
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Subtask 21-63-00-040-053-A
A. Deactivation of the Pressure Regulating Valve
(1) Turn the manual override lever (3) to the closed position and safety with lockwire-corrosion resistant
steel 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) dia.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector 14HK-C (1) from the pressure regulating valve (2).
(4) Temporarily attach the disconnected electrical connector 14HK-C (1) to the aircraft structure.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-
450, 500-600
Subtask 21-63-00-040-053-B
A. Deactivation of the Pressure Regulating Valve (new ECS)
(1) Turn the manual override lever (3) to the closed position and safety with lockwire-corrosion resistant
steel 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) dia.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector 14HK-A (1) from the pressure regulating valve (2).
(4) Temporarily attach the disconnected electrical connector 14HK-A (1) to the aircraft structure.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-63-00-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel at partition FR34 (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-
400-001) .

(5) Put a temporary placard in the cockpit that tells persons that the pressure-regulating valve is not in
operation.
Subtask 21-63-00-865-065-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
28VDC
115VAC
28VDC
115VAC
28VDC
28VDC
115VAC
115VAC
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
SYS2
SYS1
SYS2
SYS1
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-63-00-862-051-A
End of document

21-63-00-040-004-A - Zone Controller - Deactivation
of the Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 21-63-00-040-004-A
Zone Controller - Deactivation of the Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve
FIN : 8HK
Task Summary
MMEL 21-63-01C YES NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 21-63-01C
Zone Controller Channel


825
Power
1(2)
FR35.5
tric Pump

tric Pump

FR40
1
2
B
EXAMPLE
B
OPEN
CLOSED
N_MM_216300_4_AEM0_01_02
Figure 21-63-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-63-00-861-060-A
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 21-63-00-010-054-A
B. Get Access

PRESSURIZED.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the FWD cargo-compartment door 825
(3) Remove the access panel at partition FR34 (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-
12-000-001) .
Subtask 21-63-00-865-067-A

SYS2
SYS1
SYS2
SYS1
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-63-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of the Hot-Air Pressure-Regulating Valve
(1) Turn the manual override lever (3) of the pressure regulating valve (2) in the closed position.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector 14HK-C (1) from the pressure regulating valve (2).
(4) Temporarily attach the disconnected electrical connector 14HK-C (1) to the aircraft structure.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-63-00-410-054-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel at partition FR34 (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-
400-001) .

(3) Remove the access platform.

Subtask 21-63-00-865-082-A

SYS2
SYS1
SYS2
SYS1
Subtask 21-63-00-862-057-A
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

22-30-00-040-004-A - Check of the Throttle Control Units
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 22-30-00-040-004-A
Check of the Throttle Control Units
FIN : 8KS1 , 8KS2

MMEL 22-30-01A
Autothrust (A/THR) (FAA only)


210 CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 22-30-00-860-059-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
(3) On the center pedestal, make sure that all the throttle control levers are set to IDLE (0 degree TLA).
(4) On the maintenance panel 50VU:
· release the ENG FADEC GND PWR 1 and 2 pushbutton switches (The ON legend of these
pushbutton switches comes on).
Subtask 22-30-00-865-062-A


49VU ENGINE/2/FADEC A/AND EIU 2 2KS2 A05
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P42
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B/AND EIU 2 4KS2 Q40
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
Subtask 22-30-00-710-059-A
A. Operational Test of the Throttle Control Units
ACTION RESULT
1.Open circuit breakers 2KS1, 2KS2.
2.On the center pedestal: On the upper ECAM display unit:
· move the ENG1 and 2 throttle control levers. · the small circles on N1 indications follow the posi-
tion of the throttle control levers.
· move the throttle control levers to IDLE position.
3.Close circuit breakers 2KS1, 2KS2.
· move the ENG1 and 2 throttle control levers. · the small circles on N1 indications follow the posi-
tion of the throttle control levers.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 22-30-00-710-059-B
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS FOLLOWS:
- 1JH, 2JH1 AND 3JH1 BEFORE 2KS1
- 1JH, 2JH2 AND 3JH2 BEFORE 2KS2.

IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTROCUTION. THIS IS

BECAUSE YOU WILL START CONTINUOUS IGNITION IF YOU OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER
2KS1 OR 2KS2 FIRST.
A. Operational Test of the Throttle Control Units
ACTION RESULT
1.On the panel 121VU:
· open circuit breakers 2JH1, 3JH1, 2JH2 and
3JH2.
· open circuit breakers 1JH, 2KS1 and 2KS2.
· move the ENG1 and 2 throttle control levers. · the thrust limit mode indication and the EPR value
limit follow the position of the throttle control levers.
· move the ENG1 and 2 throttle control levers. · the small circles on EPR indications follow the pos-
ition of the throttle control levers.
7.Close circuit breakers 4KS1, 4KS2 and then close
circuit breakers 1JH, 2JH1, 3JH1, 2JH2 and 3JH2.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 22-30-00-860-060-A
· push the ENG FADEC GND PWR 1 and 2 pushbutton switches (The ON legend of these
pushbutton switches goes off).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the autothrust function does not
operate.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

27-22-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-22-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
FIN : 10CC
MMEL 22-60-01A
FAC 1

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

120 AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
824
Power
(Ref. 27-22-00-710-002-A). Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-059-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 27-22-00-010-052-A
B. Get access to the avionics compartment.
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.
Subtask 27-22-00-865-055-A

27-22-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
** ON A/C 401-450
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 H10
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-22-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
(1) On the panel 187VU, remove the relay 7CC1.
(2) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.
Subtask 27-22-00-710-053-A
B. Do the operational test of the rudder trim actuation (Ref. AMM TASK 27-22-00-710-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-22-00-941-053-A
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 27-22-00-410-053-A
B. Close Access
Subtask 27-22-00-862-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
End of document

27-23-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the
Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-23-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
FIN : 4CC
MMEL 22-60-01A
FAC 1


824
Power
(Ref. 27-23-00-710-002-A). Operational Test of the Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 27-23-00-010-052-A
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.
Subtask 27-23-00-865-052-A

Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-23-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
(1) On the panel 187VU, remove the relay 13CC1.
(2) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.
Subtask 27-23-00-710-055-A
B. Do the operational test of the rudder travel limitation unit (Ref. AMM TASK 27-23-00-710-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-23-00-941-050-A
Subtask 27-23-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access
Subtask 27-23-00-862-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
End of document

27-26-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-26-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator
WARNING: PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
FIN : 3CC1 , 3CC2
Task Summary
MMEL 22-60-04A YES YES YES 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 22-60-04A
Yaw Damper System (FAA only)

No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING (MS21914-4 TYPE)
No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING (MS21914-5 TYPE)
No specific 1 CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)
No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING (MS21913-4 TYPE)
No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING (MS21913-5 TYPE)
No specific AR TIE WRAP
No specific Torque wrench: range to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN
(11.06 and 12.54 lbf.ft)
(14.75 and 16.96 lbf.ft)

325 VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE
325BL, 325BR

(Ref. 22-63-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function
Power
(Ref. 29-10-00-864-001-A). Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
(Ref. 29-10-00-864-002-A). Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
(Ref. 29-10-00-864-003-A). Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
(Ref. 29-14-00-614-001-A). Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
(Ref. 29-14-00-614-002-A). Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Con-
nector
(Ref. 29-14-00-614-002-A-01). Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with the Auxiliary Power
Unit (APU)
Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) SHEET 1

Z325 A
325BL (325BR)
A B
B
3CC2
3CC1
3
5
N_MM_272600_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 27-26-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. AMM TASK 29-
10-00-864-003) .
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
Subtask 27-26-00-865-054-A

FOR FIN 3CC1 (SERVO ACTR-YAW DAMPER, 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
** ON A/C 401-450
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 H09
** ON A/C ALL
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
Subtask 27-26-00-010-054-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 325.
(2) Open the access door 325BL ( 325BR).
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-26-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2).
(Ref. Fig. Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) SHEET 1)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) and (5) from the yaw damper servo-actuator (1).
(3) Attach the electrical connectors (2) and (5) with a TIE WRAP.
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic leakage from the yaw damper servo-actuator (1).
If there are leaks:
(a) Depressurize the Green (Yellow) hydraulic reservoir (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001) .
(b) Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the hydraulic connections of the yaw damper servo-
actuator (1).
(c) Disconnect the hydraulic pipes (3) and (4) from the yaw damper servo-actuator (1).

(d) Drain the remaining hydraulic fluid into the container.

(e) Remove the container.
CAUTION: USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN

YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT
USE THE SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR
TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.
(f) For hydraulic pipe (3) (pressure port):

1 Put a CAP - BLANKING (MS21914-4 TYPE) on the unions of the yaw damper servo-
actuator.
a Torque it to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06 and 12.54 lbf.ft).
2 Put a PLUG - BLANKING (MS21913-4 TYPE) on the disconnected line ends.
(g) For hydraulic pipe (4) (return port):
1 Put a CAP - BLANKING (MS21914-5 TYPE) on the unions of the yaw damper servo-
actuator.
2 Put a PLUG - BLANKING (MS21913-5 TYPE) on the disconnected line ends.
(h) Attach the hydraulic pipes (3) and (4) to the adjacent area with TIE WRAP.
(i) Pressurize the Green (Yellow) hydraulic reservoir (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
Subtask 27-26-00-865-055-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-26-00-710-053-A
C. Tests
(1) Do the operational test of the yaw damper function (Ref. AMM TASK 22-63-00-710-001) .
NOTE: The yaw damper servo-actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) you deactivated does not operate.

5. Close-up
Subtask 27-26-00-941-053-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the yaw damper servo-actuator 3CC1
(3CC2) is deactivated.
Subtask 27-26-00-410-053-A
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BL ( 325BR).
Subtask 27-26-00-860-051-A
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(2) De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

23-51-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) Switch
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) Switch
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS SURFACES ARE
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE ITEMS IN THE "FIXTURES, TOOLS, TEST AND SUPPORT EQUIP-
MENT" PARAGRAPH ARE APPLICABLE TO YOUR AIRCRAFT (THIS LIST IS NOT CUSTOM-
IZED). REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SUBTASKS.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE SIDE-STICK UNIT STAYS IN VERTICAL POSITION DURING THE
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE.
THIS IS TO PREVENT DAMPER FLUID LEAKAGE WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
FIN :
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-078, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

11RN , 12RN
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 23-51-06B NO YES YES 00.7 00.7 1
MMEL 23-51-06A NO YES YES 00.7 00.7 1
NOTE: This task is applicable for all side-stick assemblies. To know if the side-stick assembly installed on the air-
craft is a new-generation side-stick unit, refer to the procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 27-92-41-860-801).

MMEL 23-51-06B
Sidestick PTT sw
MMEL 23-51-06A
Sidestick PTT sw
NOTE: The maintenance procedure is only necessary when the selector of the side-stick radio is failed in the
closed position (Push-To-Talk switches on).


No specific AR CAP - WIRE END


(2.79 and 3.41 lbf.in)
(13.27 and 15.93 lbf.in)
(DMC519) 1 ELECTRICIAN SERVICE TOOL KIT

211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 27-96-00-710-003-A). Operational Test of the Side Stick Priority
(Ref. 27-96-00-710-020-A). Operational Test of the Side Stick Assembly (Activation for the BITE
Test)
(Ref. 29-23-00-864-001-A). Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation
of the PTU
(Ref. 34-10-00-860-004-A). IR Alignment Procedure
** ON A/C 027-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 219-220, 223-226, 231-233, 236-238, 240-250, 301-349,
351-450, 500-600
(Ref. 34-10-00-860-004-A-01). Automatic IR Alignment Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. 34-10-00-860-004-A-02). IR Alignment Procedure to do a Check of the Links between each
FMGC and the three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRUs)
Ref. ESPM 20-42-13
Ref. ESPM 20-43-13
Side Stick Assembly
New-Generation Side-Sick Assembly

A A
A
LH SHOWN, RH SYMMETRICAL
C A
D
11RN
(12RN)
SECTION
A-A
B
7
4
3
A
N_MM_235100_4_AAC0_01_01
Figure 23-51-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Side Stick Assembly

** ON A/C ALL

B 1
2
3
11 4
10 8 5
9
7
6
D 2
12
5
12 B=40mm
C 1
A=40mm
NOTE:
1 CUT THE WIRES OF THE DEFECTIVE SWITCH
2 CONNECT WIRES OF THE NEW SWITCH WITH SPLICES

N_MM_235100_4_AAC0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

A A
A
B B
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL 11RN
(12RN)
N_MM_235100_4_AAA0_01_00
Figure 23-51-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - New-Generation Side-Sick Assembly

** ON A/C ALL

SECTION
A-A
4
N_MM_235100_4_AAA0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-861-055-A
NOTE: Paragraph 4.A. is only applicable to the side-stick assembly. For the new-generation side-stick as-
sembly, refer to paragraph 4.B.

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 23-51-00-865-055-A

FOR FIN 11RN (SW-RAD PTT, CAPT)
49VU COM/ACP CAPT/SELCAL/INT 1 AU- 4RN G06
DIO/AVNCS
FOR FIN 12RN (SW-RAD PTT, F/O)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-236, 238-250, 301-450, 500-600
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 237-237

49VU COM/ACP F/O/BITE/ INT 2 AUDIO/3&5 5RN G07
OCCPNT
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 23-51-00-010-050-A
A. Disengagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
(Ref. Fig. Side Stick Assembly)
(1) Remove the screws (1).
(2) Remove the cover plate (2).
(3) Remove the blanking plug (11), the nut (10), the washer (9) and the trigger (8).
(4) Remove the nut (7), the washer (6), the switch (4) with the washer (3).
Subtask 23-51-00-010-056-A
B. Disengagement of the radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch (11RN, 12RN) of the new-generation side-stick unit
(100CE1, 100CE2)
(Ref. Fig. New-Generation Side-Sick Assembly)
(2) Remove the cover plate or the tactile indicator (2) according to the Side-Stick Unit (SSU) option.
(3) Remove the seal (3).
Subtask 23-51-00-040-050-A
C. Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)

NOTE: Go directly to the paragraph E. for the deactivation of the radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch of the
new-generation side-stick unit.
(1) Do a visual check of the PTT switch wires to see if there are splices already installed:
(a) If there are splices installed:
· Use the extraction/insertion tool P/N M81969/14.01 from the ELECTRICIAN SERVICE TOOL
KIT (DMC519) to disconnect the PTT switch wires from the splices Ref. ESPM 20-43-13.
(b) If there is no splice installed:
1 Cut the wires of the PTT switch as follows:
a Before you cut the wires, make sure that the two identification-labels stay on the wires,
on the control-handle side.
b On the two wires, measure 40mm distance "A" from the studs of the PTT switch and
make mark on each wire.
c Cut the two wires at these marks.
d Install CAP - WIRE END at the end of each wire Ref. ESPM 20-42-13.
Subtask 23-51-00-410-051-A
D. Engagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
(1) Install the lock plate (3) in the switch (4).
(2) Install the switch (4) in the handle.
(3) Make sure that the stop of the lock plate (3) is in its housing.
(4) Install the washer (6), the nut (7) and tighten it.
(5) Install the trigger (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10).
CAUTION: OBEY THE TORQUE VALUES SPECIFIED BELOW.
(6) TORQUE the nut (10) to between 0.0315 and 0.0385 m.daN (2.79 and 3.41 lbf.in).
(7) Install the blanking plug (11).
(8) Install the cover plate (2).
(9) Install the screws (1) and tighten.
Subtask 23-51-00-040-053-A
E. Deactivation of the radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch (11RN, 12RN) of the new-generation side-stick unit
(100CE1, 100CE2)
(1) Pull the two PTT switch wires (green and brown) (4) through the access hole.
(2) Cut the power supply wires.
(3) Install end caps at the end of each wire Ref. ESPM 20-42-13 connected to the handle connector.
Subtask 23-51-00-410-056-A
F. Engagement of the radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch (11RN, 12RN) of the
new-generation side-stick unit (100CE1, 100CE2)
(1) Install the seal (3) and the cover plate or tactile indicator (2).
(2) Install the screws (1) and tighten them to between 0.15 and 0.18 m.daN (13.27 and 15.93 lbf.in).

Subtask 23-51-00-865-056-A
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

DIO/AVNCS
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-236, 238-250, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 237-237

OCCPNT
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-00-860-058-A
H. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 34-10-00-860-004) .
(3) On the overhead panel 23VU:
· make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (On
these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
· make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches
are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
(5) On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the warnings that follow do not show:
· HF1 (2) EMITTING
· VHF1 (2) (3) EMITTING
· ELAC 1 FAULT
· ELAC 2 FAULT
· SINGLE PTT STUCK
NOTE: If one of these warnings shows, do the trouble shooting procedure related to the maintenance
message.
Subtask 23-51-00-710-058-A
J. Operational Tests:
(1) Do the Operational test of the Side Stick Priority (Ref. AMM TASK 27-96-00-710-003) .
(2) Do the Operational test of the Side Stick Assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 27-96-00-710-020) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-059-A
(1) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
10-00-864-003) .


(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the cover panel of the side stick assembly to tell the crew that the
radio PTT switch is deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) Switch
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE ITEMS IN THE "FIXTURES, TOOLS, TEST AND SUPPORT EQUIP-
MENT" PARAGRAPH ARE APPLICABLE TO YOUR AIRCRAFT (THIS LIST IS NOT CUSTOM-
IZED). REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SUBTASKS.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE SIDE-STICK UNIT STAYS IN VERTICAL POSITION DURING THE
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE.
THIS IS TO PREVENT DAMPER FLUID LEAKAGE WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
FIN :
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-078, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

11RN , 12RN
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 23-51-06B NO YES YES 00.7 00.7 1
MMEL 23-51-06A NO YES YES 00.7 00.7 1
NOTE: This task is applicable for all side-stick assemblies. To know if the side-stick assembly installed on the air-
craft is a new-generation side-stick unit, refer to the procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 27-92-41-860-801).

MMEL 23-51-06B
Sidestick PTT sw
MMEL 23-51-06A
Sidestick PTT sw
NOTE: The maintenance procedure is only necessary when the selector of the side-stick radio is failed in the
closed position (Push-To-Talk switches on).


No specific AR CAP - WIRE END


(2.79 and 3.41 lbf.in)
(13.27 and 15.93 lbf.in)
(DMC519) 1 ELECTRICIAN SERVICE TOOL KIT

211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 27-96-00-710-003-A). Operational Test of the Side Stick Priority
(Ref. 27-96-00-710-020-A). Operational Test of the Side Stick Assembly (Activation for the BITE
Test)
of the PTU
(Ref. 34-10-00-860-004-A). IR Alignment Procedure
** ON A/C 027-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 219-220, 223-226, 231-233, 236-238, 240-250, 301-349,
351-450, 500-600
(Ref. 34-10-00-860-004-A-01). Automatic IR Alignment Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. 34-10-00-860-004-A-02). IR Alignment Procedure to do a Check of the Links between each
FMGC and the three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRUs)
Ref. ESPM 20-42-13
Ref. ESPM 20-43-13
Side Stick Assembly
New-Generation Side-Sick Assembly

A A
A
C A
D
11RN
(12RN)
SECTION
A-A
B
7
4
3
A
N_MM_235100_4_AAC0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

B 1
2
3
11 4
10 8 5
9
7
6
D 2
12
5
12 B=40mm
C 1
A=40mm
NOTE:
1 CUT THE WIRES OF THE DEFECTIVE SWITCH
2 CONNECT WIRES OF THE NEW SWITCH WITH SPLICES

N_MM_235100_4_AAC0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

A A
A
B B
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL 11RN
(12RN)
N_MM_235100_4_AAA0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

SECTION
A-A
4
N_MM_235100_4_AAA0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-861-055-A
NOTE: Paragraph 4.A. is only applicable to the side-stick assembly. For the new-generation side-stick as-
sembly, refer to paragraph 4.B.

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 23-51-00-865-055-A

DIO/AVNCS
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-236, 238-250, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 237-237

OCCPNT
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 23-51-00-010-050-A
A. Disengagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
(Ref. Fig. Side Stick Assembly)
(2) Remove the cover plate (2).
(3) Remove the blanking plug (11), the nut (10), the washer (9) and the trigger (8).
(4) Remove the nut (7), the washer (6), the switch (4) with the washer (3).
Subtask 23-51-00-010-056-A
B. Disengagement of the radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch (11RN, 12RN) of the new-generation side-stick unit
(100CE1, 100CE2)
(2) Remove the cover plate or the tactile indicator (2) according to the Side-Stick Unit (SSU) option.
(3) Remove the seal (3).
Subtask 23-51-00-040-050-A
C. Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)

NOTE: Go directly to the paragraph E. for the deactivation of the radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch of the
new-generation side-stick unit.
(1) Do a visual check of the PTT switch wires to see if there are splices already installed:
(a) If there are splices installed:
· Use the extraction/insertion tool P/N M81969/14.01 from the ELECTRICIAN SERVICE TOOL
KIT (DMC519) to disconnect the PTT switch wires from the splices Ref. ESPM 20-43-13.
(b) If there is no splice installed:
1 Cut the wires of the PTT switch as follows:
a Before you cut the wires, make sure that the two identification-labels stay on the wires,
on the control-handle side.
b On the two wires, measure 40mm distance "A" from the studs of the PTT switch and
make mark on each wire.
c Cut the two wires at these marks.
d Install CAP - WIRE END at the end of each wire Ref. ESPM 20-42-13.
Subtask 23-51-00-410-051-A
D. Engagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
(1) Install the lock plate (3) in the switch (4).
(2) Install the switch (4) in the handle.
(3) Make sure that the stop of the lock plate (3) is in its housing.
(4) Install the washer (6), the nut (7) and tighten it.
(5) Install the trigger (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10).
CAUTION: OBEY THE TORQUE VALUES SPECIFIED BELOW.
(7) Install the blanking plug (11).
(8) Install the cover plate (2).
(9) Install the screws (1) and tighten.
Subtask 23-51-00-040-053-A
E. Deactivation of the radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch (11RN, 12RN) of the new-generation side-stick unit
(100CE1, 100CE2)
(1) Pull the two PTT switch wires (green and brown) (4) through the access hole.
(2) Cut the power supply wires.
(3) Install end caps at the end of each wire Ref. ESPM 20-42-13 connected to the handle connector.
Subtask 23-51-00-410-056-A
F. Engagement of the radio Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch (11RN, 12RN) of the
new-generation side-stick unit (100CE1, 100CE2)
(1) Install the seal (3) and the cover plate or tactile indicator (2).
(2) Install the screws (1) and tighten them to between 0.15 and 0.18 m.daN (13.27 and 15.93 lbf.in).

Subtask 23-51-00-865-056-A

DIO/AVNCS
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-236, 238-250, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 237-237

OCCPNT
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-00-860-058-A
H. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 34-10-00-860-004) .
· make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches
are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
(5) On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the warnings that follow do not show:
· HF1 (2) EMITTING
· VHF1 (2) (3) EMITTING
· ELAC 1 FAULT
· ELAC 2 FAULT
· SINGLE PTT STUCK
NOTE: If one of these warnings shows, do the trouble shooting procedure related to the maintenance
message.
Subtask 23-51-00-710-058-A
J. Operational Tests:
(1) Do the Operational test of the Side Stick Priority (Ref. AMM TASK 27-96-00-710-003) .
(2) Do the Operational test of the Side Stick Assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 27-96-00-710-020) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-059-A
(1) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
10-00-864-003) .


(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the cover panel of the side stick assembly to tell the crew that the
radio PTT switch is deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

23-73-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 23-73-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel
FIN : 120RH
MMEL 23-74-01A
Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) Display Unit (FAA only)

(Ref. 11-00-00-400-021-A). Installation of the Pressurized Area Placards
(Ref. 23-73-00-740-005-A). BITE-Test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
through the CFDS
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-187-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-216-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 207-207, 210-210
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

121VU COM /CIDS/FLT ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14

23-73-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel
** ON A/C 203-205, 211-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH Q14
** ON A/C 217-217
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Subtask 23-73-00-040-051-A
B. Procedure
(1) In the cockpit, on the MCDU:
· Do the BITE-test of the CIDS through the CFDS.
(Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
· Make sure that only FAP-related failure messages show.
(2) In the cockpit:
· Lift the handset from the cradle.
· Push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and make an announcement.
(3) In the cabin:
· Make sure that you hear the announcement.
(4) Install a placard "INOP" on the deactivated system to tell persons not to use it (Ref. AMM TASK 11-
00-00-400-021) .
End of document

23-73-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Flight Attendant Panel
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-216, 218-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-
242, 301-450, 500-600
TASK 23-73-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Flight Attendant Panel
FIN : 120RH
Task Summary
MMEL 23-74-01B NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 23-74-01B
Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) Display Unit (FAA only)

(Ref. 23-73-00-740-005-B). Interface and Power-Up Test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data
System (CIDS) through the CFDS
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-192-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-217-A


23-73-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Flight Attendant Panel
Subtask 23-73-00-040-054-A
B. Procedure
· Do the Interface and Power-Up test of the CIDS through the CFDS.
(Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
(2) In the cockpit:
(3) In the cabin:
00-00-400-021) .
End of document

23-73-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the Flight Attendant
Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure Indication, Emergency Exits
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-216, 218-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-
242, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 23-73-00-040-004-A
Deactivation of the Flight Attendant Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure Indication, Emergency Exits
FIN : 120RH
Task Summary
MMEL 23-74-08A NO NO NO 00.6 00.6 1

MMEL 23-74-08A
Slide Bottle Pressure Monitoring on FAP (FAA only)

(Ref. 23-73-00-740-005-B). Interface and Power-Up Test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data
System (CIDS) through the CFDS
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-193-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-218-A


23-73-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the Flight Attendant
Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure Indication, Emergency Exits
Subtask 23-73-00-040-055-A
B. Procedure
(1) In the aft cargo compartment:
· Do the visual check of the slide bottle pressure indication.
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-00-040-005)
· Do the Interface and Power-Up test of the CIDS through the CFDS.
(Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
(3) In the cockpit:
(4) In the cabin:
00-00-400-021) .
End of document

23-73-00-040-005-A - Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 23-73-00-040-005-A
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel
FIN : 110RH
Task Summary
MMEL 23-74-04A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 23-74-04A
PTP Display Unit (FAA only)

through the CFDS
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-196-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-219-A

23-73-00-040-005-A - Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel
** ON A/C 201-201, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG &/TST PNL 161RH M07
** ON A/C 203-205, 211-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Subtask 23-73-00-040-057-A
B. Procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
· Make sure that only PTP-related failure messages show.
(2) In the cockpit:
(3) In the cabin:
00-00-400-021) .
End of document

23-73-00-040-006-A - Deactivation of the Programming and
Test Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure Indication, Emergency Exits
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 23-73-00-040-006-A
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure Indication, Emergency Exits
FIN : 110RH
Task Summary
MMEL 23-74-07A NO NO NO 00.6 00.6 1

MMEL 23-74-07A
Slide Bottle Pressure Monitoring on PTP (FAA only)

through the CFDS
(Ref. 25-62-00-040-001-A). Check of the Emergency-Exit Slide-Bottle Pressure because of a Low
Pressure Indication on the Programming and Test Panel or Flight At-
tendant Panel
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-197-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-220-A

23-73-00-040-006-A - Deactivation of the Programming and
Test Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure Indication, Emergency Exits
** ON A/C 201-201, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 203-205, 211-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Subtask 23-73-00-040-058-A
B. Procedure
(1) In the aft cargo compartment:
· Do the visual check of the slide bottle pressure indication.
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-00-040-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
(3) In the cockpit:
(4) In the cabin:
· Make sure that you hear the announcement in all cabin areas.
00-00-400-021) .
End of document

23-73-00-040-007-A - Deactivation of the Programming and Test
Panel - Emergency System Test, Cabin Emergency Lighting System
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 23-73-00-040-007-A
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Emergency System Test, Cabin Emergency Lighting System
FIN : 110RH
Task Summary
MMEL 23-74-01A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 23-74-01A
SYS Test Pb on the PTP (FAA only)

through the CFDS
(Ref. 33-51-00-040-001-A). Deactivation of the EMER SYSTEM TEST of the Cabin Emergency
Lighting System
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-198-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-221-A

23-73-00-040-007-A - Deactivation of the Programming and Test
Panel - Emergency System Test, Cabin Emergency Lighting System
** ON A/C 201-201, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 203-205, 211-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Subtask 23-73-00-040-059-A
B. Procedure
(1) In the cockpit:
· Do the check of the cabin emergency lighting system.
(Ref. AMM TASK 33-51-00-040-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
(3) In the cockpit:
(4) In the cabin:
00-00-400-021) .
End of document

24-50-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the C/
B TRIPPED Warning on the Upper ECAM DU
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-50-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the C/B TRIPPED Warning on the Upper ECAM DU

MMEL 24-09-02A
C/B TRIPPED Alert


812, 822
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-50-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 24-50-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
· Loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.


(5) On the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU:
· Loosen the five screws and remove the protective cover.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-50-00-040-052-A
A. Check for C/B TRIPPED
(1) If the C/B TRIPPED ECAM warning comes into view, do this check:
ACTION RESULT
1.If the C/B TRIPPED ON OVHD PANEL warning
comes into view on the upper ECAM DU:
· On the overhead circuit breaker panel 49VU, · If all the circuit breakers are closed, no mainten-
make sure that all the circuit breakers are ance procedure is necessary.
closed.
2.If the C/B TRIPPED R ELEC BAY warning
· On the battery power center 105VU, make sure · If all the circuit breakers are closed, no mainten-
that all the circuit breakers are closed. ance procedure is necessary.
3.If the C/B TRIPPED L ELEC BAY warning
· On the AC/DC emergency power center · If all the circuit breakers are closed, no mainten-
106VU, make sure that all the circuit breakers ance procedure is necessary.
are closed.
4.If the C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL J-M warning
· On the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU · If all the circuit breakers are closed, no mainten-
between lines J and M, make sure that all the ance procedure is necessary.
circuit breakers are closed.
5.If the C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL N-R warning
between lines N and R, make sure that all the ance procedure is necessary.
6.If C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL S-V warning
between lines S and V, make sure that all the ance procedure is necessary.
7.If the C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL W-Z warning
between lines W and Z, make sure that all the ance procedure is necessary.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-50-00-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.

(2) Tighten the two screws.

(3) Install the protective cover on the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
(4) Tighten the five screws.
(5) Close the access doors 822 and 812.
Subtask 24-50-00-860-055-A
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) On the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER DISPLAY and LOWER DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

24-20-00-040-802-A - Check of the Maintenance Condition of the IDG 1(2)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 24-20-00-040-802-A
Check of the Maintenance Condition of the IDG 1(2)

MMEL 24-09-03A
ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL LO LVL Alert
MMEL 24-09-04A
ELEC IDG 1(2) FILTER CLOG Alert

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT)
No specific AR AIR SOURCE FILTERED, DRY
No specific AR LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION
No specific AR MIRROR - INSPECTION
(Material No. 08BBB1) Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Petroleum Based -
(Material No. 14SBA1) Textile-Lint free Cotton -

FOR 4020KM1 (POWER PLANT-DEMOUNTABLE, ENG 1)
437AL, 438AR, 451AL
447AL, 448AR, 461AL
(Ref. 71-13-00-010-802-A). Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
(Ref. 71-13-00-410-802-A). Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
(Ref. 78-30-00-040-805-A). Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Ground Maintenance
(Ref. 78-30-00-440-805-A). Reactivation of the Thrust Reverser System after Ground Maintenance
(Ref. 78-36-00-010-802-A). Opening of the Thrust Reverser Cowl-Doors
(Ref. 78-36-00-410-802-A). Closing of the Thrust Reverser Cowl-Doors
IDG Oil Level Sight Glass and DPI SHEET 1

INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR (IDG)
DPI BUTTON
A
C D
IDG OIL LEVEL

SIGHTGLASS
A
RED
YELLOW
01 01
GREEN
RED
NORMAL
(RESET) EXTENDED
B C D
FWD
NOTE:
01 DPI BUTTON (SILVER END, RED CYLINDRICAL SIDE)
N_MM_242000_4_PAM0_01_01
Figure 24-20-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG Oil Level Sight Glass and DPI
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-20-00-941-052-A
(1) On the center pedestal, on ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Make sure that the ENG/MODE selector switch is in the NORM position.
(b) Make sure that the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch was in the OFF position.
(c) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the ENG/MODE selector
switch and the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch.
(2) On the ENG section of maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to energize FADEC 1(2).
(3) Wait ten minutes after the engine shutdown.
Subtask 24-20-00-010-053-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-802) :
(a) FOR 4020KM1 (POWER PLANT-DEMOUNTABLE, ENG 1)
437AL, 438AR
(b) FOR 4020KM2 (POWER PLANT-DEMOUNTABLE, ENG 2)
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-20-00-040-053-A
C. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Ground Maintenance
WARNING: YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON OR
AROUND IT. IF YOU DO NOT, THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENT-
ALLY AND CAUSE AN INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Do the deactivation of the thrust reverser system for ground maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-
00-040-805) .
Subtask 24-20-00-010-054-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the left thrust-reverser cowl-door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-802) :
451AL
461AL
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG Oil Level Sight Glass and DPI SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-20-00-160-050-A
A. Cleaning of the IDG Oil Sight-Glass for Correct Conditions
WARNING: DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER

- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Make sure that the IDG oil sight-glass is clean.

(a) If the IDG oil sight-glass is not clean:
· Clean the sight glass with Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Petroleum Based - (Material No. 08BBB1),
and
· Remove the remaining solvent with a clean Textile-Lint free Cotton - (Material No. 14SBA1) or
blow air on the sight glass with a AIR SOURCE FILTERED, DRY to dry it.
(b) If the IDG oil sight-glass is clean:
Go to Para. B. of the Procedure.
Subtask 24-20-00-210-055-A
B. Check of the IDG Maintenance Conditions
CAUTION: DO NOT DO THIS TASK IF THE IDG IS DISCONNECTED.

BEFORE YOU DO A CHECK OF THE IDG OIL LEVEL, MAKE SURE THAT THE IDG IS
CONNECTED.
A DISCONNECTED IDG CAN CAUSE AN INCORRECT OIL QUANTITY INDICATION
AND THUS INCORRECT SERVICING. IF THE LEVEL IS TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW, DAM-
AGE CAN OCCUR TO THE IDG WHEN IT OPERATES.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG WITHOUT SUFFICIENT OIL. THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE IDG.
(1) Make sure that the IDG oil level at the sight glass is not in the lower red band.
(2) Make sure that the red button of the IDG DPI oil filter is not extended.
· Use an LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION and an MIRROR - INSPECTION, if necessary.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-20-00-410-053-A
(2) Close the left thrust-reverser cowl-door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-410-802) :
451AL
461AL
Subtask 24-20-00-440-054-A
B. Reactivation of the Thrust Reverser System after Ground Maintenance
(1) Do the reactivation of the thrust reverser system after ground maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-
00-440-805) .
Subtask 24-20-00-410-054-A
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-802) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR

End of document

24-20-00-040-803-A - Disconnection of the Defective IDG and Draining of the IDG Oil
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 24-20-00-040-803-A
Disconnection of the Defective IDG and Draining of the IDG Oil
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE ENGINE AFTER SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE
CAN STAY HOT FOR A LONG TIME. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION, INJURY CAN
OCCUR.
WARNING: WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.

HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION: DO NOT LET ENGINE OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED OIL MUST BE REMOVED
IMMEDIATELY. THE OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO
SOME PARTS.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT (PUMP,
HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE OIL
AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:

- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.

MMEL 24-09-03D

No specific AR COVER - PROTECTION


437AL, 438AR, 451AL
447AL, 448AR, 461AL
(Ref. 12-13-24-680-802-A). Draining of the Oil from the IDG
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 71-00-00-860-814-A). Shutdown of the Engine
(Ref. 71-00-00-860-823-A). Start the Engine (Normal Automatic Start)
Ref. TSM 24-21-00-810-815 The Differential Pressure Indicator (DPI) of the IDG1 Oil Filter is Exten-
ded - Alternate Procedure
Ref. TSM 24-21-00-810-816 The Differential Pressure Indicator (DPI) of the IDG2 Oil Filter is Exten-
ded - Alternate Procedure

DPI BUTTON
A
C D
IDG OIL LEVEL

SIGHTGLASS
A
RED
YELLOW
01 01
GREEN
RED
NORMAL
(RESET) EXTENDED
B C D
FWD
NOTE:
N_MM_242000_4_PAM0_01_01
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-20-00-941-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page.
(b) Make sure that the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch was in the OFF position not less than five
minutes before you do this procedure.
Subtask 24-20-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-20-00-040-052-A
00-040-805) .
Subtask 24-20-00-010-052-A
D. Get Access
451AL
461AL
4. Procedure

Subtask 24-20-00-160-051-A
- GET MEDICAL AID.

and
(b) If the IDG oil sight-glass is clean, continue the maintenance procedure.
Subtask 24-20-00-210-056-A
(1) Make sure that the red button of the DPI of the oil filter is not extended.
Use an LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION and an MIRROR - INSPECTION, if necessary.
(a) If the red button of the DPI of the oil filter is extended:
· Do the troubleshooting procedure for the DPI of the oil-filter that is extended Ref. TSM 24-21-
00-810-815 or Ref. TSM 24-21-00-810-816 .
(2) Make sure that the IDG oil level is not lower red band.
· If the IDG oil level is lower red band, continue the maintenance procedure.
Subtask 24-20-00-210-057-A
C. Visual Inspection of IDG for Oil Leaks
NOTE: Do not a visual inspection for oil leaks at the drain mast.
(1) Do a visual inspection of these components:
NOTE: There can be different signs of possible leaks:
· Droplets of oil
· Wet areas around connections, oil stripes on tubes
· Stains or discoloration which can occur when oil or grease goes on very hot surfaces.
(a) IDG fittings, plug or valves for leaks:
· Pressure fill port
· Overflow drain port
· Oil-in and oil-out ports (cooling system interface with the IDG)
· Case drain.
(b) External oil system (oil lines) for leaks:
· Tubing.
(c) IDG fuel/oil heat-exchanger for leaks:
· Oil-in and oil-out fittings of the thermal management system module
· Body of the heat exchanger.
(d) IDG oil/oil heat-exchanger for leaks:
· Oil-in and oil-out fittings of the thermal management system module
· Body of the heat exchanger.

(2) If you find signs of oil leaks:

(a) Make an entry in the log book to record the position of the oil leaks.
(b) Continue the maintenance procedure.
Subtask 24-20-00-410-055-A
D. Close Access
(1) Remove the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT).
451AL
461AL
Subtask 24-20-00-440-055-A
E. Reactivation of the Thrust Reverser System after Ground Maintenance
00-440-805) .
Subtask 24-20-00-410-056-A
F. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-20-00-860-059-A
G. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page.
Subtask 24-20-00-865-054-A
H. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

FOR FIN 4000XU1 (IDG-ENG 1)
122VU ELEC/GCU/1 2XU1 T26
122VU ELEC/IDG1/DISC 1XT T24
FOR FIN 4000XU2 (IDG-ENG 2)
122VU ELEC/GCU/2 2XU2 T27
122VU ELEC/IDG2/DISC 2XT T25
Subtask 24-20-00-020-050-A
J. Disconnection of the IDG

(1) Start the engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-823) .

(2) Make sure that at least the IDG 1(2) and the external power or the APU generator energize the
electrical circuits.
NOTE: This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between the paren-
theses.
ACTION RESULT
1.With the engine 1(2) at idle speed, on ELEC On ELEC control panel 35VU:
control panel 35VU: · The FAULT legend of the related GEN pushbut-
· Lift the guard and push the IDG1(2) pushbutton ton switch comes on.
switch.
On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
· The load voltage of the related generator are
zero.
· The frequency parameters of the related gener-
ator are amber crosses.
· The amber DISC indication comes into view be-
low the IDG indication.
· The external power energizes the aircraft elec-
trical circuits.
2.On ELEC control panel 35VU: On ELEC control panel 35VU:
· Release the GEN 1(2) pushbutton switch. · The FAULT legend of the related GEN pushbut-
ton switch goes off,
· The OFF legend of the related GEN pushbutton
switch comes on.
3.On ELEC control panel 35VU:
· Lower the safety guard of the IDG1(2) pushbut-
ton switch.
(3) Make an entry in the log book to tell persons that you disconnect the IDG(1)2.
(4) Stop the engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-814) .
Subtask 24-20-00-941-053-A
K. Safety Precautions
(c) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to operate:
· The ENG/MODE selector switch, and
· The ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch.
(b) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to energize FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 24-20-00-010-055-A
L. Get Access

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-20-00-040-054-A
M. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Ground Maintenance
00-040-805) .
Subtask 24-20-00-010-056-A
N. Get Access
451AL
461AL
(3) Installation of the engine protection covers
CAUTION: INSTALL PROTECTION COVERS ON ALL THE OPENINGS IMMEDIATELY TO PRE-

VENT DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE.
(a) Install all the necessary COVER - PROTECTION to prevent damage to the engine.
Subtask 24-20-00-680-050-A
P. Draining of the Oil from the IDG1(2)
(1) Drain the oil from the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-680-802) .
Subtask 24-20-00-710-057-A
CAUTION: REPLACE THE IDG1(2) BEFORE NEXT ENGINE START IF:

- THE IDG1(2) WAS MECHANICALLY DISCONNECTED, AND
- THE FAULT MESSAGE "IDG1(E1-4000XU) OIL DELTA TEMP/GCU1 (1XU1)" OR
"IDG2(E2-4000XU) OIL DELTA TEMP/GCU2 (1XU2)" IS THEN SHOWN ON THE PFR OR
LAST LEG REPORT. THIS FAULT MESSAGE SHOWS THAT THE IDG IS STILL MECH-
ANICALLY CONNECTED. THIS CAN CAUSE HEAVY DAMAGE TO THE IDG AT THE
NEXT ENGINE START.
CAUTION: AFTER YOU DISCONNECT IDG1(2) AND DRAIN THE OIL:

- DO NOT DO THE SERVICING AND CONNECT THE DISCONNECTED IDG1(2),
- REPLACE IDG1(2). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE INSTRUCTIONS, YOU WILL IN-
CREASE THE DAMAGE TO IDG1(2) AT THE NEXT ENGINE START.
Q. CAUTION to Prevent Damage to IDG1(2)

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-20-00-410-051-A
451AL
461AL
Subtask 24-20-00-440-053-A
00-440-805) .
Subtask 24-20-00-410-052-A
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-20-00-862-059-A
D. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

24-20-00-040-001-A - Check of the AC Main Generation Maintenance Condition
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-20-00-040-001-A
Check of the AC Main Generation Maintenance Condition
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE IDG DOES NOT OPERATE FOR MORE THAN 50 HOURS IN THE DIS-
CONNECTED MODE.
- IF THE IDG OPERATES FOR 50 HOURS IN THE DISCONNECTED MODE, IT WILL BE NE-
CESSARY TO :
- REPLACE THE IDG.
- SEND THE REMOVED IDG FOR A SHOP INSPECTION. THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO
THE BALL BEARING ASSEMBLY ON THE IMPUT SHAFT.
NOTE: The procedure is the same for IDG1 (IDG2).

MMEL 24-22-01A
AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

(Ref. 49-00-00-860-003-A). APU Start by External Power
(Ref. 49-00-00-860-003-A-01). APU Start by Batteries
(Ref. 49-00-00-860-004-A). APU Shutdown by External Power
(Ref. 49-00-00-860-004-A-01). APU Shutdown by Batteries
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
(Ref. 49-00-00-860-009-A). APU Shutdown by External Power (131-9(A))
(Ref. 49-00-00-860-009-A-01). APU Shutdown by Batteries (131-9(A))
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

(Ref. 49-90-00-600-001-A). Check Oil Level and Replenish (GTCP 36-300)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-004-A). Check Oil Level and Replenish (APS 3200)
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-007-A). Check Oil Level and Replenish (131-9(A))
** ON A/C ALL
Oil Consumption of the APU GTCP 36-300 SHEET 1
Oil Consumption of the APU APS 3200 SHEET 1
Oil Consumption of the APU 131-9(A) SHEET 1

(US.
GALLONS) (QUARTS) (LITRES)
6.5 26 24.6 CAUTION:
Print Date: August 26, 2019

OIL CONSUMPTION IS THE
TERM USED FOR THE
6.0 24 22.7 INTERNAL LOSS OF OIL FROM
OIL QUANTITY IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR BEARING SEALS AND AIR/OIL
IS NOT SUFFICIENT FOR 10 HOURS APU OPERATION SEPARATOR DURING APU
5.5 22 20.8 OPERATION.
EXTERNAL LEAKS ARE NOT
PERMITTED. YOU MUST
5.0 20 18.9 CORRECT EXTERNAL LEAKS
Customer : IGO
AND CLEAN THE APU,

APU COMPARTMENT AND APU
AIR INTAKE IMMEDIATELY
4.5 18 17.0 IF CONTAMINATED.
IF THE OIL CONSUMPTION
IS HIGHER THAN THE

4.0 16 15.1 "GRAPH A" LIMIT, OR THERE
IS A SUDDEN INCREASE
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
IN OIL CONSUMPTION,
3.5 14 13.3 YOU MUST DO THE OIL
CONSUMPTION MONITORING
VERY CAREFULLY TO
PREVENT BAD APU DAMAGE.
3.0 12 11.4
** ON A/C ALL
NOTE:
ADDED OIL (CUMULATIVE)

2.5 10 9.5 THE ADDED OIL (CUMULATIVE)
(VERTICAL SCALE) IS THE
OIL QUANTITY IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR TOTAL QUANTITY OF OIL
2.0 8 IS SUFFICIENT FOR 10 HOURS APU OPERATION 7.6 WHICH WAS ADDED TO THE APU
GRAPH B IF SERVICED BEFORE FLIGHT TO THE "FULL" OIL RESERVOIR IN ORDER TO
MARK ON THE OIL SIGHT GLASS. COMPENSATE FOR THE APU OIL
1.5 6 5.7 CONSUMPTION DURING AN APU
OPERATING TIME PERIOD
(HORIZONTAL SCALE).
1.0 4 3.8
GRAPH A OIL QUANTITY
IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR IS

0.5 2 SUFFICIENT FOR MINIMUM 10 HOURS 1.9
APU OPERATION WITHOUT PREFLIGHT SERVICE
IF NO "LOW OIL LEVEL" INDICATION IS SHOWN.
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Figure 24-20-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Consumption of the APU GTCP 36-300
APU OPERATING TIME (HOURS)
N_MM_242000_4_AAM0_01_00
Selected applicability : ALL
Manual : AMM
Page 3 of 9
(US.
GALLONS) (QUARTS) (LITRES)
6.5 26 24.6 CAUTION:
Print Date: August 26, 2019

OIL CONSUMPTION IS THE
TERM USED FOR THE
6.0 24 22.7 INTERNAL LOSS OF OIL FROM
OIL QUANTITY IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR BEARING SEALS AND AIR/OIL
IS NOT SUFFICIENT FOR 10 HOURS APU OPERATION SEPARATOR DURING APU
5.5 22 20.8 OPERATION.
EXTERNAL LEAKS ARE NOT
PERMITTED. YOU MUST
5.0 20 18.9 CORRECT EXTERNAL LEAKS
Customer : IGO
AND CLEAN THE APU,

APU COMPARTMENT AND APU
AIR INTAKE IMMEDIATELY
4.5 18 17.0 IF CONTAMINATED.
IF THE OIL CONSUMPTION
IS HIGHER THAN THE

4.0 16 15.1 "GRAPH A" LIMIT, OR THERE
IS A SUDDEN INCREASE
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
IN OIL CONSUMPTION,
3.5 14 13.3 YOU MUST DO THE OIL
CONSUMPTION MONITORING
OIL QUANTITY IN THE APU VERY CAREFULLY TO
OIL RESERVOIR IS SUFFICIENT PREVENT BAD APU DAMAGE.
3.0 12 FOR 10 HOURS APU OPERATIO 11.4
IF SERVICED BEFORE FLIGHT
** ON A/C ALL
TO THE "FULL" MARK ON NOTE:
ADDED OIL (CUMULATIVE)

2.5 10 THE OIL SIGHT GLASS. 9.5 THE ADDED OIL (CUMULATIVE)
(VERTICAL SCALE) IS THE
TOTAL QUANTITY OF OIL
2.0 8 7.6 WHICH WAS ADDED TO THE APU
GRAPH B OIL RESERVOIR IN ORDER TO
COMPENSATE FOR THE APU OIL
1.5 6 5.7 CONSUMPTION DURING AN APU
OPERATING TIME PERIOD
GRAPH A (HORIZONTAL SCALE).
1.0 4 3.8
OIL QUANTITY
IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR IS

0.5 2 SUFFICIENT FOR MINIMUM 10 HOURS 1.9
APU OPERATION WITHOUT PREFLIGHT SERVICE
IF NO "LOW OIL LEVEL" INDICATION IS SHOWN.
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Figure 24-20-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Consumption of the APU APS 3200
N_MM_242000_4_ABM0_01_00
Selected applicability : ALL
Manual : AMM
Page 4 of 9
QUARTS
(US GALLONS) LITERS
20 18.9
(4.16)
18 17.0
CUMULATIVE OIL ADDED QUARTS (GALLONS)
(3.74)
16 15.1
(3.32) UNSATISFACTORY
CONSUMPTION
14 13.2
(2.9)
12 UNUSUAL OIL CONSUMPTION 11.4
(2.51) 0.196qt/hr USE APU ONLY WHEN OIL IS
(185cc/hr) FILLED BEFORE EACH FLIGHT
10 9.4
(2.07)
8 7.6
(1.67)
6 5.7
(1.25) 0.099qt/hr
(93cc/hr)
4 3.8
(0.84) SATISFACTORY
CONSUMPTION
2 1.9
(0.42)
0.0 0.0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
NOTE:
MAXIMUM OIL CONSUMPTION FOR NEW OR NEWLY OVERHAULED
APU IS 0.007qt(6.5cc)AN HOUR
N_MM_242000_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 24-20-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Consumption of the APU 131-9(A)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-20-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-20-00-210-054-B
A. CAUTION to Prevent Damage to IDG
CAUTION: REPLACE THE IDG1(2) BEFORE NEXT ENGINE START IF:

- THE IDG1(2) WAS MECHANICALLY DISCONNECTED, AND
- THE FAULT MESSAGE "IDG1(E1-4000XU) OIL DELTA TEMP/GCU1 (1XU1)" OR
"IDG2(E2-4000XU) OIL DELTA TEMP/GCU2 (1XU2)" IS THEN SHOWN ON THE PFR
OR LAST LEG REPORT. THIS FAULT MESSAGE SHOWS THAT THE IDG IS STILL
MECHANICALLY CONNECTED. THIS CAN CAUSE HEAVY DAMAGE TO THE IDG AT
THE NEXT ENGINE START.
(1) On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page, make sure that the IDG 1(2) DISC message is shown.
NOTE: This is only applicable if one generator is inoperative and the cause of the dispatch under
MMEL 24-22-01A was one of these warning messages:
- ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL LO PR
- ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL OVHT.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 24-20-00-040-051-C
B. Fuel recirculation Check
(1) On the ECAM control panel, push the STS key.
(2) On the lower ECAM display unit, make sure that the "ENG 1(2) FADEC" message does not come into
view on the STATUS page.
(a) If the message comes into view for the engine with the IDG in operation:
· Make sure that none of the messages that follow come into view:
. ACOC OIL TEMP TC/HC/EEC
. IDG OIL TEMP TC/HC/EEC
. ACOC AIR MOD VLV/HC/EEC
. FUEL DIV RET VLV/HC/EEC
. HMS FUEL OVTMP
. HMS ENG OIL OVTMP
. HMS IDG OIL OVTMP
. HMS IDG OVTMP W/RECIRC
. FUEL DIV RET VLV/EEC
· Release the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch(es) (the ON legend(s) come(s) on).
Subtask 24-20-00-710-050-A
C. Do this test:

ACTION RESULT
1.On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
ENG menu page.
2.On the MCDU, on the ENG menu page: On the MCDU:
· push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 1A(2A) · the FADEC 1A(2A) page comes into view.
indication.
3.On the FADEC 1A(2A) page: On the MCDU:
· push the line key adjacent to the LAST LEG RE- · make sure that there is no message related to the
PORT indication. control system of the fuel return valve.
4.On the MCDU:
· push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indica-
tion until the ENG menu page comes into view.
5.On the MCDU, on the ENG menu page: On the MCDU:
· push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 1B(2B) · the FADEC 1B(2B) page comes into view.
indication.
6.On the FADEC 1B(2B) page: On the MCDU:
· push the line key adjacent to the LAST LEG RE- · make sure that there is no message related to the
PORT indication. control system of the fuel return valve.
7.On the MCDU:
· push the MCDU MENU mode key.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 24-20-00-210-053-A
D. Check of the APU Oil Consumption
(1) If you do a regular monitoring of the APU oil consumption, make sure that the APU oil quantity is
sufficient for the flight:
· For the GTCP 36-300
(Ref. Fig. Oil Consumption of the APU GTCP 36-300 SHEET 1)
or
· For the APS 3200
(Ref. Fig. Oil Consumption of the APU APS 3200 SHEET 1)
or
· For the 131-9(A)
(Ref. Fig. Oil Consumption of the APU 131-9(A) SHEET 1)
(2) If you do not do a regular monitoring of the APU oil consumption, do the steps that follow to make
sure that the APU oil quantity is sufficient for the flight:
(a) Make sure that APU LOW OIL LEVEL indication is not shown:
1 On the ECAM control panel, push the APU key (on the lower ECAM DU, the APU page
comes into view).
2 Make sure that the APU LOW OIL LEVEL indication is not shown.
(b) Make sure that there are no oil leaks:
1 Start and operate the APU:
· For the GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-003) , or
· For the APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-005) , or
· For the 131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-008) .
2 During APU operation:
· Do a check for oil smell in the passenger compartment.
· Do a check for white smoke from the APU exhaust.

NOTE: An oil smell in the passenger compartment shows that there is an internal and/or ex-
ternal oil leakage.
NOTE: Smoke from APU exhaust shows that there is an internal oil leakage.
3 Stop the APU:

(c) Make sure that the APU oil is at maximum level:
NOTE: During the oil level check, make sure that there is no external oil leakage in the APU
compartment.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 24-20-00-710-056-B
E. Check of the IDG Heat-Exchanger Bypass-Valves
(1) Make sure that the messages that follow are not shown on the last PFR leg:
· IDG 1(2) COOLER BYPASS VALVE
· IDG 1(2) (E1(2)-4000XU)/IDG 1(2) COOLER BYPASS VALVE.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 24-20-00-860-051-A
· push the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch(es) (the ON legend(s) go(es) off).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(3) Make an entry in the logbook to show that the IDG is connected or disconnected.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
Subtask 24-20-00-860-051-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) Make an entry in the logbook to show that the IDG is connected or disconnected.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

End of document

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 24-20-00-040-802-A
Check of the Maintenance Condition of the IDG 1(2)

MMEL 24-09-03A
MMEL 24-09-04A
ELEC IDG 1(2) FILTER CLOG Alert


437AL, 438AR, 451AL
447AL, 448AR, 461AL

DPI BUTTON
A
C D
IDG OIL LEVEL

SIGHTGLASS
A
RED
YELLOW
01 01
GREEN
RED
NORMAL
(RESET) EXTENDED
B C D
FWD
NOTE:
N_MM_242000_4_PAM0_01_01
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-20-00-941-052-A
(b) Make sure that the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch was in the OFF position.
(3) Wait ten minutes after the engine shutdown.
Subtask 24-20-00-010-053-A
B. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-20-00-040-053-A
00-040-805) .
Subtask 24-20-00-010-054-A
D. Get Access
451AL
461AL
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-20-00-160-050-A

- GET MEDICAL AID.

and
(b) If the IDG oil sight-glass is clean:
Go to Para. B. of the Procedure.
Subtask 24-20-00-210-055-A
CAUTION: DO NOT DO THIS TASK IF THE IDG IS DISCONNECTED.

BEFORE YOU DO A CHECK OF THE IDG OIL LEVEL, MAKE SURE THAT THE IDG IS
CONNECTED.
A DISCONNECTED IDG CAN CAUSE AN INCORRECT OIL QUANTITY INDICATION
AND THUS INCORRECT SERVICING. IF THE LEVEL IS TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW, DAM-
AGE CAN OCCUR TO THE IDG WHEN IT OPERATES.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG WITHOUT SUFFICIENT OIL. THIS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE IDG.
(1) Make sure that the IDG oil level at the sight glass is not in the lower red band.
(2) Make sure that the red button of the IDG DPI oil filter is not extended.
· Use an LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION and an MIRROR - INSPECTION, if necessary.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-20-00-410-053-A
451AL
461AL
Subtask 24-20-00-440-054-A
00-440-805) .
Subtask 24-20-00-410-054-A
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR

End of document

24-23-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the APU
Generator by Installation of the Substitution Kit
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-23-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the APU Generator by Installation of the Substitution Kit
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS WHEN
YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT PERSONAL PROTECTION.

OIL CAN HAVE ADDITIVE CALLED TRICRESYL PHOSPHATE IN IT. THIS CHEMICAL IS AN
ASPHYXIANT, IT IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED THROUGH THE SKIN.
USE CARE WHEN ENGINE OIL IS DRAINED. HOT OIL CAN POSSIBLY CAUSE BAD BURNS.

MMEL 24-23-01H
AC Auxiliary Generation (APU Generator, GCU or GAPCU Auxiliary Power Control function, Line Contactor)
MMEL 24-23-01C
NOTE: For the part number reference of the substitution kit with the APU generator removed, refer to IPC 49-
11-04-05 and/or 49-11-84-40.


No specific AR COVER - PLASTIC
No specific 1 PLACARD
(19.47 and 21.24 lbf.in)
(28.76 and 32.45 lbf.ft)
(Material No. 03ABA1) Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - -
(Material No. 03ABB1) Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine Low Temp. -

315AL, 316AR
D. Expendable Parts

FIG.ITEM DESIGNATION IPC-CSN
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

9 seal 49-11-04-05-150
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

9 seal 49-11-84-40-150
** ON A/C ALL
E. Referenced Information
(Ref. 24-23-51-000-001-A). Removal of the APU Generator
(Ref. 24-23-51-000-001-A-01). Removal of the APU Generator with the Minilift Hoist
(Ref. 29-00-00-864-001-A). Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration
before Maintenance Action
nector
Unit (APU)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. 52-41-00-010-001-A). Open the APU Doors for Access
(Ref. 52-41-00-410-001-A). Close the APU Doors after Access
Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed SHEET 1

FR80
A
FR84
8XS
2
316AR
3 4
12
13
315AL 14
15
1
11
16
17
10
6
7 4095KM
9 A
8
N_MM_242300_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 24-23-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 -

Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 24-23-00-860-050-A
A. Obey the MMEL requirements related to Weight Impact and Effect on Balance for Flights without APU
Generator
(1) Weight Impact: -21.95 kg (-48.3915 lb).
(2) Effect on Balance: -871.35 m.daN (-77110.62 lbf.in).
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 24-23-00-860-050-B
Generator
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 24-23-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) On the APU section of the overhead panel 25VU, make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton
switch is released (the ON legend is off).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the APU.
(4) Make sure that the ground fire-extinguishing equipment is available.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-865-050-A
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

121VU APU/APU/CTL 2KD L42
121VU APU/ECB/SPLY 1KD L41
Subtask 24-23-00-010-050-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the APU compartment.
(2) Open the APU access doors 315AL and 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-001) .
(3) Set the control switch 11LJ to the ON position.
(4) Remove the APU generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-000-001) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 24-23-00-420-050-A

A. Installation of the Substitution Kit for Flight without an APU Generator Installed
NOTE: For the Part Number reference of the substitution kit with an APU generator removed, please refer
to IPC 49-11-04-05.
(1) Do an inspection of the component interfaces and the adjacent area.

(a) Remove the COVER - PLASTIC from the generator pad on the accessory drive gearbox.
(b) Clean the component interfaces and the adjacent area.
(c) Remove and keep the nuts (1) from the studs. Make sure that the nuts (1) are serviceable.
(d) Make sure that the face of the generator pad (10) and the studs are in the correct condition.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the cable support assembly (5).
(a) Make sure that the cable support assembly (5) is in the correct condition.
1 Make sure that the components of the terminal block are in the correct condition.
2 Do an inspection of the component interfaces and the adjacent area.
(3) Do a visual inspection of the seal plate (4095KM) (7).
(a) Clean the seal plate (7) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
- (Material No. 03ABA1) or Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine Low
Temp. - (Material No. 03ABB1) and a lint-free cotton cloth Textile-Lint free Cotton
- (Material No. 14SBA1).
(b) Make sure that the faces of the seal plate (7) are in the correct condition.
(4) Do a visual inspection of the assembly cover (11).
(a) Make sure that the assembly cover (11) is clean and in the correct condition.
(b) Make sure that the oil transfer channel and its inlet and outlet openings are clean and not
clogged.
(c) Make sure that the drain plug (6) is installed correctly, fully tightened and safetied with Wire-
Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1).
(5) Install the seal plate (4095KM) (7) on the assembly cover (11).
(a) Lubricate the new IPC -CSN (49-11-04-05-150) seal (9) and the screws (8) with Synthetic base
Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1) or Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-
Turbine Engine Low Temp. - (Material No. 03ABB1).
(b) Put the seal plate (7) in position on the assembly cover(11).
NOTE: Make sure that the dowel pin on the assembly cover (11) engages correctly into the pilot
hole on the seal plate (7).
(c) Install the screws (8).

(d) Install the seal (9) on the assembly cover (11).
(6) Install the assembly cover (11).
(a) Put the assembly cover (11) in position on the generator pad (10).
(b) Put the cable support assembly (5) in position.

(c) Install the nuts (1).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 3.9 and 4.4 m.daN (28.76 and 32.45 lbf.ft).
(7) Install the generator supply cables (3) on the terminal block on the cable support assembly (5).
(a) Remove the nuts (2).
(b) Remove the tie-wraps that temporarily hold the generator supply cables (3).
(c) Remove the COVER - PLASTIC from the ring terminals of the generator supply cables (3).
(d) Attach the generator supply cables (3) to the applicable studs on the terminal block with the nuts
(2).
NOTE: Refer to the marks on the terminal block and the generator supply cables (3).
(e) Attach the generator supply cables (3) with the clamp (14).
(f) Install the spacer (15), clamp (14), washer (13), screw (12), washer (16) and nut (17).
(g) TORQUE the nut (17) to between 0.22 and 0.24 m.daN (19.47 and 21.24 lbf.in).
(8) Connect the generator control cable to the connector on the cable support assembly (5).
(a) Remove the tie-wrap that temporarily holds the electrical connector (4).
(b) Remove the CAP-BLANKING from each electrical connector and receptacle.
(c) Make sure that all the electrical connections are clean and in the correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the cable support assembly (5).
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 24-23-00-420-050-B
A. Installation of the Substitution Kit for the Flight without the APU Generator Installed
NOTE: For the part number reference of the substitution kit with the APU generator removed, refer to IPC
49-11-84-40.

(a) Remove the COVER - PLASTIC from the generator pad (10) on the accessory drive gearbox.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the cable support assembly (5):
(a) Make sure that the cable support assembly (5) is in the correct condition:
(3) Do a visual inspection of the seal plate (4095KM) (7):
(4) Do a visual inspection of the assembly cover (11):

clogged.
(5) Install the seal plate (4095KM) (7) on the assembly cover (11):
(b) Put the seal plate (7) in position on the assembly cover (11).
(c) Make sure that the dowel pin on the assembly cover (11) engages correctly into the pilot hole on
the seal plate (7).
(d) Install the screws (8).
(e) Tighten the screws (8).
(f) Install the seal (9) on the assembly cover (11).
(6) Install the assembly cover (11):
(b) Make sure that the dowel pin on the assembly cover (11) engages correctly into the pilot hole on
the seal plate (7).
(c) Put the cable support assembly (5) in position.
(d) Install the nuts (1).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 3.9 and 4.4 m.daN (28.76 and 32.45 lbf.ft).
(7) Install the generator supply cables (3) on the terminal block on the cable support assembly (5):
(b) Remove the tie wraps that temporarily hold the generator supply cables (3).
(2).
(8) Connect the generator control cable to the connector on the cable support assembly (5):
(a) Remove the tie wrap that temporarily holds the electrical connector (4).
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 24-23-00-865-051-A


Subtask 24-23-00-790-050-A
C. Leak test
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS
WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
(2) Start the APU:
· GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-003)
or
· APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-005)
or
· 131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-008) .
(3) Do a check for oil leaks.
(a) Examine the joint between the assembly cover (11) and the generator pad (10) on the accessory
drive gearbox for oil leaks.
(b) Examine the drain plug (6) on the assembly cover (11) for oil leaks.
NOTE: Leaks are not permitted.
(4) Stop the APU:

· GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
or
· APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-006)
or
· 131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-009) .
(5) Do a check of the oil quantity on the APU oil sight-glass. Add oil if the oil level is on or below the ADD
mark on the oil sight glass:
· GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
or
· APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
or
· 131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-007) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Set the control switch 11JL to the OFF position.
(3) Close the APU access doors 315AL and 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-860-052-A

(1) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell persons that the APU generator is deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
End of document

24-23-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the APU Generator by Removal of the Quill Shaft
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-23-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the APU Generator by Removal of the Quill Shaft


MMEL 24-23-01I
MMEL 24-23-01C


315AL, 316AR
(Ref. 24-23-51-400-001-A). Installation of the APU Generator
(Ref. 24-23-51-400-001-A-01). Installation of the APU Generator with the Minilift Hoist
nector
Unit (APU)
APU Generator without Quill Shaft SHEET 1


FR80
FR84
8XS
316AR 315AL
3
2
1
N_MM_242300_4_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-23-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Generator without Quill Shaft

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-00-860-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
is released (the ON legend is off).
(4) Make sure that the ground fire extinguishing equipment is available.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-865-054-A

Subtask 24-23-00-010-053-A
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. APU Generator without Quill Shaft SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-23-00-020-051-A
A. Remove the APU Generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-000-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-020-052-A
B. Remove the Quill Shaft
(1) Carefully remove the bolt (1) from the groove in the drive end of the finished rotor assembly.
(2) Remove the quill shaft assembly (3) from the drive end of the finished rotor assembly.
(3) Remove the seals (2) and (4) from the quill shaft assembly (3).
(4) Discard the seals.
Subtask 24-23-00-420-051-A
C. Install the APU generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-400-001) without the quill shaft.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-00-865-055-A


Subtask 24-23-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access
Subtask 24-23-00-860-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
End of document

24-20-00-040-002-A - RAT Extension Control - Check of the RAT Manual Extension
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-20-00-040-002-A
RAT Extension Control - Check of the RAT Manual Extension
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OP-
ERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF
HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

MMEL 24-24-02A
RAT Extension Automatic Control

No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

812
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 29-10-00-863-003-A). Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Hydraulic Ground Power-
Cart
(Ref. 29-10-00-863-003-A-01). Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump

(Ref. 29-22-00-869-005-A). Extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
(Ref. 29-22-00-869-006-A). Retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
RAT control SHEET 1

Z195
21VU
B
A
21VU
EMER ELEC PWR
EMER GEN TEST MAN ON
RAT
&
EMER GEN
A
FAULT U
T
O
C
24XE
B
INDICATION LIGHTS
C
INTERLOCK ACTUATOR RAT
WARNING PRESSURE STOWED
RESET
O
N
LOCKING STOW LAMP
TEST
MECHANISM
O
F
28V DC F
J2
N_MM_242000_4_AAC0_01_00
Figure 24-20-00-991-00100-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - RAT control

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-20-00-860-053-A
(1) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.
(2) As necessary, use the applicable SAFETY BARRIERS, specified by the operator's instructions and
your local regulations.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(4) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003) .
Subtask 24-20-00-010-050-A
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access door 812 of the avionics
compartment.
Subtask 24-20-00-865-050-A
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

106VU CSM/G /EV/MAN/SPLY 6XE B04
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE RAT TRAVEL RANGE IS CLEAR BEFORE YOU EXTEND/RETRACT
THE RAT.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. RAT control SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-20-00-710-053-B
A. Extension of the RAT
(1) Do the extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the ground (Ref. AMM TASK 29-22-00-869-005) .
Subtask 24-20-00-710-054-B
B. Retraction of the RAT
(1) Do the retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the ground (Ref. AMM TASK 29-22-00-869-006) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-20-00-860-052-A
(1) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(4) Remove the safety barriers.
Subtask 24-20-00-410-050-A

B. Close Access
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-23-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the APU Generator by Installation of the Substitution Kit


MMEL 24-23-01H
MMEL 24-23-01C
NOTE: For the part number reference of the substitution kit with the APU generator removed, refer to IPC 49-
11-04-05 and/or 49-11-84-40.


No specific AR COVER - PLASTIC
(19.47 and 21.24 lbf.in)
(28.76 and 32.45 lbf.ft)
(Material No. 03ABB1) Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine Low Temp. -

315AL, 316AR
D. Expendable Parts

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

9 seal 49-11-04-05-150
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

9 seal 49-11-84-40-150
** ON A/C ALL
nector
Unit (APU)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C ALL
Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed SHEET 1

FR80
A
FR84
8XS
2
316AR
3 4
12
13
315AL 14
15
1
11
16
17
10
6
7 4095KM
9 A
8
N_MM_242300_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 24-23-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 -

Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 24-23-00-860-050-A
Generator
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 24-23-00-860-050-B
Generator
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 24-23-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(4) Make sure that the ground fire-extinguishing equipment is available.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-865-050-A
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

Subtask 24-23-00-010-050-A
D. Get Access
(4) Remove the APU generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-000-001) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 24-23-00-420-050-A

A. Installation of the Substitution Kit for Flight without an APU Generator Installed
NOTE: For the Part Number reference of the substitution kit with an APU generator removed, please refer
to IPC 49-11-04-05.

(a) Remove the COVER - PLASTIC from the generator pad on the accessory drive gearbox.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the cable support assembly (5).
(a) Make sure that the cable support assembly (5) is in the correct condition.
(3) Do a visual inspection of the seal plate (4095KM) (7).
(4) Do a visual inspection of the assembly cover (11).
clogged.
(5) Install the seal plate (4095KM) (7) on the assembly cover (11).
(b) Put the seal plate (7) in position on the assembly cover(11).
(c) Install the screws (8).

(d) Install the seal (9) on the assembly cover (11).
(6) Install the assembly cover (11).
(b) Put the cable support assembly (5) in position.

(c) Install the nuts (1).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 3.9 and 4.4 m.daN (28.76 and 32.45 lbf.ft).
(7) Install the generator supply cables (3) on the terminal block on the cable support assembly (5).
(b) Remove the tie-wraps that temporarily hold the generator supply cables (3).
(2).
(8) Connect the generator control cable to the connector on the cable support assembly (5).
(a) Remove the tie-wrap that temporarily holds the electrical connector (4).
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 24-23-00-420-050-B
A. Installation of the Substitution Kit for the Flight without the APU Generator Installed
NOTE: For the part number reference of the substitution kit with the APU generator removed, refer to IPC
49-11-84-40.

(a) Remove the COVER - PLASTIC from the generator pad (10) on the accessory drive gearbox.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the cable support assembly (5):
(a) Make sure that the cable support assembly (5) is in the correct condition:
(3) Do a visual inspection of the seal plate (4095KM) (7):
(4) Do a visual inspection of the assembly cover (11):

clogged.
(5) Install the seal plate (4095KM) (7) on the assembly cover (11):
(b) Put the seal plate (7) in position on the assembly cover (11).
(c) Make sure that the dowel pin on the assembly cover (11) engages correctly into the pilot hole on
the seal plate (7).
(d) Install the screws (8).
(e) Tighten the screws (8).
(f) Install the seal (9) on the assembly cover (11).
(6) Install the assembly cover (11):
(b) Make sure that the dowel pin on the assembly cover (11) engages correctly into the pilot hole on
the seal plate (7).
(c) Put the cable support assembly (5) in position.
(d) Install the nuts (1).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 3.9 and 4.4 m.daN (28.76 and 32.45 lbf.ft).
(7) Install the generator supply cables (3) on the terminal block on the cable support assembly (5):
(b) Remove the tie wraps that temporarily hold the generator supply cables (3).
(2).
(8) Connect the generator control cable to the connector on the cable support assembly (5):
(a) Remove the tie wrap that temporarily holds the electrical connector (4).
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 24-23-00-865-051-A


Subtask 24-23-00-790-050-A
C. Leak test
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS
WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
(2) Start the APU:
· GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-003)
or
· APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-005)
or
· 131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-008) .
(3) Do a check for oil leaks.
(a) Examine the joint between the assembly cover (11) and the generator pad (10) on the accessory
drive gearbox for oil leaks.
(b) Examine the drain plug (6) on the assembly cover (11) for oil leaks.
NOTE: Leaks are not permitted.
(4) Stop the APU:

· GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
or
· APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-006)
or
· 131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-009) .
(5) Do a check of the oil quantity on the APU oil sight-glass. Add oil if the oil level is on or below the ADD
mark on the oil sight glass:
· GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
or
· APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
or
· 131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-007) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 24-23-00-860-052-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-23-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the APU Generator by Removal of the Quill Shaft


MMEL 24-23-01I
MMEL 24-23-01C


315AL, 316AR
(Ref. 24-23-51-400-001-A). Installation of the APU Generator
(Ref. 24-23-51-400-001-A-01). Installation of the APU Generator with the Minilift Hoist
nector
Unit (APU)
APU Generator without Quill Shaft SHEET 1


FR80
FR84
8XS
316AR 315AL
3
2
1
N_MM_242300_4_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-23-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Generator without Quill Shaft

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-00-860-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
is released (the ON legend is off).
(4) Make sure that the ground fire extinguishing equipment is available.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-865-054-A

Subtask 24-23-00-010-053-A
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. APU Generator without Quill Shaft SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-23-00-020-051-A
A. Remove the APU Generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-000-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-020-052-A
B. Remove the Quill Shaft
(1) Carefully remove the bolt (1) from the groove in the drive end of the finished rotor assembly.
(2) Remove the quill shaft assembly (3) from the drive end of the finished rotor assembly.
(3) Remove the seals (2) and (4) from the quill shaft assembly (3).
(4) Discard the seals.
Subtask 24-23-00-420-051-A
C. Install the APU generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-400-001) without the quill shaft.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-00-865-055-A


Subtask 24-23-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access
Subtask 24-23-00-860-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
End of document

24-51-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Galley Supply System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Galley Supply System

MMEL 24-26-02B
Galley Manual Load Shed System (GALLEY pb-sw)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-00-861-051-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-51-00-865-052-A

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/FAULT/LT CTL 8XA S25
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC 7XA S24
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-CEILING-AFT 307LG H08
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-CEILING-AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-CEILING-FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-CEILING-FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-WINDOW-AFT 302LG H04
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-WINDOW-AFT 301LG H03
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-WINDOW-FWD 303LG H02
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-WINDOW-FWD 300LG H01

Subtask 24-51-00-860-058-B
C. In the forward and aft galleys, make sure that all the circuit breakers are closed.
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Subtask 24-51-00-860-052-G
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch is pushed
(OFF legend is off).
(2) On this panel, make sure that the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch is released (OFF legend is
on).
(3) On the FWD Attendant Panel (FAP), make sure that the MAIN ON pushbutton switch is set to ON (the
green lights of the CABIN WDO and CABIN CLG pushbutton switches are on).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-216, 218-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-
242, 301-450, 500-600
Subtask 24-51-00-860-052-I
(1) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch is pushed
(OFF legend is off).
(2) On this panel, make sure that the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch is released (OFF legend is
on).
(3) On the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP), select the CABIN LIGHTING page:
· Push the hard key LIGHT MAIN ON/OFF to get the lights on, and
· On the CABIN LIGHTING page make sure that AISLE and WDO buttons are green.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-51-00-040-050-B
A. Deactivation of the Galley Supply System
(1) Test of the Commercial Electrical Load-Shedding
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ECAM control panel: On the lower display unit of the ECAM system:
· Get the ELEC system page. · The ELEC page comes into view with the white
GALLEY SHED indication.
2.On the ELEC panel 35VU: On the panel 35VU:
· Push the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton · The OFF legend of the ELEC/COMMERCIAL
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
On the lower display unit of the ECAM system:
· The GALLEY SHED indication goes out of view.
In the forward and aft galleys:
· Make sure that the galleys operate.
In the passenger cabin:

ACTION RESULT
· The CEILING and WINDOW lights come on.
3.On the ELEC panel 35VU: On the panel 35VU:
· Release the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton · The OFF legend of the ELEC/COMMERCIAL
switch. pushbutton switch comes on.
On the lower display unit of the ECAM system:
· The white GALLEY SHED indication comes into
view.
In the forward and aft galleys:
· Make sure that no equipment operate.
In the passenger cabin:
· The CEILING and WINDOW lights go off.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-51-00-860-053-B
(1) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU:
· Push the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch (OFF legend is off), and
· Push the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch (OFF legend is off).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(4) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell persons that the galley supply system is deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-56-00-040-001-A
Task Summary
MMEL 24-26-01B NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 24-26-01B
Galley Automatic Load Shed System

No specific PLACARD
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-00-860-052-B
(2) Make sure that the pushbutton switch GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU is in the OFF
position (white indication light shows OFF).
(3) Make sure that the pushbutton switch ELEC/COMMERCIAL 22XN on the overhead panel 35VU is in
the on position (white indication OFF is off).
Subtask 24-56-00-865-050-A


122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 112-150, 201-201, 203-217, 219-250, 301-450, 500-600

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 112-150, 201-201, 203-217, 219-250, 350-350

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-211, 213-230, 232-236, 238-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
PRE SB 25-1BKH for A/C 232-232, 244-244
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC AE10
** ON A/C 045-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-220, 222-230, 232-236, 238-250, 350-350

PRE SB 25-1BKH for A/C 232-232, 244-244
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04
** ON A/C 112-150, 203-206, 209-211, 215-217, 219-220, 226-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-217, 219-220, 222-237, 239-250, 350-350

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D 2MC AD04
** ON A/C 301-325, 331-332

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC
** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-400, 500-600

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC
** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-450, 500-600

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-56-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Galley Supply
(1) Make sure that the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s) does (do) not operate.
(2) Install a PLACARD "INOP" on the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s) to tell persons
not to use it (Ref. AMM TASK 11-00-00-400-021) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-00-862-050-A
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-56-00-040-002-A
Task Summary
MMEL 24-26-02A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 24-26-02A
Galley Manual Load Shed System (GALLEY)

No specific PLACARD
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-00-860-055-A
(2) Make sure that the pushbutton switch GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU is in the OFF
position (white indication light shows OFF).
(3) Make sure that the pushbutton switch ELEC/COMMERCIAL 22XN on the overhead panel 35VU is in
the ON position (white indication OFF is off).
Subtask 24-56-00-865-057-A


122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 112-150, 201-201, 203-217, 219-250, 301-450, 500-600

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 112-150, 201-201, 203-217, 219-250, 350-350

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-211, 213-230, 232-236, 238-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
PRE SB 25-1BKH for A/C 232-232, 244-244
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC AE10
** ON A/C 045-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-220, 222-230, 232-236, 238-250, 350-350

PRE SB 25-1BKH for A/C 232-232, 244-244
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04
** ON A/C 112-150, 203-206, 209-211, 215-217, 219-220, 226-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-217, 219-220, 222-237, 239-250, 350-350

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D 2MC AD04
** ON A/C 301-325, 331-332

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC
** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-400, 500-600

123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC
** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-450, 500-600

123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-56-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of the Galley Supply
(1) Make sure that the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s) does (do) not operate.
(2) Install a PLACARD "INOP" on the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s) to tell persons
not to use it (Ref. AMM TASK 11-00-00-400-021) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-00-862-054-A
End of document

21-26-00-040-012-A - ADIRU/AVNCS VENT Caution Light Inoperative
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 21-26-00-040-012-A
ADIRU/AVNCS VENT Caution Light Inoperative

MMEL 24-30-09A
External Power Panel ADIRU/AVNCS Vent Caution Light (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 21-26-00-865-100-A

122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17
123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02
** ON A/C 401-450
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AC04
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 21-26-00-861-086-A
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .

21-26-00-040-012-A - ADIRU/AVNCS VENT Caution Light Inoperative
NOTE: The energization of the aircraft electrical circuits starts a full test of the ventilation system. The test
continues for 2 minutes approximately.
Subtask 21-26-00-860-066-A
(1) On the VENTILATION section of the panel 22VU:
· make sure that the BLOWER and the EXTRACT pushbutton switches are in the AUTO
configuration (pushed, with the FAULT and OVRD legends off).
4. Procedure
Subtask 21-26-00-710-069-A
A. Operational Test of the Mechanic Call Horn
ACTION RESULT
1.On the circuit breaker panels 49VU and 122VU: On the CAPT and F/O glareshield panels 131VU and
· open the circuit breakers 3HQ, 5HQ and 6HQ. 130VU:
· the MASTER CAUT lights come on and you can
hear the single chime.
After 30 seconds approximately:
· you can hear the mechanic call horn in the nose
landing gear well.
NOTE: The mechanic call horn operates only if en-

gine 1 and engine 2 are stopped.
NOTE: On the panel 108VU, push the RESET push-

button switch to stop the mechanic call horn.
2.On the circuit breaker panels 49VU and 122VU:

· Close the circuit breakers 3HQ, 5HQ and 6HQ.
5. Close-up
Subtask 21-26-00-942-085-A
(1) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell the crew that the ADIRU/AVNCS VENT
caution light is inoperative.
Subtask 21-26-00-862-088-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

24-30-00-040-001-A - Do a Charging Cycle of the Battery Connected
with the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL) or Replacement of the Battery
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-30-00-040-001-A
Do a Charging Cycle of the Battery Connected with the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL) or Replacement of the Battery

MMEL 24-38-02A
Battery Charger Limiter (BCL)
This procedure is to make sure that the related battery of the serviceable BCL is fully charged before you
interchange the two BCL and charge the other battery with the serviceable BCL.


822
(Ref. 24-38-34-000-001-A). Removal of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL)
(Ref. 24-38-34-400-001-A). Installation of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL)
(Ref. 24-38-51-000-001-A). Removal of the Battery
(Ref. 24-38-51-400-001-A). Installation of the Battery
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-30-00-010-053-A
A. Get access to the avionics compartment.
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the avionics compartment door 822.
(3) Open the access panel of the BATTERY power center 105VU.
Subtask 24-30-00-865-051-A


105VU ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY 5PB2 D02
105VU ELEC/BAT REF/BCL2 9PB2 F02
105VU ELEC/BAT REF/BCL1 9PB1 F01
105VU ELEC/BAT BUS/REF/BCL1 8PB1 G01
105VU ELEC/BAT BUS/REF/BCL2 8PB2 J02
125VU BAT BUS/301PP/SPLY 11PB CC01
Subtask 24-30-00-860-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) In the cockpit, on ELEC control panel 35VU:
· Make sure that the BAT 1 and BAT 2 pushbutton switches are released (OFF legends on).
(3) In the cockpit, on the APU section of the overhead control and indicating panel 25VU:
· Make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is released. (OFF legend on).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-30-00-040-050-B
A. Charging Cycle of Batteries 1 and 2 with the serviceable BCL 1(2).
(1) If the BAT1(2) voltmeter of ELEC panel 35VU related to unserviceable BCL 1(2) shows a voltage of:
· Less than 21VDC, do the alternative procedure given in Para. 4.B.(1) or Para. 4.C.
· More than or equal to 21VDC, continue the maintenance procedure that follows:
(a) On the ECAM control panel:
· Push the ELEC key to get the ELEC system page.
(b) On the control panel 35VU:
· Push the related BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch (OFF and FAULT legends off) related to
serviceable BCL to start the charging cycle of the battery 1(2),
(c) On the APU section of the overhead control and indicating panel 25VU:
· Push the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch (ON legend on).
· Wait two seconds.
· Release the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch (OFF legend on).
(d) On the lower ECAM DU:
· The green line between the BAT 1(2) indication and the DC BAT busbar indication comes into
view. The arrow points to the BAT 1(2) indication.
· The related parameter indications (voltage and current) come into view green.
(e) On the ELEC system page, make sure that the ground power-unit voltage stays above 114VAC
during the charging.
(f) Wait until the battery contactor opens.
1 The green line between the BAT 1(2) indication and the DC BAT busbar indication:
· Goes out of view if the battery is correctly charged
· Stays in view if a battery charging is necessary.

NOTE: The time for the battery to charge can be of thirty minutes.
(g) On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page, make sure that the battery voltage is more than
26VDC and the battery discharge current is equal to or less than 1A.
(h) Release the BAT 1 and 2 pushbutton switches (the OFF legend comes on).
(i) Interchange BCL 1 and BCL 2 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-34-000-001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-
38-34-400-001) .
(j) Start a charging cycle of the battery which was connected to the unserviceable BCL 1(2) during
the previous flight.
1 On ELEC control panel 35VU, push the related BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch (OFF and
FAULT legends off) to start the charging cycle of the battery 1(2) with the serviceable BCL
1(2).
a If the battery contactor 1(2) is not closed (BCL 1(2) FAULT ECAM alert message comes
into view on the upper ECAM DU):
· Release the BAT1(2) pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on) of the battery
that was connected to unserviceable BCL 1(2) during the last flight.
· Interchange BCL 1 and BCL 2, (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-34-000-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-34-400-001) .
· Do the alternative procedure in Para. 4.B.
b If the battery contactor 1(2) is closed (no BCL 1(2) FAULT ECAM alert message comes
into view on the upper ECAM DU):
· Do Steps A. (1) (c) thru A. (1) (g).
Subtask 24-30-00-040-051-A
B. Alternative Procedure to Charge the Battery in the Workshop
(1) Remove battery 1(2) related to unserviceable BCL 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-000-001) .
(2) Send battery 1(2) to the overhaul workshop to charge it.
(3) Install battery 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-400-001) .
(4) Release the BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch (OFF legend on) related to the unserviceable BCL 1(2).
Subtask 24-30-00-040-053-A
C. Alternative Procedure to Replace the Battery
(1) If the procedures in step A. and B. are not applicable:
(a) Replace the battery related to the unserviceable BCL 1(2) with a fully-charged serviceable
battery (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-000-001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-400-001) .
(b) Release the BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch (OFF legend on) related to the unserviceable BCL 1(2).
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-30-00-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the access panel of the battery power-center 105VU.
(3) Close access door 822.
Subtask 24-30-00-860-053-A


(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell the crew that one BCL does not operate.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

24-30-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Transformer Rectifier TR2
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-30-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Transformer Rectifier TR2

MMEL 24-32-01B
DC Main Generation (TR 1, TR 2)
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-30-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that:
· The AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch is pushed (the ALTN legend is off).
Subtask 24-30-00-865-052-A

106VU AC ESS BUS/STBY/CNTOR/CTL 5XC B08
106VU AC ESS/BUS NORM/CNTOR/CTL 4XC B03
123VU AC ESS/BUS ON/BUS 1 1XC AC12
123VU AC ESS/BUS ON/BUS 2 2XC AC01
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-30-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of the TR2 if AC ESS FEED Control Is Serviceable
(1) Operational test of the AC essential-generation switching system.

24-30-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Transformer Rectifier TR2
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ECAM control panel: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
· Push the ELEC key. · A green bar comes into view between the AC1
and AC ESS busbars. This shows that the AC1
busbar energizes the AC ESS busbar.
2.On the panel 123VU: On the F/O glareshield panel 130VU:
· Open the circuit breaker 1XC. · The MASTER CAUT light comes on.
You can hear the single chime.
The upper ECAM DU becomes black.
The indications shown on the upper ECAM DU:
ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT then AC ESS FEED ...
ALTN move to the lower ECAM DU.
On the ELEC panel 35VU:
· The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED push-
button switch comes on.
3.On the ELEC panel 35VU: On the ELEC panel 35VU:
· Release the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. · The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED push-
button switch goes off.
· The ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
ton switch comes on.
4.On the ECAM control panel: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
· Push the ELEC key. · A green bar comes into view between the AC2
and AC ESS busbars. This shows that the AC2
busbar energizes the AC ESS busbar,
· The green bar between the AC1 and AC ESS
busbars goes out of view.
· Close the circuit breaker 1XC.
6.On the ELEC panel 35VU: On the ELEC panel 35VU:
· Push the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. · The ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
ton switch goes off.
On the ELEC page:
busbars goes out of view.
busbars comes into view.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-30-00-860-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

24-41-00-040-001-A - Visual Inspection of the External Power Receptacle
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 24-41-00-040-001-A
Visual Inspection of the External Power Receptacle

MMEL 24-41-02A
External Power Receptacle

No specific AR GUN - HOT AIR
(Ref. 52-42-12-000-001-A). Removal of the External-Power Receptacle Door (121AL)
(Ref. 52-42-12-400-001-A). Installation of the External-Power Receptacle Door (121AL)
Ref. SRM 512800
Ref. SRM 531113
External Power Receptacle SHEET 1

FR7 FR8
Z120
121AL
DOOR
STOP ANGLE SPRING

ROD ASSY
LATCH ASSY
N_MM_244100_4_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - External Power Receptacle

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-00-860-062-A
(1) Make sure that the ground power source is not connected to the aircraft external-power receptacle.
Subtask 24-41-00-010-053-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
(2) Open the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. External Power Receptacle SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-41-00-210-051-A
A. Visual Inspection of the Electrical-Power Receptacle Assembly and the External-Power Receptacle Door
(1) Examine the electrical-power receptacle assembly.
(a) Examine the electrical-power receptacle assembly for overheat damage Ref. SRM 512800.
1 If there is overheat damage:
· Clean the electrical-power receptacle assembly with a Textile-Lint free Cotton
- (Material No. 14SBA1) and Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Petroleum Based
- (Material No. 08BBB1).
· Make sure that there are no holes on the receptacle and the adjacent structure.
(b) Examine the electrical-power receptacle assembly for cracks:
1 Make sure that there are no cracks on the external power receptacle and on the adjacent
structure.
(c) Examine the aircraft structure around the electrical power receptacle.
1 If the aircraft structure is damaged:
· Repair it Ref. SRM 531113.
(2) Examine the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
(a) Open and close the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
(b) Make sure that the external-power receptacle door (121AL) operates correctly.
1 If the external-power receptacle door (121AL) does not operate correctly:
· Replace the external-power receptacle door (121AL) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-42-12-000-
001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 52-42-12-400-001) .
(3) If the electrical-power receptacle assembly is damaged and the external-power receptacle door
(121AL) was not removed:
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to connect power connector to the
electrical power receptacle.
· Put a shrink sleeve ABS0916B07 in position below the pins A and B of the electrical power
receptacle.
Shrink it with a GUN - HOT AIR.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-41-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
Subtask 24-41-00-942-051-A


End of document

Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1559 for A/C 237-237

3MS , 4MS
** ON A/C ALL
MMEL 25-11-03A
Pilot Seat Recline Adjustment
A. Work Zones and Access Panels

211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
(Ref. 25-11-61-000-001-A). Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
(Ref. 25-11-61-400-001-A). Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
(Ref. 25-11-64-000-001-A). Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
(Ref. 25-11-64-400-001-A). Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat SHEET 1

FR9
A A
2
A
811
FR1
3
1
B
4
B
6
C
N_MM_251100_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 25-11-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-056-A
(1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-61-000-001) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat SHEET 1)
Subtask 25-11-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
(1) If installed, remove the headrest (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-64-000-001) .
NOTE: Only do the step (1) in Para. 4.A.
(2) Remove the fourteen screws (2).

(3) Remove the upper back shroud (1) from the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest (3).
(4) Loosen the screw (4) on the left and right lock levers (6).
(5) Remove the cable (5) from the left and right lock levers (6).
(6) Push on the left and right lock levers (6) at the same time and push the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest (3)
to the vertical position.
(7) Release the left and right lock levers (6).
(8) Make sure that the seat backrest (3) is correctly locked in the vertical position.
(9) Tighten the screw (4) on the left and right lock levers (6).
(10) Put the upper back shroud (1) in position on the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest (3).
(11) Install and tighten the fourteen screws (2).
(12) If removed, install the headrest (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-64-400-001) .
NOTE: Only do the step (11) in Para. 4.A.
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-057-A
(1) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-61-400-001) .
End of document

25-11-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Inoperative
Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1559 for A/C 237-237

3MS , 4MS
** ON A/C ALL
MMEL 25-11-01-01
Pilot Seat Electrical Adjustment (FAA only)


211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-073-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-040-054-A
A. Deactivate the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat (Electrical Control).
Subtask 25-11-00-865-058-A

FOR FIN 3MS (SEAT-CAPTAIN)
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
FOR FIN 4MS (SEAT-F/O)
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-074-A

25-11-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Inoperative
Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)

End of document

52-70-00-040-008-A - Visual Test to Make Sure
that the Escape Slide is in the "ARMED" Position
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-70-00-040-008-A
Visual Test to Make Sure that the Escape Slide is in the "ARMED" Position
WARNING: PUT SAFETY BARRIERS IN POSITION TO KEEP THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE ES-
CAPE-SLIDE CLEAR.
IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.

MMEL 25-07-03A
Cabin Overwing Exit Slide Permanently Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page


831, 841
(Ref. 52-10-00-010-001-A). Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
(Ref. 52-10-00-410-001-A). Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-70-00-010-061-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at applicable forward
passenger/crew door 831 or 841.
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 52-70-00-210-066-A
A. Visual Test to Make Sure that the Escape Slide is in the "ARMED" Position
(1) On the Emergency Exit door, make sure that the escape-slide release mechanism is not in the
MAINTENANCE mode.
(a) Pull down the cover flap of the hatch and remove it.
(b) Make sure that the latch pin is not in the "SLIDE DISARMED" position (retracted latch pin).
(c) Put the cover flap on the hatch and push it against the hatch.

** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-70-00-210-066-C
NOTE: On each side of the cabin, in the cabin lining, one "SLIDE ARMED" indicator light is installed
between the OWEs.
(1) Open the handle cover to get access to the slide arming mechanism.
(2) Set the slide arming mechanism to "SLIDE ARMED".
(3) Make sure that the "SLIDE ARMED" light comes into view on the door.
(4) Close the handle cover.
(5) Make sure that the "SLIDE ARMED" light goes out of view.
(6) Open the handle cover.
(7) Set the slide arming mechanism to "SLIDE DISARMED" again.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-70-00-410-061-A
A. Close Access
(1) Remove all the ground support equipment, maintenance equipment, standard and special tools and
all other items from the inspection area.
(2) Obey the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
(3) Close applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841.
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-70-00-040-009-A
Visual Test to Make Sure that the Escape Slide is in the "ARMED" Position
WARNING: PUT SAFETY BARRIERS IN POSITION TO KEEP THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE ES-
CAPE-SLIDE CLEAR.
IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.

MMEL 25-07-04A
Cabin Overwing Exit Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page


831, 841
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-70-00-010-063-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at applicable forward
passenger/crew door 831 or 841.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 52-70-00-210-068-A
(1) On the Emergency Exit door, make sure that the escape-slide release mechanism is not in the
MAINTENANCE mode.
(a) Pull down the cover flap of the hatch and remove it.
(b) Make sure that the latch pin is not in the "SLIDE DISARMED" position (retracted latch pin).
(c) Put the cover flap on the hatch and push it against the hatch.

** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-70-00-210-068-C
NOTE: On each side of the cabin, in the cabin lining, one "SLIDE ARMED" indicator light is installed
between the OWEs.
(1) Open the handle cover to get access to the slide arming mechanism.
(2) Set the slide arming mechanism to "SLIDE ARMED".
(3) Make sure that the "SLIDE ARMED" light comes into view on the door.
(5) Make sure that the "SLIDE ARMED" light goes out of view.
(6) Open the handle cover.
(7) Set the slide arming mechanism to "SLIDE DISARMED" again.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-70-00-410-063-A
A. Close Access
all other items from the inspection area.
(3) Close applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841.
End of document

25-11-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat
FIN : 14MM
MMEL 25-12-01B
Third Occupant Seat

212 COCKPIT
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-11-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Third Occupant Seat
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-064-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat
(1) If the Third Occupant seat is inoperative:
· Remove it (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-000-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-065-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

25-11-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat
End of document

25-11-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 201-201, 203-222, 226-226, 229-237, 239-250, 350-350
TASK 25-11-00-040-004-A
Deactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat
FIN : 13MM
MMEL 25-12-05B
Fourth Occupant Seat

211 COCKPIT
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-11-42-000-001-A). Removal of the Fourth Occupant Seat
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-068-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-040-053-A
A. Deactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat
(1) If the Fourth Occupant seat is inoperative:
· Remove it (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-42-000-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-069-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

25-11-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat
End of document

25-13-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-13-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1559 for A/C 237-237

3MS , 4MS
** ON A/C ALL
MMEL 25-13-01B
Pilot Sliding Table

211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
(Ref. 25-13-14-000-002-A). Removal of the Sliding Table
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-051-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-13-00-020-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables
(1) Remove the defective Captain and/or First Officer sliding-tables (Ref. AMM TASK 25-13-14-000-
002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-052-A
A. Removal of Equipment
End of document

25-13-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Captain
and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-13-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1559 for A/C 237-237

3MS , 4MS
** ON A/C ALL
MMEL 25-13-02B
Pilot Retractable Footrest

211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
(Ref. 25-13-14-000-005-A). Removal of the Captain and First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-055-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-13-00-020-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Captain and/or First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
(1) Remove the defective Captain and/or First-Officer retractable foot-rests (Ref. AMM TASK 25-13-14-
000-005) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-056-A
End of document

25-21-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Passenger-Seat Recline Function (Locking
of the Passenger Seat Backrest in the Taxi, Takeoff and Landing (TTOL) position)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-229, 231-250, 301-450, 500-600
TASK 25-21-00-040-801-A
Deactivation of the Passenger-Seat Recline Function (Locking of the Passenger Seat Backrest in the Taxi, Takeoff
and Landing (TTOL) position)
Task Summary
MMEL 25-20-02A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 25-20-02A
Passenger Seat Backrest

230 FWD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
240 MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
250 AFT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
260 AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-860-058-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-21-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of a Passenger-Seat Recline Function
(1) Safety the backrest of the related seat in the TTOL position.
Subtask 25-21-00-560-050-A
(2) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used during this procedure.
5. Close-up

25-21-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Passenger-Seat Recline Function (Locking
of the Passenger Seat Backrest in the Taxi, Takeoff and Landing (TTOL) position)
Subtask 25-21-00-860-059-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

25-21-00-040-802-A - Safetying of the Passenger Seat
Backrest in the Taxi, Takeoff and Landing (TTOL) position
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-229, 231-250, 301-450, 500-600
TASK 25-21-00-040-802-A
Safetying of the Passenger Seat Backrest in the Taxi, Takeoff and Landing (TTOL) position
Task Summary
MMEL 25-20-02B NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 25-20-02B
Passenger Seat Backrest


230 FWD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
240 MID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
250 AFT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
260 AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-860-062-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-21-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of a Passenger Seat
(1) Safety the backrest of the related seat in the TTOL position.
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the seat.
Subtask 25-21-00-560-051-A

25-21-00-040-802-A - Safetying of the Passenger Seat
Backrest in the Taxi, Takeoff and Landing (TTOL) position

5. Close-up
Subtask 25-21-00-860-063-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

25-21-00-040-803-A - Safetying of the backrest mounted Passenger Meal Table
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-21-00-040-803-A
Safetying of the backrest mounted Passenger Meal Table

MMEL 25-20-07A
Passenger Seat Meal Table


200 UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-860-066-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-21-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of a backrest mounted Passenger Meal Table
(1) Safety the backrest mounted meal table of the related seat in the TTOL position.
Subtask 25-21-00-560-052-A
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-21-00-860-067-A

25-21-00-040-803-A - Safetying of the backrest mounted Passenger Meal Table

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

25-22-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-22-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat
Task Summary
MMEL 25-20-09A NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1
MMEL 25-20-09B NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1
MMEL 25-20-09C NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 25-20-09A
Cabin Attendant Seat
MMEL 25-20-09B
MMEL 25-20-09C

(Ref. 25-22-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-218, 221-250, 301-450, 500-600
(Ref. 25-22-42-000-001-A). Removal of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350

(Ref. 25-22-43-000-001-A). Removal of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
** ON A/C ALL
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-052-A
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-22-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of a defective Cabin Attendant Seat
(1) Safety the affected seat in its stowed position.

(3) If you cannot safety the seat, remove it (Ref. AMM TASK 25-22-41-000-001) or
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-22-42-000-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 25-22-43-000-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-22-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-22-00-040-001-A
Task Summary
MMEL 25-20-09A NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1
MMEL 25-20-09B NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1
MMEL 25-20-09C NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 25-20-09A
MMEL 25-20-09B
MMEL 25-20-09C

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-218, 221-250, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350

** ON A/C ALL
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-22-00-040-050-A

5. Close-up
Subtask 25-22-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-22-00-040-001-A
Task Summary
MMEL 25-20-09A NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1
MMEL 25-20-09B NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1
MMEL 25-20-09C NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 25-20-09A
MMEL 25-20-09B
MMEL 25-20-09C

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-218, 221-250, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350

** ON A/C ALL
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-22-00-040-050-A

5. Close-up
Subtask 25-22-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
End of document

25-20-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of Overhead
Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-20-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment
Task Summary
MMEL 25-28-41A NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 25-28-41A
Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment/Closets (FAA only)
(Material No. 05RAB9) Adhesive Film Tape-- Aluminium Foil -
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Compartment(s)
(1) Attach the compartment door(s) with Adhesive Film Tape-- Aluminium Foil - (Material No. 05RAB9) to
the compartment bin(s) to make sure that the compartment(s) stays(stay) closed.
NOTE: To safety a compartment door only TAPE 3M 425 is recommended.
(2) Install placards "UNSERVICEABLE" or "DO NOT USE" on the compartment(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 11-
00-00-400-021) .
NOTE: The compartment(s) must not be used for storage. Only items that are permanently installed
can be stowed.
NOTE: The compartment(s) must not be used for the storage of emergency equipment.
5. Close-up

25-20-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of Overhead
Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment
Subtask 25-20-00-410-051-A
Subtask 25-20-00-862-050-A
B. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

25-27-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Heated Floor Panels
** ON A/C 401-450
TASK 25-27-00-040-801-A
Deactivation of the Heated Floor Panels
FIN : 15DS , 16DS

MMEL 25-27-42A
Heating Function of Heated Floor Panels (Passenger/Crew Doors, Emergency Exits, and Galley Areas) (FAA
only)
(FAA Reference: MMEL 252701)
NOTE: This deactivation task is not related to an AFM-CML/MMEL item for all aircraft under EASA or CAAC
regulation.



100 LOWER HALF FUSELAGE INCLUDING RADOME
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-00-861-053-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-27-00-865-060-A

25-27-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Heated Floor Panels

2001VU DOOR AREA HTG PNL-DOOR3-HTR 11DS F05
2001VU DR AREA HTG PNLS-DOOR 3-CTL 13DS F03
Subtask 25-27-00-040-051-B
B. Deactivation of the Heated Floor Panels at the Emergency Exit Doors
(1) Remove the related fuse from the applicable control unit:
· HFP 15DS (LH) / Control Unit 14DS - Heater 1
· HFP 16DS (RH) / Control Unit 14DS - Heater 2
(2) Install a blanking cap on the related fuse socket.
(3) Install a grey INOP label adjacent to the related LED light/fuse on the control unit.
(4) Make an entry in the logbook that the related heated floor panel is deactivated.
Subtask 25-27-00-865-062-A
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

2001VU DOOR AREA HTG PNL-DOOR3-HTR 11DS F05
2001VU DR AREA HTG PNLS-DOOR 3-CTL 13DS F03
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-27-00-862-053-A
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

25-35-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-35-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Task Summary
MMEL 25-35-01A NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 25-35-01A
Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door (If Installed)

Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door SHEET 1

EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
WASTE CHUTE
FLAPPER DOOR
C
WASTE COMPARTMENT
CONTAINER
A
C
EXAMPLE
4 1
ACCESS DOOR
5 1
6 1 B
EXAMPLE
1 9
3
NOTE: 7
1 IF INSTALLED
N_MM_253500_4_AAA0_01_01
Figure 25-35-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-077-A
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-35-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
(Ref. Fig. Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door SHEET 1)
(1) Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape Adhesive Film Tape-- Aluminium Foil
- (Material No. 05RAB9).
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the waste compartment.
(3) Open the access door of the waste compartment:
(a) Make sure that the waste container is empty.
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-35-00-410-067-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the access door of the waste compartment.
End of document

25-35-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Galley-
Waste-Compartment Access Door (If Installed)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-35-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Access Door (If Installed)

MMEL 25-35-02A
Galley Waste Compartment Access Door (If Installed)

Power
(Ref. 25-35-00-040-001-A). Deactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-860-092-A
(1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 25-35-00-010-096-A
B. Get Access
(1) In the galley with the defective access door:
· Get access to the galley-waste-compartment.
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-35-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation
(1) Make sure that the waste container is empty.
(2) Deactivate the galley-waste-compartment flapper door (Ref. AMM TASK 25-35-00-040-001) .
(3) Close the access door and attach it to the galley with Adhesive Film Tape-- Aluminium Foil
- (Material No. 05RAB9) to make sure that it cannot open.
(4) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the galley-waste-compartment.

25-35-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Galley-
Waste-Compartment Access Door (If Installed)
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-35-00-862-083-A
A. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

25-40-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-40-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Task Summary
MMEL 25-40-01A NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 25-40-01A
Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door


Flapper Door SHEET 1

LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
WASTE CHUTE
B
C WASTE
COMPARTMENT
EXAMPLE
WASTE CONTAINER
B
EXAMPLE C
FLAPPER DOOR
ACCESS DOOR
N_MM_254000_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 25-40-00-991-01500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Flapper Door

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-056-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
(Ref. Fig. Flapper Door SHEET 1)
(1) Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape Adhesive Film Tape-- Aluminium Foil
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the waste compartment.
(3) Open the access door of the waste compartment:
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-410-062-A
A. Close Access
End of document

25-40-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Access-Door
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-40-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Access-Door

MMEL 25-40-04A
Toilet Waste Compartment Access Door

Access Door SHEET 1

WASTE CHUTE
TYPICAL
C WASTE
COMPARTMENT
WASTE CONTAINER
A
TYPICAL
ACCESS DOOR
B FLAPPER DOOR
TYPICAL
C
TYPICAL
N_MM_254000_4_AANA_01_00
Figure 25-40-00-991-03300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Access Door

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-073-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Access-Door
(Ref. Fig. Access Door SHEET 1)
(1) Open the access door of the waste compartment.
(2) Seal the opening of the waste chute with Adhesive Film Tape-- Aluminium Foil
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the waste compartment.
(4) Seal the access door with Adhesive Film Tape-- Aluminium Foil - (Material No. 05RAB9).
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-410-071-A
A. Close Access
End of document

25-54-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Protection Panel(s)
for the Decompression Panel(s) at the Forward Partition
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-54-00-040-801-A
Deactivation of the Protection Panel(s) for the Decompression Panel(s) at the Forward Partition
Task Summary
MMEL 25-50-05A NO NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 25-50-05A
Protection Panels of Decompression Panels at the FWD Partition Wall of FWD Cargo Compartment (If
Installed)


130 FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP TO FWD
PRESSURE BULKHEAD OF WING CENTER BOX
Power
(Ref. 25-50-00-200-024-A). Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core - General Re-
pair/Protection Information
(Ref. 25-54-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24A
tric Pump
tric Pump
Clear Area if the Protection Panel is damaged SHEET 1

EXAMPLE FR34
FR31
FR28
FR24A
Z130
FR34
EXAMPLE
FR31
FR28
FR24A
Z130
NOTE:
CLEAR AREA
THESE ILLUSTRATIONS ARE ONLY EXAMPLES. OTHER DEVIDER NET CONFIGURATIONS CAN OCCUR.
N_MM_255400_4_AAAA_01_00
Figure 25-54-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Clear Area if the Protection Panel is damaged
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) Open the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) .
(3) Put a ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the forward
cargo-compartment door.
(4) Set the light switch to on.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the control panel of the forward cargo-compartment
loading-system to tell persons not to use it.
Subtask 25-54-00-865-050-A
** ON A/C 206-206, 209-209, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1569 for A/C 209-209

2000VU SEMI AUTO CLS-FWD 3MY E08
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-54-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Protection Panels
(Ref. Fig. Clear Area if the Protection Panel is damaged SHEET 1)
(1) Identify the protection panel(s) damage limits (Ref. AMM TASK 25-50-00-200-024) .
(2) If the damage prevents correct operation of the decompression panel(s):
(a) Remove the related protection panel(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-11-000-001) .
(b) Remove all cargo load between the forward partition at frame 24A and the nearest divider net.
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-54-00-865-051-A
** ON A/C 206-206, 209-209, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1569 for A/C 209-209


** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-54-00-860-051-A
(3) Set the light switch to off.
(5) Close the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

25-62-00-040-006-A - Pre-Flight Installation of the
Enclosure Door, when the Escape-Slide is Removed
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-62-00-040-006-A
Pre-Flight Installation of the Enclosure Door, when the Escape-Slide is Removed
Task Summary
MMEL 25-62-02B NO NO YES 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 25-62-02B
Cabin Overwing Exit Slide

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS HEAD
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. 27-00-00-480-002-A). Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool
(98D27803000000)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Installation of the Enclosure Door SHEET 1
** ON A/C 416-450
Enclosure Door Installation
** ON A/C 401-415

Z826
A FR47
194AT EXAMPLE
152KW
151KW
A
FR48
B Z150
193AT
SECTION
2
5
C-C
EXAMPLE
PUSH
10 B
EXAMPLE
PHILLIPS
SCREWDRIVER C
9 6
6 C
6 4
8
7
N_MM_256200_4_DWE0_01_00
Figure 25-62-00-991-01400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Installation of the Enclosure Door

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Z150
AFT CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR
7684MM FR59
A
C
152BW
7683MM FR47.1
151AW FR47.2
151BW
FR46
C
FR47
B
2
1
A
TYPICAL
B
TYPICAL
N_MM_256200_4_DWN0_01_02
Figure 25-62-00-991-01400-00-D / SHEET 1/2 - Enclosure Door Installation

** ON A/C 416-450

E
E
5 193AT
(194AT)
C 01
TYPICAL
7
6
D
8 8
TYPICAL
CORRECT WRONG
E
TYPICAL
NOTE:
01 LH SHOWN, RH SYMMETRICAL N_MM_256200_4_DWN0_02_02
Figure 25-62-00-991-01400-00-D / SHEET 2/2 - Enclosure Door Installation

** ON A/C 416-450

7686MM
C Z250
C
7685MM
A B
B
A
E
E
1
FR47.2
Z150
FR47
A
TYPICAL
B
TYPICAL
C
TYPICAL
N_MM_256200_4_AZB1_01_00
Figure 25-62-00-991-01400-00-E / SHEET 1/2 - Enclosure Door Installation

** ON A/C 401-415

D
TYPICAL
G
G
G
7 193AT
(194AT)
E 01
TYPICAL
10 10
11
9
8
F
TYPICAL
CORRECT WRONG
G
NOTE:
TYPICAL
01 LH SHOWN, RH SYMMETRICAL N_MM_256200_4_AZB1_02_00
Figure 25-62-00-991-01400-00-E / SHEET 2/2 - Enclosure Door Installation

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 25-62-00-860-064-A
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. Fig. Installation of the Enclosure Door SHEET 1)
NOTE: The lockpin (3) and the pressure blanking-plug (7) are kept in a pocket which is attached to the in-
flation reservoir (1).
(1) If the inflation reservoir (1) is charged, install the lockpin (3) in the regulator valve assembly (2).
(2) Safety the flaps (Ref. AMM TASK 27-00-00-480-002) .
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the slat/flap control lever to tell persons not to operate the flaps
during the installation procedure.
(4) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent to the related enclosure
(4).
(5) Install the blanking plug (7) on the enclosure connection (8).
** ON A/C 416-450
Subtask 25-62-00-860-064-C

(Ref. Fig. Enclosure Door Installation)

(4).
** ON A/C 401-415
Subtask 25-62-00-860-064-D
WARNING: PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE
YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
(1) Open the door of the overhead stowage compartment (1) and push the quick-release fasteners (2).
NOTE: The lockpin (4) and the pressure blanking-plug (8) are kept in a pocket which is attached to
the inflation reservoir (3).
(6).
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 25-62-00-040-052-A
A. Installation Procedure of the Enclosure Door
(Ref. Fig. Installation of the Enclosure Door SHEET 1)
NOTE: For the MMEL dispatch configuration the escape slide enclosure must stay installed.
(1) Put the lower edge of the enclosure door (5) in the groove in the bottom of the enclosure (4).
(2) Close the enclosure door (5) on the three ball-lock assemblies (6).
(3) Push the head of the lockpin (10) with a SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS HEAD, then:
(a) Apply force to the enclosure door (5) adjacent to the lockpin (9).
(b) Remove the screwdriver.
(c) Continue to push the enclosure door (5) until the lockpin (9) moves quickly back to a flush
position with the surface of the enclosure door (5).

(4) Do this procedure with each lockpin (9).

(5) Make an entry in the logbook to record the procedure.
** ON A/C 416-450
Subtask 25-62-00-040-052-C
(1) Make sure that the ball-lock pins (8) are engaged correctly and you cannot see the red O-rings (9).
(3) Push the enclosure door (5) on the three ball-lock assemblies (8) to engage it.
(4) Make sure that the enclosure door (5) is installed correctly and it is flush with the surface of the
enclosure (4).
** ON A/C 401-415
Subtask 25-62-00-040-052-D
enclosure (6).
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 25-62-00-869-054-A
B. System Consequences
(1) The message 'SLIDE PRESSURE LOW' shows on the programming and test panel (PTP).
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 25-62-00-869-054-C
B. System Consequences
(1) The message 'CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE' shows on the flight attendant panel (FAP).
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-065-A

(2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
slat/flap control lever.
End of document

** ON A/C 401-450
TASK 25-62-00-040-007-A
Pre-Flight Installation of the Enclosure Door, when the Escape-Slide is Removed
Task Summary
MMEL 25-62-01B NO NO YES 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 25-62-01B
Cabin Door Slide or Slide Raft


Z250
Z844
C C
Z834
A
D
A D
Z150 FR51
B
FR48
A
TYPICAL
2
B
TYPICAL
3
C
TYPICAL
N_MM_256200_4_DENA_01_01
Figure 25-62-00-991-01300-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Enclosure Door Installation

** ON A/C 401-450

F
E
D 01
TYPICAL
10
8 10
11
9
CORRECT WRONG
E F
TYPICAL TYPICAL
NOTE:
01 RH SHOWN, LH SYMMETRICAL N_MM_256200_4_DENA_02_01
Figure 25-62-00-991-01300-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Enclosure Door Installation

** ON A/C 401-450

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-062-B
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the related emergency-exit door.
(3) Install the pressure blanking-plug (9) on the enclosure connection (8).
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-040-053-B
A. Installation of the Enclosure Door
(2) Put the bottom edge of the enclosure door (7) into the groove in the bottom of the enclosure (6).
enclosure (6).
Subtask 25-62-00-869-055-B
B. Effect on the System
(1) The flight attendant panel, if the cabin assignment model is programmed to monitor the inflation
reservoirs (1), shows the message "SLIDE PRESSURE LOW".
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-063-B
End of document

52-10-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Passenger/Crew Doors - Load Adjustment
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-10-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Passenger/Crew Doors - Load Adjustment
Task Summary
MMEL 25-62-01B YES YES NO

MMEL 25-62-01B
There is an alternative method for this procedure. This task gives one of the methods. For the other method,
refer to the other task in this page block.

No specific 1 DYNAMOMETER 20 DAN (45 LBF) - PULL

831, 831AZ, 832, 832AZ, 841,
841AZ, 842, 842AZ
(Ref. 25-23-46-000-001-A). Removal of the Door Linings at the Forward Passenger/Crew Doors
(Ref. 25-23-46-000-002-A). Removal of the Door Linings at the Aft Passenger/Crew Doors
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210,
212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 301-349, 351-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-002-A). Removal of the Left-Hand Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-010-A). Removal of the Inflated Left-Hand Escape-Slide

** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206,
209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-250, 350-350, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-011-A). Removal of the Inflated Left-Hand Escape-Slide-Raft
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-012-A). Removal of the Left-Hand Escape-Slide-Raft Pack-Assembly
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210,
212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 301-349, 351-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-802-A). Removal of the Right-Hand Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-803-A). Removal of the Inflated Right-Hand Escape-Slide
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206,
209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-250, 350-350, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-804-A). Removal of the Right-Hand Escape-Slide-Raft Pack-Assembly
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-805-A). Removal of the Inflated Right-Hand Escape-Slide-Raft
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. 52-10-00-860-001-A). Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew Door
(Ref. 52-10-00-860-002-A). Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew Door
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210,
212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 239-239, 301-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle SHEET 1
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206,
209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-238, 240-250, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
POST SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043

Z842
Z841 Z832 A
Z831
N_MM_521000_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 52-10-00-991-03000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-
210, 212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 239-239, 301-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-
600 | PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207 | PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043

Z842
A Z832
A
Z841 A
Z831
N_MM_521000_4_AAN0_01_00
Figure 52-10-00-991-03000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-
206, 209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-238, 240-250, 354-355, 357-369, 401-
450 | EMB SB 25-1595 for A/C 218-218 | POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207 | EMB SB 25-1BDU for A/
C 073-074, 076-079, 081-084, 087-087, 091-091 | POST SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-083-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 831(841) or 832(842).
(2) Open applicable passenger/crew doors 831, 841 or 832, 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
(3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-860-
001) .
Subtask 52-10-00-865-073-A

121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210, 212-
214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 301-349, 351-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
Subtask 52-10-00-010-084-A
C. Removal of the Escape Slide
(1) Remove the door lining panels:
(a) For the forward passenger/crew doors:
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
· For left door 831AZ
· For right door 841AZ.
(b) For the aft passenger/crew doors:
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
(2) Remove the escape slide:
(a) For the left door, if installed:
· Remove the left escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-002) .
· Remove the inflated left escape-slide (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-010) .
(b) For the right door, if installed:
· Remove the right escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-802) .
· Remove the inflated right escape-slide (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-803) .
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-
209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-250, 350-350, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
POST SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
EMB SB 25-1587 for A/C 239-239, 350-350

EMB SB 25-1595 for A/C 218-218

EMB SB 25-1BDU for A/C 073-074, 076-079, 081-084, 087-087, 091-091

Subtask 52-10-00-010-084-B
C. Removal of the Escape Slide Raft
(a) For the forward passenger/crew doors:
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
(b) For the aft passenger/crew doors:
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
(a) For the left door, if installed:
· Remove the left escape-slide raft-pack-assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-012) .
· Remove the inflated left escape-slide-raft (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-011) .
(b) For the right door, if installed:
· Remove the right escape-slide raft-pack-assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-804) .
· Remove the inflated right escape-slide-raft (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-805) .
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-10-00-820-050-A
A. Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210,
212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 239-239, 301-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
(Ref. Fig. Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206,
209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-238, 240-250, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
POST SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
EMB SB 25-1595 for A/C 218-218

EMB SB 25-1BDU for A/C 073-074, 076-079, 081-084, 087-087, 091-091
** ON A/C ALL
(1) Removal of the lockwire:
WARNING: USE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.
EACH TIME YOU CUT LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DISCARD IT IMMEDIATELY.
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND, AND/OR CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE.
(a) Remove the lockwire from the screw (2).

(2) Measure the loads on the inner control handle with the DYNAMOMETER 20 DAN (45 LBF) - PULL
when the door is in the up and down positions.
(3) Make sure that the load necessary to open the door with the inner control handle is less than or equal
to 18 daN (40.47 lbf).
(4) Turn the screw (2) to adjust the load on the torsion bar (1).
(5) Safety the screw (2) with the Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1).
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-10-00-865-074-A

Subtask 52-10-00-410-092-A
B. Close Access
(3) Close applicable doors 831, 841 or 832, 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
End of document

52-10-00-040-001-A01 - Deactivation of the Passenger/Crew Doors - Load Adjustment
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-10-00-040-001-A01
Deactivation of the Passenger/Crew Doors - Load Adjustment

MMEL 25-62-01B
There is an alternative method for this procedure. This task gives one of the methods. For the other method
refer to the other task in this page block.


831, 831AZ, 832, 832AZ, 841,
841AZ, 842, 842AZ
(Ref. 25-23-46-000-001-A). Removal of the Door Linings at the Forward Passenger/Crew Doors
(Ref. 25-23-46-000-002-A). Removal of the Door Linings at the Aft Passenger/Crew Doors
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210,
212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 301-349, 351-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-002-A). Removal of the Left-Hand Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-010-A). Removal of the Inflated Left-Hand Escape-Slide
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206,
209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-250, 350-350, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-011-A). Removal of the Inflated Left-Hand Escape-Slide-Raft
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-012-A). Removal of the Left-Hand Escape-Slide-Raft Pack-Assembly

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210,
212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 301-349, 351-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-802-A). Removal of the Right-Hand Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-803-A). Removal of the Inflated Right-Hand Escape-Slide
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206,
209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-250, 350-350, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-804-A). Removal of the Right-Hand Escape-Slide-Raft Pack-Assembly
(Ref. 25-62-44-000-805-A). Removal of the Inflated Right-Hand Escape-Slide-Raft
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210,
212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 239-239, 301-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206,
209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-238, 240-250, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
POST SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043

Z842
A Z832
A
Z841
Z831
D
D
INNER CONTROL HANDLE

IN THE DOOR FULLY
CLOSED AND LOCKED B
POSITION
50 TO 70mm
(2 TO 3in.)
C
1
TIGHTEN LOOSEN
C 2
N_MM_521000_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 52-10-00-991-04000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-
210, 212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 239-239, 301-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-
600 | PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207 | PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043

Z842
A Z832
A
Z841
Z831
D
D
INNER CONTROL HANDLE

IN THE DOOR FULLY
CLOSED AND LOCKED B
POSITION
50 TO 70mm
(2 TO 3in.)
C
1
TIGHTEN LOOSEN
C 2
N_MM_521000_4_ACN0_01_00
Figure 52-10-00-991-04000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Load Adjustment of the Inner Control Handle
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-
206, 209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-238, 240-250, 354-355, 357-369, 401-
450 | EMB SB 25-1595 for A/C 218-218 | POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207 | EMB SB 25-1BDU for A/
C 073-074, 076-079, 081-084, 087-087, 091-091 | POST SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-085-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position in the zone 831 (841) or 832
(842).
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door 831, 841 or 832, 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-
001) .
001) .
Subtask 52-10-00-865-075-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210, 212-
214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 301-349, 351-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
Subtask 52-10-00-010-086-A
C. Removal of the Escape Slide
(a) For the FWD passenger/crew doors:
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
· for the left door 831AZ
· for the right door 841AZ
(b) For the Aft passenger/crew doors:
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
(a) For the left door:
If installed, remove the left-hand escape slide pack assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-
002) or the inflated left-hand escape slide (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-010) .
(b) For the right door:
If installed, remove the right-hand escape slide pack assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-
802) or the inflated right-hand escape slide (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-803) .
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-
209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-250, 350-350, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
POST SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
EMB SB 25-1587 for A/C 239-239, 350-350

EMB SB 25-1595 for A/C 218-218

EMB SB 25-1BDU for A/C 073-074, 076-079, 081-084, 087-087, 091-091

Subtask 52-10-00-010-086-B
C. Removal of the Escape Slide/Raft
(a) For the FWD passenger/crew doors:
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-001)
(b) For the Aft passenger/crew doors:
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-002)
(a) For the left door:
If installed, remove the left-hand escape slide raft pack assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-
000-012) or the inflated left-hand escape slide raft (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-011) .
(b) For the right door:
If installed, remove the right-hand escape slide raft pack assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-
000-804) or the inflated right-hand escape slide raft (Ref. AMM TASK 25-62-44-000-805) .
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210, 212-
214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 239-239, 301-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
Subtask 52-10-00-820-052-A
(1) Remove the lockwire from the screw (2).
(2) Adjust the load (less than or equal to 18 daN (40.47 lbf)) on the inner control handle. To do this
loosen the screw (2) by 9 turns to apply a load on the torsion bar (1).
NOTE: If you replace an escape slide by an escape slide/raft you must adjust the load. To do this,
tighten the screw (2) by 11 turns.
(3) Safety the screw (2) with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1).
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-
209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-238, 240-250, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
POST SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
EMB SB 25-1595 for A/C 218-218

EMB SB 25-1BDU for A/C 073-074, 076-079, 081-084, 087-087, 091-091
Subtask 52-10-00-820-052-B


(1) Remove the lockwire from the screw (2).
(2) Adjust the load (less than or equal to 18 daN (40.47 lbf)) on the inner control handle. To do this
loosen the screw (2) by 20 turns to apply a load on the torsion bar (1).
NOTE: If you replace an escape slide/raft by an escape slide you must adjust the load. To do this,
loosen the screw (2) by 11 turns.
(3) Safety the screw (2) with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1)
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-10-00-220-080-A
B. Inspection
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-044, 054-054, 059-059, 061-072, 075-075, 080-080, 204-205, 207-208, 210-210,
212-214, 219-221, 223-228, 230-230, 234-234, 239-239, 301-353, 356-356, 370-400, 500-600
PRE SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
PRE SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
** ON A/C 045-053, 055-058, 060-060, 073-074, 076-079, 081-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206,
209-209, 211-211, 215-218, 222-222, 229-229, 231-233, 235-238, 240-250, 354-355, 357-369, 401-450
POST SB 25-1B07 for A/C 207-207
POST SB 25-1BRN for A/C 018-018, 037-037, 043-043
EMB SB 25-1595 for A/C 218-218

EMB SB 25-1BDU for A/C 073-074, 076-079, 081-084, 087-087, 091-091
** ON A/C ALL
(1) Pull the inner control handle by 50 mm (1.9685 in.) to 70 mm (2.7559 in.) from the door.
(2) Release the inner control handle.
(3) Make sure that the inner control handle moves back to the door fully closed and locked position.
(4) If the handle does not come back to its initial position, turn the screw (2) by a few more turns until you
get this position.
NOTE: It is important to do this final check as the operator does not know the initial adjustment (be-
cause of the mechanical wear and differences from one door to another).
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-10-00-865-076-A

Subtask 52-10-00-410-093-A

B. Close Access
(2) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-860-002) .
(3) Close the door 831, 841 or 832, 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
End of document

25-62-00-040-001-A - Check of the Emergency-Exit Slide-Bottle Pressure because of a
Low Pressure Indication on the Programming and Test Panel or Flight Attendant Panel
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-62-00-040-001-A
Check of the Emergency-Exit Slide-Bottle Pressure because of a Low Pressure Indication on the Programming and
Test Panel or Flight Attendant Panel
FIN : 7506MM , 7507MM ,
** ON A/C 401-415
7685MM , 7686MM ,
** ON A/C 401-450
7693MM , 7694MM
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 25-62-07A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 25-62-07A
Cabin Overwing Exit CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE Message on Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) (If Installed)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

FOR 7506MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L)
No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE
** ON A/C 416-450
FOR 7683MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS LH)
FOR 7684MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS RH)
** ON A/C ALL

150 AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD TO AFT
BULKHEAD OF AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

FOR 7506MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L)
151KW


FOR 7507MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R)
152KW
** ON A/C 416-450
151AW
** ON A/C ALL
Power
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

tric Pump
tric Pump
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Pressure Gage - Inflation Reservoir
** ON A/C 401-415
** ON A/C 416-450
** ON A/C 416-450
(Ref. 25-55-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition at FR47
(Ref. 25-55-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition at FR47
(Ref. 25-80-00-000-001-A). Removal of the Insulation Blankets
(Ref. 25-80-00-400-001-A). Installation of the Insulation Blankets
tric Pump
tric Pump
** ON A/C ALL

152KW
7507MM FR56
A Z150
151KW
A
FR46
7506MM
A FR47
EXAMPLE
FR48
N_MM_256200_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 25-62-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Pressure Gage - Inflation Reservoir

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

B
EXAMPLE
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL A
AREA A
NEEDLE
GREEN CURSOR
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL B
AREA A
RED BAND
GREEN BAND
TEMP.
COMP.
NEEDLE
N_MM_256200_4_AAM0_02_01

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

C Z250
7694MM
C
7693MM
C
A
7686MM
C
A
A
FR51
7685MM
FR47
A
B TYPICAL
TYPICAL
N_MM_256200_4_AZA2_01_00
Figure 25-62-00-991-00200-00-F / SHEET 1/2 - Pressure Gage - Inflation Reservoir

** ON A/C 401-415

C
TYPICAL
GAGE
AREA B
AREA A
RED BAND
GREEN BAND
TEMP.
COMP.
NEEDLE
3
D
TYPICAL
N_MM_256200_4_AZA2_02_00
Figure 25-62-00-991-00200-00-F / SHEET 2/2 - Pressure Gage - Inflation Reservoir

** ON A/C 401-415

Z250
7693MM
PAX COMPARTMENT
B EMERGENCY EXIT
B
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT Z150
DOOR
FR51
7694MM
FR47.5
7684MM FR59
152BW
A
FR47.1
151AW FR47.2
151BW
7683MM
FR46
FR47
A
TYPICAL
N_MM_256200_4_AAN0_01_01
Figure 25-62-00-991-00200-00-D / SHEET 1/2 - Pressure Gage - Inflation Reservoir

** ON A/C 416-450

B
TYPICAL
AREA B
AREA A
RED BAND
GREEN BAND
TEMP.
COMP.
NEEDLE
1
C
TYPICAL
N_MM_256200_4_AAN0_02_01
Figure 25-62-00-991-00200-00-D / SHEET 2/2 - Pressure Gage - Inflation Reservoir

** ON A/C 416-450

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 25-62-00-010-064-A
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. Pressure Gage - Inflation Reservoir)
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the aft cargo compartment door.
(3) Set AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
(4) FOR 7506MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L)
(a) Remove access panel 151KW.
(5) FOR 7507MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R)
(a) Remove access panel 152KW.
** ON A/C 416-450
Subtask 25-62-00-010-064-D
B. Get Access
(1) FOR 7683MM , (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS LH), 7684MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS RH)
(a) Open the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) .
(b) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the aft cargo-compartment door.
(c) Set AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
(d) Remove mid panel 151AW of the partition (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-11-000-001) .
(e) Remove the insulation blankets (Ref. AMM TASK 25-80-00-000-001) .
(2) FOR 7693MM , (RESERVOIR ASSY DOOR 3LH), 7694MM (RESERVOIR ASSY DOOR 3RH)
(a) Open the door of the related overhead stowage compartment.
** ON A/C 401-415
Subtask 25-62-00-010-064-F
B. Get Access
(1) Open the door of the overhead stowage compartment (1) and push the quick-release fasteners (2).
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 25-62-00-210-063-A
A. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that the pressure gage (2) shows the correct pressure.

NOTE: There are two different types of pressure gages (2) (MODEL A and MODEL B). MODEL A
has a green cursor that is sensitive to temperature. MODEL B has a needle with an internal
mechanism that is sensitive to temperature. The two models can give temporary low pressure
indications when there are sudden temperature changes from a cold to a warm environment.
This usually occurs after a longer flight and when the aircraft door is opened in a warm en-
vironment. The cursor/needle moves to changes in temperature faster than the gas pressure
can adapt to this change in the inflation reservoir.
(a) The indications for MODEL A are as follows:

· The needle in AREA A (green cursor width) shows that the pressure level is correct.
· The needle in AREA B, which is half the range of AREA A, shows a pressure level that is
permitted if sudden temperature changes occurred in the last 60 minutes.
(b) The indications for MODEL B are as follows:
· The GREEN BAND shows a correct pressure level.
· AREA B, which is a range equal to AREA A, shows a pressure level that is permitted if sudden
temperature changes occurred in the last 60 minutes.
(c) FOR 7506MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L)
· Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to see the pressure gage (2) on the left inflation
reservoir (1).
(d) If the pressure gage (2) shows an indication in AREA B:
1 Let temperature conditions become stable and then examine the pressure again.
2 If the pressure gage (2) continues to show an indication in AREA B:
a Stop the operation of the applicable door.
b Refer to the associated MMEL item.
c Make an entry in the logbook.
** ON A/C 416-450
Subtask 25-62-00-210-063-E
NOTE: The pressure gage (1) has a needle with an internal mechanism that is sensitive to temper-
ature. It can give incorrect pressure indications when there are sudden temperature changes
from a cold to a warm environment. This usually occurs after a longer flight and when the air-
craft door is opened in a warm environment. The needle moves to changes in temperature
faster than the gas pressure can adapt to this change in the inflation reservoir.
(a) The indications are as follows:

(b) If the pressure gage (1) shows an indication in AREA B:
1 Let temperature conditions become stable and then examine the pressure again.
2 If the pressure gage (1) continues to show an indication in AREA B:

** ON A/C 401-415
Subtask 25-62-00-210-063-F
NOTE: The pressure gage (3) has a needle with an internal mechanism that is sensitive to temper-
ature. It can give incorrect pressure indications when there are sudden temperature changes
from a cold to a warm environment. This usually occurs after a longer flight and when the air-
craft door is opened in a warm environment. The needle moves to changes in temperature
faster than the gas pressure can adapt to this change in the inflation reservoir.
(2) The indications are as follows:

(3) If the pressure gage (3) shows an indication in AREA B:
(a) Let temperature conditions become stable and then examine the pressure again.
(b) If the pressure gage (3) continues to show an indication in AREA B:
1 Stop the operation of the applicable door.
2 Refer to the associated MMEL item.
3 Make an entry in the logbook.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 25-62-00-410-059-A
A. Close Access
(2) FOR 7506MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L)
(a) Install access panel 151KW.
(3) FOR 7507MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R)
(a) Install access panel 152KW.
(4) Set AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.

** ON A/C 416-450
Subtask 25-62-00-410-059-D
A. Close Access
(2) FOR 7683MM , (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS LH), 7684MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS RH)
(a) Install the insulation blankets (Ref. AMM TASK 25-80-00-400-001) .
(b) Install mid panel 151AW of the partition (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-11-400-001) .
(c) Set AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
(d) Remove the access platform(s).
(e) Close the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) .
(3) FOR 7693MM , (RESERVOIR ASSY DOOR 3LH), 7694MM (RESERVOIR ASSY DOOR 3RH)
(a) Close the door of the related overhead stowage compartment.
items.
** ON A/C 401-415
Subtask 25-62-00-410-059-F
A. Close Access
(1) Lock the quick-release fasteners (2).
(2) Make sure that you can see the pressure gage (3) through the inspection window.
(3) Close the door of the overhead stowage compartment (1).
items.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-62-00-862-054-A
B. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

25-62-00-040-008-A - Check of the Passenger-Door Slide-
Bottle Pressure because of a Low Pressure Indication on
the Programming and Test Panel or Flight Attendant Panel
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-62-00-040-008-A
Check of the Passenger-Door Slide-Bottle Pressure because of a Low Pressure Indication on the Programming
and Test Panel or Flight Attendant Panel
Task Summary
MMEL 25-62-06A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 25-62-06A
Cabin Door SLIDE PRESS LOW Message on Programming and Test Panel (PTP) STATUS Page (If Installed)
Power
Pressure Gage - Inflation Reservoir SHEET 1

AREA B
GAGE
MODEL A
AREA A
NEEDLE
GREEN CURSOR
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL B
AREA A
RED BAND
GREEN BAND
TEMP.
COMP.
NEEDLE
N_MM_256200_4_GAA0_01_02

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-061-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-210-068-A
(Ref. Fig. Pressure Gage - Inflation Reservoir SHEET 1)
(1) Make sure that the pressure gage of the inflation reservoir shows the correct pressure.
NOTE: There are two different types of pressure gages (MODEL A and MODEL B). MODEL A has a
green cursor that is sensitive to temperature. MODEL B has a needle with an internal mech-
anism that is sensitive to temperature. The two models can give temporary low pressure indic-
ations when there are sudden temperature changes from a cold to a warm environment. This
usually occurs after a longer flight and when the aircraft door is opened in a warm environ-
ment. The cursor/needle moves to changes in temperature faster than the gas pressure can
adapt to this change in the inflation reservoir.
(a) The indications for MODEL A are as follows:

· The needle in AREA A (green cursor width) shows that the pressure level is correct.
· The needle in AREA B, which is half the range of AREA A, shows a pressure level that is
permitted if sudden temperature changes occurred in the last 60 minutes.
(b) The indications for MODEL B are as follows:
(c) If the pressure gage shows an indication in AREA B:
1 Let the temperature conditions become stable and then examine the pressure again.
2 If the pressure gage continues to show an indication in AREA B:
5. Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-862-061-A
A. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

26-21-00-040-001-A - Engine Bottle Pressure Check
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-21-00-040-001-A
Engine Bottle Pressure Check
FIN : 6WE1 , 6WE2 , 8WE1 , 8WE2
Task Summary
MMEL 26-01-01-02A YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1
MMEL 26-01-01-02B YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 26-01-01-02A
ENG AGENT pb DISCH light
MMEL 26-01-01-02B

No specific AR ALLEN KEY 3/32 IN
No specific AR MULTIMETER - STANDARD

415 LOWER PYLON
425 LOWER PYLON
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

FOR 6WE1 (BOTTLE 1-FIRE EXTING, ENG 1)
415BL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

415BL, 415BR
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

425BL

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

425BL, 425BR
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

415CR
425CR
** ON A/C ALL
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 26-12-00-710-001-A). Operational Check of Loop/Squib
(Ref. 26-21-41-280-001-A). Weight Check of the Engine Fire-Extinguisher Bottle
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(Ref. 54-51-21-000-001-A). Removal of the Pylon Lateral Access-Doors
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(Ref. 54-51-21-400-001-A). Installation of the Pylon Lateral Access-Doors
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Engine Fire Extinguishing - Location SHEET 1
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600


A
B
Z410 (Z420) 8WE1 (8WE2)

6WE1 (6WE2)
A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
2
C
B C
TYPICAL
N_MM_262100_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 26-21-00-991-00600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Engine Fire Extinguishing - Location

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

8WE1
(8WE2)
Z410 (Z420)
6WE1
(6WE2)
A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
B
TYPICAL
N_MM_262100_4_PAM0_01_01
Figure 26-21-00-991-00600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Engine Fire Extinguishing - Location

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-21-00-860-076-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-875-050-A

FOR FIN 6WE2 (BOTTLE 1-FIRE EXTING, ENG 2), 6WE1 (BOTTLE 1-FIRE EXTING, ENG 1)
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EX- 2WE1 Q44
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-875-050-B

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A

** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-941-063-A
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Make sure that the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN/START selector switch is in the NORM
position.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5 minutes before you do this
procedure.
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the pylon.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-010-065-A
D. Get Access
(1) Remove these access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 54-51-21-000-001) :
(a) FOR 6WE1 , (BOTTLE 1-FIRE EXTING, ENG 1), 8WE1 (BOTTLE 2-FIRE EXTING, ENG 1)
· 415BL, 415BR.
(b) FOR 6WE2 , (BOTTLE 1-FIRE EXTING, ENG 2), 8WE2 (BOTTLE 2-FIRE EXTING, ENG 2)
· 425BR, 425BL.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-010-065-E
D. Get Access
(a) FOR 6WE1 (BOTTLE 1-FIRE EXTING, ENG 1)
· 415BL
(b) FOR 8WE1 (BOTTLE 2-FIRE EXTING, ENG 1)
· 415CR
(c) FOR 6WE2 (BOTTLE 1-FIRE EXTING, ENG 2)
· 425BL
(d) FOR 8WE2 (BOTTLE 2-FIRE EXTING, ENG 2)
· 425CR

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-020-056-A
E. Disconnect the Electrical Connectors
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(Ref. Fig. Engine Fire Extinguishing - Location SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the pressure switch (3) of the related fire extinguisher
bottle (1).
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-280-051-B
A. Check of Engine-1 Fire-Extinguisher Bottle 1 (6WE1)
(1) Do a check for continuity between pin 2 and pin 3 of engine-1 fire-extinguisher bottle 1 (6WE1) with a
MULTIMETER - STANDARD.
(a) If there is no continuity, do the weight check of the engine fire-extinguisher bottle
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is continuity, go to step 4.A.(2).
(2) Engage the ALLEN KEY 3/32 IN into the test point (Allen key).
CAUTION: TO DO THE MANUAL PRESSURE TEST OF THE ENGINE-FIRE EXTINGUISHER

BOTTLE, TURN THE ALLEN KEY CLOCKWISE UNTIL YOU FEEL A FORCE (AT AP-
PROXIMATELY 10 DEGREES). DO NOT TURN THE ALLEN KEY MORE THAN NE-
CESSARY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE PRESSURE SWITCH.
(a) Turn the Allen key clockwise (by 10 degrees approximately) until you feel a force, and hold it in
this position.
(3) Do a check for continuity between pin 2 and pin 3 of engine-1 fire-extinguisher bottle 1 (6WE1) with
the MULTIMETER - STANDARD.
(a) If there is continuity, do the weight check of the engine fire-extinguisher bottle
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is no continuity, go to step 4.A.(4).
(4) Release the Allen key.
NOTE: If the pressure in the bottle is correct, the Allen key goes back to its initial position.

(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-280-052-B
B. Check of Engine-1 Fire-Extinguisher Bottle 2 (8WE1)
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is continuity, go to step 4.B.(2).

this position.
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is no continuity, go to step 4.B.(4).
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-280-053-B
C. Check of Engine-2 Fire-Extinguisher Bottle 1 (6WE2)
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is continuity, go to step 4.C.(2).


this position.
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is no continuity, go to step 4.C.(4).
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-280-054-B
D. Check of Engine-2 Fire-Extinguisher Bottle 2 (8WE2)
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is continuity, go to step 4.D.(2).

this position.
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is no continuity, go to step 4.D.(4).
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-420-050-A
E. Connect the electrical connector

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
(1) Remove the CAP-BLANKING from each electrical connector and receptacle.
(2) Make sure that all the electrical connections are clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the pressure switch (3) of the related fire extinguisher bottle
(1).
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-875-051-A
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-875-051-B

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600


** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-710-052-A
G. Do this test
(1) Do an operational test of the engine fire and overheat detection (loop/squib) (Ref. AMM TASK 26-12-
00-710-001) .
NOTE: On the ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD, ignore the DISCH legends which come on on the ENG 1
(2) AGENT 1 and AGENT 2 pushbutton switches.

(3) Put an applicable placard in position in the cockpit (refer to your standard practices and local
regulations).
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-942-062-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access planel(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 54-51-21-400-001) .
· 415BL, 415BR.
· 425BR, 425BL.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-410-080-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install these access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 54-51-21-400-802) :
· 415BL


· 415CR
· 425BL
· 425CR
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-862-066-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-21-00-040-001-A
Engine Bottle Pressure Check
FIN : 6WE1 , 6WE2 , 8WE1 , 8WE2
Task Summary
MMEL 26-01-01-02A YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1
MMEL 26-01-01-02B YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 26-01-01-02A
MMEL 26-01-01-02B


415 LOWER PYLON
425 LOWER PYLON
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

415BL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

415BL, 415BR
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

425BL

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

425BL, 425BR
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

415CR
425CR
** ON A/C ALL
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 26-21-41-280-001-A). Weight Check of the Engine Fire-Extinguisher Bottle
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600


A
B
Z410 (Z420) 8WE1 (8WE2)

6WE1 (6WE2)
A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
2
C
B C
TYPICAL
N_MM_262100_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 26-21-00-991-00600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Engine Fire Extinguishing - Location

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

8WE1
(8WE2)
Z410 (Z420)
6WE1
(6WE2)
A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
B
TYPICAL
N_MM_262100_4_PAM0_01_01
Figure 26-21-00-991-00600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Engine Fire Extinguishing - Location

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-21-00-860-076-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-875-050-A

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-875-050-B

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A

** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-941-063-A
position.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine.
procedure.
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the pylon.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-010-065-A
D. Get Access
· 415BL, 415BR.
· 425BR, 425BL.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-010-065-E
D. Get Access
· 415BL
· 415CR
· 425BL
· 425CR

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-020-056-A
E. Disconnect the Electrical Connectors
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the pressure switch (3) of the related fire extinguisher
bottle (1).
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-280-051-B
A. Check of Engine-1 Fire-Extinguisher Bottle 1 (6WE1)
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is continuity, go to step 4.A.(2).

this position.
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is no continuity, go to step 4.A.(4).

(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-280-052-B
B. Check of Engine-1 Fire-Extinguisher Bottle 2 (8WE1)
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is continuity, go to step 4.B.(2).

this position.
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is no continuity, go to step 4.B.(4).
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-280-053-B
C. Check of Engine-2 Fire-Extinguisher Bottle 1 (6WE2)
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is continuity, go to step 4.C.(2).


this position.
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is no continuity, go to step 4.C.(4).
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-280-054-B
D. Check of Engine-2 Fire-Extinguisher Bottle 2 (8WE2)
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is continuity, go to step 4.D.(2).

this position.
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
(b) If there is no continuity, go to step 4.D.(4).
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-280-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-420-050-A
E. Connect the electrical connector

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
(1) Remove the CAP-BLANKING from each electrical connector and receptacle.
(3) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the pressure switch (3) of the related fire extinguisher bottle
(1).
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-875-051-A

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-875-051-B

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600


** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-710-052-A
G. Do this test
00-710-001) .
NOTE: On the ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD, ignore the DISCH legends which come on on the ENG 1
(2) AGENT 1 and AGENT 2 pushbutton switches.

regulations).
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-942-062-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access planel(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 54-51-21-400-001) .
· 415BL, 415BR.
· 425BR, 425BL.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-410-080-A
B. Close Access
· 415BL


· 415CR
· 425BL
· 425CR
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-862-066-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

26-21-00-040-003-A - Test of the Engine SQUIB
Legend of the AGENT Pushbutton switch
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-21-00-040-003-A
Test of the Engine SQUIB Legend of the AGENT Pushbutton switch
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE ENG1(2) FIRE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH IS PUSHED IN BEFORE YOU
START THE TEST.
CAUTION: TO RESET THE ENG 1(2) APU FIRE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH:

- PUSH THE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH FULLY IN (LATCHED POSITION).
THEN CLOSE THE GUARD.
DO NOT TRY TO CLOSE THE GUARD AND PUSH THE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH AT THE SAME
TIME.
FIN : 6WE1 , 6WE2 , 8WE1 , 8WE2
Task Summary
MMEL 26-01-01-03A YES YES YES 00.5 01.5 3

MMEL 26-01-01-03A
ENG AGENT SQUIB

No specific 1 VOLTMETER - DC
(53100141-1) 1 PLUG, SHUNT
OR OR
(M83723-60-18AN) 1 CUP-SHUNT

415 LOWER PYLON
425 LOWER PYLON
415BL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

415BR

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

415CR
** ON A/C ALL
425BL
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

425CR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

425BR
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. 20-15-00-910-001-A). Handling Precautions for Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices
Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(Ref. 26-21-41-000-004-A). Removal of the Cartridge of the Engine Fire-Extinguisher Bottle
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

(Ref. 26-21-41-000-004-C). Removal of the Cartridge of the Engine Fire-Extinguisher Bottle
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(Ref. 26-21-41-400-004-A). Installation of the Cartridge of the Engine Fire-Extinguisher Bottle
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

(Ref. 26-21-41-400-004-C). Installation of the Cartridge of the Engine Fire-Extinguisher Bottle
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. 29-10-00-710-001-A). Operational Check of Hydraulic Fire Shut Off Valves and Associated
Indicating System
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600


** ON A/C ALL
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-21-00-861-055-A
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 26-21-00-941-057-A
(1) On the ENG panel 115VU:
position.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start the engine.
procedure.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 26-21-00-865-060-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B


TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-010-057-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the engine pylon.
(2) Remove the access doors:
415BR, 415BL
425BR, 425BL.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-010-057-B
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the engine pylon.
(2) Remove the access doors (Ref. AMM TASK 54-51-21-000-802) :
· 415BL, 415CR
· 425BL, 425CR
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-020-051-B
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE CARTRIDGE BEFORE YOU DO THE PROCEDURE APPLICABLE
TO DEVICES THAT ARE SENSITIVE TO ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE. ELECTRO-
STATIC DISCHARGE CAN CAUSE THE FIRE EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE TO RELEASE
ITS CONTENTS SUDDENLY AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
(1) Before you touch the cartridge, do the procedure for devices that are sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (Ref. AMM TASK 20-15-00-910-001) .
(2) In the engine pylon, on the engine fire extinguisher bottle, disconnect the electrical connectors from
the cartridges:
· For the engine 1: 5WE1-A (bottle 1) and 7WE1-A (bottle 2)
· For the engine 2: 5WE2-A (bottle 1) and 7WE2-A (bottle 2).
(3) Put a PLUG, SHUNT (53100141-1) or CUP-SHUNT (M83723-60-18AN) on the cartridges.
Subtask 26-21-00-420-051-A
F. On the disconnected connectors, on the wiring side:
· Connect the pin 1 to an aircraft grounding point.
· Connect the pin 2 to an aircraft grounding point.
Subtask 26-21-00-865-061-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 26-21-00-710-055-A
CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU WILL NOT CAUSE UNWANTED CHANGES TO OTHER SYSTEMS BE-
FORE YOU PUSH THE ENG1(2) FIRE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH.
WHEN YOU PUSH THE ENG1(2) FIRE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH:
- THESE VALVES CLOSE
. THE LP FUEL VALVE
. THE HYDRAULIC FIRE VALVE
. THE BLEED AIR VALVES
. THE ANTI-ICE VALVES
. THE AIR CONDITIONING PACK VALVES
- THE GENERATOR STOPS.
A. Do this Test
ACTION RESULT
1.On ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD: On ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD:
· Push and hold the TEST pushbutton switch. · The two SQUIB legends for ENG 1(2) come on.
· Release the ENG 1(2) TEST pushbutton switch. - The two SQUIB legends go off.

(1) If the result of the test in Para. 4.A. is correct, do the steps that follow. If the result of the test in Para.
4.A. is not correct, do step 4.D.
Subtask 26-21-00-960-050-A
B. Replace the cartridge
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-000-004) and (Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-41-400-004) .
Subtask 26-21-00-710-067-A
C. Do steps that follow:
(1) Disconnect pins 1 and 2 from the aircraft grounding points.
(2) Remove the shunt devices from the cartridges.
(3) Connect connectors 5WE1-A (5WE2-A) and 7WE1-A (7WE2-A) to their cartridges.
(4) Make sure that the connectors are correctly connected.
00-710-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-710-068-A
D. If the result of the test in Para. 4.A. is not correct (one or the two legends of the related engine are off), the
firing test system is defective.
(1) Do the test that follows to make sure that the firing system operates correctly.
ACTION RESULT
1. In the engine pylon: In the engine pylon:
· Connect a VOLTMETER - DC between: · Make sure that the VOLTMETER - DC shows
- Pin 1 and the grounding point OVDC.
- Pin 2 and the grounding point.
2. On the overhead panel, on ENG/APU FIRE On ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD:
panel 1WD: · Ignore the SQUIB legends.
· Lift the guard of the ENG 1(2) FIRE pushbutton
switch.
On ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD: In the engine pylon:
· Push, then release the ENG 1(2) FIRE push- · Make sure that the VOLTMETER - DC shows
button switch. 28VDC between:
· Push and hold the related AGENT 1(2) push- - Pin 1 and the grounding point
button switch. - Pin 2 and the grounding point.
On ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD: In the engine pylon:
· Release the AGENT 1(2) pushbutton switch. · Make sure that the VOLTMETER - DC shows
OVDC between:
- Pin 1 and the grounding point
- Pin 2 and the grounding point.
On ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD:
· Lift the guard of the ENG 1(2) FIRE pushbutton
switch.
· Push, then release the ENG 1(2) FIRE push-
button switch.
3. In the related engine pylon:
Disconnect the voltmeter(s).
(2) If the result of the test in Para. 4.D. is correct, do the steps that follow. If the result of the test in Para.
4.D. is not correct, do step 4.F.

Subtask 26-21-00-420-057-A
E. Do the steps that follow:
(1) If the firing system operates correctly but the firing test system is defective, the aircraft can continue in
service.
(2) Disconnect the voltmeter.
(3) Remove the shunt plugs from the cartridges.
(4) Connect connectors 5WE1-A (5WE2-A) and 7WE1-A (7WE2-A) to their cartridges.
(5) Make sure that the connectors are correctly connected.
(6) On ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD, close the guard of ENG 1(2) FIRE pushbutton switch.
00-710-001) .
(8) Do an operational test of the hydraulic fire shut-off-valves (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-710-001) .
Subtask 26-21-00-350-050-A
F. If the result of the test in Para. 4.D. is not correct, repair the firing system.
(1) Do the troubleshooting of the firing system TSM 26.
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-21-00-410-057-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access doors:
415BR, 415BL
425BR, 425BL.
regulations).
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-21-00-410-057-B
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access doors (Ref. AMM TASK 54-51-21-400-802) :
· 415BL, 415CR
· 425BL, 425CR


regulations).
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-21-00-862-055-A
End of document

26-17-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Lavatory
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-17-00-040-801-A
Deactivation of the Lavatory
Task Summary
MMEL 26-17-01A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 26-17-01A
Lavatory Smoke Detection System (FAA only)

No specific 1 LABEL - INOPERATIVE DO NOT ENTER

Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-17-00-861-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 26-17-00-040-050-A
(1) Make sure that the lavatory waste receptacle is empty.
(2) Close and lock the related lavatory door.
(3) Put a placard LABEL - INOPERATIVE DO NOT ENTER on the related lavatory door.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the smoke detector of the related
lavatory does not operate.

26-17-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Lavatory

5. Close-up
Subtask 26-17-00-862-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

26-21-00-040-002-A - ENG FIRE TEST - Circuit Verification
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-21-00-040-002-A
ENG FIRE TEST - Circuit Verification
CAUTION: TO RESET THE ENG 1(2) APU FIRE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH:

- PUSH THE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH FULLY IN (LATCHED POSITION).
THEN CLOSE THE GUARD.
DO NOT TRY TO CLOSE THE GUARD AND PUSH THE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH AT THE SAME
TIME.
FIN : 6WE1 , 6WE2 , 8WE1 , 8WE2
Task Summary
MMEL 26-01-01-31A NO YES NO 00.8 01.6 2

MMEL 26-01-01-31A
ENG FIRE TEST

415 LOWER PYLON
425 LOWER PYLON
(Ref. 26-12-00-710-002-A). Operational Test of the Engine Fire and Overheat Detection with the
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
(Ref. 26-21-00-040-003-A). Test of the Engine SQUIB Legend of the AGENT Pushbutton switch
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-21-00-869-069-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 26-21-00-710-056-A
A. Do an ENG FIRE TEST - Circuit Verification
(1) Do the circuit verification of the ENG Agent SQUIB LTS
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-21-00-040-003) .
(2) Do the operational test from Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-12-00-710-002) .

26-21-00-040-002-A - ENG FIRE TEST - Circuit Verification
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-21-00-860-075-A
End of document

26-22-00-040-004-A - Bottle Pressure Check
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-22-00-040-004-A
Bottle Pressure Check
FIN : 11WF
Task Summary
MMEL 26-01-01-05A YES YES NO 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 26-01-01-05A
APU AGENT pb DISCH light


312AR, 314AR
Power
(Ref. 26-22-00-040-004-A). Bottle Pressure Check
(Ref. 26-22-00-040-004-A-01). Bottle Weight Check
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-22-00-861-064-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 26-22-00-865-118-A


121VU APU/FIRE/EXTIG/SQUIB/B 2WF L39
121VU APU/FIRE/EXTIG/SQUIB/A 1WF L38
Subtask 26-22-00-010-071-A
C. Get Access
WARNING: BEFORE YOU START WORK, YOU MUST PUT ON A SAFETY HARNESS AND ATTACH
IT TO THE ACCESS PLATFORM. WITHOUT A SAFETY HARNESS, YOU CAN FALL.
THIS CAN KILL YOU OR CAUSE YOU INJURY.
(1) Put on and attach a safety harness before you start work in the work area
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 312AR.
(3) Open access door 312AR.
(4) Set the SERVICE LT switch 3LJ to on.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 314AR.
(6) Open access door 314AR and safety it in the open position.
(7) Disconnect the connector 11WF-A from the pressure switch 11WF of the APU Fire-Extinguishing
Bottle.
4. Procedure
Subtask 26-22-00-710-089-A
A. Test
ACTION RESULT
1.On the pressure-switch connector (11WF): On the multimeter:
· connect the leads of the MULTIMETER - STAND-
ARD between pin B and pin C. · a closed circuit is shown, indicating a pressurized
bottle.
· put the ALLEN KEY 3/32 IN into the pres-
sure-switch test socket.
· slowly turn the Allen Key clockwise or counter- · an open circuit is shown.
clockwise approx. 10 degrees.
· release the Allen Key. · a closed circuit is shown.
· remove the Allen Key from the test socket and
disconnect the multimeter.
NOTE: If the test is not OK, you must do the weight check of the APU fire extinguisher bottle
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-22-00-040-004) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-22-00-410-072-A
A. Close Access
(2) Connect the connector 11WF-A to the pressure switch 11WF.

(4) Close the access door 314AR.

(5) Set the SERVICE LT switch 3LJ to off.
(8) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that the APU AGENT DISCH light is
deactivated.
(9) Make an entry in the A/C technical logbook.
Subtask 26-22-00-865-119-A

Subtask 26-22-00-862-064-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

26-22-00-040-004-A01 - Bottle Weight Check
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-22-00-040-004-A01
Bottle Weight Check
FIN : 11WF
Task Summary
MMEL 26-01-01-05A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 26-01-01-05A
APU AGENT pb DISCH light
(Ref. 26-22-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Fire Extinguisher Bottle
(Ref. 26-22-41-400-001-A). Installation of the Fire Extinguisher Bottle
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-22-00-010-061-A
A. Remove the APU fire extinguisher bottle (11WF) (Ref. AMM TASK 26-22-41-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 26-22-00-280-053-A
A. Weigh the APU fire extinguisher bottle
(1) Make sure that the gross weight of the fire-extinguisher bottle is the same as the last weight shown on
the identification plate, plus or minus 50 g (1.76 oz).
NOTE: You must weigh the fire-extinguisher bottle without the discharge head and the cartridge.
Compare the weight shown on the fire-extinguisher bottle with the weight shown on the identi-
fication plate. You must reject the fire-extinguisher bottle if the gross weight is not in the limits.
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-22-00-410-062-A
A. Put the System back to its Operational Configuration
(1) Install the APU fire extinguisher bottle (11WF) (Ref. AMM TASK 26-22-41-400-001) .
End of document

26-22-00-040-005-A - Circuit Verification
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-22-00-040-005-A
Circuit Verification
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU
SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT. UNWANTED ELECTRICAL POWER CAN
BE DANGEROUS.
WARNING: THE CARTRIDGE IS AN EXPLOSIVE DEVICE. REMOVE IT BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE THE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE.
TO PREVENT INJURY TO THE PERSONNEL BECAUSE OF THE EXPLOSION OF THE CART-
RIDGE IF IT HAS NOT BEEN FIRED:
- INSTALL A SHUNT DEVICE.
- THIS WILL SHUNT THE PINS TOGETHER ON THE CARTRIDGE BEFORE ITS REMOVAL.
DO NOT USE A FOIL SHUNT.
Task Summary
MMEL 26-01-01-06A YES YES YES 00.3 00.7 2

MMEL 26-01-01-06A
APU AGENT pb SQUIB light

No specific AR BOOMSET 600 OHMS
No specific AR HEADSET 600 OHMS
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
(6971-0010) 1 CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE
** ON A/C ALL

314AR

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-22-00-941-059-A
A. Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the overhead panel 25VU to tell persons not to operate the
APU.
Subtask 26-22-00-865-071-A

Subtask 26-22-00-860-058-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the CAPT jack panel, connect the HEADSET 600 OHMS to the related connector.
(3) On the overhead panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend on the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton
switch is off.
(4) In Zone 314, connect the BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the service interphone jack.
** ON A/C 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-212, 215-218, 222-228, 230-234, 236-238, 240-250, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 26-22-00-010-059-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 314AR.
(2) Open the access door 314AR.
(3) Disconnect the connector 12WF-A from the cartridge 12WF.
(4) Put a PROTECTIVE CAP-FIRE EXTINGUISHER CARTRIDGE (MS25043-10DA) on the cartridge
12WF.
(5) On the electrical connector 12WF-A, temporarily ground the pins A and B.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
Subtask 26-22-00-010-059-B
D. Get Access


(4) Put a CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (6971-0010) or CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (CEC-10) on the
cartridge 12WF.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-22-00-865-072-A
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

4. Procedure
Subtask 26-22-00-710-067-A
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU WILL NOT CAUSE UNWANTED CHANGES TO OTHER SYSTEMS
BEFORE YOU PUSH THE APU FIRE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH. WHEN YOU PUSH THE APU
FIRE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH, THESE VALVES CLOSE :
- LP FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE (APU)
- FUEL SOLENOID VALVE (APU)
- BLEED AIR VALVE (APU)
A. Operational Test of the Firing Circuit and the Test Circuit
NOTE: For this test procedure we recommend that a minimum of two persons are in constant contact
with each other through the service interphone system. One person must monitor the cockpit APU
FIRE panel 20VU, the other person must be at Zone 313.
ACTION RESULT
1.On the electrical connector 12WF-A:
· remove the temporary ground connection from
the pins A and B.
2.On the electrical connector 12WF-A: On the multimeter
· connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD between · 0 VDC is shown.
pin A and a ground.
3.On the APU FIRE panel 20VU: On the multimeter
· lift the guard then push and release the APU · 28 VDC is shown.
FIRE pushbutton switch.
· push and hold the APU AGENT pushbutton NOTE: Ignore the APU AGENT SQUIB legend and
switch. other subsequent effects.

· release APU AGENT pushbutton switch. · 0 VDC is shown.
5.On the electrical connector 12WF-A: On the multimeter
· connect the MULTIMETER - STANDARD · 0 VDC is shown.
between pin B and a ground.
· push and hold the APU AGENT pushbutton · 28 VDC is shown.
switch.

ACTION RESULT
· release APU AGENT pushbutton switch. · 0 VDC is shown.
8.On the APU FIRE panel 20VU:
· push and latch the APU FIRE pushbutton switch.
· put the guard of the APU pushbutton switch in the
correct position.
NOTE: If the test is correct, the firing system will op-

erate correctly. The test system is defective.
NOTE: If the test is not correct (no voltage), the fir-

ing system is defective and do the applic-
able trouble shooting procedure.
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-22-00-865-073-A

** ON A/C 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-212, 215-218, 222-228, 230-234, 236-238, 240-250, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 26-22-00-410-060-A
(1) Remove the PROTECTIVE CAP-FIRE EXTINGUISHER CARTRIDGE (MS250643-10DA) from the
cartridge 12WF.
(3) Connect the connector 12WF-A to the cartridge 12WF.
(4) Disconnect the BOOMSET 600 OHMS from the service interphone jack.
(5) Disconnect the HEADSET 600 OHMS from the CAPT jack panel.
items.
(10) Remove the warning notice from the panel 25VU.
(11) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that the APU AGENT SQUIB light
is deactivated.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
Subtask 26-22-00-410-060-B

(1) Remove the CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (6971-0010) or CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (CEC-10)
from the cartridge 12WF.
items.
(11) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that the APU AGENT SQUIB light
is deactivated.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-22-00-865-074-A

Subtask 26-22-00-860-059-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

26-22-00-040-012-A - Test Circuit Verification
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-22-00-040-012-A
Test Circuit Verification
BE DANGEROUS.
WARNING: CAREFULLY OBEY THE APPROVED PROCEDURE FOR THIS TASK. TO PREVENT THE EX-
PLOSION OF THE CARTRIDGE, MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL AN ELECTROSTATIC PRO-
TECTIVE CAP ON THE DISCHARGE CARTRIDGE WHEN YOU DO THIS TASK.
Task Summary
MMEL 26-01-01-32A YES NO YES 01.5 00.7 2

MMEL 26-01-01-32A
APU FIRE TEST pb

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
** ON A/C ALL

314AR

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-22-00-941-065-A
APU.
Subtask 26-22-00-865-099-A

Subtask 26-22-00-860-072-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(3) Remove the snapwire from the APU FIRE pushbutton switch on panel 20VU.
(5) Energize the Annunciator Light Test Dimming system.
** ON A/C 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-212, 215-218, 222-228, 230-234, 236-238, 240-250, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 26-22-00-010-067-A
D. Get Access
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector 12WF-A from the cartridge 12WF.
12WF.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
Subtask 26-22-00-010-067-B
D. Get Access
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector 12WF-A from the cartridge 12WF.
(4) Put a CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (6971-0010) on the cartridge 12WF.

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-22-00-865-100-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 26-22-00-710-076-A
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU WILL NOT CAUSE UNWANTED CHANGES TO OTHER SYSTEMS
BEFORE YOU PUSH THE APU FIRE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH. WHEN YOU PUSH THE APU
FIRE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH, THESE VALVES CLOSE :
- LP FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE (APU)
- FUEL SOLENOID VALVE (APU)
- BLEED AIR VALVE (APU)
A. Operational Test of the Test Circuit
ACTION RESULT
1.On the connector 12WF-A: On the connector 12WF-A:
· connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD between · make sure that there is no voltage shown between
terminal A and ground, and then between termin- the terminals A and B and ground.
al B and ground.
2.On the APU FIRE panel 20VU: On the connector 12WF-A:
· push the APU FIRE pushbutton switch. · make sure that there is no voltage shown between
the terminals A and B and ground.
3.On the APU FIRE panel 20VU: On the APU FIRE panel 20 VU:
· press and hold the SQUIB pushbutton switch. · on the AGENT pushbutton switch, the SQUIB light
comes on.
On the connector 12WF-A:
· make sure that there is 28V DC shown between
terminal A and B and ground.
4.On the APU FIRE panel 20VU: On the connector 12WF-A:
· release the SQUIB pushbutton switch. · make sure that there is no volatge shown.
5.On the APU FIRE panel 20VU: On the APU FIRE panel 20 VU:
· push to release the APU FIRE pushbutton switch. · on the AGENT pushbutton switch, the SQUIB light
goes off.
NOTE: If the test is correct, the APU fire extinguish-

ing system will operate correctly. The test
circuit is faulty.

ACTION RESULT
NOTE: If the test is not correct (no voltage), the test

circuit is faulty and do the applicable trouble
shooting procedure.
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-22-00-865-101-A

** ON A/C 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-212, 215-218, 222-228, 230-234, 236-238, 240-250, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 26-22-00-410-068-A
cartridge 12WF.
(3) Connect the electrical connector 12WF-A to the cartridge 12WF.
items.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
Subtask 26-22-00-410-068-B
(1) Remove the CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (6971-0010) from the cartridge 12WF.
(3) Connect the electrical connector 12WF-A to the cartridge 12WF.

items.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-22-00-865-102-A

Subtask 26-22-00-860-073-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

26-23-00-040-001-A - Cargo Compartment DISCH
LT - Verification of Fire-Extinguisher Bottle Weight
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-23-00-040-001-A
Cargo Compartment DISCH LT - Verification of Fire-Extinguisher Bottle Weight
Task Summary
MMEL 26-01-02-01A NO NO NO 01.5 01.5 1

MMEL 26-01-02-01A
CARGO SMOKE DISCH
** ON A/C 203-206, 210-211, 215-220, 226-228, 230-230, 234-235, 239-239, 350-350

(Ref. 26-23-41-280-001-A). Remove Cargo Compartment Fire-Extinguisher Bottle for in-shop
Weight Check
** ON A/C 016-016, 201-201, 207-207, 209-209, 221-222, 229-229, 231-233, 237-237, 240-240, 242-250,
401-450
(Ref. 26-23-41-280-001-B). Remove Cargo Compartment Fire-Extinguisher Bottle for in-shop
Weight Check
** ON A/C 017-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349,
351-400, 500-600
(Ref. 26-23-42-280-001-A). Remove Cargo Compartment Fire-Extinguisher Bottle for in-shop
Weight Check
** ON A/C ALL
3. Procedure
** ON A/C 203-206, 210-211, 215-220, 226-228, 230-230, 234-235, 239-239, 350-350

Subtask 26-23-00-280-050-A
A. Weight Check of the Fire Extinguisher Bottle
(1) Remove the Lower-Deck Cargo-Compartment (LDCC) fire extinguisher bottle for a weight check
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-23-41-280-001) .
** ON A/C 016-016, 201-201, 207-207, 209-209, 221-222, 229-229, 231-233, 237-237, 240-240, 242-250, 401-450
Subtask 26-23-00-280-050-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-23-41-280-001) .

26-23-00-040-001-A - Cargo Compartment DISCH
LT - Verification of Fire-Extinguisher Bottle Weight
** ON A/C 017-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349, 351-
400, 500-600
Subtask 26-23-00-280-050-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 26-23-42-280-001) .
** ON A/C ALL
4. Close-up
** ON A/C 203-206, 210-211, 215-220, 226-228, 230-230, 234-235, 239-239, 350-350

Subtask 26-23-00-420-053-A
** ON A/C 016-016, 201-201, 207-207, 209-209, 221-222, 229-229, 231-233, 237-237, 240-240, 242-250, 401-450
Subtask 26-23-00-420-053-B
** ON A/C 017-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349, 351-
400, 500-600
Subtask 26-23-00-420-053-C
End of document

26-17-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Smoke-Detection Control Unit (SDCU)
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 26-17-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the Smoke-Detection Control Unit (SDCU)
Task Summary
MMEL 26-17-02A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 26-17-02A
Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU) (FAA only)

No specific 1 LABEL - INOPERATIVE DO NOT ENTER
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-17-00-861-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 26-17-00-040-051-A
(1) Make sure that the lavatory waste receptacle is empty.
(2) Close and lock the related lavatory door.
(3) Put a placard LABEL - INOPERATIVE DO NOT ENTER on the related lavatory door.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the smoke detector of the related
lavatory does not operate.
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-17-00-862-058-A

26-17-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Smoke-Detection Control Unit (SDCU)

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

26-18-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Video Control Center
(VCC) with Standalone Smoke-Detection System (if installed)
** ON A/C 206-206, 229-229, 235-235
TASK 26-18-00-040-801-A
Deactivation of the Video Control Center (VCC) with Standalone Smoke-Detection System (if installed)
Task Summary
MMEL 26-18-01B NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 26-18-01B
Video Control Center Standalone Smoke Detection System (If Installed)


220 FWD CAB UTILITY AREAS
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-18-00-861-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 26-18-00-865-060-A
** ON A/C 206-206
2000VU IFE-IFE CTR-AC 22MK C04
2000VU IFE-IFE CTR-DC-IFEC 21MK C03

26-18-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Video Control Center
(VCC) with Standalone Smoke-Detection System (if installed)

2000VU IFE-IFE CTR-DC-VCC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE-VCC-SMOKE 37MH D06
2000VU IFE CABIN RH FWD - TU 24MH D02
2000VU IFE CABIN TU LH 22MH D01
** ON A/C 206-206, 229-229

2000VU IFE-CABIN-ADB2 24MK C06
2000VU IFE-CABIN-ADB1 23MK C05
2000VU IFE-IFE CENTER-AC-VCC 21MH C02
** ON A/C 229-229
2000VU IFE-IFE CTR-AC-IFEC 22MK C04
** ON A/C 206-206, 229-229, 235-235

Subtask 26-18-00-040-050-A
B. Deactivation of the VCC Standalone Smoke-Detection System
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the systems related to the VCC are
stopped.
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-18-00-860-058-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

26-22-00-040-007-A - Bottle Pressure Switch Check
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-22-00-040-007-A
Bottle Pressure Switch Check
Task Summary
MMEL 26-22-02A YES YES NO 00.3 00.5 2

MMEL 26-22-02A
APU Fire Extinguisher Overpressure Indication (Red Disc)


312AR, 314AR
Power
1(2)
Check of the Pressure Switch SHEET 1

A
11WF
A
FR80
314AR
FR76
OVERBOARD PIPE
DISTRIBUTION PIPE
B
PRESSURE SWITCH
WITH GUARD
DISCHARGE INDICATOR
(RED DISC)
N_MM_262200_4_AAA0_01_00
Figure 26-22-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Check of the Pressure Switch

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-22-00-860-062-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) In the Cockpit on the CAPT jack panel, connect the HEADSET 600 OHMS to the related connector.
(3) On the overhead panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend on the SVCE INT OVRD p/bsw is OFF.
Subtask 26-22-00-865-081-A

Subtask 26-22-00-010-062-A
C. Get Access
(4) Set the SERVICE LT SW 3LJ to ON.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Check of the Pressure Switch SHEET 1)
Subtask 26-22-00-710-070-A
A. Do a check at the Pressure Switch of the APU Fire Extinguisher Bottle
ACTION RESULT
1.On the APU fire extinguisher bottle: On the APU FIRE panel 20VU:
· put the ALLEN KEY 3/32 IN (1) into the pres- · the DISCH legend in the AGENT p/bsw comes on.
sure-switch hexagon test-socket (2). Slowly turn
the Allen key clockwise or counterclockwise ap-
prox. 10 degrees.

ACTION RESULT
On the APU FIRE panel 20VU:
NOTE: The pressure effect puts the Allen key back · the DISCH legend in the AGENT p/bsw goes off.
to its initial position.
2.On the APU Fire extinguisher bottle:

· release the Allen key.
3.On the APU fire extinguisher bottle:
· remove the Allen key from the test socket.
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-22-00-410-063-A
A. Close Access
(4) Close the maintenance access door 314AR.
(5) Set the SERVICE LT SW 3LJ to OFF.
Subtask 26-22-00-865-082-A

Subtask 26-22-00-860-063-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

26-22-00-040-008-A - Check of the remaining Squib Integrity
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-22-00-040-008-A
Check of the remaining Squib Integrity
BE DANGEROUS.
WARNING: DO NOT GO IN THE APU COMPARTMENT. IF THE FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCIDENTALLY

FIRES, IT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
Task Summary
MMEL 26-22-03A YES NO YES 01.5 00.7 2

MMEL 26-22-03A
Squib of the APU Fire Extinguisher Bottle

No specific 1 BOOMSET 600 OHMS
No specific 1 HEADSET 600 OHMS
No specific 1 MULTIMETER - STANDARD
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
** ON A/C ALL

314AR
Power

1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-22-00-941-061-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the overhead panel 20VU to tell persons not to operate
the APU.
Subtask 26-22-00-865-083-A

Subtask 26-22-00-860-064-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(3) On the overhead panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend on the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton
switch is off.
** ON A/C 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-212, 215-218, 222-228, 230-234, 236-238, 240-250, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 26-22-00-010-063-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 314AR.
CAUSE DAMAGE.

12WF.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
Subtask 26-22-00-010-063-B
D. Get Access

(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 314AR.
CAUSE DAMAGE.

(4) Put a CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (6971-0010) or CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (CEC-10) on the
cartridge 12WF.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-22-00-865-085-A

4. Procedure
** ON A/C 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-212, 215-218, 222-228, 230-234, 236-238, 240-250, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 26-22-00-710-072-A
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE OHMMETER HAS A MAXIMUM CURRENT OF 1 AMP. IF THE CUR-
RENT IS MORE THAN 1 AMP, IT CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION OF THE CARTRIDGE.
ACTION RESULT
1.On the APU FIRE panel 20VU: On the APU FIRE panel 20VU:
· push and hold the TEST pushbutton switch. · the white SQUIB legend comes on.
· hold the TEST pushbutton switch. · the white SQUIB legend goes off.
2.If the test is correct, the cartridge is defective.
· Do the subsequent test to make sure at least one
squib is operative.
3.If the test is not correct, the FIRE System Test or
the Extinguish Wiring is defective.
· Do the applicable Trouble Shooting procedure.
4.Remove the PROTECTIVE CAP-FIRE EXTIN-
GUISHER CARTRIDGE (MS25043-10DA) from the
cartridge 12WF.
5.On the electrical connector 12WF: On the MULTIMETER - STANDARD:
· 1 ohm +/- 0.1 is shown.

ACTION RESULT
· connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD between
pin A and ground.
The squib A is operative.
· connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD between · 1 ohm +/- 0.1 is shown.
pin B and ground.
The squib B is operative.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
Subtask 26-22-00-710-072-B
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE OHMMETER HAS A MAXIMUM CURRENT OF 1 AMP. IF THE CUR-
RENT IS MORE THAN 1 AMP, IT CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION OF THE CARTRIDGE.
ACTION RESULT
1.On the APU FIRE panel 20VU: On the APU FIRE panel 20VU:
· push and hold the TEST pushbutton switch. · the white SQUIB legend comes on.
· hold the TEST pushbutton switch. · the white SQUIB legend goes off.
2.If the test is correct, the cartridge is defective.
· Do the subsequent test to make sure at least one
squib is operative.
3.If the test is not correct, the FIRE System Test or
the Extinguish Wiring is defective.
· Do the applicable Trouble Shooting procedure.
4.Remove the CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (6971-
0010) or CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (CEC-10)
pin A and ground.
The squib A is operative.
pin B and ground.
The squib B is operative.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-22-00-860-074-A
A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.
(1) On the electrical connector 12WF-A, remove the temporary ground connection from pin A and pin B.

Subtask 26-22-00-865-084-A

** ON A/C 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-212, 215-218, 222-228, 230-234, 236-238, 240-250, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 26-22-00-410-064-A
cartridge 12WF.
items.
(10) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from the panel 25VU.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 204-204, 213-214, 219-221, 229-229, 235-235, 239-239, 350-350
Subtask 26-22-00-410-064-B
(1) Remove the CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (6971-0010) or CAP SHUNT-FIRE BOTTLE (CEC-10)
items.
(10) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from the panel 25VU.

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 26-22-00-865-086-A
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 26-22-00-860-065-A
E. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

26-22-00-040-010-A - To make sure that the APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing
System is operative when the APU FIRE Light on External Power Panel is inoperative
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-22-00-040-010-A
To make sure that the APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing System is operative when the APU FIRE Light on External
Power Panel is inoperative
Task Summary
MMEL 26-22-06A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 26-22-06A
APU FIRE on the External Power Panel

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-22-00-941-063-A
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the overhead panel 25VU to tell persons not to operate
the APU.
Subtask 26-22-00-860-068-A
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-22-00-710-074-A
WARNING: DO NOT PUSH THE TEST PUSHBUTTON SWITCH ON THE APU/AUTO EXTING SECTION
OF OVERHEAD PANEL 50VU WHILE THE APU IS IN OPERATION.

IF YOU DO, DISCHARGE OF THE APU-FIRE EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE CAN OCCUR.
ACTION RESULT
1.In the APU/AUTO EXTING section of panel In the APU/AUTO EXTING section of panel 50VU:
50VU: · The OK legend in the TEST pushbutton switch
· Push the TEST ON pushbutton during the test. comes on.
NOTE: If the OK legend in the TEST pushbutton

switch comes on, all components operate
correctly.
50VU: · The test circuit sets back.
· Push the RESET pushbutton switch.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-22-00-710-074-B
NOTE: This test causes a spurious WARNING in ECAM (APU FIRE LOOP A FAULT) because of a FDU
hardware modification.
ACTION RESULT
After 5 seconds, on the ECAM upper display unit:
· The warning,
APU FIRE LOOP A FAULT
comes on.

correctly.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-22-00-410-066-A


Subtask 26-22-00-860-069-A
End of document

26-22-00-040-011-A - To make sure that the APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing System
is operative when the APU SHUT OFF PB on External Power Panel is inoperative
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 26-22-00-040-011-A
To make sure that the APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing System is operative when the APU SHUT OFF PB on
External Power Panel is inoperative
Task Summary
MMEL 26-22-07A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 26-22-07A
APU SHUT OFF on the External Power Panel

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 26-22-00-941-064-A
APU.
Subtask 26-22-00-860-070-A
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 26-22-00-710-075-A

ACTION RESULT

correctly.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 26-22-00-710-075-B
NOTE: This test causes a spurious WARNING in ECAM (APU FIRE LOOP A FAULT) because of a FDU
hardware modification.
ACTION RESULT
After 5 seconds, on the ECAM upper display unit:
· The warning,
APU FIRE LOOP A FAULT
comes on.

correctly.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 26-22-00-410-067-A

Subtask 26-22-00-860-071-A
End of document

27-40-00-040-001-A - Check of the synchronization
between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-40-00-040-001-A
Check of the synchronization between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
GEAR. THIS WILL PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR, AND THUS
POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT AND/OR EQUIPMENT.
Task Summary
MMEL 27-07-05A NO YES YES 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 27-07-05A
Pitch Trim Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page (FAA only)


310 FUSLG TAIL SECTION AFT OF AFT PRESS BHD
Power

1(2)
(Ref. 29-23-00-863-001-A). Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic Sys-
tem through the PTU with the Electric Pump
of the PTU
(Ref. 29-24-00-863-001-A). Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-40-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the FLT CTL panel 23VU:
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(5) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL pushbutton switch. (On the lower
ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).
(6) Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-863-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-863-001) .
Subtask 27-40-00-941-050-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 310 in front of the
THS position marks.
Subtask 27-40-00-865-050-A

121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/ 15CE2 R20
SPLY
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-40-00-710-050-A
A. Check of the synchronization between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer.

ACTION RESULT
1.On the center pedestal, slowly move one of the · The 4 Deg DN indication on each graduated wheel
pitch-trim control wheels to the 4 deg. DN stop. is opposite the triangle on the center pedestal in-
dex.
· In the zone 310, the position mark of the THS is
opposite the 4th upper mark on the tail cone.
2.Slowly move one of the pitch-trim control wheels · The 13.5 UP mark on each graduated wheel is op-
to the 13.5 deg UP stop. posite the triangle of the center pedestal index.
· In the zone 310, the position mark of the THS is
opposite the 13.5 th lower mark on the tail cone.
3.Move the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 posi- · In the zone 310, the position mark of the THS is in
tion. front of the neutral mark on the tail cone.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-40-00-942-050-A
(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-864-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-864-001) .
(3) Make an entry in the log-book.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

27-14-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Aileron Servo Control
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-14-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Aileron Servo Control
WARNING: DO NOT DO THIS DEACTIVATION PROCEDURE IF THERE IS EXTERNAL LEAKAGE ON THE

UNSERVICEABLE SERVOCONTROL.
FIN : 33CE1 , 33CE2 , 33CE3 , 33CE4

MMEL 27-14-01A
Left Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
MMEL 27-14-02A
Left Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)
MMEL 27-14-03A
Right Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
MMEL 27-14-04A
Right Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 2)


575 AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
575KB, 675KB, 822

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 27-14-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation
(Ref. 27-96-00-740-001-A). BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning)
Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol SHEET 1

A A
Z675
ACCESS DOOR
675KB
A
Z575 LEFT WING RIGHT WING
A 33CE1 33CE2
ACCESS DOOR 33CE3 33CE4
575KB
B
A
ASSOCIATED
AILERON SERVOCONTROL COMPUTER
33CE1 (GREEN) ELAC 2
33CE3 (BLUE) ELAC 1
B 33CE4 (BLUE) ELAC 2
2
N_MM_271400_4_AEM0_01_00
Figure 27-14-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-057-A
(2) Do a ground scanning (Ref. AMM TASK 27-96-00-740-001) .
NOTE: If there is only the maintenance messages on:

- PEDALS XDCR UNIT 25CE1 (25CE2) and/or
- ELAC 1(2) AIL ORDER DISAGREE.
the deactivation of the aileron servocontrol is not necessary. You can dispatch the aircraft
without further maintenance action.
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
Subtask 27-14-00-010-052-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position:
(a) at the zone 575 for the left aileron,
(b) at the zone 675 for the right aileron.
(2) Open the access door:
(a) 575KB for the left aileron,
(b) 675KB for the right aileron.
· loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 27-14-00-865-057-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/ 15CE1 B11
SPLY
** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
** ON A/C ALL
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
SPLY
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol SHEET 1)

Subtask 27-14-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Aileron Servo Control
(1) Make sure that there are no external leaks from the servo control you deactivate.
(2) Make sure that the pressure and return lines are correctly connected to the parts of the servo control.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the receptacle (2).
(4) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected connector (1) and receptacle (2).
(5) Attach the connector (1) to a pipe with a TIE WRAP.
Subtask 27-14-00-865-058-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
** ON A/C ALL
SPLY
Subtask 27-14-00-710-053-A
C. Do the operational test of the ailerons (Ref. AMM TASK 27-14-00-710-001) .
NOTE: Make sure that:

- The servocontrol you deactivated does not operate.
- The related servocontrol symbol (box) is amber.
- The amber F/CTL AILERON SERVO FAULT message is shown on the EWD.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-058-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the crew that the left or right aileron servo control is
deactivated.
Subtask 27-14-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door:
(a) 575KB for the left aileron.


End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-14-00-040-001-A

FIN : 33CE1 , 33CE2 , 33CE3 , 33CE4

MMEL 27-14-01A
MMEL 27-14-02A
MMEL 27-14-03A
MMEL 27-14-04A


575KB, 675KB, 822

Power
1(2)

A A
Z675
ACCESS DOOR
675KB
A
A 33CE1 33CE2
575KB
B
A
ASSOCIATED
33CE3 (BLUE) ELAC 1
2
N_MM_271400_4_AEM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-057-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
Subtask 27-14-00-010-052-A
B. Get Access
Subtask 27-14-00-865-057-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
** ON A/C ALL
SPLY
4. Procedure

Subtask 27-14-00-040-050-A
Subtask 27-14-00-865-058-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
** ON A/C ALL
SPLY
Subtask 27-14-00-710-053-A

5. Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-058-A
deactivated.
Subtask 27-14-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access


End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-14-00-040-001-A

FIN : 33CE1 , 33CE2 , 33CE3 , 33CE4

MMEL 27-14-01A
MMEL 27-14-02A
MMEL 27-14-03A
MMEL 27-14-04A


575KB, 675KB, 822

Power
1(2)

A A
Z675
ACCESS DOOR
675KB
A
A 33CE1 33CE2
575KB
B
A
ASSOCIATED
33CE3 (BLUE) ELAC 1
2
N_MM_271400_4_AEM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-057-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
Subtask 27-14-00-010-052-A
B. Get Access
Subtask 27-14-00-865-057-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
** ON A/C ALL
SPLY
4. Procedure

Subtask 27-14-00-040-050-A
Subtask 27-14-00-865-058-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
** ON A/C ALL
SPLY
Subtask 27-14-00-710-053-A

5. Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-058-A
deactivated.
Subtask 27-14-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access


End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-14-00-040-001-A

FIN : 33CE1 , 33CE2 , 33CE3 , 33CE4

MMEL 27-14-01A
MMEL 27-14-02A
MMEL 27-14-03A
MMEL 27-14-04A


575KB, 675KB, 822

Power
1(2)

A A
Z675
ACCESS DOOR
675KB
A
A 33CE1 33CE2
575KB
B
A
ASSOCIATED
33CE3 (BLUE) ELAC 1
2
N_MM_271400_4_AEM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-057-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
Subtask 27-14-00-010-052-A
B. Get Access
Subtask 27-14-00-865-057-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
** ON A/C ALL
SPLY
4. Procedure

Subtask 27-14-00-040-050-A
Subtask 27-14-00-865-058-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
** ON A/C ALL
SPLY
Subtask 27-14-00-710-053-A

5. Close-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-058-A
deactivated.
Subtask 27-14-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access


End of document

27-34-00-040-001-A - Elevator Servocontrol Position-
Transducer - Connection of the Spare Transducer
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-34-00-040-001-A
Elevator Servocontrol Position-Transducer - Connection of the Spare Transducer
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THIS PROCEDURE IF THE SERVOCONTROL HAS ONE TRANSDUCER (RVDT
SIMPLEX). THE AIRCRAFT DISPATCH IS NOT POSSIBLE.
Task Summary
MMEL 27-34-02A YES YES YES 01.5 00.5 1

MMEL 27-34-02A
Elevator Servo-Control Position Transducer


334 THS TRAILING EDGE
344 THS TRAILING EDGE
334DB, 344DB
Power

1(2)
(Ref. 27-34-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation
of the PTU
(Ref. 55-13-11-000-001-A). Remove/Open of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Trail-
ing-Edge Access-Panels
(Ref. 55-13-11-400-001-A). Install/Close of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Trail-
ing-Edge Access-Panels
Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers SHEET 1

F
W A
D
LOWER SURFACE
Z330
344DB 334DB
Z340
A
B B
D 1
C 1
3 TRANSDUCER
BLANKING CAP
2
3 TRANSDUCERS
CD
1
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
NOTE:
1 ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION
N_MM_273400_4_BJM0_01_02
Figure 27-34-00-991-00400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-068-A
(2) On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton
switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).
(3) On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).
(4) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems:
(a) For the left elevator:
· Depressurize the Green and Blue systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-864-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
(b) For the right elevator:
· Depressurize the Yellow and Blue systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-864-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
Subtask 27-34-00-010-055-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position:
(a) In the zone 334 for the left elevator.
(b) In the zone 344 for the right elevator.
(2) Open the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 55-13-11-000-001) :
(a) 334DB for the left elevator.
(b) 344DB for the right elevator.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers SHEET 1)
Subtask 27-34-00-210-054-A
A. Visual Inspection of the Servocontrol to Identify the Number of Transducer on the Servocontrol:
(1) If the servocontrol has one transducer (RVDT simplex):
(a) The procedure is not applicable.
(2) If the servocontrol has two or three transducers (RVDT duplex or RVDT triplex), continue the
procedure to do the connection of the spare transducer.
Subtask 27-34-00-040-050-B
B. Connection of the Spare Transducer:
(1) If the servocontrol has two transducers:
(a) Swap the connection of the electrical connectors (1) on the transducers (3).
(2) If the servocontrol has three transducers:
(a) Remove the electrical connector (1) from the defective transducer (3).
(b) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the new transducer and put it on the defective transducer.
(c) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the new transducer.
Subtask 27-34-00-710-052-A
C. Test

(1) On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).
(2) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).
(3) Do the operational test of the elevators (Ref. AMM TASK 27-34-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-34-00-410-055-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 55-13-11-400-001) :
(a) 334DB for the left elevator.
(b) 344DB for the right elevator.
Subtask 27-34-00-860-069-A
End of document

27-51-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Slat and
Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap Channel
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap Channel
FIN : 21CV , 22CV
Task Summary
MMEL 27-51-01A NO NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 27-51-01A
SFCC Flap Channel
NOTE: For the deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 slat channel refer to TASK 27-51-00-040-005.



(Ref. 20-16-00-912-001-A). Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 27-50-00-869-006-A). Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Flap System on the Ground
(Ref. 27-51-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake
(Ref. 27-54-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Flap System
(Ref. 27-54-00-710-002-A). Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems
(Ref. 31-32-00-860-001-A). Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu Page
Ref. ESPM 20-10-00
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-070-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slats and flaps.
Subtask 27-51-00-861-056-A
B. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 27-51-00-865-093-A
C. Table of the circuit breakers used in this procedure:

121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2 12CV P20
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-040-051-B
A. Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No 2 Flap Channel
(1) When you do this procedure, it can be necessary to open circuit breaker 12CV (Ref. AMM TASK 20-
16-00-912-001) .
(a) This circuit breaker has a red threaded bush. To open this circuit breaker you need a special tool
Ref. ESPM 20-10-00.
(2) Do this procedure:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
· get access to the Flight Controls (F/CTL) SYS- · the F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT TEST PAGE is
TEM REPORT/TEST page (Ref. AMM TASK shown.
31-32-00-860-001) .
· push in the key adjacent to < SFCC 1. · the SFCC 1 menu is shown.
· push in the key adjacent to SYSTEM STATUS · < NO FAULTS > is shown except FLP 1 NO
FLP >. SFCC 2 DATA and/or FLP 1 NO SFCC 2 DATA
CHECK WIRING AND SFCC 2.

ACTION RESULT
· push the key adjacent to < RETURN until · the SFCC 2 menu is shown.
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page is
shown.
· push in the key adjacent to < SFCC 2.
NOTE: If the MCDU shows < NO RESPONSE >

for SFCC 2, go to paragraph D.
· push in the key adjacent to SYSTEM STATUS · the SYSTEM STATUS FLP page is shown.
FLP >.
· if FLP SYS LOCKED is shown, reset the wing
tip brakes of the flap system with the SFCC 2
(Ref. AMM TASK 27-50-00-869-006) .
· if the reset of the wing tip brakes (of the flap · the 28V power supply from SFCC 2 to the wing
system) with the SFCC 2 cannot be completed tip brakes is disconnected.
satisfactorily, open the circuit breaker 12CV
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-16-00-912-001) .
· push in the key adjacent to < RETURN until
the F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT TEST page is
shown.
Subtask 27-51-00-865-050-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-865-117-A

121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/ 8CV Q21
MONG/SYS2
Subtask 27-51-00-710-073-A
D. Test
NOTE: This paragraph is applicable only if the MCDU shows < NO RESPONSE > for SFCC 2.
(1) Do the Operational Test of the Flap System (Ref. AMM TASK 27-54-00-710-001) .
(a) If the WTB is set due to failure of the Flap 2 channel, the message "FLAPS
LEVER ....RECYCLE" will trigger on ECAM.

(2) If the message to recycle the Flap control lever shows on ECAM, open the circuit breaker 12CV
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-16-00-912-001) .
NOTE: WTB stays open.
Subtask 27-51-00-040-055-A
E. Deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 Flap Channel (Continued)
(1) Do the Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems (Ref. AMM TASK 27-54-00-710-002) .
NOTE: The circuit breaker 12CV stays open (if the c/b 12CV was opened before).
(2) Do the WTB/POB test with SFCC No. 1 (flap system) only (Ref. AMM TASK 27-51-00-710-001) .
(3) Make sure that the WTB/POB test was successful and that the MCDU shows:
SFCC 1
DATE: XXX XX__ UTC: XXXX
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED.
NOTE: The aircraft can only dispatched if the WTB/POB test was successful.
(4) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(a) On the MCDU, push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the CFDS MENU page is shown.
(b) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key and make sure that the MCDU MAIN MENU is
shown.
(5) Deactivation of the SFCC 2 flap channel:
(a) Open and safety circuit breaker 8CV.
(b) Attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) to the circuit breaker 8CV (in the cockpit) to tell persons that the
flap channel for SFCC 2 is deactivated.
(6) If circuit breaker 12CV was opened in the test procedure:
· attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) to the circuit breaker 12CV (in the cockpit) to tell persons that the
28V power supply (from SFCC 2 to the WTB) is disconnected (Ref. AMM TASK 20-16-00-912-
001) .
Subtask 27-51-00-869-064-A
F. Cockpit Effects
(1) On the ECAM EWD:
· The message 'F/CTL FLAP SYS 2 FAULT' shows.
(2) On the STATUS SD page:
· The message 'F/CTL MAINTENANCE' can show.
· The message 'SFCS MAINTENANCE' can show.
NOTE: These status messages will only show in flight phases 1 and 10.

· The message 'ENG 2 APPR IDLE ONLY' shows.
· The message 'FLAPS SLOW' shows.

NOTE: These status messages will not show in flight phases 1 and 10.
(4) Make an entry in the aircraft technical logbook that the SFCC 2 flap channel is deactivated.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-862-057-A
A. De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 27-51-00-865-104-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-942-069-A
C. Removal of Equipment
items.
End of document

27-51-00-040-004-A - Flap WTB Solenoid - WTB Test Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-51-00-040-004-A
Flap WTB Solenoid - WTB Test Procedure
FIN : 21CV
Task Summary
MMEL 27-51-02A NO NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 27-51-02A
Flap Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid


(Ref. 27-51-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-065-A

(1) Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flap system.
Subtask 27-51-00-860-076-A
(2) In the procedure that follows it is necessary to do the WTB/POB test with SFCC 1
(Ref. AMM TASK 27-51-00-710-001) .
Prepare to pressurize the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-51-00-865-090-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
MONG/SYS2
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-040-054-A
A. Flap WTB Solenoid - WTB Test Procedure
(1) Do the WTB/POB test with SFCC No. 1 (flap system) (Ref. AMM TASK 27-51-00-710-001) .
SFCC 1
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED
(3) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration:

shown.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-865-102-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
MONG/SYS2
Subtask 27-51-00-942-060-A
B. Removal of Equipment
items.
End of document

27-93-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Stabilizer Actuator Electrical Motor n°2
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-93-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Stabilizer Actuator Electrical Motor n°2

MMEL 27-40-02A
Stabilizer Actuator Electrical Motor (FAA only)


822
Power
1(2)
of the PTU
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-93-00-861-055-A
Subtask 27-93-00-010-052-A
B. Get Access


Subtask 27-93-00-865-056-A

49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/ 5FP1 F07
26VAC
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY 20CE1 B10
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND 6CV B07
MONG/SYS1
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND 5CV B06
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C ALL
105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
105VU ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY 12PB2 E02


121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
** ON A/C ALL
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2 11CV P19
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
MONG/SYS2
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
SPLY
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-450, 500-600

121VU ADIRS/2PWR/SHED &/AOA2 MON 10FP N10
** ON A/C ALL
122VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1 10CV S07
122VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1 9CV S06
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-93-00-040-052-A
A. If the ELAC 1 FAULT warning is in view on the upper ECAM display unit:
(1) On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that:
· the FAULT legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is on.

(2) On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF legend comes on).
· the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT
legends are off).
(4) Do the test paragraph C. only.
Subtask 27-93-00-040-053-A
B. If the ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is in view on the upper ECAM display unit:
(1) Do the tests paragraphs C. and D.
Subtask 27-93-00-710-054-C
C. For the ELAC 1 FAULT or ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning:
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, push The MCDU shows the MDCU MENU page.
the MCDU MENU mode key.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the CFDS indica- The MCDU shows the CFDS MENU page.
tion.
3.Push the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM RE- The MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
PORT/TEST indication. page.
4.Push the line key adjacent to the F/CTL indica- The MCDU shows the F/CTL page.
tion.
5.Push the line key adjacent to the EFCS1 indica- The MCDU shows the EFCS1 page.
tion.
6.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND The MCDU shows the EFCS1 GROUND SCAN
SCAN indication. page.
7.Push the line key adjacent to the START
GROUND SCAN indication.
8.After two minutes, push the line key adjacent to
the GROUND SCAN STOP indication.
9.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND RE- Make sure that none of the following CFDS fault
PORT indication. messages are present:
· CFDS fault messages concerning acceleromet-
ers 3 (12CE3) and 4 (12CE4) and sidestick:
ELAC2 MON OR WIRING FROM ACCLRM3
12CE3,
ELAC2 COM OR WIRING FROM ACCLRM3
12CE3,
ACCLRM3 12CE3,
SEC2 OR WIRING FROM ACCLRM3 12CE3,
12CE4,
12CE4,
ACCLRM4 12CE4,
ELAC2 OR INPUT OF CAPT ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE1,
ELAC2 OR INPUT OF F/O ROLL CTL SSTU
4CE2,

ACTION RESULT
ELAC2 OR INPUT OF CAPT PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE3,
ELAC2 OR INPUT OF F/O PITCH CTL SSTU
4CE4,
SEC1(2)(3) OR INPUT OF CAPT ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE1,
SEC1(2)(3) OR INPUT OF F/O ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE2,
SEC1(2) OR INPUT OF CAPT PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE3,
SEC1(2) OR INPUT OF F/O PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE4,
CAPT ROLL CTL SSTU 4CE1,
F/O ROLL CTL SSTU 4CE2,
CAPT PITCH CTL SSTU 4CE3,
F/O PITCH CTL SSTU 4CE4.
· CFDS fault messages concerning SEC1 or

SEC2 pitch changeover logic or to SEC2 pitch
control failure:
CHECK PITCH CHANGE OVER OF SEC1,
SEC2 OR WIRING FROM L G ELEV POS
XCDR 34CE1,
SEC2 OR WIRING FROM R Y ELEV POS
XCDR 34CE2,
SEC2 OR WIRING FROM L ELEV POS MON
XCDR,
SEC2 OR WIRING FROM R ELEV POS MON
XCDR,
SEC2 COM OR WIRING TO L G ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE1,
SEC2 COM OR WIRING TO R Y ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE2,
SEC2 MON OR WIRING TO L G ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE1,
SEC2 MON OR WIRING TO R Y ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE2,
SEC2 OR WIRING FROM L B ELEV MODE
XCDR 34CE3,
SEC2 OR WIRING FROM R B ELEV MODE
XCDR 34CE4,
SEC2 MON OR WIRING TO L B ELEV SOL
VLV 34CE3,
SEC2 MON OR WIRING TO R B ELEV SOL
VLV 34CE4.
10.On the MCDU, push the line select key adja- The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.
cent to the RETURN indication until the CFDS
menu page comes into view.
Subtask 27-93-00-710-055-A
D. For the ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning:

(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the overhead panel 23VU: On the overhead panel 23VU:
· release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch. · the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbut-
· release the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch · the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbut-
· release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton ton switch comes on.
switch. · the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 push-
3.Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic
systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-863-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-863-001) .
· make sure that the FLAPS control lever is in
the 0 position.
5.On the center pedestal: The THS moves out of the neutral position.
· move the THS with the pitch-trim control
wheels out of the neutral position.
· push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch. · the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbut-
The THS must return to the neutral position (elec-
tric motor 3 in operation).
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-93-00-860-059-A
(1) For the ELAC 1 FAULT warning :
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch, to tell the crew that the
ELAC 1 is deactivated.
(b) Open the circuit breakers 15CE1 and 16CE1.
(c) Make an entry in the log-book.
(2) For the ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning :
(a) On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF legend goes off).
(b) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
(c) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-864-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-864-001) .
Subtask 27-93-00-862-055-A
Subtask 27-93-00-410-052-A
C. Close Access


End of document

27-64-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Spoiler Servo Control
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-64-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Spoiler Servo Control

FIN : 31CE1 , 31CE2 , 31CE3 , 31CE4 , 31CE5 , 31CE6 , 31CE7 , 31CE8 , 31CE9 , 31CE10
Task Summary
MMEL 27-64-01A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-02A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-03A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-04A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-05A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2

MMEL 27-64-01A
Spoiler 5
MMEL 27-64-02A
Spoiler 1 or 3
MMEL 27-64-03A
Spoiler 2 or 4
MMEL 27-64-04A
Spoilers 1 and 2
MMEL 27-64-05A
Spoilers 3 and 4



No specific AR TOMMY BAR DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - METALLIC
(98D27603002000) 1 KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE
OR OR
(98D27803000000) 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27903500000) 2 PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

580 LEFT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
680 RIGHT WING FLAPS AND SPOILERS
FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)
573BB
FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
675GB
673BB
FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)
575BB
FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)
675BB
FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
575DB
FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)
675DB
575EB
675EB
575GB
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-008-A). Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-008-A-01). Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-009-A). Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-009-A-01). Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground

(Ref. 27-64-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation
Cart
of the PTU
Deactivation and Reactivation of the Servocontrol SHEET 1
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-002-A). Removal of the Access Panels 571AB(671AB), 573AB(673AB),
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-002-A). Installation of the Access Panels 571AB(671AB), 573AB(673AB),
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-004-A). Removal of the Access Panels 575AB(675AB), 575BB(675BB),
575CB(675CB), 575DB(675DB), 575EB(675EB), 575FB(675FB),
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-004-A). Installation of the Access Panels 575AB(675AB), 575BB(675BB),
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB
573BB Z580
575DB
A
A
A
575EB
A
A 575BB
A
A
Z680
673BB
A 675BB
675DB
675EB
675GB
A
A
2
1
B
3
M
O
MAINTENANCE DEVICE MAINTENANCE DEVICE

POST GOODRICH VSB PRE GOODRICH VSB
31077-27-15 31077-27-15
N_MM_276400_4_AAC0_01_02
N_MM_276400_4_AAD0_01_01
Figure 27-64-00-991-00700-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Deactivation and Reactivation of the Servocontrol

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. Deactivation and Reactivation of the Servocontrol SHEET 1)
Subtask 27-64-00-860-057-A
(2) Extend the flaps (Ref. AMM TASK 27-50-00-866-008) .
(3) On the overhead panel 23VU :
· Release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes
on).
· Release the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends come on).
(5) On the panel 114VU, put the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
POSITION (98D27803000000) in position on the flap and slat control lever.
(6) Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in position on each side-stick controller.
(7) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons not to touch the side
sticks.
(8) Depressurize the hydraulic system related to the spoiler that you must deactivate.
(a) For the spoiler 1 or 5, depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-864-
001) .
(b) For the spoiler 2 or 4, depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-864-
001) .
(c) For the spoiler 3, depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
(9) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in :
(a) Zone 580 for the left spoilers.
(b) Zone 680 for the right spoilers.
(10) Open the applicable access panels:
(a) FOR 31CE1 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, L G)
· The access panel 573BB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-002) .
(b) FOR 31CE2 (SERVO CTL-SPLR1, R G)
(c) FOR 31CE3 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, L Y)
(d) FOR 31CE4 (SERVO CTL-SPLR2, R Y)
(e) FOR 31CE5 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, L B)
· The access panel 575DB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-004) .
(f) FOR 31CE6 (SERVO CTL-SPLR3, R B)
(g) FOR 31CE7 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, L Y)
· The access panel 575EB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-004) .
(h) FOR 31CE8 (SERVO CTL-SPLR4, R Y)

(i) FOR 31CE9 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, L G)

· The access panel 575GB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-004) .
(j) FOR 31CE10 (SERVO CTL-SPLR5, R G)
(11) Before you de-activate a servocontrol, make sure that it has no external leaks.
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-64-00-040-052-B
A. Deactivation of the Spoiler Servocontrol
NOTE: When you deactivate a spoiler servocontrol, it is not necessary to deactivate the symmetrical spoil-
er on the other wing. (This spoiler is inhibited automatically by the SEC).
(1) If there is no plate with the 'O' and 'M' indications on the maintenance device (PRE GOODRICH VSB
31077-27-15):
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY A HIGH TORQUE LOAD ON THE KEY SPOILER MAINTENANCE
TOOL WHEN YOU SET THE SERVOCONTROL TO OPERATIONAL MODE OR
MAINTENANCE MODE.
IF YOU APPLY A HIGH TORQUE LOAD, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TOOL
AND/OR TO THE SERVOCONTROL.
(a) Install the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or KEY-SPOILER

MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) (3) on the servocontrol and turn it a quarter turn
counterclockwise.
The servocontrol is in maintenance position.
NOTE: The necessary torque to operate the maintenance device is 0.350 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in). If
0.350 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) is not enough to turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE, it is
possible that the maintenance device is damaged. To prevent more damage to the main-
tenance device, remove the spoiler servo control and send it back to the supplier for ana-
lysis.
1 If necessary, use a TOMMY BAR DIA 4 MM (0,157 IN) - METALLIC to turn the spoiler
maintenance key.
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the receptacle (1) of the servocontrol.
(c) Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector (2) and receptacle (1).
(d) Attach the electrical connector (2) to a hydraulic line with a TIE WRAP.
(e) Make sure that the spoiler is in the fully retracted position.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT NO SPOILER MAINTENANCE KEY STAYS ENGAGED IN THE
MAINTENANCE DEVICE HOUSING. AERODYNAMIC FORCES WILL CAUSE UN-
WANTED MOVEMENT OF THE SPOILER IF THE MAINTENANCE KEY STAYS IN
ITS HOUSING.
MAINTENANCE MODE.

(f) Turn the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002000) or KEY-SPOILER

MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) (3) a quarter turn clockwise and remove it.
The servocontrol is in operational position.
lysis.
maintenance key.
NOTE: The defective servocontrol must stay hydraulically connected to the aircraft hydraulic
system.
(g) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
ITS HOUSING.
(h) Gradually apply a manual force to the spoiler surface trailing-edge and make sure that you
cannot extend the spoiler.
NOTE: If you can extend the spoiler manually with the servocontrol in the operational position:
- It is necessary to replace the spoiler servocontrol.
(i) On the overhead panel 23VU:

· Push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes
off).
(j) On the overhead panel 24VU:
· Push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
switches, the OFF legends go off).
(k) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal, push the F/CTL key. On the ECAM lower
display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view.
(l) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-863-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003) .
(2) If there is a plate with the 'O' and 'M' indications on the maintenance device (POST GOODRICH VSB
31077-27-15):
MAINTENANCE MODE.


counterclockwise to the 'M' position (Maintenance).
lysis.
maintenance key.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE STOP OF THE HEXAGONAL-HEAD CONTROL SWITCH IS
AGAINST THE LETTER 'O' ON THE HOUSING.
IF IT IS AGAINST THE LETTER 'M', AERODYNAMIC FORCES WILL CAUSE UN-
WANTED MOVEMENT OF THE SPOILER AND POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO EQUIP-
MENT.
MAINTENANCE MODE.

MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001) (3) a quarter turn clockwise to the 'O' position (Operation)
and remove it.
lysis.
maintenance key.
system.


ITS HOUSING.

off).
display-unit, the F/CTL page comes into view.
Subtask 27-64-00-710-054-A
B. Test of the Spoiler
(1) During the operational test that follows:
(a) Do a visual check from the ground:
· Make sure that the spoiler with the deactivated servocontrol and its symmetrical on the other
wing do not extend when they are operated.
· Make sure that the spoilers are in the fully retracted position.
(b) In the cockpit, on the System Display:
· Make sure that the spoiler with the deactivated servocontrol stays amber with its symmetrical
on the other wing.
· Make sure that the amber F/CTL SPOILER FAULT message is shown on the EWD.
(2) Do the operational test of the spoilers (Ref. AMM TASK 27-64-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-056-A
(1) On the panel 114VU, remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
POSITION (98D27803000000) from the flap and slat control lever.
(2) Retract the flaps (Ref. AMM TASK 27-50-00-866-009) .
(3) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-864-001)
(4) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) and the warning notice from each side-
stick controller.
(5) Close the applicable access panels:


(6) Remove access platform(s).
(8) Make an entry in the log-book and record the defective servocontrol.
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-64-00-040-001-A

Task Summary
MMEL 27-64-01A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-02A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-03A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-04A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-05A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2

MMEL 27-64-01A
Spoiler 5
MMEL 27-64-02A
Spoiler 1 or 3
MMEL 27-64-03A
Spoiler 2 or 4
MMEL 27-64-04A
Spoilers 1 and 2
MMEL 27-64-05A
Spoilers 3 and 4



OR OR

573BB
675GB
673BB
575BB
675BB
575DB
675DB
575EB
675EB
575GB
Power
1(2)

Cart
of the PTU
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB
573BB Z580
575DB
A
A
A
575EB
A
A 575BB
A
A
Z680
673BB
A 675BB
675DB
675EB
675GB
A
A
2
1
B
3
M
O

31077-27-15 31077-27-15
N_MM_276400_4_AAC0_01_02
N_MM_276400_4_AAD0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-057-A
on).
sticks.
001) .
001) .


4. Procedure
Subtask 27-64-00-040-052-B
31077-27-15):
MAINTENANCE MODE.

counterclockwise.
lysis.
maintenance key.
ITS HOUSING.
MAINTENANCE MODE.


lysis.
maintenance key.
system.
ITS HOUSING.

off).
31077-27-15):
MAINTENANCE MODE.


lysis.
maintenance key.
MENT.
MAINTENANCE MODE.

and remove it.
lysis.
maintenance key.
system.


ITS HOUSING.

off).
Subtask 27-64-00-710-054-A
on the other wing.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-056-A
stick controller.


End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-64-00-040-001-A

Task Summary
MMEL 27-64-01A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-02A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-03A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-04A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-05A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2

MMEL 27-64-01A
Spoiler 5
MMEL 27-64-02A
Spoiler 1 or 3
MMEL 27-64-03A
Spoiler 2 or 4
MMEL 27-64-04A
Spoilers 1 and 2
MMEL 27-64-05A
Spoilers 3 and 4



OR OR

573BB
675GB
673BB
575BB
675BB
575DB
675DB
575EB
675EB
575GB
Power
1(2)

Cart
of the PTU
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB
573BB Z580
575DB
A
A
A
575EB
A
A 575BB
A
A
Z680
673BB
A 675BB
675DB
675EB
675GB
A
A
2
1
B
3
M
O

31077-27-15 31077-27-15
N_MM_276400_4_AAC0_01_02
N_MM_276400_4_AAD0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-057-A
on).
sticks.
001) .
001) .


4. Procedure
Subtask 27-64-00-040-052-B
31077-27-15):
MAINTENANCE MODE.

counterclockwise.
lysis.
maintenance key.
ITS HOUSING.
MAINTENANCE MODE.


lysis.
maintenance key.
system.
ITS HOUSING.

off).
31077-27-15):
MAINTENANCE MODE.


lysis.
maintenance key.
MENT.
MAINTENANCE MODE.

and remove it.
lysis.
maintenance key.
system.


ITS HOUSING.

off).
Subtask 27-64-00-710-054-A
on the other wing.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-056-A
stick controller.


End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-64-00-040-001-A

Task Summary
MMEL 27-64-01A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-02A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-03A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-04A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-05A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2

MMEL 27-64-01A
Spoiler 5
MMEL 27-64-02A
Spoiler 1 or 3
MMEL 27-64-03A
Spoiler 2 or 4
MMEL 27-64-04A
Spoilers 1 and 2
MMEL 27-64-05A
Spoilers 3 and 4



OR OR

573BB
675GB
673BB
575BB
675BB
575DB
675DB
575EB
675EB
575GB
Power
1(2)

Cart
of the PTU
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB
573BB Z580
575DB
A
A
A
575EB
A
A 575BB
A
A
Z680
673BB
A 675BB
675DB
675EB
675GB
A
A
2
1
B
3
M
O

31077-27-15 31077-27-15
N_MM_276400_4_AAC0_01_02
N_MM_276400_4_AAD0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-057-A
on).
sticks.
001) .
001) .


4. Procedure
Subtask 27-64-00-040-052-B
31077-27-15):
MAINTENANCE MODE.

counterclockwise.
lysis.
maintenance key.
ITS HOUSING.
MAINTENANCE MODE.


lysis.
maintenance key.
system.
ITS HOUSING.

off).
31077-27-15):
MAINTENANCE MODE.


lysis.
maintenance key.
MENT.
MAINTENANCE MODE.

and remove it.
lysis.
maintenance key.
system.


ITS HOUSING.

off).
Subtask 27-64-00-710-054-A
on the other wing.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-056-A
stick controller.


End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-64-00-040-001-A

Task Summary
MMEL 27-64-01A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-02A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-03A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-04A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2
MMEL 27-64-05A YES YES YES 01.0 00.8 2

MMEL 27-64-01A
Spoiler 5
MMEL 27-64-02A
Spoiler 1 or 3
MMEL 27-64-03A
Spoiler 2 or 4
MMEL 27-64-04A
Spoilers 1 and 2
MMEL 27-64-05A
Spoilers 3 and 4



OR OR

573BB
675GB
673BB
575BB
675BB
575DB
675DB
575EB
675EB
575GB
Power
1(2)

Cart
of the PTU
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)

575GB
573BB Z580
575DB
A
A
A
575EB
A
A 575BB
A
A
Z680
673BB
A 675BB
675DB
675EB
675GB
A
A
2
1
B
3
M
O

31077-27-15 31077-27-15
N_MM_276400_4_AAC0_01_02
N_MM_276400_4_AAD0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-057-A
on).
sticks.
001) .
001) .


4. Procedure
Subtask 27-64-00-040-052-B
31077-27-15):
MAINTENANCE MODE.

counterclockwise.
lysis.
maintenance key.
ITS HOUSING.
MAINTENANCE MODE.


lysis.
maintenance key.
system.
ITS HOUSING.

off).
31077-27-15):
MAINTENANCE MODE.


lysis.
maintenance key.
MENT.
MAINTENANCE MODE.

and remove it.
lysis.
maintenance key.
system.


ITS HOUSING.

off).
Subtask 27-64-00-710-054-A
on the other wing.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-64-00-860-056-A
stick controller.


End of document

Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat Channel
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-51-00-040-005-A
Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat Channel
FIN : 21CV , 22CV
Task Summary
MMEL 27-81-01A NO NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 27-81-01A
SFCC Slat Channel
NOTE: For the deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 flap channel refer to TASK 27-51-00-040-001.



(Ref. 20-16-00-912-001-A). Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 27-54-00-710-002-A). Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems
(Ref. 27-80-00-869-004-A). Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Slat System on the Ground
(Ref. 27-81-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake
(Ref. 27-84-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Slat System
(Ref. 31-32-00-860-001-A). Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu Page
Ref. ESPM 20-10-00
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-075-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slats and flaps.
Subtask 27-51-00-861-057-A
B. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 27-51-00-865-096-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 27-51-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No.2 Slat Channel
(1) When you do this procedure, it can be necessary to open circuit breaker 11CV (Ref. AMM TASK 20-
16-00-912-001) .
(a) This circuit breaker has a red threaded bush. To open this circuit breaker you need a special tool
Ref. ESPM 20-10-00
(2) Do this procedure:
ACTION RESULT
· get access to the Flight Controls (F/CTL) SYS- · the F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT TEST PAGE is
TEM REPORT/TEST page (Ref. AMM TASK shown
31-32-00-860-001)
· push in the key adjacent to < SFCC1 · the SFCC1 menu is shown
· push in the key adjacent to < SYSTEM · < NO FAULTS > is shown except SLT 1 NO
STATUS SLAT SFCC 2 DATA and/or SLT 1 NO SFCC 2 DATA
CHECK WIRING AND SFCC 2

ACTION RESULT
· push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page is shown
· push in the key adjacent to <SFCC2 · the SFCC2 menu is shown
NOTE: If the MCDU shows < NO RESPONSE >

for SFCC 2, go to paragraph D.
· push in the key adjacent to < SYSTEM · the SYSTEM STATUS SLAT page is shown
STATUS SLAT
· if SLT SYS LOCKED is shown, reset the wing
tip brakes of the slat system with SFCC 2
(Ref. AMM TASK 27-80-00-869-004)
· if the reset of the WTBs (of the slat system) · the 28V power supply from SFCC 2 to the WTBs
with SFCC 2 cannot be completed satisfactor- is disconnected.
ily, open the circuit breaker 11CV (Ref. AMM
TASK 20-16-00-912-001) .
· push in the key adjacent to < RETURN until
the F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page is
shown.
Subtask 27-51-00-865-078-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-865-118-A

Subtask 27-51-00-710-074-A
D. Test
NOTE: This paragraph is applicable only if the MCDU shows < NO RESPONSE > for SFCC 2.
(1) Do the Operational Test of the Slat System (Ref. AMM TASK 27-84-00-710-001) .
(a) If the WTB is set due to failure of the Slat 2 channel, the message "FLAPS LEVER ....RECYCLE"
will trigger on ECAM.
(2) If the message to recycle the Flap control lever shows on ECAM, open the circuit breaker 11CV
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-16-00-912-001) .

NOTE: WTB stays open.
Subtask 27-51-00-040-053-A
E. Deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 Slat Channel (Continued)
(1) Do the Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems (Ref. AMM TASK 27-54-00-710-002) .
(2) Do the WTB/POB test with SFCC No. 1 (slat system) only (Ref. AMM TASK 27-81-00-710-001) .
SFCC 1
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED.
(4) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration:

shown.
(5) Deactivation of the SFCC 2 slat channel:
(a) Open and safety circuit breaker 7CV.
(b) Attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) to the circuit breaker 7CV (in the cockpit) to tell persons that the
slat channel for SFCC 2 is deactivated.
(c) Make an entry in the aircraft technical logbook that the SFCC No. 2 slat channel is deactivated.
(6) If the circuit breaker 11CV, was opened in the test procedure:
· attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) to the circuit breaker 11CV (in the cockpit) to tell persons that the
28V power supply (from SFCC 2 to the WTB) is disconnected (Ref. AMM TASK 20-16-00-912-
001) .
Subtask 27-51-00-869-065-A
F. Cockpit Effects
(1) On the ECAM EWD:
· The message 'F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT' shows.
· The message 'F/CTL MAINTENANCE' can show.
· The message 'SFCS MAINTENANCE' can show.
NOTE: These status messages will only show in flight phases 1 and 10.

· The message 'SLATS SLOW' shows.

NOTE: This status message will not show in flight phases 1 and 10.
(4) Make an entry in the aircraft technical logbook that the SFCC 2 Slat Channel is deactivated.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-51-00-862-058-A
A. De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 27-51-00-865-105-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-942-070-A
items.
End of document

27-81-00-040-001-A - Slat WTB Solenoids - WTB Test Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-81-00-040-001-A
Slat WTB Solenoids - WTB Test Procedure
FIN : 21CV
Task Summary
MMEL 27-81-02A NO NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 27-81-02A
Slat Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid

(Ref. 27-81-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-81-00-941-059-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the slat system.

Subtask 27-81-00-861-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) In the deactivation procedure that follows it is necessary to do the WTB/POB test with SFCC 1
(Ref. AMM TASK 27-81-00-710-001) .
Prepare to pressurize the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-81-00-865-070-A

MONG/SYS2
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-81-00-040-050-A
A. Slat WTB Solenoids - WTB Test Procedure
(1) Do the WTB/POB test with SFCC No. 1 (slat system) (Ref. AMM TASK 27-81-00-710-001) .
SFCC 1
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED
NOTE: You can only dispatch the aircraft if the WTB/POB test was successful.
(3) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(a) On the MCDU, push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the CFDS Menu page is shown.
(b) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key and make sure that the MCDU MAIN Menu is shown.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-81-00-865-073-A

MONG/SYS2
Subtask 27-81-00-942-056-A

items.
End of document

27-92-00-040-003-A - Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-92-00-040-003-A
Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System

MMEL 27-92-02A
Ground Spoiler Control System (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 78-31-00-710-041-A). Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with the CFDS
(Ref. 78-31-00-710-041-A-02). Operational test of the Thrust Reverser without the CFDS and Engine
Running
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. 78-31-00-710-042-A). Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

(Ref. 78-31-00-710-805-A). Operational Test of Thrust Reverser with MCDU
(Ref. 78-31-00-710-805-A-01). Thrust Reverser Cycling Test (Engine Running)
** ON A/C ALL
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-92-00-861-052-A
Subtask 27-92-00-865-052-A

27-92-00-040-003-A - Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-92-00-860-054-A
· make sure that the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the
FAULT and OFF legends are off).
· make sure that the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches are pushed (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 27-92-00-710-052-B
A. Do the operational test of the thrust reverser system (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-00-710-041)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 27-92-00-710-052-E
A. Do the operational test of the thrust reverser system (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-00-710-042)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 27-92-00-710-052-G
A. Do the operational test of the thrust reverser system (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-00-710-805) .
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-92-00-862-051-A
(1) Make an applicable entry in the logbook.
End of document

27-93-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Elevator Aileron Computer
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-93-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Elevator Aileron Computer
FIN : 2CE1 , 2CE2

MMEL 27-93-01A
ELAC 1


822
Power
1(2)
of the PTU
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-93-00-861-051-A
Subtask 27-93-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access


Subtask 27-93-00-865-051-A

26VAC
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C ALL


** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C ALL
MONG/SYS2
SPLY
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-93-00-040-050-A
A. If the ELAC 1 FAULT warning is in view on the upper ECAM display unit:


· the FAULT legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is on.
(2) On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF legend comes on).
· the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT
legends are off).
(4) Do the test paragraph C. only.
Subtask 27-93-00-040-051-A
B. If the ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is in view on the upper ECAM display unit:
(1) Do the tests paragraphs C. and D.
Subtask 27-93-00-710-051-C
C. For the ELAC 1 FAULT or ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning:
(1) Do this test before each flight:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, push The MCDU shows the MDCU MENU page.
tion.
tion.
5.Push the line key adjacent to the EFCS1 indica- The MCDU shows the EFCS1 page.
tion.
6.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND The MCDU shows the EFCS1 GROUND SCAN
GROUND SCAN indication.
8.After two minutes, push the line key adjacent to
the GROUND SCAN STOP indication.
9.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND RE- Make sure that none of the following CFDS fault
PORT indication. messages are present:
· CFDS fault messages concerning acceleromet-
ers 3 (12CE3) and 4 (12CE4) and sidestick:
12CE3,
12CE3,
ACCLRM3 12CE3,
12CE4,
12CE4,
ACCLRM4 12CE4,

ACTION RESULT
ELAC2 OR INPUT OF CAPT ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE1,
ELAC2 OR INPUT OF F/O ROLL CTL SSTU
4CE2,
ELAC2 OR INPUT OF CAPT PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE3,
ELAC2 OR INPUT OF F/O PITCH CTL SSTU
4CE4,
SEC1(2)(3) OR INPUT OF CAPT ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE1,
SEC1(2)(3) OR INPUT OF F/O ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE2,
SEC1(2) OR INPUT OF CAPT PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE3,
SEC1(2) OR INPUT OF F/O PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE4,
CAPT PITCH CTL SSTU 4CE3,
· CFDS fault messages concerning SEC1 or

SEC2 pitch changeover logic or to SEC2 pitch
control failure:
XCDR 34CE1,
XCDR 34CE2,
XCDR,
XCDR,
SERVO VLV 34CE1,
SERVO VLV 34CE2,
SERVO VLV 34CE1,
SERVO VLV 34CE2,
XCDR 34CE3,
XCDR 34CE4,
VLV 34CE3,
VLV 34CE4.

Subtask 27-93-00-710-052-A
D. For the ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning:
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
· release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch. · the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbut-
· release the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch · the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbut-
· release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton ton switch comes on.
switch. · the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 push-
3.Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic
systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-863-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-863-001) .
· make sure that the FLAPS control lever is in
the 0 position.
5.On the center pedestal: The THS moves out of the neutral position.
· move the THS with the pitch-trim control
wheels out of the neutral position.
· push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch. · the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbut-
The THS must return to the neutral position (elec-
tric motor 3 in operation).
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-93-00-860-050-A
(1) For the ELAC 1 FAULT warning :
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch, to tell the crew that the
ELAC 1 is deactivated.
(b) Open the circuit breakers 15CE1 and 16CE1.
(c) Make an entry in the log-book.
(2) For the ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning :
(a) On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
(b) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
(c) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-864-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-864-001) .
Subtask 27-93-00-862-051-A
Subtask 27-93-00-410-051-A

C. Close Access
End of document

27-94-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-94-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC)
FIN : 1CE1 , 1CE2

MMEL 27-94-01A
SEC 1
MMEL 27-94-02A
SEC 2


822
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-94-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panel 23VU:
· Make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed. (On this pushbutton switch the
OFF legend is off).
(3) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panel 24VU
OFF legend is off).

Subtask 27-94-00-010-053-A
B. Get Access
(2) Open access door 822.
(3) At the battery power center 105VU:
Subtask 27-94-00-865-053-A

26VAC
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C ALL


** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C ALL
MONG/SYS2
SPLY
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-94-00-040-050-B
A. Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC1) or (SEC2)

ACTION RESULT
1.Open circuit breakers 21CE1 and 22CE
(SEC1), or 21CE2 (SEC2).
NOTE: The spoilers related to the SEC deactiv-

ated will not operate.
2.On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, push The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.
tion.
tion.
6.Push the line key adjacent to the EFCS1(2) in- The MCDU shows the EFCS1(2) page.
dication.
7.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND The MCDU shows the EFCS1(2) GROUND SCAN
GROUND SCAN indication and wait for two
minutes.
9.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND
SCAN STOP indication.
10.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND Make sure that none of the CFDS fault messages
REPORT indication. that follow are there:
· CFDS fault messages related to sidestick:
ELAC1(2) OR INPUT OF CAPT ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE1,
ELAC1(2) OR INPUT OF F/O ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE2,
ELAC1(2) OR INPUT OF CAPT PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE3,
ELAC1(2) OR INPUT OF F/O PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE4,
SEC1(2)(3) (the non defective SECs) OR IN-
PUT OF CAPT ROLL CTL SSTU 4CE1,
PUT OF F/O ROLL CTL SSTU 4CE2,
SEC1(2) (the non defective SECs) OR INPUT
OF CAPT PITCH CTL SSTU 4CE3,
OF F/O PITCH CTL SSTU 4CE4,
CAPT PITCH CTL SSTU 4CE3 and
· CFDS fault messages related to pitch control

from the opposite SEC, if SEC1 not in operation:
XCDR 34CE1,

ACTION RESULT
XCDR 34CE2,
XCDR,
XCDR,
SERVO VLV 34CE1,
SERVO VLV 34CE2,
SERVO VLV 34CE1,
SERVO VLV 34CE2,
XCDR 34CE3,
XCDR 34CE4,
VLV 34CE3 and
VLV 34CE4.

SEC1 OR WIRING FROM L B ELEV POS
XCDR 34CE3,
SEC1 OR WIRING FROM R B ELEV POS
XCDR 34CE4,
XCDR,
XCDR,
SEC1 COM OR WIRING TO L B ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE3,
SEC1 COM OR WIRING TO R B ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE4,
SEC1 MON OR WIRING TO L B ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE3,
SEC1 MON OR WIRING TO R B ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE4,
SEC1 OR WIRING FROM L G ELEV MODE
XCDR 34CE1,
SEC1 OR WIRING FROM R Y ELEV MODE
XCDR 34CE2,
SEC1 MON OR WIRING TO L G ELEV SOL
VLV 34CE1 and
SEC1 MON OR WIRING TO R Y ELEV SOL
VLV 34CE2.

5. Close-up
Subtask 27-94-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 27-94-00-860-057-A
(1) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panel 23VU or 24VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the
pushbutton switch related to the SEC that you deactivated.
(2) Make an entry in the log book.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-94-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC)
FIN : 1CE1 , 1CE2

MMEL 27-94-01A
SEC 1
MMEL 27-94-02A
SEC 2


822
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-94-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panel 23VU:
OFF legend is off).
(3) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panel 24VU
OFF legend is off).

Subtask 27-94-00-010-053-A
B. Get Access
(3) At the battery power center 105VU:
Subtask 27-94-00-865-053-A

26VAC
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SPLY
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
SPLY
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C ALL


** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C ALL
MONG/SYS2
SPLY
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-94-00-040-050-B
A. Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC1) or (SEC2)

ACTION RESULT
1.Open circuit breakers 21CE1 and 22CE
(SEC1), or 21CE2 (SEC2).
NOTE: The spoilers related to the SEC deactiv-

ated will not operate.
2.On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, push The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.
tion.
tion.
6.Push the line key adjacent to the EFCS1(2) in- The MCDU shows the EFCS1(2) page.
dication.
7.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND The MCDU shows the EFCS1(2) GROUND SCAN
GROUND SCAN indication and wait for two
minutes.
9.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND
SCAN STOP indication.
10.Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND Make sure that none of the CFDS fault messages
REPORT indication. that follow are there:
· CFDS fault messages related to sidestick:
ELAC1(2) OR INPUT OF CAPT ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE1,
ELAC1(2) OR INPUT OF F/O ROLL CTL
SSTU 4CE2,
ELAC1(2) OR INPUT OF CAPT PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE3,
ELAC1(2) OR INPUT OF F/O PITCH CTL
SSTU 4CE4,
PUT OF CAPT ROLL CTL SSTU 4CE1,
PUT OF F/O ROLL CTL SSTU 4CE2,
OF CAPT PITCH CTL SSTU 4CE3,
OF F/O PITCH CTL SSTU 4CE4,
CAPT PITCH CTL SSTU 4CE3 and

XCDR 34CE1,

ACTION RESULT
XCDR 34CE2,
XCDR,
XCDR,
SERVO VLV 34CE1,
SERVO VLV 34CE2,
SERVO VLV 34CE1,
SERVO VLV 34CE2,
XCDR 34CE3,
XCDR 34CE4,
VLV 34CE3 and
VLV 34CE4.

SEC1 OR WIRING FROM L B ELEV POS
XCDR 34CE3,
SEC1 OR WIRING FROM R B ELEV POS
XCDR 34CE4,
XCDR,
XCDR,
SEC1 COM OR WIRING TO L B ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE3,
SEC1 COM OR WIRING TO R B ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE4,
SEC1 MON OR WIRING TO L B ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE3,
SEC1 MON OR WIRING TO R B ELEV
SERVO VLV 34CE4,
SEC1 OR WIRING FROM L G ELEV MODE
XCDR 34CE1,
SEC1 OR WIRING FROM R Y ELEV MODE
XCDR 34CE2,
SEC1 MON OR WIRING TO L G ELEV SOL
VLV 34CE1 and
SEC1 MON OR WIRING TO R Y ELEV SOL
VLV 34CE2.

5. Close-up
Subtask 27-94-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 27-94-00-860-057-A
(1) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panel 23VU or 24VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the
pushbutton switch related to the SEC that you deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

27-94-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 3 (SEC)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-94-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 3 (SEC)
FIN : 1CE3
MMEL 27-94-03P
SEC 3 (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 27-94-00-861-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 27-94-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 3 (SEC)
ACTION RESULT
1.On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panel On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panel 24VU:
24VU: · The OFF legend of the SEC3 pushbutton switch
· Release the SEC3 pushbutton switch. comes on.
2.On the circuit breaker panel 121VU:
· Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
21CE3.

27-94-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Spoiler Elevator Computer 3 (SEC)
ACTION RESULT
NOTE: The spoilers associated to the SEC3 will be

inoperative.
5. Close-up
Subtask 27-94-00-860-059-A
(1) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panel 24VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the pushbutton
switch SEC3.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

28-40-00-040-003-A - Check of the Fuel Quantity Indicating
System, When an Outer Tank Indication is Unserviceable
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 28-40-00-040-003-A
Check of the Fuel Quantity Indicating System, When an Outer Tank Indication is Unserviceable
Task Summary
MMEL 28-07-01-03A NO YES NO 00.7 00.7 1
MMEL 28-07-01-03C NO YES NO 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 28-07-01-03A
Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
MMEL 28-07-01-03C

(Ref. 12-11-28-650-007-A). Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 28-00-00-910-001-A). Fuel Safety Procedures
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-059-A

WARNING: OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures when you do work on the fuel system
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is refueled for the subsequent flight.
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-052-A
A. Make sure that the Fuel Tank Contains the Correct Quantity of Fuel
(1) To make sure that the applicable fuel tank contains the correct quantity of fuel, do one of these
subsequent steps:
· Read the FUEL QTY display on the Multi-Tank Indicator (MTI) 6QT, on the Refuel/Defuel Control
Panel 800VU.
or,
· Read the applicable MLIs (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-007) .
Subtask 28-40-00-040-053-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-040-054-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-941-052-A
B. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell the flight crew that:
· the applicable outer tank ECAM fuel quantity indication is unserviceable.
(2) Write an applicable entry in the aircraft technical log.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-862-052-A
A. De-energize the Electrical Circuits
Subtask 28-40-00-942-056-A
items.
End of document

28-40-00-040-802-A - Check of the High Level Fuel-Detection-
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 28-40-00-040-802-A
Check of the High Level Fuel-Detection-System, When an Outer Tank Indication is Unserviceable

MMEL 28-07-01-03B
MMEL 28-07-01-03D

(Ref. 12-11-28-650-003-A). Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 28-25-00-650-001-A). Pressure Defuel
(Ref. 28-46-00-710-001-A). Test of the Tank High-Level Sensing-System
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-072-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-860-077-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-086-A
(1) Do the procedure that follows:
(a) Do a test of the high level sensors (Ref. AMM TASK 28-46-00-710-001) .
(b) Fully refuel the wing tanks (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-003) until:
· The high level sensors operate
and
· On the Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU the high level lights come on.
(c) Multiply the total volume of the fuel refueled by its specific gravity. The result is the total mass of
the fuel refueled.
NOTE: The total quantity of the fuel is equal to the maximum capacity of the wing tanks. The dif-
ference between the maximum capacity and the quantity of the fuel uplifted is the quant-
ity of the fuel initially available before the refuel.
(d) If necessary, defuel the wing tanks to keep the necessary quantity of fuel for the subsequent
flight (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-650-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-040-088-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-040-089-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-941-073-A
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-860-078-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 28-40-00-942-070-A


items.
End of document

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 28-40-00-040-003-A
Check of the Fuel Quantity Indicating System, When an Outer Tank Indication is Unserviceable
Task Summary
MMEL 28-07-01-03A NO YES NO 00.7 00.7 1
MMEL 28-07-01-03C NO YES NO 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 28-07-01-03A
MMEL 28-07-01-03C

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-059-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-860-051-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-052-A
subsequent steps:
Panel 800VU.
or,
Subtask 28-40-00-040-053-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-040-054-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-941-052-A
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-862-052-A
A. De-energize the Electrical Circuits
Subtask 28-40-00-942-056-A
items.
End of document

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 28-40-00-040-802-A
Check of the High Level Fuel-Detection-System, When an Outer Tank Indication is Unserviceable

MMEL 28-07-01-03B
MMEL 28-07-01-03D

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-072-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-860-077-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-086-A
and
the fuel refueled.
Subtask 28-40-00-040-088-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-040-089-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-941-073-A
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-860-078-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 28-40-00-942-070-A


items.
End of document

28-28-00-040-020-A - Deactivation of the ACT Transfer Valve in the Closed Position
** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-020-A
Deactivation of the ACT Transfer Valve in the Closed Position
Task Summary
MMEL 28-07-01-05C NO NO YES 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 28-07-01-05C
Center Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page (FAA only)

No specific 1 TIE WRAP
(T720456) 1 TOOL - VALVE LOCKING
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 32-12-00-010-001-A). Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
(Ref. 32-12-00-410-001-A). Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
(Ref. 57-17-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Access Covers 147AZ (148AZ)
(Ref. 57-17-11-000-001-A-01). Removal of the Access Cover 148AZ or/and the ACT-Equipment Sup-
port Door
(Ref. 57-17-11-400-001-A). Installation of Access Covers 147AZ (148AZ)
(Ref. 57-17-11-400-001-A-01). Installation of Access Cover 148AZ or/and the ACT-Equipment Sup-
port-Door
ACT Fuel-Transfer Valve 165QM

FR42
FR36
A
Z140
6
FR42
C 5
165QM 1
4
3
7
PIN
SLOT
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_01_00
Figure 28-28-00-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - ACT Fuel-Transfer Valve 165QM

** ON A/C 401-415

CLOSED POSITION OPEN POSITION
A B
A B
OPEN POSITION CLOSED POSITION
A A B B
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_02_00

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-224-A
(1) Obey the fuel safety procedures when you work on the fuel system (Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-
001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(3) On the APU section of overhead panel 25VU make sure that the APU/MASTER SW pushbutton
(4) On the FUEL section of HYD/FUEL panel 40VU make sure that all tank pump pushbutton switches
are released (the OFF legends are on).
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position:
· On the APU section of overhead panel 25VU to tell persons not to operate the APU/MASTER SW
pushbutton switch
· On the FUEL section of panel 40VU to tell persons not to operate the fuel system
· On the ENG/APU FIRE panel located on overhead panel 20VU to tell persons not to operate the
fire extinguishing system
· On the Additional Center Tank (ACT) control section of panel 28VU, to tell persons not to operate
the fuel system.
Subtask 28-28-00-010-114-B
B. Get Access
(1) Open the left main-gear door for access (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position in the left MLG bay.
(3) Remove the ACT equipment-support door (Ref. AMM TASK 57-17-11-000-001) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. ACT Fuel-Transfer Valve 165QM)
Subtask 28-28-00-040-072-B
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU DIS-
CONNECT OR CONNECT THEM. CONTAMINATION ON THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
A. Deactivation of the ACT Fuel-Transfer Valve in the Closed Position
NOTE: A refuel of the ACT is not possible while ACT fuel-transfer valve is OFF in valve position CLOSED.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) and (4) from the receptacles of the ACT fuel-transfer valve-
actuator (2).
(3) Safety the electrical connectors (3) and (4) to the adjacent electrical harness with a TIE WRAP.
(4) Do a visual check of the indicator of the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2) to identify the position of
the valve:
· Indicator in horizontal position the transfer valve is OPEN
· Indicator in vertical position the transfer valve is CLOSED.
(5) Cut and discard the lockwire:

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) Cut and discard the lockwire from the screw (5).
(6) Loosen the screw (5) and remove the V-clamp (6) and the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2).
(7) Remove the O-ring (7) and discard it:
(a) Turn the shaft of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (1) to the closed position if necessary.
(b) Install the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) on the flange of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (1)
to lock it in the closed position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-225-B
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Install the ACT equipment-support door (Ref. AMM TASK 57-17-11-400-001) .
(4) Close the main gear doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(7) In the cockpit put a placard in position to tell the crew that the ACT fuel- transfer valve is OFF in valve
position CLOSED.
(8) On the refuel/defuel control panel 801VU put a placard in position to tell the ground crew: DO NOT
REFUEL THE ACT(s).
End of document

28-40-00-040-001-A - APU LP Valve Indication - Valve Closure Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-40-00-040-001-A
APU LP Valve Indication - Valve Closure Procedure
Task Summary
MMEL 28-07-04-02A NO YES YES 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 28-07-04-02A
APU LP Fuel Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page

(460005835) 1 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
(Ref. 28-29-00-040-002-A). APU LP VALVE - Deactivation
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-056-A
(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures when you work on the fuel system (Ref. AMM TASK 28-
00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-010-054-A

28-40-00-040-001-A - APU LP Valve Indication - Valve Closure Procedure
B. Get Access
(1) Open the MLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on the applicable MLG door
actuating-cylinder.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 219-220
Subtask 28-40-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the APU LP Valve
(1) Do the deactivation procedure of the APU LP valve (Ref. AMM TASK 28-29-00-040-002) .
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that the ECAM APU LP
valve indication is unserviceable.
(3) Make an entry in the aircraft-logbook that the APU fuel LP-valve (14QM) is locked in closed position
and the APU must not operate.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-203, 211-211, 217-217, 221-221, 227-228, 231-232, 236-238, 240-250
Subtask 28-40-00-040-050-B
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-210, 212-216, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 233-235, 239-239, 301-450, 500-600
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204
Subtask 28-40-00-040-050-C
End of document

System, When an Inner Tank Indication is Unserviceable
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-40-00-040-005-A
Check of the Fuel Quantity Indicating System, When an Inner Tank Indication is Unserviceable
Task Summary
MMEL 28-07-01-04A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 28-07-01-04A
Inner Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page

(Ref. 12-32-28-281-001-A). Drain Water Content
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-061-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-860-056-A
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-024, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 28-40-00-040-056-A
A. Make sure that the Fuel Tank Contains the Correct Quantity of Fuel (and not contamination such as
unwanted free water).
(1) Check for unwanted free water. (Ref. AMM TASK 12-32-28-281-001)
subsequent steps:
Panel 800VU,
or,
** ON A/C 025-100, 112-150, 208-208, 213-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349, 351-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-40-00-040-056-C
subsequent steps:
Panel 800VU,
or,
· Read the applicable MLIs (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-007) (if the inner tank contains more
than 2500 liters of fuel).
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 28-40-00-040-056-F

subsequent steps:
Panel 800VU,
or,
· Read the applicable MLIs (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-007) (if the wing tank contains between
2400 and 7000 liters of fuel).
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-40-00-040-057-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-040-058-A
DELETED
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 28-40-00-860-059-A
A. Aircraft Configuration
· the applicable wing tank inner-cell ECAM fuel quantity indication is unserviceable.
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 28-40-00-860-059-B
· the applicable wing tank ECAM fuel quantity indication is unserviceable.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-40-00-942-059-A
items.
End of document

System, When the Center Tank Indication is Unserviceable
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-40-00-040-006-A
Check of the Fuel Quantity Indicating System, When the Center Tank Indication is Unserviceable
Task Summary
MMEL 28-07-01-05A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 28-07-01-05A
Center Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page

(Ref. 12-11-28-650-004-A). Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-063-A

System, When the Center Tank Indication is Unserviceable
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-860-057-A
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is refueled for the next flight, (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-003) or
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-004) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-059-A
A. Fuel Configuration
(1) To make sure that the center tank contains the correct quantity of fuel, do one of these subsequent
steps:
· read the FUEL QTY CTR display on the Fuel Quantity Indicator 6QT, on the Refuel/Defuel Control
Panel 800VU,
or,
· read the MLI 92QM (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-007) .

Subtask 28-40-00-040-060-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-040-061-A
DELETED
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-860-060-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell the flight crew that the center tank ECAM fuel quantity
indication is unserviceable.
(3) Make a note in the aircraft technical log that the center tank ECAM fuel quantity indication is
unserviceable.
Subtask 28-40-00-942-060-A
items.
End of document

28-40-00-040-009-A - Engine LP Valve Indication - When ECAM Display Inoperative
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-40-00-040-009-A
Engine LP Valve Indication - When ECAM Display Inoperative

MMEL 28-07-04-01A
Engine LP Fuel Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 27-80-00-866-004-A). Extending the Slats on the Ground
(Ref. 27-80-00-866-005-A). Retracting the Slats on the Ground
(Ref. 57-41-37-000-003-A). Removal of the Access Panel
(Ref. 57-41-37-400-003-A). Installation of the Access Panel
LP Valve - Cockpit Component Location SHEET 1
LP Valve - Component Location and Detail SHEET 1

PANEL 115VU
MASTER 1 ENG MASTER 2

ON ON
115VU
PUSH
OFF
ENG MODE ENG OFF
AUTO IGN
1 2
CRANK IGN
FIRE FIRE
FAULT FAULT
1 2
ENGINE CONTROL PANEL
N_MM_284000_4_AEM0_01_00
Figure 28-40-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - LP Valve - Cockpit Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

ACCESS PANEL
522AT (622AT)
FRONT
SPAR
LP FUEL
VALVE
12QM
13QM
ACTUATOR
9QG
10QG
VALVE
B VALVE
CLOSED OPEN
SEE / FEEL
INDICATOR
N_MM_284000_4_AGM0_01_00
Figure 28-40-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - LP Valve - Component Location and Detail

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-066-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the slats.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the bleed air.
Subtask 28-40-00-010-058-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position in zone 522(622).
(2) Remove the applicable access panel(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-003) :
· for the LH LP valve 12QM, remove panel 522AT
· for the RH LP valve 13QM, remove panel 622AT.
Subtask 28-40-00-860-063-A
(1) Make sure that there is no bleed air.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(3) Fully extend the slats (Ref. AMM TASK 27-80-00-866-004) .
(4) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is on
the flap/slat control lever.
Subtask 28-40-00-865-057-A
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT1/ENG2 2QG A09
121VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT2/ENG2 4QG M26
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. LP Valve - Cockpit Component Location SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. LP Valve - Component Location and
Detail SHEET 1)
Subtask 28-40-00-040-079-A
A. Test of the valve 12QM
(1) In the test that follows, on each operation of the LP valve:
· make sure that the see/feel indicator operates smoothly, from the valve open (valve closed)
position to the valve closed (valve open) position
· make sure that the see/feel indicator marks are accurately aligned in the valve open position

· make sure that the see/feel indicator marks are at 90 degrees to each other in the valve closed
position.
(2) For the valve 12QM, do this test:
ACTION RESULT
· make sure that the ENG/MASTER 1 switch is in
the OFF position.
2.On the LP valve actuator 9QG: The indicator shows that the LP valve is closed.
· look at the position of the mechanical see/feel
indicator.
3.On the panel 121VU: The ENG 1 LP valve MOTOR 2 SUPPLY and
· Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit CONTROL are isolated.
breaker(s):
· 3QG.
4.On the panel 115VU: In zone 510, the LP valve moves to the open posi-
· put the ENG/MASTER 1 switch to the ON position.
tion.
5.On the LP valve actuator 9QG: The indicator shows that the LP valve is open.
indicator.
6.On the panel 115VU: In zone 510 the LP valve moves to the closed pos-
· put the ENG/MASTER 1 switch to the OFF position.
ition.
indicator.
· Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and CONTROL are energized.
close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
· 3QG.
Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit CONTROL are isolated.
breaker(s):
· 1QG.
10.On panel 115VU: In zone 510 the LP valve moves to the open posi-
tion.
indicator.
ition.
indicator.
· 1QG.

Subtask 28-40-00-040-080-A
B. Test of the valve 13QM
(1) In the test that follows, on each operation of the LP valve:
position to the valve closed (valve open) position
· make sure that the see/feel indicator marks are accurately aligned in the valve open position
· make sure that the see/feel indicator marks are at 90 degrees to each other in the valve closed
position.
(2) For the valve 13QM, do this test:
ACTION RESULT
· make sure that the ENG/MASTER 2 switch is in
the OFF position.
indicator.
· Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit CONTROL are isolated.
breaker(s):
· 4QG.
4.On the panel 115VU: In zone 610, the LP valve moves to the open posi-
tion.
indicator.
ition.
indicator.
· 4QG.
Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit CONTROL are isolated.
breaker(s):
· 2QG.
10.On panel 115VU: In zone 610 the LP valve moves to the open posi-
tion.
indicator.
ition.

ACTION RESULT
indicator.
· 2QG.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-860-064-A
(1) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
flap/slat control lever.
(2) Fully retract the slats (Ref. AMM TASK 27-80-00-866-005) :
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(4) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that the LH/RH or both engine LP valve indication(s) will not
be displayed on the ECAM DU.
Subtask 28-40-00-410-056-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install the applicable access panel(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-003) :
· for the LH LP valve 12QM, install 522AT
· for the RH LP valve 13QM, install 622AT.
Subtask 28-40-00-942-063-A
items.
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-40-00-040-803-A
Check of the High Level Fuel-Detection-System, When an Inner Tank Indication is Unserviceable

MMEL 28-07-01-04B
Inner Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page

Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-075-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-860-081-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-087-A
and
the fuel refueled.
Subtask 28-40-00-040-090-A
DELETED
Subtask 28-40-00-040-091-A
DELETED
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 28-40-00-860-080-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
· the applicable wing tank inner-cell ECAM fuel quantity indication is unserviceable.

** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 28-40-00-860-080-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
· the applicable wing tank ECAM fuel quantity indication is unserviceable.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-40-00-942-072-A
items.
End of document

28-40-00-040-002-A - Crossfeed Valve Indication - Valve Operating Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-40-00-040-002-A
Crossfeed Valve Indication - Valve Operating Procedure
Task Summary
MMEL 28-07-04-03A YES YES YES 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 28-07-04-03B YES YES YES 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 28-07-04-03A
Crossfeed Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page
MMEL 28-07-04-03B


192MB
Power
1(2)
Print Date: September 03, 2019 Page 1 of 6

Fuel Crossfeed Valve SHEET 1

Z148
A
REAR
SPAR
CROSSFEED ACTUATOR
VALVE 5QE
10QM
B
B
VALVE VALVE
OPEN CLOSED
N_MM_284000_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 28-40-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Fuel Crossfeed Valve

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. Fuel Crossfeed Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 28-40-00-941-058-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-010-055-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the RH MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
actuating-cylinder.
(3) Open the access door 192MB.
NOTE: If operating in battery power, do not keep the door open longer than necessary because the
battery can discharge.
(4) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the actuator 5QE of the fuel crossfeed valve 10QM.
Subtask 28-40-00-861-051-A
C. Energize the Electrical Circuits
Subtask 28-40-00-865-052-A
D. Table of the circuit breakers used in this procedure:

49VU FUEL/X FEED/VALVE/MOT1 2QE A12
121VU FUEL/X FEED/VALVE/MOT2 1QE M24
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-051-A
A. Crossfeed Valve Indication - Valve Operating Procedure
(1) In the test that follows, on each operation of the crossfeed valve:
· listen to the actuator and make sure it stops each time the crossfeed valve moves to the end of its
travel
position to the valve closed (valve open) position.
(2) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.Open tag and safety C/B 1QE.
2.On the fuel control panel 40VU: On the panel 40VU:
· push (in) the X FEED pushbutton switch (P/ · the X FEED P/BSW ON light comes on
BSW).

ACTION RESULT
· when the valve is fully open, the X FEED P/BSW
OPEN light comes on.
On the valve actuator, when the valve is fully
open:
· the see/feel indicator marks are accurately
aligned in the valve open position.
· release (out) the X FEED P/BSW. · the X FEED P/BSW ON light goes off
· when the valve is fully closed, the X FEED P/
BSW OPEN light goes off.
closed:
· the see/feel indicator marks are at 90 degrees to
one another in the valve closed position.
4.Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and
close C/B 1QE.
5.Open, safety and tag C/B 2QE.
· push (in) the X FEED P/BSW. · the X FEED P/BSW ON light comes on.
NOTE: The X FEED P/BSW OPEN light will not

come on when cicuit breaker 2QE is open.
On the valve actuator, when the valve is
fully open:
- the see/feel indicator marks are accur-
ately aligned in the valve open position.

· release (out) the X FEED P/BSW. · the X FEED P/BSW ON light goes off.
closed:
close C/B 2QE.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the RH MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(3) Close the access door 192MB.
Subtask 28-40-00-862-051-A
B. De-energize the Electrical Circuits
Subtask 28-40-00-942-055-A

(1) Make a note in the aircraft technical log to say that the crossfeed valve indication (on the ECAM lower
DU) is deactivated.
items.
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-40-00-040-002-A
Crossfeed Valve Indication - Valve Operating Procedure
Task Summary
MMEL 28-07-04-03A YES YES YES 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 28-07-04-03B YES YES YES 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 28-07-04-03A
MMEL 28-07-04-03B


192MB
Power
1(2)

Fuel Crossfeed Valve SHEET 1

Z148
A
REAR
SPAR
CROSSFEED ACTUATOR
VALVE 5QE
10QM
B
B
VALVE VALVE
OPEN CLOSED
N_MM_284000_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 28-40-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Fuel Crossfeed Valve

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-058-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-010-055-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the RH MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
actuating-cylinder.
(4) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the actuator 5QE of the fuel crossfeed valve 10QM.
Subtask 28-40-00-861-051-A
Subtask 28-40-00-865-052-A

49VU FUEL/X FEED/VALVE/MOT1 2QE A12
121VU FUEL/X FEED/VALVE/MOT2 1QE M24
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-051-A
A. Crossfeed Valve Indication - Valve Operating Procedure
(1) In the test that follows, on each operation of the crossfeed valve:
· listen to the actuator and make sure it stops each time the crossfeed valve moves to the end of its
travel
position to the valve closed (valve open) position.
(2) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.Open tag and safety C/B 1QE.
· push (in) the X FEED pushbutton switch (P/ · the X FEED P/BSW ON light comes on
BSW).

ACTION RESULT
· when the valve is fully open, the X FEED P/BSW
OPEN light comes on.
open:
· the see/feel indicator marks are accurately
aligned in the valve open position.
· release (out) the X FEED P/BSW. · the X FEED P/BSW ON light goes off
· when the valve is fully closed, the X FEED P/
BSW OPEN light goes off.
closed:
close C/B 1QE.
5.Open, safety and tag C/B 2QE.
· push (in) the X FEED P/BSW. · the X FEED P/BSW ON light comes on.
NOTE: The X FEED P/BSW OPEN light will not

come on when cicuit breaker 2QE is open.
On the valve actuator, when the valve is
fully open:
- the see/feel indicator marks are accur-
ately aligned in the valve open position.

· release (out) the X FEED P/BSW. · the X FEED P/BSW ON light goes off.
closed:
close C/B 2QE.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the RH MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-862-051-A
B. De-energize the Electrical Circuits
Subtask 28-40-00-942-055-A

(1) Make a note in the aircraft technical log to say that the crossfeed valve indication (on the ECAM lower
DU) is deactivated.
items.
End of document

28-12-00-040-003-A - To Set the Transfer Valves Open for Flight
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 28-12-00-040-003-A
To Set the Transfer Valves Open for Flight
FIN : 27QM , 29QM , 28QM , 30QM

MMEL 28-12-01B
Overpressure Protector between the Inner and the Outer Tank

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-12-00-941-062-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 301-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-12-00-650-058-A
B. Fuel Configuration
(1) Refuel the aircraft with the necessary quantity of fuel (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-003) .
(2) Before you continue with this procedure make sure that:
· the quantity of fuel onboard the aircraft is correct
· the refuel/defuel panel door is closed.
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-12-00-650-058-C
· The quantity of fuel onboard the aircraft is correct
· The refuel/defuel panel door is closed.
· In the cockpit, on overhead panel 51VU, pushbutton switch 23QU is set to the OFF position.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 28-12-00-860-065-A
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM only) (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the FUEL pushbutton switch to show the FUEL page on the ECAM
lower display unit.
Subtask 28-12-00-865-058-A

FOR FIN 102QM (PROTECTOR-OVERPRESSURE, L WING TK)
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/R 2QP A11
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/R 4QP M23
FOR FIN 103QM (PROTECTOR-OVERPRESSURE, R WING TK)
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/L 1QP A10
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/L 3QP M22
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 301-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-12-00-040-054-A
A. To Set the LH Wing Transfer Valves 27QM and 28QM Open for Flight
(1) If the LH Overpressure Protector 102QM is damaged do this procedure:

NOTE: The circuit breakers must be opened and closed in the sequence given.
ACTION RESULT
· open the circuit breaker 2QP · the green left-wing transfer-valve indicator
moves from the closed position to the open posi-
tion
· the green right-wing transfer-valve indicator
moves from the closed position to the intermedi-
ate (amber) position
· the left-wing outer-cell fuel content decreases
and the left-wing inner-cell fuel content in-
creases.
· wait ten seconds.
· open the circuit breaker 4QP · the green left-wing transfer-valve indicator, open
position stays in view
· the amber right-wing transfer-valve indicator, in-
termediate (amber) position stays in view
· the left-wing outer-cell fuel content decreases
creases.
· close the circuit breaker 2QP. · the amber right-wing transfer-valve indicator
moves from the intermediate position to the
green open position
· both wing outer-cell fuel contents decrease and
the inner-cell fuel contents increase.
· close the circuit breaker 4QP.
(2) Monitor the wing fuel quantity indications on the ECAM display unit. Make sure the quantity of fuel in
the wing tank inner cell increases as fuel moves from the outer cell. The LH wing transfer valves are
now set to the open position and the aircraft is ready for flight.
NOTE: The wing transfer valves will close again if the refuel/defuel panel door is opened.
Subtask 28-12-00-040-055-A
B. To Set the RH Wing Transfer Valves 29QM and 30QM Open for Flight
(1) If the RH Overpressure Protector 103QM is damaged do this procedure:
NOTE: The circuit breakers must be opened and closed in the sequence given.
ACTION RESULT
· open circuit breaker 1QP · the green right-wing transfer-valve indicator
moves from the closed position to the open posi-
tion

ACTION RESULT
· the green left-wing transfer-valve indicator
· the right-wing outer-cell fuel content decreases
and the right-wing inner-cell fuel content in-
creases.
· open the circuit breaker 3QP · the green right-wing transfer-valve indicator,
open position stays in view
· the amber left-wing transfer-valve indicator, in-
· the right-wing outer-cell fuel content decreases
creases.
· close the circuit breaker 1QP. · the amber left-wing transfer valve indicator
green open position
· both wing outer cell fuel contents decrease and
the inner cell fuel contents increase.
4.On panel 121VU:
· close the circuit breaker 3QP.
(2) Monitor the wing fuel quantity indications on the ECAM display unit. Make sure the quantity of fuel in
the wing tank inner cell increases as fuel moves from the outer cell. The RH wing transfer valves are
now set to the open position and the aircraft is ready for flight.
NOTE: The wing transfer valves will close again if the refuel/defuel panel door is opened.
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-12-00-040-054-C
A. To Set LH Wing Transfer-Valves 27QM and 28QM Open for Flight
(1) If LH Overpressure-Protector 102QM is damaged do this procedure:
NOTE: The circuit breakers must be open and close in the given sequence.
ACTION RESULT
1.On panel 49VU:
· Open circuit breaker 2QP · The green left-wing transfer-valve indicator
moves from the close position to the open posi-
tion
· The green right-wing transfer-valve indicator
moves from the close position to the intermedi-
· The left-wing outer-cell fuel content decreases
creases.
· Wait for ten seconds.

ACTION RESULT
2.On panel 121VU:
· Open circuit breaker 4QP · The green left-wing transfer-valve indicator,
open position stays in view
· The amber right-wing transfer-valve indicator, in-
· The left-wing outer-cell fuel content decreases
creases.
3.On panel 49VU:
· Close circuit breaker 2QP. · The amber right-wing transfer-valve indicat-
or moves from the intermediate position to the
green open position.
· Both wing outer-cell fuel contents decrease and
the inner-cell fuel contents increase.
4.On panel 121VU:
· Close circuit breaker 4QP.
(2) Monitor the wing fuel quantity indications on the ECAM display unit.
(3) Make sure the quantity of fuel in the wing tank inner-cells increase as fuel moves from the outer cells.
(4) The LH wing transfer-valves are now set to the open position.
NOTE: The wing transfer valves will close again if:

- The refuel/defuel panel door is open
or
- In the cockpit, on overhead panel 51VU, pushbutton switch 23QU is set to the ON position.
Subtask 28-12-00-040-055-C
B. To Set RH Wing Transfer-Valves 29QM and 30QM Open for Flight
(1) If RH Overpressure-Protector 103QM is damaged do this procedure:
NOTE: The circuit breakers must be open and close in the given sequence.
ACTION RESULT
1.On panel 49VU:
· Open circuit breaker 1QP. · The green right-wing transfer-valve indicator
moves from the close position to the open posi-
tion
· The green left-wing transfer-valve indicator
· The right-wing outer-cell fuel content decreases
creases.
2.On panel 121VU:
· Open circuit breaker 3QP. · The green right-wing transfer-valve indicator
open position stays in view.
· The amber left-wing transfer-valve indicator in-
termediate (amber) position stays in view.

ACTION RESULT
· The right-wing outer-cell fuel content decreases
creases.
3.On panel 49VU:
· Close circuit breaker 1QP. · The amber left-wing transfer-valve indicator
green open position
· Both wing outer cell fuel contents decrease and
the inner cell fuel contents increase.
4.On panel 121VU:
· Close circuit breaker 3QP.
(2) Monitor the wing fuel quantity indications on the ECAM display unit.
(3) Make sure the quantity of fuel in the wing tank inner-cells increase as fuel moves from the outer cells.
(4) The RH wing transfer-valves are now set to the open position.

or
- In the cockpit, on overhead panel 51VU, pushbutton switch 23QU is set to the ON position.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 301-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-12-00-860-066-A
(3) Make a note in the aircraft technical log that the applicable transfer valves are set to the open
position.
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-12-00-860-066-C
(3) Make a note in the aircraft technical log that:
· The applicable transfer valves are set to the open position
· In the cockpit, on overhead panel 51VU, pushbutton switch 23QU is set to the ON position.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 28-12-00-942-065-A
(1) Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S).

End of document

28-15-00-040-001-A - To Set the LH Wing Transfer Valve Open for Flight
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 28-15-00-040-001-A
To Set the LH Wing Transfer Valve Open for Flight
FIN : 27QM , 28QM

MMEL 28-15-01C
LH Wing Transfer Valve
NOTE: This procedure must only be done if the aircraft is energized and will stay energized until take-off. If
possible do this procedure immediately before take-off. This will prevent possible fuel overflow from
the outer fuel tanks into the vent system. If you de-energize the aircraft after this procedure and before
take-off, you must do this procedure again when the aircraft is energized. This is because the transfer
valve will close when the aircraft is energized again.


3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-15-00-941-056-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 301-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-15-00-650-054-A
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-15-00-650-054-C
· The refuel/defuel panel door is close
· In the cockpit, on panel 51VU, pushbutton switch 23QU is set to the OFF position.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 28-15-00-860-058-A
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push (in) the FUEL pushbutton switch to show the FUEL page on the
ECAM lower display unit.
Subtask 28-15-00-865-053-A

4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 301-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-15-00-040-050-A
A. To Set the Transfer Valve 27QM Open for Flight
(1) If the transfer valve 28QM is unserviceable, set the transfer valve 27QM to the open position as
follows:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the panel 121VU: · the green left-wing transfer-valve indicator
· open the circuit breaker 4QP moves from the closed position to the open posi-
· wait for ten seconds. tion

ACTION RESULT
· the fuel content in the left wing outer-cell de-
creases and the fuel content in the left wing in-
ner-cell increases.
2.On the panel 121VU: · the amber right-wing transfer-valve indicator
· close the circuit breaker 4QP. moves from the intermediate position to the
green open position
· the fuel content in the wings outer-cell decreases
and the fuel content in the wings inner-cell in-
creases.
(2) Monitor the wing fuel-quantity indication on the ECAM display unit.
(3) Make sure the quantities of fuel in the wing tank inner-cells increase as fuel moves from the outer
cells.
(4) The LH and RH wing transfer-valves are now set to the open position and the aircraft is ready for
flight.

- the refuel/defuel panel door is opened
- the aircraft is energized.
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-15-00-040-050-C
A. To Set Transfer Valve 27QM Open for Flight
(1) If transfer valve 28QM is unserviceable, set transfer valve 27QM to the open position as follows:
ACTION RESULT
1.On panel 121VU: · The green left-wing transfer-valve indicator
· Open circuit breaker 4QP moves from the close position to the open posi-
· Wait for ten seconds. tion
· The fuel content in the left wing outer-cell de-
ner-cell increases.
2.On panel 121VU: · The amber right-wing transfer-valve indicat-
· Close circuit breaker 4QP. or moves from the intermediate position to the
green open position
· The fuel content in the wings outer-cell de-
creases and the fuel content in the wings inner
cell increases.
(3) Make sure the quantities of fuel in the wing tank inner-cells increases as fuel moves from the outer
cells.
(4) The LH and RH wing transfer-valves are now set to the open position.


- The aircraft is energized
- In the cockpit, on panel 51VU, pushbutton switch 23QU is set to the ON position
- The cockpit refuel panel is used to energize the refuel bus.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-079, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 350-350
PRE SB 28-1216 for A/C 016-022, 024-079, 112-114, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-230, 233-233,
235-236, 238-243, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1373 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-115, 201-201, 207-209, 212-225, 227-233, 235-239, 241-242,
244-244, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1414 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-115, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-244,
350-350
Subtask 28-15-00-040-052-A
B. To Set the Transfer Valve 28QM Open for Flight
follows:
ACTION RESULT
ner-cell increases.
2.On panel 49VU: · the amber right-wing transfer-valve indicator
green open position
creases.
cells.
flight.

** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

PRE SB 28-1216 for A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234
EMB SB 31-1373 for A/C 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

EMB SB 31-1414 for A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-15-00-040-052-C
follows:
ACTION RESULT
ner-cell increases.
green open position
creases.
cells.
flight.

- the aircraft is energized
- in the cockpit, on the panel 51VU the P/BSW 23QU is set to the ON position
- the cockpit refuel panel is used to energize the refuel bus.
** ON A/C 080-100, 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

POST SB 28-1216 for A/C 016-022, 024-079, 112-114, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-230, 233-233,
235-236, 238-243, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1373 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-114, 201-201, 207-209, 212-225, 227-230, 233-233, 235-236,
238-239, 241-242, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1414 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-114, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-230, 233-233,
235-236, 238-243, 350-350
Subtask 28-15-00-040-052-D
follows:

ACTION RESULT
ner-cell increases
· the ECAM upper DU will show the caution FUEL
R WING TK OVERFLOW.
green open position
creases
· on the ECAM upper DU, the caution FUEL R
WING TK OVERFLOW goes off.
cells.
flight.

** ON A/C
POST SB 28-1216 for A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234
EMB SB 31-1373 for A/C 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

EMB SB 31-1414 for A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234
Subtask 28-15-00-040-052-E
B. To Set Transfer Valve 28QM Open for Flight
ACTION RESULT
1.On panel 49VU: · The green left-wing transfer-valve indicator
· The fuel content in the left wing outer-cell de-
ner-cell increases

ACTION RESULT
· The ECAM upper DU will show the caution
FUEL R WING TK OVERFLOW.
2.On panel 49VU: · The amber right-wing transfer-valve indicat-
· Close circuit breaker 2QP. or moves from the intermediate position to the
green open position
cell increases
· On the ECAM upper DU, the caution FUEL R
cells.
(4) The LH and RH wing transfer-valves are set to the open position.

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 301-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-15-00-860-059-A
(2) Make a note in the aircraft technical log that the applicable LH and RH wing transfer-valves are set to
the open position.
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-15-00-860-059-C
· The applicable LH and RH wing transfer-valves are set to the open position
· In the cockpit, on panel 51VU, pushbutton switch 23QU must not be set to the ON position.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 28-15-00-942-054-A

End of document

28-15-00-040-002-A - To Set the RH Wing Transfer Valve Open for Flight
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 28-15-00-040-002-A
To Set the RH Wing Transfer Valve Open for Flight
FIN : 29QM , 30QM

MMEL 28-15-02C
RH Wing Transfer Valve
NOTE: This procedure must only be done if the aircraft is energized and will stay energized until take-off. If
possible do this procedure immediately before take-off. This will prevent possible fuel overflow from
the outer fuel tanks into the vent system. If you de-energize the aircraft after this procedure and before
take-off, you must do this procedure again when the aircraft is energized. This is because the transfer
valve will close when the aircraft is energized again.


3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-15-00-941-057-A

(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 301-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-15-00-650-055-A
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-15-00-650-055-C
· The refuel/defuel panel door is close
· In the cockpit, on panel 51VU, pushbutton switch 23QU is set to the OFF position.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 28-15-00-860-060-A
Subtask 28-15-00-865-054-A

4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 301-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-15-00-040-051-A
A. To Set the Transfer Valve 29QM Open for Flight
follows:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the panel 121VU: · the green right-wing transfer-valve indicator

ACTION RESULT
· the fuel content in the right wing outer-cell de-
creases and the fuel content in the right wing in-
ner-cell increases.
2.On the panel 121VU: · the amber left-wing transfer-valve indicator
green open position
creases.
cells.
flight.

** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-15-00-040-051-C
A. To Set Transfer Valve 29QM Open for Flight
ACTION RESULT
1.On panel 121VU: · The green right-wing transfer-valve indicator
· The fuel content in the right wing outer-cell de-
ner-cell increases.
2.On panel 121VU: · The amber left-wing transfer-valve indicator
· Close circuit breaker 3QP. moves from the intermediate position to the
green open position
cell increases.
cells.
(4) The LH and RH wing transfer-valves are now set to the open position.


** ON A/C 016-022, 024-079, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 350-350
PRE SB 28-1216 for A/C 016-022, 024-079, 112-114, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-230, 233-233,
235-236, 238-243, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1373 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-115, 201-201, 207-209, 212-225, 227-233, 235-239, 241-242,
244-244, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1414 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-115, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-244,
350-350
Subtask 28-15-00-040-053-A
follows:
ACTION RESULT
ner-cell increases.
2.On panel 49VU: · the amber left-wing transfer-valve indicator
green open position
creases.
cells.
flight.

- the aircraft is energized again.
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

PRE SB 28-1216 for A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234
EMB SB 31-1373 for A/C 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

EMB SB 31-1414 for A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-15-00-040-053-C
follows:
ACTION RESULT
ner-cell increases.
green open position
creases.
cells.
flight.

- the aircraft is energized
- in the cockpit, on the panel 51VU the P/BSW 23QU is set to the ON position
- the cockpit refuel panel is used to energize the refuel bus.
** ON A/C 080-100, 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

POST SB 28-1216 for A/C 016-022, 024-079, 112-114, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-230, 233-233,
235-236, 238-243, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1373 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-114, 201-201, 207-209, 212-225, 227-230, 233-233, 235-236,
238-239, 241-242, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1414 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-114, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-230, 233-233,
235-236, 238-243, 350-350
Subtask 28-15-00-040-053-D
follows:

ACTION RESULT
ner-cell increases
· the ECAM upper DU will show the caution FUEL
L WING TK OVERFLOW.
green open position
creases
· on the ECAM upper DU, the caution FUEL L
cells.
flight.

- the aircraft is energized again.
** ON A/C
POST SB 28-1216 for A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234
EMB SB 31-1373 for A/C 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

EMB SB 31-1414 for A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234
Subtask 28-15-00-040-053-E
B. To Set Transfer Valve 30QM Open for Flight
ACTION RESULT
1.On panel 49VU: · The green right-wing transfer-valve indicator
· The fuel content in the right wing outer-cell de-
ner-cell increases

ACTION RESULT
· The ECAM upper DU will show the caution
FUEL L WING TK OVERFLOW.
2.On panel 49VU: · The amber left-wing transfer-valve indicator
· Close circuit breaker 1QP. moves from the intermediate position to the
green open position
cell increases
· on the ECAM upper DU, the caution FUEL L
cells.
(4) The LH and RH wing transfer-valves are set to the open position.

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 206-209, 211-225, 227-233, 235-250, 301-400, 500-600
Subtask 28-15-00-860-061-A
(2) Make a note in the aircraft technical log that the applicable LH and RH wing transfer-valves are set to
the open position.
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-210, 226-226, 234-234

Subtask 28-15-00-860-061-C
· The applicable LH and RH wing transfer-valves are set to the open position
· In the cockpit, on panel 51VU, pushbutton switch 23QU must not be set to the ON position.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 28-15-00-942-055-A

End of document

28-21-00-040-001-A - Check Operation of the Recirculation
System When Main Fuel Pump 2 does not Operate
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 28-21-00-040-001-A
Check Operation of the Recirculation System When Main Fuel Pump 2 does not Operate

MMEL 28-21-01B
Wing Tank Pump
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 31-32-00-860-012-A). Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG Page
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-21-00-860-086-A
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT. UNWANTED ELECTRICAL
POWER CAN BE DANGEROUS.
Subtask 28-21-00-865-063-A

121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B/AND EIU 2 4KS2 Q40

4. Procedure
Subtask 28-21-00-040-050-A
A. Check Operation of the Recirculation System When Main Fuel Pump 2 does not Operate
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the MCDU, get access to the ENG page
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-860-012) .
2.On the panel 50VU, make sure that the ENG/ On the panel 50VU, the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1
FADEC GND PWR/1 pushbutton switch (P/BSW) P/BSW ON light is on.
is released out.
3.On the MCDU:
· push in the key adjacent to the FADEC 1A in- · the ENGINE 1 MAIN MENU is shown
dication
· push in the key adjacent to the FADEC TEST · the FADEC TEST ENGINE 1 CHANNEL A page
indication is shown
· push in the key adjacent to the PUSH BUTTON · this indication is shown:
TO START TEST> indication. PUT THE MODE SELECTOR
SWITCH TO <NORM>
PLACE THE MASTER LEVER
SWITCH TO <ON>
NOTE: The tests that follow are usually done

without an air pressure supply to the en-
gine starter motor (non-engine motor
test). If air pressure is supplied, the en-
gine fan blades will turn during the tests.
You must obey the applicable safety pre-
cautions.

· make sure that the MODE switch (6KS) is in
the NORM (center) position
· put the MASTER 1 switch to the ON position. · this indication is shown:
***** WARNING *****

***** TEST ACTIVE *****
· when the test has stopped this indication is

shown:
A NON-MONITORING TEST WAS
PERFORMED DUE TO
INSUFFICIENT STARTER
AIR PRESSURE OR DUE TO
A STARTER AIR VALVE
FAILURE
5.On the MCDU:
· push in the key adjacent to the DISPLAY NON- · the test results are shown
MONITORING TEST RESULTS indication
· make sure that the indication FRV, J7 ECU is
not shown

ACTION RESULT
· push in the key adjacent to the RETURN indic- · the TEST COMPLETE page is shown.
ation.
6.On the panel 115VU, put the MASTER 1 switch
to the OFF position.
7.On the MCDU:
· push in the key adjacent to the RETURN indic-
ation until the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG
page is shown
· push in the key adjacent to the FADEC 1B in- · the ENGINE 1 MAIN MENU is shown
dication
· push in the key adjacent to the FADEC TEST · the FADEC TEST ENGINE 1 CHANNEL B page
indication is shown
SWITCH TO <NORM>
SWITCH TO <ON>
***** WARNING *****


shown:
PERFORMED DUE TO
A STARTER AIR VALVE
FAILURE
9.On the MCDU:
not shown
ation.
10.On the panel 115VU, put the MASTER 1
switch to the OFF position.
11.On the MCDU:
page is shown.
· push in the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1 P/BSW · the OFF light of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1
P/BSW goes off
· make sure that the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 2 · the ON light of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 2 P/
P/BSW is released out. BSW is on.
13.On the MCDU:

ACTION RESULT
· push in the key adjacent to the FADEC 2A in- · the ENGINE 2 MAIN MENU is shown
dication
· push in the key adjacent to the FADEC TEST · the FADEC TEST ENGINE 2 CHANNEL A page
indication is shown
SWITCH TO <NORM>
SWITCH TO <ON>
***** WARNING *****


shown:
PERFORMED DUE TO
A STARTER AIR VALVE
FAILURE
15.On the MCDU:
not shown
ation.
17.On the MCDU:
page is shown
· push in the key adjacent to the FADEC 2B in- · the ENGINE 2 MAIN MENU is shown
dication
· push in the key adjacent to the FADEC TEST · the FADEC TEST ENGINE 2 CHANNEL B page
indication is shown
SWITCH TO <NORM>
SWITCH TO <ON>

ACTION RESULT
***** WARNING *****

shown:
PERFORMED DUE TO
A STARTER AIR VALVE
FAILURE
19.On the MCDU:
not shown
ation.
· push in the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 2 P/BSW. · the ON light of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 2 P/
BSW goes off.
22.On the MCDU:
ation until the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page is
shown
· push in the key adjacent to the FUEL indication · the FUEL page is shown
· push in the NEXT PAGE key · the second FUEL page is shown
· push in the key adjacent to the FLSS STATUS · the FLSS STATUS page is shown
indication
· make sure that none of these messages are
shown:
L SURGE SENSOR 28QJ1
R SURGE SENSOR 28QJ2
L INN TEMP SENSOR 29QJ1
R INN TEMP SENSOR 29QJ2
L OUT TEMP SENSOR 30QJ1
R OUT TEMP SENSOR 30QJ2
L LO LEVEL SENSOR 38QJ1
R LO LEVEL SENSOR 38QJ2
· push in the key adjacent to RETURN until the
CFDS MENU page is shown
· push in the MCDU MENU key. · the MCDU MENU is shown.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-21-00-860-087-A
(2) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell persons that the main fuel pump 2 is not in operation.

(3) Put an applicable entry in the aircraft log book.

Subtask 28-21-00-942-083-A
items.
End of document

28-24-00-040-002-A - Functional Test of Engine
LP Fuel Valve with a Defective Actuator Motor
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-24-00-040-002-A
Functional Test of Engine LP Fuel Valve with a Defective Actuator Motor
FIN : 9QG , 10QG

MMEL 28-24-01A
Engine LP Fuel Valve Electrical Motor

No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER(S)

522AT, 622AT
Power
1(2)

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450,
500-600
LP Fuel Shut Off Valve - Location and Detail SHEET 1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
LP Fuel Shut off Valve - Location and Detail SHEET 1

ACCESS PANEL
522AT (622AT)
FRONT
SPAR
LP FUEL
VALVE
12QM
13QM
ACTUATOR
9QG
10QG
VALVE
B VALVE
CLOSED OPEN
SEE / FEEL
INDICATOR
N_MM_282400_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 28-24-00-991-00900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - LP Fuel Shut Off Valve - Location and Detail
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-
226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

ACCESS PANEL
522AT (622AT)
(UNDER SLAT)
FRONT
SPAR
LP FUEL
VALVE
12QM
13QM
ACTUATOR
9QG
10QG
VALVE
B VALVE
CLOSED OPEN
SEE / FEEL
INDICATOR
N_MM_282400_4_BAM0_01_00
Figure 28-24-00-991-00900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - LP Fuel Shut off Valve - Location and Detail
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-24-00-941-061-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flaps or slats.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the APU or bleed air.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the engines.
Subtask 28-24-00-010-057-A
B. Get Access
NOTE: It is necessary to listen to the LP valve actuator during the test that follows. If the actuator motor
can be heard with the access panel in position, it is not necessary to remove it.
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349,
351-450, 500-600
(Ref. Fig. LP Fuel Shut Off Valve - Location and Detail SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222,
227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. Fig. LP Fuel Shut off Valve - Location and Detail SHEET 1)
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable zone 520 or 620.
(2) Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-003) :
· for the LH LP valve, remove panel 522AT
· for the RH LP valve, remove panel 622AT.
Subtask 28-24-00-865-071-A

Subtask 28-24-00-865-072-A
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B


TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-24-00-860-066-A
(1) Deactivate the unserviceable motor on the defective LP valve actuator as follows:
(a) If the LH actuator 9QG motor 1 is unserviceable:
· open, safety and tag the circuit breaker 1QG.
(b) If the LH actuator 9QG motor 2 is unserviceable:
(c) If the RH actuator 10QG motor 1 is unserviceable:
(d) If the RH actuator 10QG motor 2 is unserviceable:
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-24-00-750-052-A
A. Test of the LH Engine LP Valve Actuator 9QG
NOTE: It is necessary to have two persons for this test procedure. One person must be in the cockpit (to
operate the LP valve) and one person must be near the LP valve (to listen to the actuator motor).
(1) For the LH LP Valve Actuator 9QG, do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ECAM CP: On the ECAM lower DU:
· Push (in) the FUEL P/BSW. · The FUEL system page shows
· The LEFT LP valve indication shows the valve
closed (amber cross-line).

ACTION RESULT
· Push (in) the L TK PUMPS 1 P/BSW or L TK · The applicable P/BSW OFF light goes off.
PUMPS 2 P/BSW.
NOTE: This will pressurize the left engine feed-

line.
On the ECAM lower DU:

· The applicable L TK pump symbol changes from
an amber cross-line to a green in-line.
3.On the panel 115VU: On the ECAM lower DU:
· Put the ENG/MASTER 1 pushbutton switch to · The LEFT LP valve indication changes to show
the ON position to open the LP valve. the valve open (green in-line).
4.On the LP valve actuator 9QG also:
· Listen to the actuator motor and measure the · The actuator motor must not operate for more
time that it operates for as the LP valve opens. than 4 seconds.
· Release (out) the L TK PUMPS 1 P/BSW or L · The applicable P/BSW OFF light comes on.
TK PUMPS 2 P/BSW and wait for 5 seconds.
NOTE: This will release the pressure through the

applicable suction valve.

· The FUEL page shows the applicable L TK
pump symbol as an amber cross-line.
6.On the ENG/APU FIRE panel 1WD: On the ECAM lower DU:
· Push (in) the ENG FIRE 1 pushbutton switch to · The LEFT LP valve indication changes to show
close the LP valve. the valve closed (amber cross-line).
time that it operates for as the LP valve closes. than 4 seconds.
· Push (in) the L TK PUMPS 1 P/BSW or L TK · The applicable P/BSW OFF light goes off.
PUMPS 2 P/BSW.
NOTE: This will pressurize the left engine feed-

line.

· The applicable L TK pump symbol changes from
· Release (out) the ENG FIRE 1 pushbutton · The LEFT LP valve indication changes to show
switch to open the LP valve. the valve open (green in-line).
· Release (out) the L TK PUMPS 1 P/BSW or L · The applicable P/BSW OFF light comes on.

ACTION RESULT


· The FUEL page shows the applicable L TK
· Put the ENG/MASTER 1 pushbutton switch to · The LEFT LP valve indication changes to show
the OFF position to close the LP valve. the valve closed (amber cross-line).
Subtask 28-24-00-750-053-A
B. Test of the RH Engine LP Valve Actuator 10QG
NOTE: It is necessary to have two persons for this test procedure. One person must be in the cockpit (to
operate the LP valve) and one person must be near the LP valve (to listen to the actuator motor).
(1) For the RH LP Valve Actuator 10QG, do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ECAM CP: On the ECAM lower DU:
· Push (in) the FUEL P/BSW. · The FUEL system page shows
· The RIGHT LP valve indication shows the valve
closed (amber cross-line).
· Push (in) the R TK PUMPS 1 P/BSW or R TK · The applicable P/BSW OFF light goes off.
PUMPS 2 P/BSW.
NOTE: This will pressurize the right engine feed-

line.

· The applicable R TK pump symbol changes from
· Put the ENG/MASTER 2 pushbutton switch to · The RIGHT LP valve indication changes to show
the ON position to open the LP valve. the valve open (green in-line).
· Release (out) the R TK PUMPS 1 P/BSW or R · The applicable P/BSW OFF light comes on.


ACTION RESULT
· The FUEL page shows the applicable R TK
· Push (in) the ENG FIRE 2 pushbutton switch to · The RIGHT LP valve indication changes to show
close the LP valve. the valve closed (amber cross-line).
· Push (in) the R TK PUMPS 1 P/BSW or R TK · The applicable P/BSW OFF light goes off.
PUMPS 2 P/BSW.
NOTE: This will pressurize the right engine feed-

line.

· The applicable R TK pump symbol changes from
· Release (out) the ENG FIRE 2 pushbutton · The RIGHT LP valve indication changes to show
switch to open the LP valve. the valve open (green in-line).
· Release (out) the R TK PUMPS 1 P/BSW or R · The applicable P/BSW OFF light comes on.


· The FUEL page shows the applicable R TK
· Put the ENG/MASTER 2 pushbutton switch to · The RIGHT LP valve indication changes to show
the OFF position to close the LP valve. the valve closed (amber cross-line).
13.On the LP valve actuator 10QG also
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-24-00-860-067-A
Subtask 28-24-00-865-073-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
** ON A/C 401-450
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/A
TIG/BTL1/SQUIB/B
TIG/BTL2/SQUIB/A
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-24-00-410-058-A
C. Close Access
(1) Install the applicable access panel (if removed) (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-003) :
· for the LH LP valve, install panel 522AT
· for the RH LP valve, install panel 622AT.
Subtask 28-24-00-942-060-A
D. Removal of Equipment
items.
(5) Make a note in the aircraft log that the defective motor of the LP valve is deactivated.
End of document

28-25-00-040-005-A - Refuel Valve - Refuel Procedure Using Manual Plunger Override
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-25-00-040-005-A
Refuel Valve - Refuel Procedure Using Manual Plunger Override
WARNING: STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 M (196.85 FT) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE THE
WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION OF
THE WEATHER RADAR.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE RE-
FUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.
WARNING: DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON ENGINES
OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
Task Summary
MMEL 28-25-03A YES YES YES 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 28-25-03A
Refuel Valve

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
No specific AR PLACARD

** ON A/C 401-415
No specific 2 ROD - NON METALLIC
** ON A/C ALL

140 CENTER WING
190 BELLY FAIR, AIR CONDITIONING & HYD COMPT
500 LEFT WING
600 RIGHT WING
192MB, 522JB, 622JB, 744
** ON A/C 401-415
622HB, 734
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. 12-11-28-650-001-A). General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures
(Ref. 12-11-28-650-002-A). Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
(Ref. 12-34-24-869-001-A). Aircraft Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for the Refuel/Defuel or
Oxygen Servicing Operations
(Ref. 28-25-00-869-001-A). Fuel Transfer
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

Refuel Valve SHEET 1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350

Refuel/Defuel Control Panel SHEET 1
** ON A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415
** ON A/C 401-415
Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU SHEET 1

10QU
STA7792/RIB14
A 522 JB(622 JB)
STA8268/RIB15
A
REAR
SPAR
7QU
(8QU)
MANUALLY OPERATED
PLUNGER
REFUEL VALVE
N_MM_282500_4_BAN0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel Valve

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

REFUEL
COUPLING
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
kg x 1000
INDICATOR
LEFT CTR RIGHT
6QT
HI. LVL.
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
MODE SELECT TEST BATT POWER
REFUEL HI. LVL ON REFUEL DEFUEL CONTROL PANEL
800VU
OFF
DEFUEL XFR OPEN LTS NORM
PRESELECTED REFUEL ACTUAL

kg x 1000
DEC INC CKPT END PRESELECTOR

5QT
N_MM_282500_4_CAM0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02400-00-G / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-
203, 205-250, 350-350 | EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

REFUEL
COUPLING
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
lbs x 1000
INDICATOR
LEFT CTR RIGHT
6QT
HI. LVL.
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
800VU
OFF

lbs x 1000

5QT
N_MM_282500_4_CVM0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02400-00-H / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

** ON A/C 204-204

REFUEL
COUPLING
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
kg X 1000
LEFT CTR RIGHT INDICATOR
6QT
HI. LVL.
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
REFUEL HI. LVL ON
REFUEL/DEFUEL
OFF CONTROL PANEL
800VU

kg X 1000
DEC INC CKPT END
PRESELECTOR
5QT
N_MM_282500_4_CAM2_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02400-00-S / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

10QU
41QU
STA7792/RIB14
A 522 JB(622 JB)
STA8268/RIB15
A A
REAR
SPAR
7QU
(8QU)
MANUALLY OPERATED
PLUNGER
REFUEL VALVE
N_MM_282500_4_BAP0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel Valve

** ON A/C 401-415

REFUEL
COUPLING
40QM A
622HB
192MB
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
INDICATOR
6QT
ACT FUEL QTY TOTAL ACT

kg x 1000
LEFT CTR RIGHT
HI LVL
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
REFUEL OPEN OPEN OPEN
SW POS VALVE
NORM NORM NORM
UP = OPEN
AFT1
SHUT SHUT SHUT

CTR = NORM
DOWN = SHUT MODE SELECT TEST BATT POWER
HI LVL REFUEL HI LVL ON
OFF
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
DEFUEL / XFR
OPEN LTS NORM
800VU
kg x 1000
801VU
DEC INC CKPT END
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
5QT
PRESELECTOR
N_MM_282500_4_EEM1_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-03800-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

(Ref. Fig. Refuel Valve SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

(Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Control Panel SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415
(Ref. Fig. Refuel Valve SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU SHEET 1)
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-941-079-A
(1) Obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
(2) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety procedures (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-002) .
(4) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the Main Landing Gear (MLG)
doors.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-
400, 416-450, 500-600
Subtask 28-25-00-010-077-B
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access panel 192MB to get access to the refuel panel 800VU.
NOTE: If operating in battery power,do not keep the door open longer than necessary because the
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) adjacent to the refuel coupling 40QM.
(3) To get access to the left refuel valve 7QU:
(a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below zone 522.
(b) Remove the access panel 522JB.
(4) To get access to the right refuel valve 8QU:
(5) To get access to the center tank refuel valve 10QU:

(a) Open the RH MLG door 744 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(b) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.
(c) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below zone 148.
** ON A/C 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-010-077-F
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access panel 192MB to get access to the refuel panel 800VU.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) adjacent to the refuel coupling 100QM(40QM).
actuator.
** ON A/C 401-415
Subtask 28-25-00-010-077-G
B. Get Access
(1) Open access door 192MB to get access to refuel/defuel panels 800VU and 801VU:
(a) If operating in battery power, do not keep the door open longer than necessary because the
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to refuel/defuel coupling 40QM.
(3) Remove access panel 622HB.
(4) To get access to left refuel valve 7QU:
(a) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below zone 522.
(b) Remove access panel 522JB.
(5) To get access to right refuel valve 8QU:
(a) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below zone 622.
(b) Remove access panel 622JB.

(6) To get access to center tank refuel valve 10QU:

(a) Open RH MLG door 744 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
actuator.
(c) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below zone 148.
(7) To get access to ACT refuel valve 41QU:
(a) Open LH MLG door 734 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
actuator.
(c) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below zone 147.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-
400, 500-600
Subtask 28-25-00-860-060-A
(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are grounded correctly
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically bonded together correctly.
NOTE: Bonding is mandatory. For grounding you must obey the local area regulations.
(2) Remove the refuel-coupling cap 41QM.

(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply hose is clean before you connect it to the aircraft-refuel
coupling 40QM.
(4) If the intercell transfer valves are open:
(a) Refuel the aircraft until there is a minimum of 1000 kg (2204.6220 lb) of fuel in the wing tank
inner-cell.
(b) On panels 49VU and 121VU, open the circuit breakers 1QT and 2QT.
NOTE: It is not necessary to install safety clips and tags on the circuit breakers.
(c) After a minimum of 5 seconds the FQIC will de-energize.

(d) On panels 49VU and 121VU, close the circuit breakers 1QT and 2QT.
(e) After a minimum of 60 seconds the FQIC will energize and operates the intercell transfer valves.
(f) If the intercell transfer valves stay open:
· The inner and outer cells of the wing tanks fill together
· The full capacity of the wing tank is less than normal
· Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to correct the fuel configuration before the next flight
(the wing tank outer-cells must be filled).
** ON A/C 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-860-060-C

(2) Remove the refuel coupling cap 101QM (41QM).

(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean and then connect it to the aircraft refuel
coupling 100QM (40QM).
(a) Refuel the aircraft until there is a minimum of 1000 kg (2204.6220 lb) of fuel in the wing-tank
inner-cell.
(c) After a minimum of 5 seconds, the FQIC will de-energize.

(e) After a minimum of 60 seconds, the FQIC will energize again and cycle the intercell transfer
valves.
· the inner and outer cells of the wing tanks fill together
· the full capacity of the wing tank is less than normal
· make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to correct the fuel configuration before the next flight
(the wing-tank outer-cells must be filled).
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 28-25-00-860-060-D
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU BOND THE FUEL TANKER TO THE AIRCRAFT. IF YOU DO
NOT, AN ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE CAN OCCUR WHICH CAN CAUSE AN EXPLO-
SION OR FIRE.
(1) Obey the local regulations for grounding (earthing) the aircraft. If you must ground (earth) the aircraft:
(a) Ground (earth) the fuel tanker/pump unit and the aircraft correctly (Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-
869-001) .
(2) Bond the fuel tanker/pump unit to the aircraft (Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-001) .
(3) Remove refuel/defuel coupling cap 41QM.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE
COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT CONNECT THE
FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT COUP-
LING LUGS OR SLOTS.
(4) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean and then connect it to aircraft refuel/
defuel coupling 40QM.

** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

** ON A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415
(Ref. Fig. Refuel Valve SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-094, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 28-25-00-650-066-B
A. Pressure Refuel Failed Closed
WARNING: BE CAREFUL NOT TO FILL THE TANKS MORE THAN NECESSARY NEAR THE END
OF THE REFUEL PROCEDURE. WHEN YOU USE THE MANUAL OVERRIDE (MANU-
AL PLUNGER), THE HIGH-LEVEL PROTECTION SYSTEM WILL NOT STOP THE RE-
FUELING AUTOMATICALLY. THUS THERE IS A RISK OF OVERFILLING AND FUEL
SPILLAGE.
CAUTION: DO NOT REFUEL OR DEFUEL THROUGH THE TWO REFUEL/DEFUEL COUPLINGS AT

THE SAME TIME.
THIS IS TO PREVENT PRESSURE DIFFERENCE PROBLEMS.
CAUTION: DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE
OF 50 PSI (3.45 BARS). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION, DAMAGE TO THE
AIRCRAFT OR EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(1) To prevent a fuel spill, on the panel 40VU, make sure that:
· the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
· the MODE SEL P/BSW 48QA is in the AUTO position
· the CTR TK PUMP 1 & 2 P/BSW are released out (OFF).
(2) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
(3) Push and hold in the manual plunger(s) on the applicable refuel valve(s) 7QU(8QU) or 10QU.
(4) Monitor the fuel quantity on the refuel control panel 800VU.
(5) When the quantity of fuel in the tank(s) is correct, release the manual plunger(s) on the related refuel
valve(s).
(6) When all the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
Subtask 28-25-00-650-086-A
B. Pressure Refuel Failed Open

SPILLAGE.

THE SAME TIME.
(1) To prevent a fuel spill, on panel 40VU, make sure that:

(5) Stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit 500 kg (1102.3110 lb) below required quantity.
(6) If fuel is still required in other tanks. Re-start the fuel tanker/pump unit and fill by increments of 500 kg
(1102.3110 lb) and monitor the fuel quantity on the refuel panel 800VU and 801VU.
(7) When quantity of fuel in the tank(s) is correct, release the manual plunger(s) on the related refuel
valve(s).
(8) Stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
(9) If fuel in the applicable tank is over quantity a manual ground transfer may be required
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001) .
** ON A/C 401-415
Subtask 28-25-00-650-066-D
SPILLAGE.

THE SAME TIME.

· X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released (the OPEN legend is off)

· MODE SEL P/BSW 4QL is in the AUTO position (the MAN legend is off)
· The CTR TK L XFR P/BSW and CTR TK R XFR P/BSW are released (the OFF legend is on).
(3) To refuel the wing tank(s), push and hold the manual plunger(s) on applicable refuel valve(s)
7QU(8QU).
(4) To refuel the center tank, push and hold the manual plunger on the refuel valve 10QU.
(5) To refuel the ACT(s), get a suitable ROD - NON METALLIC. Put the rod through the ACT-equipment
door cover and push and hold the manual plunger on refuel valve 41QU.
(6) Monitor the fuel quantity on refuel/defuel control-panels 800VU and 801VU.
valve(s).
Subtask 28-25-00-650-086-C
SPILLAGE.

THE SAME TIME.

· X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released (the OPEN legend is off)
· MODE SEL P/BSW 4QL is in the AUTO position (the MAN legend is off)
· The CTR TK L XFR P/BSW and CTR TK R XFR P/BSW are released (the OFF legend is on).
(3) To refuel the wing tank(s), push and hold the manual plunger(s) on applicable refuel valve(s)
7QU(8QU).
(4) To refuel the center tank, push and hold the manual plunger on refuel valve 10QU.
(5) To refuel the ACT(s), get a suitable ROD - NON METALLIC. Put the rod through the ACT-equipment
door cover and push and hold the manual plunger on refuel valve 41QU.
(6) Monitor the fuel quantity on refuel control panels 800VU and 801VU.
(8) If fuel is still necessary in other tanks:
(a) Start the fuel tanker/pump unit and fill in increments of 500 kg (1102.3110 lb) and monitor the
quantity on refuel/defuel panels 800VU and 801VU.
(9) When quantity of fuel in the tank(s) is correct:
(a) Release the manual plunger(s) on the related refuel valve(s).


(11) If fuel in the applicable tank is over quantity:
(a) Do the manual ground transfer (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001) .
** ON A/C 095-100, 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

Subtask 28-25-00-650-066-E
SPILLAGE.

THE SAME TIME.
· the MODE SEL P/BSW 4QL is in the AUTO position
· the CTR TK L and R XFR P/BSW are released out (OFF).
valve(s).
Subtask 28-25-00-650-086-D
SPILLAGE.

THE SAME TIME.


· the MODE SEL P/BSW 4QL is in the AUTO position
· the CTR TK L and R XFR P/BSW are released out (OFF).
(6) If fuel is still required in other tanks. Re-start the fuel tanker/pump unit and fill by increments of 500 kg
(1102.3110 lb) and monitor the fuel quantity on the refuel panel 800VU and 801VU.
valve(s).
(9) If fuel in the applicable tank is over quantity a manual ground transfer may be required
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001) .
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-860-061-A
(1) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply hose from the aircraft refuel/defuel coupling 40QM.
(2) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell persons that a refuel procedure with a manual plunger override
is in progress.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-
400, 416-450, 500-600
Subtask 28-25-00-410-067-B
B. Close Access
(1) Install the coupling cap 41QM.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS AFT
WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.
(2) Close the access panel 192MB.

(3) For the left refuel valve 7QU, close the access panel 522JB.
(4) For the right refuel valve 8QU, close the access panel 622JB.
(5) For the center tank refuel valve 10QU, close the RH MLG door 744 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-
001) .
** ON A/C 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241

EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-410-067-D
B. Close Access
(1) Install the coupling cap 101QM(41QM).

001) .
** ON A/C 401-415
Subtask 28-25-00-410-067-G
B. Close Access
(1) Install refuel/defuel coupling cap 41QM.

(2) Install access panel 622HB.
(3) Close access door 192MB.
(4) For left refuel valve 7QU, close access panel 522JB.
(5) For right refuel valve 8QU, close access panel 622JB.
(6) For center tank refuel valve 10QU, close RH MLG door 744 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(7) For ACT refuel valve 41QU, close LH MLG door 734 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 28-25-00-860-062-A
(1) Disconnect these bonding/ground cables:
· Between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit
· If applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
· If applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.
(2) Write in the aircraft technical log to do a check of the fuel configuration.
NOTE: Fuel correction is automatic after the fuel pumps are set to on (the wing tank outer cells must
be filled).
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 28-25-00-860-062-B
· Between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit

· If applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground

· If applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.
(2) Write in the A/C technical log to do a check of the fuel configuration.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-942-076-A
(2) If installed, remove the safety barriers.
items.
End of document

** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-014-A
Task Summary
MMEL 28-21-02C NO NO YES 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 28-21-02C
Center Tank Pump (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
port Door
port-Door

FR42
FR36
A
Z140
6
FR42
C 5
165QM 1
4
3
7
PIN
SLOT
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_01_00

** ON A/C 401-415

A B
A B
A A B B
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_02_00

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-200-A
001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(3) On the APU section of the overhead panel 25VU, make sure that the APU/MASTER SW pushbutton
(4) On the FUEL section of the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU, make sure that all tank pump pushbutton
switches are released (the OFF legends are on).
· On the APU section of the overhead panel 25VU, to tell persons not to operate the APU/MASTER
SW pushbutton switch
· On the FUEL section of the panel 40VU, to tell persons not to operate the fuel system
· On the ENG/APU FIRE panel located on the overhead panel 20VU, to tell persons not to operate
the fire extinguishing system
the fuel system.
Subtask 28-28-00-010-102-B
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-28-00-040-066-B
A. Deactivation of the ACT Fuel-Transfer Valve in Valve Closed Position
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) and (4) from the receptacles of the ACT transfer-valve
actuator (2).
(4) Do a visual inspection on the indicator of the ACT transfer-valve actuator (2) to identify the position of
the valve:
· Indicator in horizontal position: the transfer valve is OPEN
· Indicator in vertical position: the transfer valve is CLOSED.

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(6) Loosen the screw (5) and remove the V-clamp (6) and the ACT transfer-valve actuator (2).
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-201-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(7) In the cockpit, put a placard in position to tell the crew that the ACT fuel-transfer valve is OFF in valve
position CLOSED.
(8) On refuel/defuel control panel 801VU, put a placard in position to tell the ground crew: DO NOT
REFUEL THE ACT(s).
End of document

28-40-00-040-004-A - Transfer Valve Indication - Intercell Transfer
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 28-40-00-040-004-A
Transfer Valve Indication - Intercell Transfer
Task Summary
MMEL 28-07-04-04A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 28-07-04-04A
Wing Transfer Valve Indication on the FUEL SD page


192MB
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 28-25-00-869-001-A). Fuel Transfer

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-060-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-010-056-A
B. Get Access
Subtask 28-40-00-861-053-A
Subtask 28-40-00-650-052-A
D. Fuel Configuration
(1) Refuel, defuel or transfer fuel as necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-003) ,
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-650-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001) to get:
· a minimum of 900 kg (1980 lbs) to a maximum of 4000 kg (8820 lbs) in the inner cell of each wing
tank
· maximum fuel in the outer cell of each wing tank.
Subtask 28-40-00-860-054-A
(2) On the panel 11VU, push (in) the FUEL P/BSW.
· set the MODE SELECT SWITCH to the REFUEL.
NOTE: It is necessary in this test to transfer fuel from the outer cell of each wing tank to its related in-
ner cell.
Subtask 28-40-00-865-056-A
F. Table of the circuit breakers used in this procedure:


4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-055-A
A. Transfer Valve Indication - Intercell Transfer
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.Open, safety clip and tag C/B 3QP On the ECAM DU:
· make sure that the right-wing outer-cell fuel con-
tent decreases and the right- wing inner-cell fuel
content increases.
2.Remove the safety clip and the tag and close C/ On the ECAM DU:
B 3QP · make sure that the fuel transfer stops.
· make sure that the left-wing outer-cell fuel con-
tent decreases and the left- wing inner-cell fuel
content increases.
· make sure that the left-wing outer-cell fuel con-
tent decreases and the left- wing inner-cell fuel
content increases.
· make sure that the right-wing outer-cell fuel con-
tent decreases and the right- wing inner-cell fuel
content increases.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-860-055-A
· set the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position.
(3) Make an applicable entry in the aircraft log.
Subtask 28-40-00-410-054-A
B. Close Access
Subtask 28-40-00-650-053-A
C. Fuel Configuration
(1) Refuel, defuel or transfer fuel as necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-003) ,
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-650-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001) .

Subtask 28-40-00-862-053-A
D. De-energize the Electrical Circuits
Subtask 28-40-00-942-058-A
E. Removal of Equipment
items.
End of document

28-25-00-440-002-A - Reactivation of the Transfer Defuel Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-25-00-440-002-A
Reactivation of the Transfer Defuel Valve
FIN : 11QM
MMEL 28-25-04A
Transfer Defuel Valve


192MB
(Ref. 28-25-43-000-001-A). Removal of the Defuel/Transfer Valve
(Ref. 28-25-43-400-001-A). Installation of the Defuel/Transfer Valve
(Ref. 28-25-53-000-001-A). Removal of the Center-Tank Defuel/Transfer Valve-Actuator
(Ref. 28-25-53-400-001-A). Installation of the Center-Tank Defuel/Transfer Valve-Actuator
Transfer Defuel Valve (11QM) - Location and Detail SHEET 1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 204-204

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415
Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU SHEET 1

B
A
STA18694/ FR42
Z141-Z142
STA15900/ FR36
TRANSFER
DEFUEL VALVE
11QM
1 C
B
DRIVE
SHAFT
D
TO ENGINE REAR SPAR
FEED LINE
2 V-BAND ACTUATOR
CLAMP 11QU
82QM
VALVE
11QM
TO REFUEL 3
LINE
VALVE LOCKING
C TOOL T720456
D SEE/FEEL INDICATOR
OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
N_MM_282500_4_AEM0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-01600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Transfer Defuel Valve (11QM) - Location and Detail
** ON A/C ALL

REFUEL
COUPLING
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
kg x 1000
INDICATOR
LEFT CTR RIGHT
6QT
HI. LVL.
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
800VU
OFF

kg x 1000

5QT
N_MM_282500_4_CAM0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02400-00-G / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-
203, 205-250, 350-350 | EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

REFUEL
COUPLING
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
lbs x 1000
INDICATOR
LEFT CTR RIGHT
6QT
HI. LVL.
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
800VU
OFF

lbs x 1000

5QT
N_MM_282500_4_CVM0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02400-00-H / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

** ON A/C 204-204

REFUEL
COUPLING
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
kg X 1000
6QT
HI. LVL.
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
REFUEL HI. LVL ON
REFUEL/DEFUEL
OFF CONTROL PANEL
800VU

kg X 1000
DEC INC CKPT END
PRESELECTOR
5QT
N_MM_282500_4_CAM2_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02400-00-S / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

REFUEL
COUPLING
40QM A
622HB
192MB
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
INDICATOR
6QT

kg x 1000
LEFT CTR RIGHT
HI LVL
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
SW POS VALVE
NORM NORM NORM
UP = OPEN
AFT1
SHUT SHUT SHUT

CTR = NORM
OFF
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
DEFUEL / XFR
OPEN LTS NORM
800VU
kg x 1000
801VU
DEC INC CKPT END
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
5QT
PRESELECTOR
N_MM_282500_4_EEM1_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-03800-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. Transfer Defuel Valve (11QM) - Location and Detail SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

** ON A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415
(Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU SHEET 1)
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-941-077-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the MLG doors.
Subtask 28-25-00-010-064-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the MLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG door actuator.
(3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the transfer defuel valve (11QM).
(4) Open the access panel 192MB.
Subtask 28-25-00-860-059-A
(1) On the panel 800VU, make sure that the MODE SELECT switch is in the OFF and guarded position.
Make sure that the warning notice is still attached to the switch.
(2) Make sure that the circuit breaker 1QU on panel 121VU, is still open, safetied and tagged. Make sure
that the warning notice is still attached to the circuit breaker.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Transfer Defuel Valve (11QM) - Location and Detail SHEET 1)

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

** ON A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415
(Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU SHEET 1)
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-440-051-A
A. Reactivation of the Transfer Defuel Valve
(1) Remove the applicable item(s) from the polythene bag(s).
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(3) If applicable, release the screw (2) and remove V-band clamp (82QM). Remove the TOOL - VALVE
LOCKING (T720456) from the transfer defuel valve (11QM).
(4) Make sure that you remove the dowel (3) from between the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456)
and the face plate of the drive shaft. Keep the dowel (3) safe with the TOOL - VALVE
LOCKING (T720456) .
(5) If the transfer defuel valve (11QM) is unserviceable, then replace it, (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-43-000-
001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-43-400-001) .
(6) If the actuator (11QU) is unserviceable, then replace it, (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-53-000-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-53-400-001) .
NOTE: It is possible that the actuator (11QU) is in a polythene bag.
(7) Reconnect the electrical connector (1) to the actuator (11QU).

(8) If you do not know the cause of the failure, trouble-shoot the system and do the corrective action (Ref.
TSM Chapter 28).
Subtask 28-25-00-865-062-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

121VU FUEL/RFL/DFL/XFR/DEFUEL/VALVE 1QU L23
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-25-00-410-064-A

A. Close Access
(1) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from the circuit breaker 1QU in the cockpit and the MODE
SELECT switch on the panel 800VU.
(4) Close the MLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
Subtask 28-25-00-942-068-A
items.
(4) Write an entry in the aircraft technical log to say that the transfer/defuel valve is reactivated.
End of document

28-25-00-040-008-A - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel - Manual Refuel
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-25-00-040-008-A
Refuel/Defuel Control Panel - Manual Refuel
WARNING: DO NOT TRANSMIT WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING REFUEL/DEFUEL OR TRANSFER OPER-
ATIONS. TRANSMISSION WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING THESE FUEL OPERATIONS CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR START A FIRE.
THE WEATHER RADAR.
- SMOKE
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE WHEEL CHOCKS ARE IN POSITION. MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT
CAN BE DANGEROUS.
Task Summary
MMEL 28-25-05B YES YES YES 00.7 00.7 1
MMEL 28-25-05A YES YES YES 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 28-25-05B
Exterior Refuel/Defuel Control Panel
MMEL 28-25-05A
NOTE: If installed, use the cockpit pre-selector to refuel.




522JB, 622JB, 744
(Ref. 32-00-00-481-001-A). Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415

10QU
STA7792/RIB14
A 522 JB(622 JB)
STA8268/RIB15
A
REAR
SPAR
7QU
(8QU)
MANUALLY OPERATED
PLUNGER
REFUEL VALVE
N_MM_282500_4_BAN0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

10QU
41QU
STA7792/RIB14
A 522 JB(622 JB)
STA8268/RIB15
A A
REAR
SPAR
7QU
(8QU)
MANUALLY OPERATED
PLUNGER
REFUEL VALVE
N_MM_282500_4_BAP0_01_00

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-
450, 500-600
Subtask 28-25-00-941-087-A
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety procedures (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-002) .
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gear (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-
481-001) .
(3) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the fuel can lower the aircraft and
cause the chocks to catch.
** ON A/C 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-941-087-B
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-002) .
481-001) .

THE SAME TIME.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-010-088-B
B. Get Access

actuator.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-
400, 500-600
Subtask 28-25-00-860-075-A
(2) Do a fuel sampling for water contamination check on the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-32-28-281-001) .
(3) Remove the refuel coupling cap 41QM.
(4) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean.
(5) Connect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose to the aircraft refuel coupling.
(7) Energize the ECAM system (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(8) On the ECAM control panel, push (in) the FUEL P/BSW.
(9) On the ECAM lower DU:
· make sure that the FUEL page is shown
· make sure that the intercell transfer valves are closed.
inner-cell.

valves.


** ON A/C 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-860-075-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-32-28-281-001) .

THE SAME TIME.
(3) Remove the applicable refuel coupling cap 101QM(41QM).

inner-cell.

valves.

** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 28-25-00-860-075-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-32-28-281-001) .
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-650-077-B
B. Fueling
SPILLAGE.

THE SAME TIME.
(3) Push and hold (in) the manual plunger(s) on the applicable refuel valve(s) 7QU(8QU) or 10QU.
(4) Monitor the fuel quantity on the ECAM FUEL page.

(5) When the quantity of fuel in the tank(s) is correct, release (out) the manual plunger(s) on the related
refuel valve(s).
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-
450, 500-600
Subtask 28-25-00-860-076-A
(1) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft refuel/defuel coupling.
(2) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM.

(3) Make sure that the PLACARD that you use stays with the refuel/defuel panel until the manual refill is
complete.
(4) Make an entry in to the aircraft log.
** ON A/C 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-860-076-B
(2) Install the applicable refuel coupling cap 101QM(41QM).

complete.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-410-084-B
B. Close Access
001) .
Subtask 28-25-00-942-083-A

· between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit

· if applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
· if applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.
items.
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-25-00-040-008-A
Refuel/Defuel Control Panel - Manual Refuel
WARNING: DO NOT TRANSMIT WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING REFUEL/DEFUEL OR TRANSFER OPER-
ATIONS. TRANSMISSION WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING THESE FUEL OPERATIONS CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR START A FIRE.
THE WEATHER RADAR.
- SMOKE
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE WHEEL CHOCKS ARE IN POSITION. MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT
CAN BE DANGEROUS.
Task Summary
MMEL 28-25-05B YES YES YES 00.7 00.7 1
MMEL 28-25-05A YES YES YES 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 28-25-05B
MMEL 28-25-05A
NOTE: If installed, use the cockpit pre-selector to refuel.




522JB, 622JB, 744
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415

10QU
STA7792/RIB14
A 522 JB(622 JB)
STA8268/RIB15
A
REAR
SPAR
7QU
(8QU)
MANUALLY OPERATED
PLUNGER
REFUEL VALVE
N_MM_282500_4_BAN0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

10QU
41QU
STA7792/RIB14
A 522 JB(622 JB)
STA8268/RIB15
A A
REAR
SPAR
7QU
(8QU)
MANUALLY OPERATED
PLUNGER
REFUEL VALVE
N_MM_282500_4_BAP0_01_00

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-415
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-
450, 500-600
Subtask 28-25-00-941-087-A
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety procedures (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-002) .
481-001) .
** ON A/C 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-941-087-B
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-002) .
481-001) .

THE SAME TIME.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-010-088-B
B. Get Access

actuator.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-
400, 500-600
Subtask 28-25-00-860-075-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-32-28-281-001) .
inner-cell.

valves.


** ON A/C 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-860-075-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-32-28-281-001) .

THE SAME TIME.

inner-cell.

valves.

** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 28-25-00-860-075-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-32-28-281-001) .
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-650-077-B
B. Fueling
SPILLAGE.

THE SAME TIME.
(3) Push and hold (in) the manual plunger(s) on the applicable refuel valve(s) 7QU(8QU) or 10QU.
(4) Monitor the fuel quantity on the ECAM FUEL page.

(5) When the quantity of fuel in the tank(s) is correct, release (out) the manual plunger(s) on the related
refuel valve(s).
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-
450, 500-600
Subtask 28-25-00-860-076-A

complete.
** ON A/C 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

Subtask 28-25-00-860-076-B

complete.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 28-25-00-410-084-B
B. Close Access
001) .
Subtask 28-25-00-942-083-A

· between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit

· if applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
· if applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.
items.
End of document

28-28-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Fuel Transfer Valve
** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Fuel Transfer Valve
FIN : 165QM
Task Summary
MMEL 28-28-02B NO NO YES 01.3 01.3 1
MMEL 28-28-02A NO NO YES 01.3 01.3 1

MMEL 28-28-02B
ACT Transfer Valve
MMEL 28-28-02A
ACT Transfer Valve (FAA only)

No specific 1 BRIDGE-WIRE
(T720521) 1 TOOL-VALVE LOCKING
Power
1(2)

port Door
port-Door

FR42
FR36
A
Z140
6
FR42
C 5
165QM 1
4
3
7
PIN
SLOT
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_01_00

** ON A/C 401-415

A B
A B
A A B B
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_02_00

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-071-A
(1) Obey the fuel safety procedures when you do work on the fuel system (Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-
910-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(3) On the APU section of overhead panel 25VU, make sure that the APU/MASTER SW pushbutton
switch (P/BSW) is released (the ON legend is off).
(4) On the FUEL section of HYD/FUEL panel 40VU, make sure that all the L TK PUMPS and R TK
PUMPS P/BSWs are released (the OFF legends are on).
(5) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position:
· On the APU section of overhead panel 25VU, to tell persons not to operate the APU/MASTER SW
P/BSW.
· On the FUEL section of panel 40VU, to tell persons not to operate the fuel system.
· On the ENG/APU FIRE panel located on overhead panel 20VU, to tell persons not to operate the
fire extinguishing system.
the fuel system.
Subtask 28-28-00-865-058-A

121VU FUEL/RFL/DFL/SPLY 2QU L23
Subtask 28-28-00-010-051-D
C. Get Access
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position in the left Main-Landing-Gear (MLG) bay.
(3) Remove the ACT-equipment support door (Ref. AMM TASK 57-17-11-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-28-00-040-050-B
A. Deactivation of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (valve is OFF in the open position)
NOTE: The subsequent procedure is the same for each installed ACT. Therefore, only one procedure is
given. Differences between each ACT are given where applicable.
(1) Removal of the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2):
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU
DISCONNECT OR CONNECT THEM. CONTAMINATION ON THE ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(a) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) and (4) from the receptacles of the ACT fuel-transfer
valve-actuator (2).

(b) Cut and discard the lockwire:
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR IN-
STALL LOCKWIRE. EACH TIME YOU CUT LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DIS-
CARD IT IMMEDIATELY. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU
BLIND, AND/OR CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
1 Cut and discard the lockwire from the screw (5).

(c) Loosen the screw (5) and remove the V-clamp (6) from the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2).
(d) Remove the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2) from the shaft of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (1).
(e) Remove the O-ring (7) and discard it.
NOTE: If it is necessary to refuel the ACT(s) before the deactivation of the valve, you can tem-
porarily put the fuel transfer valve into the closed position to enable the refuel of the
ACT(s).
NOTE: If it is not necessary to refuel the ACT(s), you can continue with work step paragraph (3).
(2) Refuel the ACT(s):

(a) On the line end of the electrical connector A (3), install a BRIDGE-WIRE (shunt) between the
pins B and E.
NOTE: The installed shunt provides a equivalent earth path for the ACT refuel valve and pre-
vents an inhibition of ACT refuel.
(b) Do a visual check on the indicator of the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2) to identify the
position of the valve:
· Indicator in horizontal position, the transfer valve is OPEN
· Indicator in vertical position, the transfer valve is CLOSED.
(c) Turn the shaft of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (1) to the closed position.
(d) Install the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) on the flange of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (1)
to lock the valve in the closed position during the refuel of the ACT(s).
(e) Remove the safety clips and tags then close these circuit breakers:
- 2QU, 1QU.
(f) Do refuel the applicable ACT(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-003) or (Ref. AMM TASK 12-
11-28-650-004) .
(g) After the refuel of the ACT(s), open safety and tag again these circuit breakers:
- 2QU, 1QU.
(h) On the line end of the electrical connector A (3), remove the BRIDGE-WIRE (shunt) from the
connector.
(i) Remove the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) from the flange of the ACT fuel-transfer valve
(1).
(3) Deactivate the ACT fuel-transfer valve in open position:
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU
DISCONNECT OR CONNECT THEM. CONTAMINATION ON THE ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(a) Put the CAP-BLANKING on each disconnected electrical connector and receptacle.

(b) Safety the electrical connectors (4) and (3) to the adjacent electrical harness with a TIE WRAP.
(c) Do a visual check on the indicator of the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2) to identify the
· Indicator in horizontal position, the transfer valve is OPEN
· Indicator in vertical position, the transfer valve is CLOSED.
(d) Turn the shaft of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (1) to the open position.
(e) Install the TOOL-VALVE LOCKING (T720521) on the flange of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (1) to
lock the valve in the open position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-865-059-A

Subtask 28-28-00-860-072-D
(2) Install the ACT-equipment support door (Ref. AMM TASK 57-17-11-400-001) .
(4) Close the main gear door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(6) Remove the WARNING NOTICES:
· From APU section of overhead panel 25VU
· From FUEL section of panel 40VU
· From ENG/APU FIRE panel located on the overhead panel 20VU
· From ACT control section of panel 28VU.
End of document

** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-008-A
Task Summary
MMEL 28-28-09C NO NO YES 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 28-28-09C
ACT 1 Inlet Valve

Power
1(2)
port Door
port-Door

FR42
FR36
A
Z140
6
FR42
C 5
165QM 1
4
3
7
PIN
SLOT
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_01_00

** ON A/C 401-415

A B
A B
A A B B
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_02_00

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-172-A
001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(4) On the FUEL section of HYD/FUEL panel 40VU, make sure that all tank pump pushbutton switches
pushbutton switch
· On the FUEL section of panel 40VU, to tell persons not to operate the fuel system
· On the ENG/APU FIRE panel located on the overhead panel 20VU, to tell persons not to operate
the fuel system.
Subtask 28-28-00-010-089-C
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-28-00-040-061-C
A. Deactivation of the ACT Fuel-Transfer Valve in Valve Closed Position
NOTE: A refuel of the ACT is not possible while ACT fuel-transfer valve OFF in valve CLOSED position.
actuator (2).
(4) Do a visual check of the indicator of the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator to identify the position of the
valve:

CAUSE DAMAGE.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-173-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(7) In the cockpit put a placard in position to tell the crew that the ACT fuel-transfer valve is OFF in valve
CLOSED position.
(8) On refuel/defuel control panel 801VU put a placard in position to tell the ground crew:
· DO NOT REFUEL THE ACT(s).
End of document

** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-017-A
Task Summary
MMEL 28-28-04B NO NO YES 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 28-28-04B
ACT Air Shutoff Valve (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
port Door
port-Door

FR42
FR36
A
Z140
6
FR42
C 5
165QM 1
4
3
7
PIN
SLOT
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_01_00

** ON A/C 401-415

A B
A B
A A B B
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_02_00

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-214-A
001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
pushbutton switch
· On the Additional Center Tank (ACT) control section of panel 28VU to tell persons not to operate
the fuel system.
Subtask 28-28-00-010-109-B
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-28-00-040-069-B
actuator (2).
(4) Do a visual inspection of the indicator of the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2) to identify the

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) Turn the shaft of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (1) to the closed position, if necessary.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-215-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(7) In the cockpit, put a placard in position to tell the crew that the ACT fuel-transfer valve is OFF in valve
position CLOSED.
REFUEL THE ACT(s).
End of document

28-28-00-040-005-A - Deactivation of the FWD
ACT's Isolation Valve in the Closed Position
** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-005-A
Deactivation of the FWD ACT's Isolation Valve in the Closed Position
FIN : 236QM
Task Summary
MMEL 28-28-16A NO NO YES 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 28-28-16A
Forward ACT Isolation Valve

(Material No. 14QFC1) Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES -
ACT-FWD Isolation-Valve Actuator

FR42
FR36
A
Z140
6
FR42
236QM 1
4
3
7
PIN
SLOT
N_MM_282800_4_PLA3_01_00
Figure 28-28-00-991-01300-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - ACT-FWD Isolation-Valve Actuator

** ON A/C 401-415

A B
A B
VALVE OPEN VALVE CLOSED
A A B B
N_MM_282800_4_PLA3_02_00
Figure 28-28-00-991-01300-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - ACT-FWD Isolation-Valve Actuator

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-112-A
910-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
switch is released (the ON legend is off)
pushbutton switch
· On the ENG/APU FIRE panel located on the overhead panel 20VU to tell persons not to operate
the fuel system.
(6) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the MLG doors to tell persons not to operate the doors.
Subtask 28-28-00-010-061-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the left MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in the left MLG bay.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. ACT-FWD Isolation-Valve Actuator)
Subtask 28-28-00-040-054-C
A. Forward-ACT Isolation Valve is OFF in the Closed Position
NOTE: The forward-ACT isolation valve can stay in the closed position if there is no fuel in the ACT FWD.
In this case do the subsequent procedure.
(1) On refuel/defuel control panel 801VU, put the REFUEL VALVE selector switches of ACT AFT2 and
ACT FWD to SHUT position.
CONNECT OR CONNECT THEM. CONTAMINATION ON THE ELECTRICAL CONNECT-
ORS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) and (4) from the receptacle of the isolation valve actuator (2).
(3) On the line end of the electrical connector A, install a BRIDGE-WIRE (shunt) on the electrical
connector (3) between the pins B and E.

(6) Do a visual check of the see/feel indicator of the isolation valve actuator (2) to identify the position of
the valve:
· See/feel indicator in horizontal position: the isolation valve is OPEN
· See/feel indicator in vertical position: the isolation valve is CLOSED.
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(8) Loosen the screw (5) and disconnect the V-clamp (6) from the V-flange of the forward isolation valve
(1).
(9) Remove the O-ring (7) and discard it.
(10) Remove the isolation valve actuator (2) from the forward isolation valve (1).
(11) Manually turn the input pin of the forward isolation valve (1) to the closed position.
(12) Install the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) on the V-flange of the forward isolation valve (1) to
lock it in the closed position.
(13) Install the V-clamp (6) on the shaft of the forward isolation valve (1).
(14) Tighten the screw (5) to safety the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) on the valve.
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(15) Safety the screw (5) with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES - (Material No. 14QFC1).
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-113-A
(2) On refuel/defuel control panel 801VU, put a placard in position to tell the ground crew that the
automatic refuel of the aircraft is not possible.
NOTE: On the refuel/defuel control panel 801VU, the AFMS FAULT light comes ON after AFMC
power-up test.
(3) If you must refuel the aircraft, do the pressure refuel with manual control (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-
650-004) .
(4) Close the left MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(6) Remove the Warning Notice(s) from the cockpit and from the MLG door.
End of document

28-28-00-040-007-A - Deactivation of the Vent Valve in the Closed Position
** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-007-A
Deactivation of the Vent Valve in the Closed Position
FIN : 234QM
Task Summary
MMEL 28-28-06C YES NO YES 01.3 01.3 1

MMEL 28-28-06C
ACT Vent Valve

No specific 1 BRIDGE-WIRE
(Material No. 14QFC1) Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES -

195 HYDRAULIC COMPT AND FAIRINGS
195BB

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 28-28-00-860-802-A). ACT Vent Valve - Simulation Fully Open with Vent Valve Deactivated
ACT Vent-Valve Actuator

A
Z140
234QM
FR42
FR36
7 SLOT
A 6
5
1
2 91QH
C
4
B
N_MM_282800_4_ABB0_01_00
Figure 28-28-00-991-01200-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - ACT Vent-Valve Actuator

** ON A/C 401-415

B A
B A
A A
B B
N_MM_282800_4_ABB0_02_00
Figure 28-28-00-991-01200-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - ACT Vent-Valve Actuator

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-114-A
910-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(4) On the FUEL section of HYD/FUEL panel 40VU, make sure that all tank pump pushbutton switches
pushbutton switch,
· On the FUEL section of panel 40VU, to tell persons not to operate the fuel system
· On the ENG/APU FIRE panel located on overhead panel 20VU, to tell persons not to operate the
the fuel system.
(6) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the main gear doors.
Subtask 28-28-00-865-087-A

121VU FUEL/ACT VENT VLV/MAN/SPLY 62QH L21
121VU FUEL/ACT VENT VLV/AUTO/SPLY 61QH L20
Subtask 28-28-00-010-068-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position at zone 195.
(2) On the lower fuselage, open access door 195BB.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. ACT Vent-Valve Actuator)
Subtask 28-28-00-040-056-B
A. ACT Vent Valve is OFF in the closed position
NOTE: The ACT vent valve can stay in CLOSED position during the flight.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) and (4) from the receptacles of the actuator (2).
(2) On the line end of the electrical connector A, install a BRIDGE-WIRE (shunt) on the electrical
connector (3) between the pins B and E.

(5) Do a visual check of the see/feel indicator of the vent valve actuator to identify the position of the
valve:
· See/feel indicator aligned, the ACT vent valve is OPEN
· See/feel indicator across, the ACT vent valve is CLOSED.
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(7) Loosen the screw (5) and remove the V-clamp (1) and the actuator (2) from the shaft (7) of the ACT
vent valve.
(8) Remove the O-ring (6) and discard it.
(9) If necessary, turn the shaft (7) of the ACT vent valve to CLOSED position.
(10) Install the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) on the flange of the ACT vent valve to lock the valve
in CLOSED position.
(11) Install the V-clamp (1) on the shaft (7) of the ACT vent valve.
(12) Tighten the screw (5) to safety the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING on the valve.
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(13) Safety the screw (5) with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES - (Material No. 14QFC1).
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-865-088-A

Subtask 28-28-00-860-115-A
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(2) If you must refuel the ACT(s) with deactivated vent valve, do the simulation task of ACT vent valve
fully open (Ref. AMM TASK 28-28-00-860-802) .
NOTE: On refuel/defuel control panel 801VU, the AFMS FAULT light comes ON after AFMC power-
up test.
(3) On the lower fuselage, close access door 195BB.


(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

End of document

28-28-00-040-006-A - Check of the Integrated Impact Wall for Permissible Damage
** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-006-A
Check of the Integrated Impact Wall for Permissible Damage
Task Summary
MMEL 28-28-08A NO NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 28-28-08A
ACT Integrated Impact Wall

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 28-11-49-000-002-A). Removal of the ACT Integrated Impact Wall
(Ref. 28-11-49-400-002-A). Installation of the ACT Integrated Impact Wall
tric Pump
tric Pump
Location of the Attachment Points SHEET 1

FR50
FR47.5 A
FR47.2
FR47.1
ACT AFT2
Z150
HEAT SHIELD
HEAT SHIELD
PROTECTION COVER
PROTECTION COVER
NOTE:
"R" ATTACHMENT POINTS
A
"Y" ATTACHMENT POINTS N_MM_282800_4_PLA4_01_00
Figure 28-28-00-991-00900-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Location of the Attachment Points

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-092-A
(1) Obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(4) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the aft cargo-compartment.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on:
· Refuel/defuel control panel 801VU
· Fuel control panel 40VU
· Additional Center Tank (ACT) control panel 28VU
to tell persons not to operate the refuel/defuel system.
Subtask 28-28-00-865-072-A

121VU FUEL/ACT AIR SOV/MAN/SPLY 64QH J20
121VU FUEL/ACT AIR SOV/AUTO/SPLY 63QH J19
121VU FUEL/ACT XFR VLV/MOT2 66QH J18
121VU FUEL/HI/LVL/SPLY 1QJ L24
121VU FUEL/ACT/FUEL PUMP/SPLY 25QH Q29
Subtask 28-28-00-010-063-B
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable integrated impact wall (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-49-000-002) .
NOTE: The removal is not necessary if three 'Y' attachments points of the protection cover of the in-
tegrated impact wall is damaged, see the procedure below.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Location of the Attachment Points SHEET 1)
Subtask 28-28-00-040-055-B
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HEAT SHIELD. DAMAGE TO THE HEAT
SHIELD IS NOT PERMITTED.
A. Do a check for Permissible Damage of the Integrated Impact Wall
NOTE: The integrated impact wall has a protection cover and a heat shield which are assembled together.
(1) Damage Limits - Protection Cover

(a) At least three of the 'Y' attachment points must not be damaged, then you can

· Dispatch the aircraft in the subsequent conditions:

· The placards must be visible
· You must do a repair procedure as soon as possible.
(b) Dispatch is possible with all the 'Y' attachment points damaged in the subsequent conditions:
· You must remove the remaining protection cover
· You must install the heat shield with new spacers
· You must do a repair procedure as soon as possible
· The placards must be visible.
(2) Damage Limits - Heat Shield
(a) Major or minor damage to the front surface of the heat shield:
NOTE: The protection cover must be removed before you can inspect the heat shield.
· Replace the integrated impact wall (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-49-000-002)

(Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-49-400-002) , or
· Dispatch the aircraft without cargo.
(b) Major or minor damage to the rear profiled surface of the wall:
· Replace the integrated impact wall (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-49-000-002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-49-400-002) , or
· Dispatch the aircraft without cargo.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-865-073-A

121VU FUEL/ACT AIR SOV/MAN/SPLY 64QH J20
121VU FUEL/ACT AIR SOV/AUTO/SPLY 63QH J19
121VU FUEL/HI/LVL/SPLY 1QJ L24
121VU FUEL/ACT/FUEL PUMP/SPLY 25QH Q29
Subtask 28-28-00-860-093-C
(2) Install the integrated impact wall (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-49-400-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(7) If you have done restrictions to the integrated impact wall:
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell these actions to the flight crew.

(b) Make an entry in the logbook.
End of document

28-29-00-040-002-A - APU LP VALVE - Deactivation
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-29-00-040-002-A
APU LP VALVE - Deactivation
FIN : 14QM
Task Summary
MMEL 28-29-01B NO NO YES 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 28-29-01B
APU LP Fuel Valve

No specific 1 BAG - POLYTHENE
No specific 1 FLASHLIGHT
No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION
No specific 1 STEPLADDER 2.0 M (6.6 FT)
(10.35 and 12.65 lbf.in)
(53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in)
(B12990) 1 LOCKING COVER
(Ref. 20-28-00-912-802-A). Electrical Bonding - General Maintenance Procedure
Power
1(2)
APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N B27000).

APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N A08000).

1 FR53
2 FR48
3 FR57
4 FR59
1 FR31
2 FR35.4
3 FR28
4 FR31
Z147
A
3
4
A C
5
CENTER SECTION
3 REAR SPAR
4 FR42
1 SHUT OFF VALVE

3QF
APU FUEL LP
NOTE: VALVE ACTUATOR
D
1 A320
2 A321
3 A319 9
4 A318
N_MM_282900_4_AAMA_01_00
Figure 28-29-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N B27000).
** ON A/C ALL

VISUAL INDICATOR
COLOURED BAR
LABEL READING
RED OPEN
LABEL READING
GREEN CLOSED C
CABLES SHOWN TIED
BACK WITH TIE-WRAPS
2
TIE WRAP
N_MM_282900_4_AAMA_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

1 FR53
2 FR48
3 FR57
4 FR59
1 FR31
2 FR35.4
3 FR28
4 FR31
Z147
A
3
C
2
B 4 3 2
5
LOCKING
COVER
4
FR42
CENTER SECTION
REAR SPAR
1
ACTUATOR SHUT-OFF VALVE
P/N A08000
NOTE:
6
1 A320
2 A321 7
3 A319 5020QM
ADAPTER
4 A318 P/N A08900
N_MM_282900_4_ACMA_01_00
Figure 28-29-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N A08000).
** ON A/C ALL

B
EXAMPLE
C
POSITION INDICATOR
CABLES SHOWN TIED
BACK WITH TIE-WRAPS
8
TIE WRAP
N_MM_282900_4_ACMA_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-29-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is in the off position
(the ON and FAULT legends are off).
Subtask 28-29-00-865-058-A

121VU APU/FUEL/LP VALVE/CTL 1QF M40
121VU APU/FUEL/LP VALVE/SPLY 2QF M39
Subtask 28-29-00-010-051-A
C. Get Access
(1) Open the main landing-gear doors Z734,Z744 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Put the STEPLADDER 2.0 M (6.6 FT) in position at the main landing-gear bay.
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-29-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the APU Fuel LP-Valve (Actuator P/N B27000)
(Ref. Fig. APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N B27000).)
(1) In the Main Landing Gear (MLG) bay, check the position of the APU fuel LP-valve (14QM) at the
visual position indicator of the APU fuel LP-valve-actuator (3QF).
NOTE: Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION to see the visual position indicator.
(2) If the visual position indicator shows a green bar, the APU fuel LP-valve is in the closed position, then
you must do this procedure:
(a) Disconnect the electrical connectors 3QF-A and 3QF-B (2) from the actuator (1).
(c) Fold the electrical connectors/cables (2) back over the cable clamps and attach them with a TIE
WRAP to a stowage position.
(3) If the visual position indicator shows a red bar, the APU fuel LP valve is in the open position, then you
must do this procedure:
(c) Fold the electrical connectors/cables (2) back over the cable clamps and attach them with a TIE
WRAP to a stowage position.
(d) Hold the APU fuel LP-valve actuator (1) in position and remove the nuts (3), the washers (4) and
the bonding strap (5).
(e) Disconnect the drive shaft of the actuator from the drive shaft of the valve and remove the
actuator (1).
(f) Turn the drive shaft of the valve (7) to the horizontal position (closed position).

(g) Viewed on the actuator mounting face, turn the drive shaft of the actuator in counterclockwise
direction until the visual position indicator shows a green bar (closed position).
(h) Make sure that you do not damage the drive shaft of the actuator when you turn it.
NOTE: Do not apply more torque than 0.12 m.daN (10.62 lbf.in) to turn the drive shaft of the ac-
tuator.
NOTE: Do not turn the drive shaft of the actuator in clockwise direction.
NOTE: Install a new actuator:

- if you can not turn the drive shaft of the actuator within the torque limit of 0.12 m.daN
(10.62 lbf.in)
- if you can turn the drive shaft of the actuator freely without a torque
- if the drive shaft of the actuator is damaged and does not engage correctly into the
drive shaft of the valve.
(i) Put the actuator (1) in position on the studs (9).

(j) Engage the drive shaft of the actuator into the drive shaft of the valve (7) (closed position).
(k) Make sure that the washers (4), the nuts (3) and the bonding strap (5) are in a good condition.
(l) Connect the bonding strap (5) to the actuator (1), install the washers (4) and the nuts (3)
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-28-00-912-802) .
(m) Torque the nuts (3) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(4) In the cockpit, on the panel 25VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell people not to
operate the APU (APU fuel LP-valve is locked in closed position).
(5) Make an entry in the aircraft-logbook, that the APU fuel LP-valve (14QM) is locked in closed position
(6) Cockpit effects:
The APU LP Valve symbol shows the transit position on the ECAM FUEL page when the valve is
deactivated.
Subtask 28-29-00-040-051-A
B. Deactivation of the APU Fuel LP-Valve (with Actuator P/N A08000)
(Ref. Fig. APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N A08000).)
(1) In the Main Landing Gear (MLG) bay, check the position of the APU fuel LP-valve (14QM) at the
visual position indicator of the APU fuel LP-valve-actuator (3QF).
(2) If the visual position indicator is in the SHUT position, then you must do this procedure:
(c) Fold the electrical connectors/cables (4) back over the cable clamps and attach the cables (4)
with a TIE WRAP (8) to a stowage position.
(3) If the visual position indicator is in the OPEN position, then you must do this procedure:
(c) Fold the electrical connectors/cables (4) back over the cable clamps and attach the cables (4)
with a TIE WRAP (8) to a stowage position.
(d) If necessary, remove the screw (3) and disconnect the bonding strap (2).

(e) Hold the APU fuel LP-valve actuator (1) in position and and loosen the V-Band clamp (6).
(f) Disconnect and remove the actuator (1) from the valve adapter (7).
(g) Turn the drive shaft of the valve to the horizontal position (closed position).
(h) Turn the drive shaft of the actuator in counterclockwise direction until the visual position indicator
is in the SHUT position.
(i) Make sure that you do not damage the drive shaft of the actuator when you turn it.
NOTE: Do not apply more torque than 0.12 m.daN (10.62 lbf.in) to turn the drive shaft of the ac-
tuator.
NOTE: Do not turn the drive shaft of the actuator in clockwise direction.
NOTE: Lock the valve with the applicable LOCKING COVER (Ref. Para. (4)):
- if you can not turn the drive shaft of the actuator within the torque limit of 0.12 m.daN
(10.62 lbf.in)
- if the drive shaft of the actuator is damaged and does not engage correctly into the
drive shaft of the valve.
(j) Put the actuator (1) in position on the valve adapter (7).
(k) Engage the drive shaft of the actuator into the drive shaft of the valve (closed position).
(l) Install the V-Band clamp (6) on the actuator (1) and the valve adapter (7).
(m) TORQUE the nuts of the V-Band clamp (6) to between 0.117 and 0.143 m.daN
(10.35 and 12.65 lbf.in).
(n) If removed, connect the bonding strap (2) to the actuator (1) and install the screw (3)
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-28-00-912-802) .
(4) Lock the APU fuel LP-valve (14QM) in the closed position with the LOCKING COVER (B12990) :
NOTE: This is an alternative procedure to lock the APU fuel LP-valve if the actuator (3QF) is re-
moved.
NOTE: You must lock the APU fuel LP-valve in the closed position with the LOCKING COVER:
- if you can not turn the drive shaft of the actuator counterclockwise within the torque limit of
0.12 m.daN (10.62 lbf.in)
- if the drive shaft of the actuator is damaged and does not engage into the drive shaft of the
valve.
(a) Put the LOCKING COVER (5) in position on the valve adapter (7).
(b) Engage the LOCKING COVER (5) into the slot of the valve drive shaft (closed position).
(c) Install the V-Band clamp (6) on the LOCKING COVER (5) and the valve adapter (7).
(d) TORQUE the nuts of the V-Band clamp (6) to between 0.117 and 0.143 m.daN
(10.35 and 12.65 lbf.in).
(e) Connect the bonding strap (2) to the LOCKING COVER (5) and install the screw (3)
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-28-00-912-802) .
(f) TORQUE the screw (3) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(g) Put the actuator (1) in a BAG - POLYTHENE and keep it in a safe location.

(5) In the cockpit, on the panel 25VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell people not to
operate the APU (APU fuel LP-valve is locked in closed position).
(7) Cockpit effects:
The APU LP Valve symbol shows the transit position on the ECAM FUEL page when the valve is
deactivated.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-29-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
(2) Remove the stepladder.
(3) Close the main landing-gear doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
Subtask 28-29-00-860-055-A
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
End of document

28-29-00-440-002-A - APU LP VALVE - Reactivation
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-29-00-440-002-A
APU LP VALVE - Reactivation
FIN : 14QM
MMEL 28-29-01B
APU LP Fuel Valve

No specific 1 STEPLADDER 2.0 M (6.6 FT)
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 28-29-51-400-001-A). Installation of the APU Fuel LP Valve Actuator
Ref. TSM 28-29-00-810-801 APU Fuel Supply Failure
APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N B27000).
APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N A08000).

1 FR53
2 FR48
3 FR57
4 FR59
1 FR31
2 FR35.4
3 FR28
4 FR31
Z147
A
3
4
A C
5
CENTER SECTION
3 REAR SPAR
4 FR42
1 SHUT OFF VALVE

3QF
APU FUEL LP
NOTE: VALVE ACTUATOR
D
1 A320
2 A321
3 A319 9
4 A318
N_MM_282900_4_AAMA_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

VISUAL INDICATOR
COLOURED BAR
LABEL READING
RED OPEN
LABEL READING
GREEN CLOSED C
CABLES SHOWN TIED
BACK WITH TIE-WRAPS
2
TIE WRAP
N_MM_282900_4_AAMA_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

1 FR53
2 FR48
3 FR57
4 FR59
1 FR31
2 FR35.4
3 FR28
4 FR31
Z147
A
3
C
2
B 4 3 2
5
LOCKING
COVER
4
FR42
CENTER SECTION
REAR SPAR
1
ACTUATOR SHUT-OFF VALVE
P/N A08000
NOTE:
6
1 A320
2 A321 7
3 A319 5020QM
ADAPTER
4 A318 P/N A08900
N_MM_282900_4_ACMA_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

B
EXAMPLE
C
POSITION INDICATOR
CABLES SHOWN TIED
BACK WITH TIE-WRAPS
8
TIE WRAP
N_MM_282900_4_ACMA_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-29-00-860-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 28-29-00-865-060-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

Subtask 28-29-00-010-052-A
C. Get Access
(1) Open the main landing-gear doors Z734, Z744 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Put the STEPLADDER 2.0 M (6.6 FT) in position at the main landing-gear bay.
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-29-00-440-050-A
A. Reactivation of the APU LP Shutoff Valve (Actuator P/N B27000)
(Ref. Fig. APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N B27000).)
(1) If the LP-valve actuator was removed to deactivate the LP shutoff valve do the following steps:
(a) Remove the electrical connectors (2) from the locking device (8).
(b) Remove the nuts (3), the washers (4) and the bonding strap (5) from the actuator mount studs
(9).
(c) Remove the locking device (8).
(d) Install the APU-fuel LP-valve actuator (1) (Ref. AMM TASK 28-29-51-400-001) .
(2) If the LP shutoff valve was deactivated without a removal of the actuator do following steps:
(a) Remove the tie-wraps from the tied back cables/connectors (2).
(b) Make sure that all the electrical connections are clean and in the correct condition.
(c) Connect the connectors (2) to the actuator.
Subtask 28-29-00-440-051-A
B. Reactivation of the APU LP Shutoff Valve (Actuator P/N A08000)
(Ref. Fig. APU LP Fuel Valve and Actuator (P/N A08000).)
(1) If the LP-valve actuator was removed to deactivate the LP shutoff valve do the following steps:
(a) Remove the tie-wraps (8) from the tied back cables/connectors (4).
(c) Remove the screw (3) and the bonding strap (2) from the locking cover (5).
(d) Remove the V-Band clamp (6) and the locking cover (5).
(e) Install the APU-fuel LP-valve actuator (1) (Ref. AMM TASK 28-29-51-400-001) .
(2) If the LP shutoff valve was deactivated without a removal of the actuator do following steps:
(a) Remove the tie-wraps (8) from the tied back cables/connectors (4).

(c) Connect the connectors (4) to the actuator.
Subtask 28-29-00-865-059-A

Subtask 28-29-00-810-050-A
D. Trouble Shooting
(1) Trouble shoot the APU LP Fuel Shutoff-Valve Ref. TSM 28-29-00-810-801 .
(3) Make an entry in the logbook that the APU LP Fuel Shutoff-Valve is reactivated.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-29-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
(2) Remove the stepladder.
(3) Close the main landing-gear doors Z734, Z744 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
Subtask 28-29-00-860-057-A
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-015-A
Task Summary
MMEL 28-46-02A NO NO YES 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 28-46-02A
High Level Detection System (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
port Door
port-Door

FR42
FR36
A
Z140
6
FR42
C 5
165QM 1
4
3
7
PIN
SLOT
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_01_00

** ON A/C 401-415

A B
A B
A A B B
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_02_00

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-204-A
001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
pushbutton switch
the fuel system.
Subtask 28-28-00-010-104-B
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-28-00-040-067-B
NOTE: A refuel of the ACT is not possible while ACT fuel-transfer valve is OFF in the CLOSED position.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) and (4) from the receptacles of the ACT transfer-valve
actuator (2).
(4) Do a visual check of the indicator of the ACT transfer-valve actuator (2) to identify the position of the
valve:
(5) Cut and discard lockwire:

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) Cut and discard lockwire from the screw (5).

(6) Loosen the screw (5) and remove the V-clamp (6) and the ACT transfer-valve actuator (2).
(a) Turn the shaft of the ACT fuel-transfer valve (1) to the closed position, if necessary.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-205-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(7) In the cockpit, put a placard in position to tell the crew that the ACT fuel-transfer valve is OFF in the
closed position.
REFUEL THE ACT(s).
End of document

** ON A/C 401-415
TASK 28-28-00-040-018-A
Task Summary
MMEL 28-46-05A NO NO YES 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 28-46-05A
Low Level Detection System in the ACT (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
port Door
port-Door

FR42
FR36
A
Z140
6
FR42
C 5
165QM 1
4
3
7
PIN
SLOT
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_01_00

** ON A/C 401-415

A B
A B
A A B B
N_MM_282800_4_PLA1_02_00

** ON A/C 401-415

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-216-A
001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(4) On the fuel section of HYD/FUEL panel 40VU, make sure that all tank pump pushbutton switches are
released (the OFF legends are on).
· On APU section of overhead panel 25VU, to tell persons not to operate the APU/MASTER SW
pushbutton switch
· On FUEL section of panel 40VU, to tell persons not to operate the fuel system
· On ENG/APU FIRE panel located on overhead panel 20VU, to tell persons not to operate the fire
extinguishing system
· On Additional Center Tank (ACT) control section of panel 28VU, to tell persons not to operate the
fuel system.
Subtask 28-28-00-010-110-B
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-28-00-040-070-B
NOTE: A refuel of the ACT is not possible while ACT fuel-transfer valve is OFF in valve CLOSED position.
actuator (2).
(4) Do a visual check of the indicator of the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2) to identify the position of
the valve:

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(6) Loosen the screw (5) and remove the v-clamp (6) and the ACT fuel-transfer valve-actuator (2).
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-28-00-860-217-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(7) In the cockpit put a placard in position to tell the crew that the ACT fuel-transfer valve is OFF in valve
position CLOSED.
(8) On the refuel/defuel control panel 801VU put a placard in position to tell the ground crew: DO NOT
REFUEL THE ACT(s).
End of document

28-40-00-040-012-A - Refuel Procedure for use with
an Unserviceable Magnetic Level Indicator (MLI)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 28-40-00-040-012-A
Refuel Procedure for use with an Unserviceable Magnetic Level Indicator (MLI)

MMEL 28-43-01B
Manual Magnetic Indicators

Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 28-40-00-941-071-A

(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures when you work on the fuel system (Ref. AMM TASK 28-
00-00-910-001) .
Subtask 28-40-00-860-075-A
(4) Make sure that the F.USED indications on the FUEL page are correctly shown.
4. Procedure
Subtask 28-40-00-040-085-A
A. Refuel Procedure for use with an Unserviceable Magnetic Level Indicator (MLI)
SPILLAGE.

THE SAME TIME.
(1) Do a test of the high level sensors (Ref. AMM TASK 28-46-00-710-001) .
(2) Refuel the aircraft as follows:
(a) Fully refuel the wing tanks until (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-004) :
· the high level sensors operate
and
· the high level lights on the Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU come on.
(b) Multiply the total volume of the fuel by the specific gravity of the fuel. The result is the total mass
of the fuel.
NOTE: Make sure that this total is equal to the maximum capacity of the applicable wing tank.
5. Close-up
Subtask 28-40-00-860-076-A

(3) Make a note in the aircraft technical log that the FQI system of the applicable wing is unserviceable.
Subtask 28-40-00-942-069-A
End of document

29-30-00-040-001-A - Integrity Check of the RAT after RAT FAULT Warning
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-30-00-040-001-A
Integrity Check of the RAT after RAT FAULT Warning
FIN : 2GE
Task Summary
MMEL 29-09-08A NO YES NO 00.6 00.6 1

MMEL 29-09-08A
HYD RAT FAULT Alert
NOTE: Use this procedure together with the Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL). If the fault indication is
because of a defect in the indication system it is permitted to dispatch the aircraft. It is also permitted to
dispatch the aircraft if the defect is in the RAT ground test system (if the system is known to be in the
"flight" condition). It is not permitted to dispatch the aircraft if the fault indication is because of a defect
which could prevent operation of the RAT.
NOTE: If any part of the system is deactivated, after each flight, the deactivated component must be reactiv-
ated and this procedure done again. This is to find any faults which were not shown because of the de-
activation.

Power
1(2)
Cart
(Ref. 29-22-00-869-005-A). Extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
(Ref. 29-22-00-869-006-A). Retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
Ref. TSM 29-22-00-810-801 Fault of the Ram Air Turbine
Location of RAT - Components SHEET 1

A B
195BB
197EB
1GE-E
C C
EJECTION JACK
B
INDICATION LIGHTS
RAM
AIR
TURBINE
INTERLOCK ACTUATOR RAT

WARNING PRESSURE STOWED
RESET
O
RAT CONTROL N
STOW LAMP
TEST
PANEL 3GE
O
F
28V DC F
J2
N_MM_293000_4_AEP0_01_00
Figure 29-30-00-991-00300-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Location of RAT - Components

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-30-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal, press the HYD pushbutton switch (P/BSW). Make
sure that the ECAM lower Display Unit (DU) shows the HYD page.
(4) Make sure that the ECAM upper DU shows the RAT FAULT indication.
Subtask 29-30-00-010-056-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access panels 195BB and 197EB.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Location of RAT - Components SHEET 1)
Subtask 29-30-00-040-050-B
A. Integrity Check of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) after RAT FAULT Warning
(1) Do a visual check of the left belly fairing to make sure that the RAT is not extended.
(2) If the RAT is extended:
(a) Do the applicable troubleshooting procedures Ref. TSM 29-22-00-810-801 .
(b) If the fault has been corrected, go to Para. 5.A.
(3) If the RAT is not extended, do the steps that follow:
(a) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003) .
(b) Extend the RAT (Ref. AMM TASK 29-22-00-869-005) . If the RAT STOWED indicator light
comes on, ignore it.
(c) Make sure that the RAT stays in the deployed position.
(d) Retract the RAT (Ref. AMM TASK 29-22-00-869-006) . If the RAT STOWED indicator light goes
off, ignore it.
(e) Make sure that the RAT stays in the stowed position. If the RAT FAULT indicator light comes on,
ignore it. This RAT FAULT warning is false.
(f) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
(g) Make an entry in the logbook.
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-30-00-410-054-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the access panels 195BB and 197EB.
Subtask 29-30-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .

End of document

29-30-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Reservoir Low-Level Warning
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-30-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Reservoir Low-Level Warning
Task Summary
MMEL 29-09-05A YES NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 29-09-05A
HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR LO LVL Alert (FAA only)
NOTE: The ECAM caution message -RSVR LO LVL- can be incorrectly shown because of a defective low-
level switch. This condition is identified if the related PUMP FAULT LIGHT comes on (for the Blue hy-
draulic system) or, at the same time, the related PUMP FAULT light and PTU FAULT light come on (for
the Green and/or Yellow hydraulic systems). When one or two of these lights are 'ON', do a check of
the related low-level switch (Ref. AMM TASK 29-31-00-710-001). Deactivate the switch if you cannot
repair or replace it. Push the 'CLEAR' button on the ECAM to clear the -RSVR LO LVL- caution mes-
sage. The PUMP FAULT lights will come on in if there is a pump failure. The subsequent quantity dif-
ferences will be shown by the -RSVR LO LVL- caution message on the ECAM when the transmitter is
in operation. Although, for this condition, the PUMP FAULT lights will not operate as usual because of
the deactivated low-level switch.


No specific 2 CAP - PROTECTION

196BB, 197FB
(Ref. 12-12-29-611-001-A). Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump
(Ref. 12-12-29-611-002-A). Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart
Location of the Reservoir Low-Level Switches SHEET 1

A
C
197FB
FR43
196BB B FR42
Z147
D
FR41 B
FR42 FR50
C FR49
D D
EXAMPLE
LOW LEVEL SWITCH
N_MM_293000_4_AGM0_01_00
Figure 29-30-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Location of the Reservoir Low-Level Switches

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. Location of the Reservoir Low-Level Switches SHEET 1)
Subtask 29-30-00-010-054-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open these access doors:
· For the Green reservoir, open one main gear door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001)
NOTE: You can open one of the two doors, but access is better from the RH side.
· For the Blue reservoir, open the access door 197FB

· For the Yellow reservoir, open the access door 196BB and the RH main door of the main gear
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 29-30-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of the Reservoir Low-Level Switches
(1) Disconnect the applicable electrical connector from the low-level switch of the related hydraulic
reservoir.
(2) Install a CAP - PROTECTION on the disconnected electrical connector and on the receptacle of the
reservoir.
(3) Use a TIE WRAP and attach the cable to a part of the adjacent structure.
(4) Make sure that oil or other liquids cannot go into the connector end.
Subtask 29-30-00-210-052-A
B. Visual Check of the Reservoir Content
(1) Do a check of the content of the deactivated reservoir with the quantity indicator on the reservoir
before each flight.
(2) If necessary, fill the reservoir to the correct level (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-002) .
Subtask 29-30-00-941-050-A
C. Put a warning notice in the flight compartment to tell the crew that the fluid low-level warning-system does
not operate.
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-30-00-410-058-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close these access doors:
· For the Green reservoir, close the main gear door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001)
· For the Blue reservoir, close the access door 197FB
· For the Yellow reservoir, close the access door 196BB and the RH main door of the main gear
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
End of document

29-30-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Pressure Transmitter
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233
TASK 29-30-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the Pressure Transmitter

MMEL 29-07-08A
System Pressure Indication on the HYD SD page

No specific AR CAP - PROTECTION

147 MAIN GEAR WELL AND HYDRAULIC COMPARTMENT
195BB, 196BB
Location of the Pressure Transmitter

FR44
Z147
C
B A D
Z196
Z195
195BB
196BB
FR41
A
FR42
FR41
FR42
N_MM_293000_4_AAAA_01_00
Figure 29-30-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Location of the Pressure Transmitter

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-
233 | EMB SB 31-1286 for A/C 201-201, 207-207, 210-210

D 1065GN
E 3065GN
D E
2065GN
N_MM_293000_4_AAAA_02_00
Figure 29-30-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - Location of the Pressure Transmitter

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-
233 | EMB SB 31-1286 for A/C 201-201, 207-207, 210-210

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233
EMB SB 31-1286 for A/C 201-201, 207-207, 210-210

Subtask 29-30-00-010-058-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the related access doors to get access to the HP manifold.
(a) For the Green system, open one main gear door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(b) For the Blue system, open the access panel 195BB.
(c) For the Yellow system, open the access panel 196BB.
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233

4. Procedure
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233
EMB SB 31-1286 for A/C 201-201, 207-207, 210-210

(Ref. Fig. Location of the Pressure Transmitter)
Subtask 29-30-00-040-053-A
A. Deactivation of the Hydraulic Pressure Transmitter
(1) Disconnect the applicable electrical connector from the pressure transmitter of the related HP
manifold.
(2) Install the CAP - PROTECTION on the disconnected connector and on the receptacle.
(3) Use the TIE WRAP and attach the cable to a part of the adjacent structure.
(4) Make sure that oil or other liquids cannot go into the connector end.
Subtask 29-30-00-941-051-A
B. Put the warning notice in the flight compartment to tell the crew that the hydraulic pressure transmitter
does not operate.
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233

5. Close-up
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233
EMB SB 31-1286 for A/C 201-201, 207-207, 210-210

Subtask 29-30-00-410-060-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the related access doors:
(a) For the Green system, close the main gear door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(b) For the Blue system, close the access panel 195BB.
(c) For the Yellow system, close the access panel 196BB.

End of document

29-31-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Reservoir Quantity
Indication of the Green and Blue Hydraulic Systems on the ECAM
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-31-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Reservoir Quantity Indication of the Green and Blue Hydraulic Systems on the ECAM
Task Summary
MMEL 29-07-05A NO YES NO 00.7 00.8 2

MMEL 29-07-05A
Reservoir Quantity Indication on the HYD SD page

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 29-10-00-680-001-A). Drainage of the Reservoir of the Green Hydraulic System
(Ref. 29-10-00-680-003-A). Drainage of the Reservoir of the Blue Hydraulic System
Ref. TSM 29-11-00-810-803 Loss of the Correct Quantity in the Green Hydraulic Reservoir
Ref. TSM 29-12-00-810-803 Loss of the Correct Quantity in the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-31-00-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the access door for the reservoir it is necessary to deactivate
(a) For the Green reservoir:

· Open one main-gear main door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001)
NOTE: You can open one of the two doors, but access is good from the RH side.
(b) For the Blue reservoir:

· Open the access door 197FB.
(2) Do the troubleshooting procedure to check if the fault of the quantity indicator is electrical or
mechanical:
· For the Green reservoir Ref. TSM 29-11-00-810-803
· For the Blue reservoir Ref. TSM 29-12-00-810-803 .
Subtask 29-31-00-865-050-A

121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD/QTY/IND 1831GQ P35
4. Procedure
Subtask 29-31-00-040-053-A
A. Deactivation of the Reservoir Quantity Indication of the Green and Blue Hydraulic Systems
(1) Disconnect the applicable electrical connector 1000GQ-A or 2000GQ-A from the quantity transmitter
of the related reservoir.
(2) Install a CAP - PROTECTION in the connector and the receptacle.
(3) Use a TIE WRAP and secure the cable to a part of the structure.
NOTE: Attach the cable to the structure so that the disconnected end of the connector points down.
Oil or other liquids can not then enter the connector.
Subtask 29-31-00-040-050-A
B. Electrical Failure of the Quantity Indicator
(1) Examine the mechanical indicator on the applicable reservoir to check the quantity of the hydraulic
fluid. Do this before each flight.
(2) Do a check of the LO LVL ECAM warning. Do this check only before the first flight of the aircraft
under this MMEL item.
(a) Make sure that the aircraft configuration is:
1 For deactivation of the Green reservoir indication:
· The landing gear extended with the landing gear doors closed (one main door of the main
gear can be open)
· The thrust reverser for the left engine is off (closed)
· The speedbrakes and the spoilers are retracted
· Green power accumulator empty of fluid and filled with nitrogen to the correct pressure.
2 For deactivation of the Blue reservoir indication:
· Blue power accumulator empty of fluid and filled with nitrogen to the correct pressure.
3 Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4 Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .

5 Drain the applicable reservoir until the low level warning comes on (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-
00-680-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-680-003) . Keep the air pressure in the reservoir
at more than 22 psig (1.5 bar relative) while you drain the reservoir.
6 Put fluid into the reservoir to fill it to its correct fill level (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-
001) .
7 Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
8 De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
9 Make an entry in the logbook.
Subtask 29-31-00-040-055-A
C. Mechanical Failure of the Quantity Indicator
(1) Make sure that the aircraft configuration is:
(a) For deactivation of the Green reservoir indication:
· The landing gear extended with the landing gear doors closed (one main door of the main gear
can be open)
· The thrust reverser for the left engine is off (closed)
· Green power accumulator empty of fluid and filled with nitrogen to the correct pressure.
(b) For deactivation of the Blue reservoir indication:
· Blue power accumulator empty of fluid and filled with nitrogen to the correct pressure.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(4) Drain the applicable reservoir until the low level warning comes on (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-680-
001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-680-003) . Keep the air pressure in the reservoir at more than 22
psig (1.5 bar relative) while you drain the reservoir.
(5) Put fluid into the reservoir to fill it to its correct fill level (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .
The quantity of fluid which is necessary to add is:
· For the Green reservoir: 11 l (2.9 USgal)
· For the Blue reservoir: 4 l (1.05 USgal).
NOTE: These quantities are for fluid temperatures between 10 and 20 deg. C (50 and 68 deg. F). If
the temperature is not in these limits, the quantity of fluid necessary changes by:
- 0.5 l (0.13 USgal) for each 10 deg. C (18 deg. F) for the Green reservoir
- 0.25 l (0.065 USgal) for each 10 deg. C (18 deg. F) for the Blue reservoir.

(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-31-00-865-060-A


Subtask 29-31-00-410-050-A
B. Close Access
(2) Close the access door as applicable:
· 197FB or
· the main door of the main gear (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
End of document

Indication of the Yellow Hydraulic System on the ECAM
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-31-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Reservoir Quantity Indication of the Yellow Hydraulic System on the ECAM
Task Summary
MMEL 29-07-05A YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 29-07-05A
Reservoir Quantity Indication on the HYD SD page


196BB
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 29-10-00-680-002-A). Drainage of the Reservoir of the Yellow Hydraulic System
Ref. TSM 29-13-00-810-801 Loss of the Correct Quantity in the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-31-00-010-053-A
A. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 196BB.

(2) Open the RH main door of the main gear (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(3) Do the troubleshooting procedure to check if the fault of the quantity indicator is electrical or
mechanical Ref. TSM 29-13-00-810-801 .
Subtask 29-31-00-865-054-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 29-31-00-040-054-A
A. Deactivation of the Reservoir Quantity Indication of the Yellow Hydraulic System
(1) Release the transmitter cable from the two P-clips nearest to the reservoir end of the cable.
(2) Put the P-clips back in position on their brackets after you have released the cable.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector 3000GQ-A from the quantity transmitter of the reservoir.
(4) Install a CAP - PROTECTION in the connector and the receptacle.
(5) Put the connector through the hole in the top of the rear wall (FR42) of the Yellow hydraulic
compartment.
(6) Use a TIE WRAP to attach the connector and the cable to the structure in the main gear
compartment.
Oil or other liquids can not then enter the connector.
Subtask 29-31-00-040-052-A
B. Electrical Failure of the Quantity Indicator
(1) Examine the mechanical indicator on the reservoir to check the quantity of the hydraulic fluid. Do this
before each flight.
(2) Do a check of the LO LVL ECAM warning. Do this check only before the first flight of the aircraft
under this MMEL item.
(a) Make sure that the aircraft configuration is:
· The thrust reverser for the right engine OFF (closed)
· The speedbrakes and the spoilers retracted
· Yellow power accumulator empty of fluid and filled with nitrogen to the correct pressure
· Forward and aft cargo-compartment doors closed.
1 Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
2 Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
3 Drain the Yellow reservoir until the low level warning comes on (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-
680-002) . Keep the air pressure in the reservoir at not less than 22 psig (1.5 bar relative)
while you drain the fluid.
4 Put the fluid into the Yellow reservoir to fill it to its correct fill level (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-
29-611-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .

Subtask 29-31-00-040-056-A
C. Mechanical Failure of the Quantity Indicator
(1) Make sure that the aircraft configuration is:
· The thrust reverser for the right engine is off (closed)
· The speedbrakes and the spoilers retracted
· Yellow power accumulator empty of fluid and filled with nitrogen to the correct pressure
· Forward and aft cargo-compartment doors closed.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(4) Drain the Yellow reservoir until the low level warning comes on (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-680-
002) . Keep the air pressure in the reservoir at not less than 22 psig (1.5 bar relative) while you drain
the fluid.
(5) Put the fluid into the Yellow reservoir to fill it to its correct fill level (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-
001) .
The quantity of fluid which it is necessary to add is:
· With the brake accumulator empty of fluid but filled with nitrogen to the correct pressure: 12 l (3.2
USgal)
· With the brake accumulator full of fluid at the system pressure of 206 bar (3000 psi): 9 l (2.4
USgal).
NOTE: These quantities are for fluid temperatures between 10 and 20 deg. C (50 and 68 deg. F). If
the temperature is not in these limits, the quantity of fluid necessary changes by 0.5 l (0.13
USgal) for each 10 deg. C (18 deg. F).

(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-31-00-865-061-A

Subtask 29-31-00-410-054-A
B. Close Access
(2) Close the RH main door of the main gear (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(3) Close the access door 196BB.
End of document

29-34-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Reservoir Air Pressure Switches and
Check of the Reservoir Air Pressure of the Green and Yellow Hydraulic System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-34-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Reservoir Air Pressure Switches and Check of the Reservoir Air Pressure of the Green and
Yellow Hydraulic System
FIN : 1384GH , 2384GH , 3384GH
Task Summary
MMEL 29-09-04A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 29-09-04A
HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR LO AIR PR Alert

nector
Unit (APU)
Reservoir Air Pressure Switches of the Green and Yellow Hydraulic System SHEET 1

B A
1384GH
C
Z147
FR43
196BB
FR42
1000GQ
C
EXAMPLE
1384GH
3384GH
FR41
B FR42
3384GH
3000GQ
N_MM_293400_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 29-34-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Reservoir Air

Pressure Switches of the Green and Yellow Hydraulic System
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-34-00-865-050-A

FOR FIN 1384GH (AIR PRESSURE SWITCH)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/ 1702GK R34
MONG
** ON A/C 401-450
MONG
** ON A/C ALL
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
Subtask 29-34-00-010-050-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable access door:
· One main gear door for 1384GH (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
NOTE: Access is better from the Right Hand (RH) side.
· 196BB and the RH main gear door for 3384GH (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position to be satisfactory for the Green
reservoir.
4. Procedure
Subtask 29-34-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Reservoir Air Pressure Switches
(Ref. Fig. Reservoir Air Pressure Switches of the Green and Yellow Hydraulic System SHEET 1)
(1) Disconnect the applicable electrical connector (1) 1384GH-A or 3384GH-A from the pressure switch.
(2) Install a CAP - PROTECTION on the disconnected connector (1) and on the receptacle.
(3) For the pressure switch 1384GH:
· Use a TIE WRAP and attach the disconnected cable to a part of the structure.
This prevents the contamination of the connector with oil or other liquids.
(4) For the pressure switch 3384GH:

(a) Put the disconnected connector and the end of the cable through the hole in FR42 into the main
gear compartment.
(b) Use a TIE WRAP and attach the disconnected cable to a part of the structure in the main gear
compartment.

NOTE: Attach the cable to the structure so that the disconnected end of the connector points
down. This prevents the contamination of the connector with oil or other liquids.

(6) Look on the air pressure gages on the applicable reservoir and make sure that the air pressure is not
less than 37 psi.
(7) If necessary, pressurize the reservoir (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-34-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(3) Close the applicable access door(s)
· 196BB and the RH main gear door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001)
· The main gear door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
Subtask 29-34-00-865-070-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

MONG
** ON A/C 401-450
MONG
** ON A/C ALL
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
End of document

29-34-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Reservoir Air Pressure Switch
and Check of the Reservoir Air Pressure of the Blue Hydraulic System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-34-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Reservoir Air Pressure Switch and Check of the Reservoir Air Pressure of the Blue Hydraulic
System
FIN : 2384GH
Task Summary
MMEL 29-09-04A YES NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 29-09-04A
HYD G(B)(Y) RSVR LO AIR PR Alert


197FB
nector
Unit (APU)
Reservoir Air Pressure Switch of the Blue Hydraulic System SHEET 1

FR50
A
FR49
197FB
B
2000GQ
2384GH
N_MM_293400_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 29-34-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Reservoir

Air Pressure Switch of the Blue Hydraulic System
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-34-00-865-064-A

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
Subtask 29-34-00-010-053-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 197FB.
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position to be satisfactory for the Blue
reservoir.
4. Procedure
Subtask 29-34-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Reservoir Air Pressure Switch
(Ref. Fig. Reservoir Air Pressure Switch of the Blue Hydraulic System SHEET 1)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) 2384GH-A from the pressure switch.
(2) Install a CAP - PROTECTION on the disconnected connector (1) and on the receptacle.
(3) Use a TIE WRAP and attach the disconnected cable to a part of the structure.
This prevents the contamination of the connector with oil or other liquids.

(5) Look on the air pressure gages of the reservoir and make sure that the air pressure is not less than
37 psi.
(6) If necessary, pressurize the reservoir (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-34-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
(3) Close the access door 197FB.
Subtask 29-34-00-865-068-A

End of document

29-10-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Case Drain Filter
of the Engine Driven Pump of the Green Hydraulic System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-10-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Case Drain Filter of the Engine Driven Pump of the Green Hydraulic System
FIN : 1084GM
Task Summary
MMEL 29-10-09A NO YES NO 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 29-10-09A
Hydraulic Case Drain Filter

(Material No. 02ABA1) Phosphate Ester Hydraulic Fluid-General Power - -
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)
(Ref. 29-00-00-910-002-A). Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
nector
Unit (APU)
(Ref. 29-23-00-860-001-A). Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU)
(Ref. 29-23-00-860-002-A). Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. 71-00-00-710-001-B). Dry Motoring Check

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 71-00-00-710-045-A). Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
(Ref. 71-13-00-010-010-A). Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. 71-13-00-010-040-B). Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 71-13-00-410-010-A). Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. 71-13-00-410-040-B). Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450,
500-600
Case Drain Filters of the Engine Driven Pumps SHEET 1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

Z400
CASE DRAIN
A FILTER
Z400 1084GM/3084GM
B
4
B
CLOGGING
INDICATOR
3
2
N_MM_291000_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 29-10-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Case Drain Filters of the Engine Driven Pumps
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-
226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Z400
A
Z400
B
CASE DRAIN FILTER
1084GM/3084GM
B
1
C
4
C
CLOGGING
INDICATOR
3
2
N_MM_291000_4_AAP0_01_00
Figure 29-10-00-991-00200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Case Drain Filters of the Engine Driven Pumps
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-10-00-860-083-A
WARNING: OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-910-002) .
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic
system:
· In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
· On the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
(3) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
(4) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-860-
001) .
(5) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001) .
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
Subtask 29-10-00-010-057-A
B. Open the left fan cowl door of the left (No. 1) engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-010-057-C
B. Open the left fan cowl door of the left (No. 1) engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-010) .
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-941-050-A
C. Put a CONTAINER 2 L (0.53 USGAL) in position under the filter to collect the hydraulic fluid.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
(Ref. Fig. Case Drain Filters of the Engine Driven Pumps SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Case Drain Filter (1084GM)
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire between the filter bowl (3) and the filter head (1).
(2) Remove the filter bowl (3) together with the filter element (2).
NOTE: You will possibly have to pull the filter element (2) to release it from the filter head (1).
(3) Discard the filter element (2).

(4) Clean the filter bowl (3) and apply Phosphate Ester Hydraulic Fluid-General Power -
- (Material No. 02ABA1) to its threads.
(5) Install the filter bowl (3) in the filter head (1) and tighten it with your hands.
(6) Safety the filter bowl (3) to the filter head (1) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm
(0.032 in.) .
(7) If the red clogging indicator is out, push it in to set it again.
Subtask 29-10-00-860-084-A
B. Preparation for the Test
(1) Make sure that the content of the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is correct. Add fluid as
necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-002) .
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
(4) Remove the container.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 29-10-00-710-051-A
C. Test
(1) Dry-motor the left (No. 1) engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) .
(2) Make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks from the filter assembly, and that the clogging indicator
stays in.
(3) If the clogging indicator comes out, push it in to set it again. If it will not stay in, do the trouble-
shooting of the filter assembly to find the cause.
(4) Stop the operation of the left (No. 1) engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) .
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 29-10-00-710-051-B
C. Test
stays in.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-710-051-C
C. Test
stays in.

** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 29-10-00-410-057-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the left fan cowl door of the left (No. 1) engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040) .
(3) Connect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-860-
002) .
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 29-10-00-410-057-B
A. Close Access
002) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-410-057-C
A. Close Access
002) .
End of document

of the Engine Driven Pump of the Yellow Hydraulic System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-10-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Case Drain Filter of the Engine Driven Pump of the Yellow Hydraulic System
FIN : 3084GM
Task Summary
MMEL 29-10-09A NO NO NO 01.5 01.5 1

MMEL 29-10-09A

nector
Unit (APU)
(PTU)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. 71-00-00-710-001-B). Dry Motoring Check

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 71-00-00-710-045-A). Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450,
500-600
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

Z400
CASE DRAIN
A FILTER
Z400 1084GM/3084GM
B
4
B
CLOGGING
INDICATOR
3
2
N_MM_291000_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 29-10-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Case Drain Filters of the Engine Driven Pumps
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-
226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Z400
A
Z400
B
CASE DRAIN FILTER
1084GM/3084GM
B
1
C
4
C
CLOGGING
INDICATOR
3
2
N_MM_291000_4_AAP0_01_00
Figure 29-10-00-991-00200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Case Drain Filters of the Engine Driven Pumps
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-10-00-860-087-A
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic
system:
· On the ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system.
(3) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
001) .
(5) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001) .
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 29-10-00-010-059-A
B. Open the left fan cowl door of the right (No. 2) engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) .
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 29-10-00-010-059-B
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-010-059-C
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-941-052-A
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-040-051-A

NOTE: You will possibly have to pull the filter element (2) to release it from the filter head (1).

(0.032 in.) .
Subtask 29-10-00-860-088-A
(1) Make sure that the content of the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is correct. Add fluid as
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 29-10-00-710-053-A
C. Test
(1) Dry-motor the right (No. 2) engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) .
stays in.
(4) Stop the operation of the right (No. 2) engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) .
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 29-10-00-710-053-B
C. Test
stays in.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-710-053-C
C. Test

stays in.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 29-10-00-410-059-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the left fan cowl door of the right (No. 2) engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040) .
002) .
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 29-10-00-410-059-B
A. Close Access
002) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-410-059-C
A. Close Access
002) .
End of document

29-10-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Case Drain
Filter of the Electric Pump of the Blue Hydraulic System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-10-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Case Drain Filter of the Electric Pump of the Blue Hydraulic System
FIN : 2084GM
Task Summary
MMEL 29-10-09A YES NO NO 01.3 01.3 1

MMEL 29-10-09A


195BB
Cart
nector

Unit (APU)
Case Drain Filter of the Electric Pump of the Blue Hydraulic System SHEET 1

FR41
FR42
A
A
195BB
Z195
CLOGGING INDICATOR
B
B
1 3
C 4
2
N_MM_291000_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 29-10-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Case Drain

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-10-00-860-091-A
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Blue hydraulic system:
· in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
· on the ground service panel of the Blue hydraulic system.
(3) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
(4) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001) .
Subtask 29-10-00-010-061-A
B. Open the access door 195BB.
Subtask 29-10-00-941-054-A
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Case Drain Filter of the Electric Pump of the Blue Hydraulic System SHEET 1)
Subtask 29-10-00-040-052-A
CAUSE DAMAGE.
NOTE: You may have to pull the filter element (2) to release it from the filter head (1).

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(0.032 in.) .

Subtask 29-10-00-860-092-A
(1) Make sure that the content of the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system is correct. Add fluid as
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
Subtask 29-10-00-790-050-A
C. Test
(1) Pressurize (with the electric pump) the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003) .
(2) Make sure there are no leaks from the filter assembly, and that the clogging indicator stays in.
(4) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-10-00-410-061-A
A. Close Access
End of document

29-10-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the Green Power Accumulator
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-10-00-040-004-A
Deactivation of the Green Power Accumulator
FIN : 1070GM
Task Summary
MMEL 29-10-04A NO NO NO 01.5 01.5 1

MMEL 29-10-04A
Hydraulic System Accumulator
REFERENCE QTYDESIGNATION
No specific AR CAP - BLANKING (ABS0946V12 TYPE)
OR OR
No specific AR CAP - BLANKING (MS21914-12 TYPE)
(62.68 and 70.06 lbf.ft)
(Ref. 29-00-00-870-003-A). Bleeding Procedure of the Green Hydraulic System Downstream of the
Engine Pump

(Ref. 29-10-00-863-001-A). Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System with a Hydraulic Ground
Power-Cart
nector
Unit (APU)
(PTU)
Green Power Accumulator (1070GM) SHEET 1

FR45
A
FR44
A
FR43
1070GM B
Z147
C
13 1111GM
12
C 11
B
1
2
10
9 3
4
5
N_MM_291000_4_AEU0_01_00
Figure 29-10-00-991-01100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Green Power Accumulator (1070GM)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-10-00-865-083-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
Subtask 29-10-00-860-101-A
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green hydraulic
system:
· in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
· on the ground service panel of the Green hydraulic system.
(3) Open the left main-gear door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(5) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001)
001) .
(7) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.
(8) Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the power accumulator to collect the unwanted hydraulic
fluid.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Green Power Accumulator (1070GM) SHEET 1)
Subtask 29-10-00-614-050-B
A. Release the nitrogen pressure from the power accumulator (8) as follows:
(1) Remove the end cap (9) from the charging valve.
(2) Turn the nut (10) to release the nitrogen pressure.
(3) When the nitrogen pressure is fully released turn the nut (10) to close the charging valve.
(4) Install the end cap (9) on the charging valve.
Subtask 29-10-00-020-056-B

B. Removal of the Hydraulic Pipe
CAUTION: USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN YOU
DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU DO NOT USE THE
SECOND WRENCH, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE
UNION TOO MUCH.
(1) Disconnect the line end fitting (1) from the union (3) of the HP-manifold (2).
(2) Disconnect the line end fitting (6) from the union (7) of the power accumulator (8).
(3) Remove the nut (12), the bolt (13) and the pipe (4) with the clamp (5).
(4) Install the CAP - BLANKING on the line end fittings (1) and (6) of the removed pipe (4).
Subtask 29-10-00-420-053-B
C. Installation of the Blanking Caps
UNION TOO MUCH.
(1) Apply the Phosphate Ester Hydraulic Fluid-General Power - - (Material No. 02ABA1) to the threads of
the unions (3) and (7).
(2) Install the CAP - BLANKING (ABS0946V12 TYPE) or CAP - BLANKING (MS21914-12 TYPE) on the
unions (3) and (7).
(3) TORQUE the blanking caps to between 8.5 and 9.5 m.daN (62.68 and 70.06 lbf.ft).
Subtask 29-10-00-865-084-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-790-053-A
E. Leak Test
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS SURFACES
ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Pressurize the Green reservoir (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .

(2) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-001) or
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-863-001) .

(3) After 5 minutes, examine the connection of the blanking cap to the union (3) of the HP-manifold (2).
Make sure that there is no leakage.
(4) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001) .
(5) Do the bleeding procedure of the Green hydraulic system downstream of the engine pump
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-870-003) .
NOTE: When you do the bleeding procedure, nitrogen, which has gone into the hydraulic system
from the defective accumulator, is removed.
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-10-00-410-076-A
(1) Make sure that the fluid level in the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is correct. Add fluid as
necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .
(2) Connect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-860-002) .
(3) Remove the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) from below the power accumulator.
(6) Close the left main-gear door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
End of document

29-10-00-040-005-A - Deactivation of the Blue Power Accumulator
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-10-00-040-005-A
Deactivation of the Blue Power Accumulator
FIN : 2070GM
Task Summary
MMEL 29-10-04A YES NO NO 01.5 01.5 1

MMEL 29-10-04A

OR OR
No specific AR CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL)
(55.31 and 61.21 lbf.ft)

195BB

(Ref. 29-00-00-870-009-A). Bleeding Procedure of the Blue Hydraulic System Downstream of the
Blue E-Pump
Cart
nector
Unit (APU)
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 227-235, 237-237, 239-240, 243-250, 350-350
Blue Power Accumulator (2070GM) SHEET 1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-226, 236-236, 238-238, 241-242,
301-349, 351-450, 500-600
Blue Power Accumulator (2070GM) SHEET 1

FR41
A FR42
B
A
2146GM
D
2070GM
195BB
Z195
2
1
D B
14
13
12
C C
4
11 9 5
6
10 7
N_MM_291000_4_AGM0_01_00
Figure 29-10-00-991-01200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Blue Power Accumulator (2070GM)

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 227-235, 237-237, 239-240, 243-250, 350-350

FR41
A FR42
195BB D
2070GM
B
Z195
2111GM
D HP MANIFOLD
14
13
B
2
3
12
11 4
C
5
10
6
7
C
9 8
N_MM_291000_4_AGF0_01_00
Figure 29-10-00-991-01200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Blue Power Accumulator (2070GM)

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-
221, 223-226, 236-236, 238-238, 241-242, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-10-00-865-087-A

123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 227-235, 237-237, 239-240, 243-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-860-103-A
(3) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
fluid.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-226, 236-236, 238-238, 241-242, 301-
349, 351-450, 500-600
Subtask 29-10-00-860-103-B
(3) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance configuration
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
fluid.
(6) Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the HP manifold to collect the unwanted hydraulic fluid.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-010-078-A
C. Open the access door 195BB.

4. Procedure
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 227-235, 237-237, 239-240, 243-250, 350-350
(Ref. Fig. Blue Power Accumulator (2070GM) SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-226, 236-236, 238-238, 241-242, 301-
349, 351-450, 500-600
(Ref. Fig. Blue Power Accumulator (2070GM) SHEET 1)
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-614-052-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 227-235, 237-237, 239-240, 243-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-020-058-A
UNION TOO MUCH.
(1) Disconnect the line end fitting (1) from the union (2) of the ground leakage measurement manifold (3).
(3) Remove the nut (8), the bolt (4), the spacer (6) and the pipe (9) with the clamp (7).
Subtask 29-10-00-420-055-A
UNION TOO MUCH.
(2) Install the CAP - BLANKING (MS21914-10 TYPE) or CAP - BLANKING (ABS0946V10 TYPE) on the
unions (2) and (11).
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-226, 236-236, 238-238, 241-242, 301-
349, 351-450, 500-600
Subtask 29-10-00-020-058-B

UNION TOO MUCH.
(1) Disconnect the line end fitting (2) from the tee connector (1) of the HP manifold (3).
(3) Remove the nut (8), the bolt (4), the spacer (6) and the pipe (9) with the clamp (7).
Subtask 29-10-00-420-055-B
UNION TOO MUCH.
the tee connector (1) and the union (11).
(2) Install the CAP - BLANKING (MS21914-10 TYPE) or CAP - BLANKING (ABS0946V10 TYPE) on the
tee connector (1) and the union (11).
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-865-088-A

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 227-235, 237-237, 239-240, 243-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-790-055-A
E. Leak Test
(1) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
(2) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003)
(3) After 5 minutes, examine the connection of the blanking cap to the union (2) of the ground leakage
measurement manifold (3). Make sure that there is no leakage.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .

(5) Do the bleeding procedure of the Blue hydraulic system downstream of the Blue E-pump
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-870-009) .
NOTE: When you do the bleeding procedure, you remove the nitrogen which came into the hydraulic
system from the defective accumulator.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-226, 236-236, 238-238, 241-242, 301-
349, 351-450, 500-600
Subtask 29-10-00-790-055-B
E. Leak Test
(1) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
(2) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003)
(3) After 5 minutes, examine the connection of the blanking cap to the tee connector (1) of the HP
manifold (3). Make sure that there is no leakage.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
(5) Do the bleeding procedure of the Blue hydraulic system downstream of the Blue E-pump
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-870-009) .
NOTE: When you do the bleeding procedure, you remove the nitrogen which came into the hydraulic
system from the defective accumulator.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 227-235, 237-237, 239-240, 243-250, 350-350
Subtask 29-10-00-410-078-A
(1) Make sure that the fluid level in the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-226, 236-236, 238-238, 241-242, 301-
349, 351-450, 500-600
Subtask 29-10-00-410-078-B
(1) Make sure that the fluid level in the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic is correct. Add fluid as necessary
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .

(3) Remove the CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) from below the HP manifold.
End of document

29-10-00-040-006-A - Deactivation of the Yellow Power Accumulator
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-10-00-040-006-A
Deactivation of the Yellow Power Accumulator
FIN : 3070GM
Task Summary
MMEL 29-10-04A YES NO NO 01.5 01.5 1

MMEL 29-10-04A

OR OR
(62.68 and 70.06 lbf.ft)

196BB

(Ref. 29-00-00-870-007-A). Bleeding Procedure of the Yellow Hydraulic System Downstream of
the Engine Pump
(Ref. 29-10-00-863-002-A). Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with a Hydraulic Ground
Power-Cart
nector
Unit (APU)
(PTU)
Yellow Power Accumulator (3070GM) SHEET 1

FR42
A
FR41
3070GM
Z196
B
A
196BB
14 C
1
3111GM
C B
13 D
2
12
11
10
D
4
9
5
N_MM_291000_4_AJM0_01_00
Figure 29-10-00-991-01300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Yellow Power Accumulator (3070GM)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-10-00-865-091-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-860-105-A
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic
system:
· in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
· on the ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system.
(3) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put it in the maintenance
configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
001) .
(6) Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the accumulator to collect the unwanted hydraulic fluid.
Subtask 29-10-00-010-080-A
C. Open the access door 196BB.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Yellow Power Accumulator (3070GM) SHEET 1)
Subtask 29-10-00-614-054-A
Subtask 29-10-00-020-060-A

UNION TOO MUCH.
(1) Disconnect the line end fitting (12) from the union (13) of the HP-manifold (14).
(3) Remove the nuts (10), the bolts (7) and the pipe (6) with the clamp-block halves (8) and (9).
(4) Install the blanking caps on the line end fittings (1) and (12) of the removed pipe (6).
Subtask 29-10-00-420-057-A
UNION TOO MUCH.
(2) Install the CAP - BLANKING (ABS0946V12 TYPE) or CAP - BLANKING (MS21914-12 TYPE) on the
unions (2) and (13).
Subtask 29-10-00-865-092-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 29-10-00-790-057-A
E. Leak Test

(2) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-002) .
(3) After 5 minutes, examine the connections of the blanking cap to the union (13) of the HP-manifold
(14). Make sure that there are no hydraulic fluid or nitrogen leaks.
(4) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-002) .
(5) Do the bleeding procedure of the Yellow hydraulic system downstream of the engine pump
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-870-007) .
NOTE: When you do the bleeding procedure, nitrogen, which has gone into the hydraulic system
from the defective accumulator, is removed.
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-10-00-410-080-A
(1) Make sure that the fluid level in the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is correct. Add fluid as
necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .
(2) Connect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-860-002) .
End of document

29-16-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Manual Selector Valve
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-16-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Manual Selector Valve
FIN : 1134GQ
Task Summary
MMEL 29-20-42A YES NO YES 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 29-20-42A
Hydraulic Reservoir Four Way Selector Valve on Ground Service Panel (FAA only)

(ALT29000001) 1 HYD GRND PWR UNIT3000

197CB, 197EB, 198CB
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-16-00-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Get access to the related hydraulic delivery connector of the hydraulic system it is necessary to fill:
(a) For the delivery connector (1008GM) of the Green hydraulic system:
· Open the access panel 197CB.
(b) For the delivery connector (2008GM) of the Blue hydraulic system:
· Open the access panel 197EB.
(c) For the delivery connector (3008GM) of the Yellow hydraulic system:
· Open the access panel 198CB.
4. Procedure
Subtask 29-16-00-611-050-A
A. Procedure to Fill a Reservoir with a Defective Manual Selector Valve (1134GQ) on the Hydraulic Ground-
Service Panel
(1) Connect the HYD GRND PWR UNIT3000 (ALT29000001) to the hydraulic delivery connector
of the system it is necessary to fill. Do not connect the suction line of the HYD GRND PWR
UNIT3000 (ALT29000001) .
(2) Slowly increase the pressure until the reservoir fluid level increases.

29-16-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Manual Selector Valve
(3) Monitor the fluid level at the reservoir. Stop the pressure supply when the fluid level in the reservoir is
correct.
(4) Do a check of the manual selector valve (1134GQ) for leaks. If necessary, repair the leaks.
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-16-00-860-052-A
(2) Disconnect the HYD GRND PWR UNIT3000 (ALT29000001) .
(3) Close the related access panel:
(a) For the delivery connector (1008GM) of the Green hydraulic system:
· Close the access panel 197CB.
(b) For the delivery connector (2008GM) of the Blue hydraulic system:
· Close the access panel 197EB.
(c) For the delivery connector (3008GM) of the Yellow hydraulic system:
· Close the access panel 198CB.
items.
End of document

29-24-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Yellow Electric Pump
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-24-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Yellow Electric Pump
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 29-1134 for A/C 240-240, 243-243

EMB SB 29-1117 for A/C 240-240, 243-243
3075GX
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 29-24-01A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 29-24-01A
Yellow System Electric Pump (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-24-00-860-058-A

29-24-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Yellow Electric Pump

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Make sure that the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pushbutton switch 3804GX on the overhead panel 40VU is
in the OFF position (the ON legend is off).
CAUTION: IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
AFTER THE CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR IS FULLY CLOSED/OPEN. IF THE YELLOW HY-
DRAULIC PUMP OPERATES ON THE GROUND FOR TOO LONG, DAMAGE TO THE YELLOW
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM WILL OCCUR.
4. Procedure
NOTE: It is permitted to close the circuit breakers only for the operation of the cargo doors.
Subtask 29-24-00-865-053-A

122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12
Subtask 29-24-00-941-051-A
B. Put a warning notice in the flight compartment to tell the crew that the Yellow electric pump does not
operate.
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-24-00-862-053-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

29-31-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Hydraulic Reservoir Quantity-Indicator
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 29-31-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Hydraulic Reservoir Quantity-Indicator
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 31-1156 for A/C 204-204

1834GQ
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 29-20-41A YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 2

MMEL 29-20-41A
Hydraulic Reservoir Quantity Indicator (Green Servising Panel) (FAA only)

196BB, 197CB, 197FB
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 29-31-00-860-053-A
(2) Open the access door 197CB.
Subtask 29-31-00-865-062-A

29-31-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Hydraulic Reservoir Quantity-Indicator

4. Procedure
Subtask 29-31-00-860-054-A
A. Hydraulic Reservoir Filling-Procedure with a defective Reservoir Quantity- Indicator (referred to as the
quantity indicator)
(1) On the service panel of the Green hydraulic system:
· Turn the reservoir-filling manual selector-valve (1134GQ) to the applicable position for each
hydraulic system.
(2) If the quantity indicator gives an incorrect indication, and it is necessary to fill one or more of the
reservoirs:
· Fill the applicable reservoir(s) as follows:
(a) Get access to the applicable hydraulic reservoir:
1 For the Green hydraulic reservoir:
· Open the RH main door of the main landing gear (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
2 For the Blue hydraulic reservoir:
· Open the access door 197FB.
3 For the Yellow hydraulic reservoir:
· Open the access door 196BB.
(b) Put a person in position at the reservoir you will fill. This person must monitor the contents
indicator of the reservoir during the filling procedure. The person must tell you when the reservoir
fluid level is correct.
(c) Fill the reservoir (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-002) .
(d) Stop the supply of hydraulic fluid when the person at the reservoir tells you the reservoir is full.
5. Close-up
Subtask 29-31-00-860-055-A
(3) Close access:
(a) Close the access door 197CB.
(b) For the Green hydraulic reservoir:
· Close the main door of the main landing gear (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(c) For the Blue hydraulic reservoir:
· Close the access door 197FB.
(d) For the Yellow hydraulic reservoir:
· Close the access door 196BB.
items.
End of document

30-11-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Wing
Anti-Ice Control Valve to the CLOSED position
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 30-11-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve to the CLOSED position
FIN : 9DL , 10DL
Task Summary
MMEL 30-11-01B YES YES YES 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 30-11-01B
Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve
NOTE: The wing anti-ice control valve is an interchangeable part.


(98D27803500001) 1 LOCKING TOOL ZERO POS
FOR 9DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, L)


FOR 10DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, R)
622WB
FOR 9DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, L)
522WB
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve (SAS 911-002A) - Component Location SHEET 1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve (38E93-X) - Component Location
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C 401-450

Z522
(Z622) A A
RIB 9
B
RIB 10
RIB 11
FRONT SPAR
B
C 9DL 10DL
C
1
LO
S
E
D
BOLT STOWAGE
POSITION
EN
OP 2
N_MM_301100_4_BAM0_01_00
Figure 30-11-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Wing Anti-

Ice Control Valve (SAS 911-002A) - Component Location
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

A
Z522 (Z622) FR8
FR9
A
9DL FRONT SPAR
DATUM
(10DL)
12
11
10
F
W C
D
N_MM_301100_4_BMM0_01_03
Figure 30-11-00-991-00800-00-A / SHEET 1/3 - Wing

Anti-Ice Control Valve (38E93-X) - Component Location
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

E F G H
D
14
15 15
14
13
13
F F
W E 01 W F 02
D D
NOTE:
01 VALVE SHOWN IN CLOSED POSITION
02 VALVE SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION N_MM_301100_4_BMM0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

15
G 03
15
H 04
NOTE:
03 LOCKING PLATE IN LOCKED POSITION (PUSH COMPLETELY FROM LEFT OR RIGHT)
04 LOCKING PLATE IN UNLOCKED POSITION (PUSH TO MIDDLE POSITION)
N_MM_301100_4_BMM0_03_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

A
Z522 A
(Z622) RIB9
B
RIB10
RIB11
B FRONT SPAR
9DL
C
(10DL)
BOLT STOWAGE
POSITION
N_MM_301100_4_BJM0_01_01
Figure 30-11-00-991-00400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Wing Anti-

** ON A/C 401-450

A
Z522 (Z622) FR8
FR9
A
9DL FRONT SPAR
DATUM
(10DL)
12
11
10
F
W C
D
N_MM_301100_4_SAM0_01_03
Figure 30-11-00-991-00800-00-B / SHEET 1/3 - Wing

** ON A/C 401-450

E F G H
D
14
15 15
14
13
13
F F
W E 01 W F 02
D D
NOTE:
02 VALVE SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION N_MM_301100_4_SAM0_02_00

** ON A/C 401-450

15
G 03
15
H 04
NOTE:
N_MM_301100_4_SAM0_03_00

** ON A/C 401-450

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-11-00-941-059-A
(2) Before you do work on the Ice Protection system, put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell
persons not to operate the:
· pneumatic system
· engines
· slats
· APU.
(3) Install a LOCKING TOOL ZERO POS (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat control lever.
(4) On panel 191DB put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the bleed
air system.
Subtask 30-11-00-860-056-A
Subtask 30-11-00-865-052-A

49VU ANTI ICE/WING/CTL 2DL C02
49VU ANTI ICE/WING/MONG 1DL C01
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C 401-450
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 30-11-00-010-052-B
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable access panel
522WB(622WB), zone 522(622).
(2) Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-008) :
(a) FOR 9DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, L)
· Remove 522WB from panel 522AB
(b) FOR 10DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, R)
· Remove 622WB from panel 622AB.
4. Procedure

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

(Ref. Fig. Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve (SAS 911-002A) - Component Location SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Wing Anti-
Ice Control Valve (38E93-X) - Component Location)
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 30-11-00-040-056-A
A. Deactivation of the Wing Anti-Ice Control-Valve to the CLOSED Position (for part number SAS 911-002A)
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (1).
(2) Manually put the indicator (2) to the CLOSED position. This puts the anti-ice control valve in the
closed position.
(3) Remove the bolt (1) from its stowage position.
(4) Install the bolt (1) through the hole in the indicator (2) and in the anti-ice control valve.
(5) Tighten the bolt (1) and safety with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
Subtask 30-11-00-040-057-A
B. Deactivation of the Wing Anti-Ice Control-Valve to the CLOSED Position (for part number 38E93-X)
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) FOR 9DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, L)

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locking screw (10).
(a) Make sure that the indicator (12) is in the CLOSED position.
(b) If necessary, move the indicator (12) to the CLOSED position with hand.
(3) FOR 10DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, R)
(a) Make sure that the bolt (13) is adjacent to the CLOSED indication on the valve body.
(b) If necessary, move the rod (14) so that the bolt (13) is adjacent to the CLOSED indication.
(a) Remove the locking screw (10) from its stowage position.
(a) Install the locking screw (10) through the locking hole in the indicator (12) and the anti-ice control
valve.

(b) Safety the locking screw (10) with a Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
(6) FOR 10DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, R)
(a) Push the locking plate (15) to engage and lock the rod (14).
NOTE: The locking plate (15) has three positions:

- When in its middle position, the locking plate (15) is unlocked.
- When pushed fully left or fully right, the locking plate (15) locks the rod (14).
(b) Make sure that you hear a click when you put the locking plate (15) in the correct position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-11-00-410-052-B
A. Close Access
(2) Install the applicable access panel (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-008) :
(a) FOR 9DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, L)
· Install 522WB
(b) FOR 10DL (VALVE-WING ANTI ICE CONTROL, R)
· Install 622WB.
Subtask 30-11-00-865-061-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C 401-450
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 30-11-00-860-055-A
C. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ECAM upper DU, on Panel 4VU, does not show the warning message: WING
A.ICE L(R) VALVE OPEN. If necessary, on Panel 11VU press the EMER CANC pushbutton switch on
the ECAM Control Panel to cancel the message.
(3) Put a PLACARD in position to tell aircraft crew that one or two of the wing anti-ice control valves are
deactivated.
(4) Make an applicable entry in the aircraft technical log.

Subtask 30-11-00-942-055-A
items.
End of document

30-11-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the RH
Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve to the OPEN position
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 30-11-00-040-004-A
Deactivation of the RH Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve to the OPEN position
FIN : 10DL
Task Summary
MMEL 30-11-01A YES YES YES 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 30-11-01A
Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve
NOTE: The wing anti-ice control valve is an interchangeable part.


(98D27803500001) 1 LOCKING TOOL ZERO POS

622AB, 622WB

(Ref. 57-41-37-000-004-A). Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
(Ref. 57-41-37-400-002-A). Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C 401-450

Z522
(Z622) A A
RIB 9
B
RIB 10
RIB 11
FRONT SPAR
B
C 9DL 10DL
C
1
LO
S
E
D
BOLT STOWAGE
POSITION
EN
OP 2
N_MM_301100_4_BAM0_01_00
Figure 30-11-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Wing Anti-

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

A
Z522 (Z622) FR8
FR9
A
9DL FRONT SPAR
DATUM
(10DL)
12
11
10
F
W C
D
N_MM_301100_4_BMM0_01_03

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

E F G H
D
14
15 15
14
13
13
F F
W E 01 W F 02
D D
NOTE:
02 VALVE SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION N_MM_301100_4_BMM0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

15
G 03
15
H 04
NOTE:
N_MM_301100_4_BMM0_03_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

A
Z522 A
(Z622) RIB9
B
RIB10
RIB11
B FRONT SPAR
9DL
C
(10DL)
BOLT STOWAGE
POSITION
N_MM_301100_4_BJM0_01_01
Figure 30-11-00-991-00400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Wing Anti-

** ON A/C 401-450

A
Z522 (Z622) FR8
FR9
A
9DL FRONT SPAR
DATUM
(10DL)
12
11
10
F
W C
D
N_MM_301100_4_SAM0_01_03

** ON A/C 401-450

E F G H
D
14
15 15
14
13
13
F F
W E 01 W F 02
D D
NOTE:
02 VALVE SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION N_MM_301100_4_SAM0_02_00

** ON A/C 401-450

15
G 03
15
H 04
NOTE:
N_MM_301100_4_SAM0_03_00

** ON A/C 401-450

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-11-00-941-064-A
· Pneumatic system
· Engines
· Slats
· APU.
(3) Install a LOCKING TOOL ZERO POS (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat control lever.
(4) On panel 191DB, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the bleed
air system.
Subtask 30-11-00-860-057-A
Subtask 30-11-00-865-065-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C 401-450
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 30-11-00-010-059-B
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below zone 622.
(2) Remove the access panel 622WB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-008) .
NOTE: If more access is necessary, remove the access panel 622AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-
000-004) .
4. Procedure

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 30-11-00-040-055-A
A. Deactivation of the Wing Anti-Ice Control-Valve to the OPEN Position - PN SAS 911-002A
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolt (1).
(2) If necessary, turn the indicator (2) to the OPEN position and install the bolt (1).
(3) Safety the bolt (1) with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1).
Subtask 30-11-00-040-058-A
B. Deactivation of the Wing Anti-Ice Control-Valve to the OPEN Position - PN 38E93-X
(1) Do one of the steps that follow:
(a) For the deactivation procedure of the wing anti-ice control-valve with the locking plate (15), do
step (2).
(b) For the deactivation procedure of the wing anti-ice control-valve with the locking screw (10), do
step (3).
(2) Deactivation of the wing anti-ice control-valve with the locking plate (15):
(a) If necessary, move the rod (14) until the bolt (13) is adjacent to the OPEN position.
(b) Push the locking plate (15) to engage and lock the rod (14).
NOTE: The locking plate (15) has three positions:

- When in its middle position, the locking plate (15) is unlocked.
- When pushed fully left or fully right, the locking plate (15) locks the rod (14).
(c) Make sure that you hear a click when you put the locking plate (15) in the correct position.
(3) Deactivation of the wing anti-ice control-valve with the locking screw (10):
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locking screw (10).
(b) Make sure that the indicator (12) is in the OPEN position.
(c) If necessary, slowly move the indicator (12) to the OPEN position with your hand.
(d) Remove the locking screw (10) from its stowage position.

(e) Install the locking screw (10) on the wing anti-ice control-valve through the locking hole in the
indicator (12).
(f) Safety the locking screw (10) with a Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-11-00-410-057-B
A. Close Access
(2) If removed, install the access panel 622AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-002) .
(3) Install the access panel 622WB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-008) .
Subtask 30-11-00-865-066-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C 401-450
MONG/SYS1
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 30-11-00-860-058-A
(1) Make sure that the warning message WING A.ICE L(R) VALVE OPEN does not show on panel 4VU
on the ECAM upper DU.
· If necessary, on panel 11VU, push the EMER CANC pushbutton switch on the ECAM control panel
to cancel the message.
(3) Make an applicable entry in the aircraft technical log that the RH anti-ice valve is deactivated.
The engine bleed must not be operated during ground operation (unless for engine start). If the
crossbleed valve is open, the APU bleed must not be operated during ground operation (unless for
engine start). If the engine or APU bleed is operated, heat damage to the slats can occur.
Subtask 30-11-00-942-060-A

items.
End of document

30-11-00-040-002-A - Wing Anti Ice Fault LT - Valve Deactivation
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 30-11-00-040-002-A
Wing Anti Ice Fault LT - Valve Deactivation
Task Summary
MMEL 30-01-01-03B NO YES NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 30-01-01-03B
ANTI ICE WING pb-sw FAULT light

(Ref. 30-11-00-040-001-A). Deactivation of the Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve to the CLOSED posi-
tion
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-11-00-941-069-A
· pneumatic system
· engines
· slats

30-11-00-040-002-A - Wing Anti Ice Fault LT - Valve Deactivation
· APU.
(3) On panel 191DB, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the bleed
air system.
4. Procedure
Subtask 30-11-00-040-053-A
A. Deactivate the Two Anti-Ice Control Valves
(1) Deactivate the two anti-ice control valves (Ref. AMM TASK 30-11-00-040-001) .
(2) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log to tell the crew that the wing anti-ice LT is deactivated.
(3) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell persons that the wing anti-ice LT is Deactivated.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-11-00-942-067-A
items.
End of document

30-21-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Engine Anti-Ice Valve in CLOSED Position
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 30-21-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Engine Anti-Ice Valve in CLOSED Position
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE ENGINE PARTS AFTER THE ENGINE SHUT-
DOWN. USE APPLICABLE THERMAL GLOVES. THE ENGINE PARTS CAN STAY HOT FOR
ONE HOUR AFTER SHUTDOWN AND CAN BURN YOU.
Task Summary
MMEL 30-21-01A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 30-21-01A
Engine Anti-Ice Valve

(Material No. CP8004) lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) dia

FOR 1000EM1 (ENGINE-1)
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Power
Anti-Ice Valve of the Engine Air Intake SHEET 1

MANUEL OVERRIDE
REMOVE STOWED
4000DN ROTATE TO
DESIRED POSITION
INSTALL PIN IN
LOCKED POSITION
B OP
CL LOCK
STOW
LOCK PIN
OVERPRESSURE
A INDICATOR
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR PRESSURE REDUCER
ACTUATOR PILOT VALVE SOLENOID
SERVO PORT
OUTLET PORT
BUTTERFLY SHUTOFF VALVE
FLOW DIRECTION INLET PORT
N_MM_302100_4_UAM0_01_00
Figure 30-21-00-991-90100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Anti-Ice Valve of the Engine Air Intake
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-21-00-861-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 30-21-00-860-050-A
(c) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the ENG/MODE selector
(2) On the ENG section maintenance panel 50VU:
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to energize FADEC 1(2).
(3) On the ANTI ICE section of the panel 25VU:
(a) Release the ANTI ICE/ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch (the ON legend goes off).
Subtask 30-21-00-865-051-A

FOR FIN 1000EM1 (ENGINE-1)
122VU ANTI ICE/ENG/1 1DN1 X10
122VU ANTI ICE/ENG/2 1DN2 W10
Subtask 30-21-00-010-052-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the fan-cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
(a) FOR 1000EM1 (ENGINE-1)
437AL, 438AR
(b) FOR 1000EM2 (ENGINE-2)
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Anti-Ice Valve of the Engine Air Intake SHEET 1)
Subtask 30-21-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Anti Ice Valve
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY A TORQUE OF MORE THAN 70 LBF.IN. WHEN YOU OPEN OR CLOSE
THE VALVE MANUALLY. HIGH TORQUE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL
SHAFT IN THE VALVE. IF THE VALVE DOES NOT OPEN OR CLOSE WHEN YOU AP-
PLY THE SPECIFIED TORQUE, YOU MUST DO AN OVERHAUL OF THE VALVE.
(1) On the anti ice valve 4000DN:

· set the manual override control to CL with a hexagonal wrench and lock it with the locking pin which
is on the valve.
(2) Installation of lockwire:
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) Safety the locking pin with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) dia (Material No. CP8004).
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-21-00-865-059-A

Subtask 30-21-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 30-21-00-860-051-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons that the anti ice valve is
deactivated in the closed position.
Subtask 30-21-00-862-056-A
D. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

30-21-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Engine Anti-Ice Valve in the OPEN Position
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 30-21-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Engine Anti-Ice Valve in the OPEN Position
Task Summary
MMEL 30-21-01B YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 30-21-01B

(Material No. CP8004) lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) dia

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Power
Anti-Ice Valve of the Engine Air Intake SHEET 1

MANUEL OVERRIDE
REMOVE STOWED
4000DN ROTATE TO
DESIRED POSITION
INSTALL PIN IN
LOCKED POSITION
B OP
CL LOCK
STOW
LOCK PIN
OVERPRESSURE
A INDICATOR
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR PRESSURE REDUCER
ACTUATOR PILOT VALVE SOLENOID
SERVO PORT
OUTLET PORT
BUTTERFLY SHUTOFF VALVE
FLOW DIRECTION INLET PORT
N_MM_302100_4_UAM0_01_00
Figure 30-21-00-991-90100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Anti-Ice Valve of the Engine Air Intake
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-21-00-861-060-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 30-21-00-860-053-A
Subtask 30-21-00-865-053-A

Subtask 30-21-00-010-054-A
D. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Anti-Ice Valve of the Engine Air Intake SHEET 1)
Subtask 30-21-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Anti Ice Valve
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY A TORQUE OF MORE THAN 70 LBF.IN. WHEN YOU OPEN OR CLOSE
THE VALVE MANUALLY. HIGH TORQUE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL
SHAFT IN THE VALVE. IF THE VALVE DOES NOT OPEN OR CLOSE WHEN YOU AP-
PLY THE SPECIFIED TORQUE, YOU MUST DO AN OVERHAUL OF THE VALVE.
(1) On the anti ice valve 4000DN:

(a) Set the manual override control to OP with a hexagonal wrench and lock it with the locking pin
which is on the valve.
(2) Installation of lockwire:
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) Safety the locking pin with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) dia (Material No. CP8004).
(a) Push the ANTI ICE/ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-21-00-865-058-A

Subtask 30-21-00-410-054-A
B. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 30-21-00-860-054-A
(2) On the ANTI ICE part of the panel 25VU, make sure that the ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch is pushed.
(On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend is on).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit. This tells persons that the anti ice valve is
deactivated in the open position.
Subtask 30-21-00-862-060-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

30-21-00-040-020-C - Deactivation of the
Engine Anti-Ice Valve in the CLOSED Position
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 30-21-00-040-020-C
Deactivation of the Engine Anti-Ice Valve in the CLOSED Position

MMEL 30-21-01A


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Power
Engine Air Intake Anti Ice Valve SHEET 1

INTAKE ANTI-ICE
VALVE
A B
INTAKE ANTI-ICE
VALVE
1
TRANSPORTATION
BRACKET
2
A
3
LOCK PIN
INSTALL PIN IN
REMOVE STOWED
LOCKED POSITION
DESIRED POSITION
PIN-ROTATE TO
MANUAL OVERIDE
5
CL
NUT
LOCK
OP
4
VALVE LOCKING-HOLE
B
B4318
N_MM_302100_4_XAN0_01_01
Figure 30-21-00-991-15000-13-B / SHEET 1/1 - Engine Air Intake Anti Ice Valve
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-21-00-861-064-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 30-21-00-860-084-A
Subtask 30-21-00-865-080-A

Subtask 30-21-00-010-089-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-010) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Engine Air Intake Anti Ice Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 30-21-00-040-071-A
A. Deactivation of the Engine Air Intake Anti-Ice Valve
(1) Lock the anti-ice valve (1) in the closed position.
(a) Remove the lock pin (3) from the transportation bracket (2) in the valve (1).
(b) Move the valve to the CL position.
CAUTION: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE NUT TO MORE THAN 13 LBF.IN (0.15 M.DAN). IF YOU
DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.

1 Turn the nut (5) to the CL position. Do not exceed 13 lbf.in (0.15 m.daN) to turn the nut.
(c) Hold the valve in the CL (closed) position and install the lock pin (3) into the valve locking hole
(4).
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-21-00-865-081-A

Subtask 30-21-00-410-091-A
B. Close Access
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-010) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 30-21-00-860-085-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons which anti-ice valve is locked in the closed
position.
Subtask 30-21-00-862-064-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

30-21-00-040-803-A - Deactivation of the NAI
Upper Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 30-21-00-040-803-A
Deactivation of the NAI Upper Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open
WARNING: WEAR APPLICABLE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) WHEN YOU DO THIS
TASK. BEFORE YOU USE PPE, READ, UNDERSTAND AND OBEY ALL INSTRUCTIONS FOR
ITS USE. THESE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE MANUFACTURER,
YOUR EMPLOYER AND GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS. YOU CAN GET INJURED IF YOU DO
NOT USE PPE. GET INSTRUCTIONS FROM YOUR EMPLOYER ON WHICH PPE IS NECES-
SARY.
OCCUR.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS ALWAYS AN ANTI-ICE VALVE (UPPER OR LOWER) ACTIV-
ATED DURING FLIGHT.
IF THE TWO VALVES ARE DEACTIVATED, DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS CAN OCCUR.
FIN : 4010DN
MMEL 30-21-01B

No specific 1 DRIVE 1/4 IN - SQUARE

437AL, 438AR, 452AR
447AL, 448AR, 462AR
(Ref. 71-00-00-860-833-A). Procedure to Prevent Engine Motoring

Upper Anti-ice Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open SHEET 1

MANUAL MANUAL
OVERRIDE OVERRIDE
INTERFACE INTERFACE
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302101-G-51563-02333-A-001-01
SQUARE SQUARE
DRIVE DRIVE
HOLE HOLE
UPPER UPPER
ANTI-ICE ANTI-ICE
VALVE VALVE
UNLOCKED POSITION LOCKED POSITION
A
N_MM_302100_4_QAA0_01_01
Figure 30-21-00-991-90700-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Upper Anti-ice Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-21-00-941-058-A
(1) Do the procedure to prevent engine motoring
(Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-833) .
Subtask 30-21-00-865-094-A

FOR FIN 4020KM1 (POWER PLANT-DEMOUNTABLE, ENG 1)
Subtask 30-21-00-010-091-A
C. Get Access
438AR, 437AL
448AR, 447AL
Subtask 30-21-00-040-072-A
D. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Maintenance
(1) Do the deactivation of the thrust reverser system for maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-040-
805) .
Subtask 30-21-00-010-092-A
E. Get Access
(1) Open the right thrust reverser cowl-door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-802) :
452AR
462AR
CAUTION: REMOVE AND INSTALL PROTECTION COVERS AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO

THE ENGINE AND ADJACENT COMPONENTS.
CAUTION: WIPE CLEAN ALL PARTS AND TOOLS AS NECESSARY TO REMOVE UNWANTED DEBRIS
AND PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Upper Anti-ice Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open SHEET 1)

Subtask 30-21-00-040-073-A
A. Deactivation of the NAI Upper Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open
(1) Lock the NAI upper valve in the open position.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU TURN THE MANUAL OVERRIDE INTERFACE, DO NOT APPLY A
FORCE OF MORE THAN 115 LBF.IN (1.3 M.DAN). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS IN-
STRUCTION, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL DAMAGE TO THE NAI VALVE.
(a) Put the DRIVE 1/4 IN - SQUARE in the square hole of the manual override interface.
(b) Push in the DRIVE 1/4 IN - SQUARE and turn the interface 270 degrees counterclockwise.
(c) Release the pressure on the interface.
(d) Make sure that the manual override interface locks in position.
(e) If you can see, make sure the notch is adjacent to the words "LOCKED OPEN".
(f) Move the interface a small distance if it is not locked in position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-21-00-410-095-A
A. Close Access
(3) Close the right thrust reverser cowl-door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-410-802) :
452AR
462AR
Subtask 30-21-00-440-073-A
B. Do the reactivation of the thrust reverser system after maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-440-805) .
Subtask 30-21-00-410-094-A
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 30-21-00-865-095-A


Subtask 30-21-00-942-057-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons that the NAI upper valve is
End of document

30-21-00-040-803-A01 - Deactivation of the NAI Upper Valve
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 30-21-00-040-803-A01
Deactivation of the NAI Upper Valve
SARY.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE ENGINE AND THE ADJACENT COMPONENTS
AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE, THE ENGINE OIL AND THE ADJACENT COM-
PONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR A LONG TIME. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION,
INJURY CAN OCCUR.
ATED DURING FLIGHT.
FIN : 4010DN
MMEL 30-21-01B

No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER
(Ref. 30-21-00-040-803-A). Deactivation of the NAI Upper Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door
Open
Upper Anti-Ice Valve

UPPER ANTI-ICE VALVE

ACCESS PLUG
B C D E
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302101-G-51563-02327-A-002-01
A
N_MM_302100_4_QAC0_01_02
Figure 30-21-00-991-90200-21-A / SHEET 1/5 - Upper Anti-Ice Valve

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

INNER FIXED STRUCTURE
UPPER ANTI-ICE
VALVE ACCESS
PLUG
UPSTREAM
NAIV ACCESS PORT CLOSE
TO LOCK OPEN VALVE: REMOVE CAP,
OPEN
PUSH AND ROTATE 270°
COUNTERCLOCKWISE, REPLACE CAP
CAP
UPPER ANTI-ICE
VALVE ACCESS
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302101-G-51563-03887-A-002-01
PLUG
UPSTREAM SH
PU
NAIV ACCESS PORT CLOSE
OPEN

COUNTERCLOCKWISE, REINSTALL CAP
CAP
B 01
NOTE:
01 UPPER ANTI-ICE VALVE ACCESS PLUG SHOWN IN THE OPEN POSITION
N_MM_302100_4_QAC0_02_02

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600


UPPER ANTI-ICE
VALVE ACCESS
PLUG
UPSTREAM
NAIV ACCESS PORT OPEN
CLOSE
CAP
UPPER ANTI-ICE
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302101-G-51563-05522-A-001-01
VALVE ACCESS
PLUG
UPSTREAM PU
NAIV ACCESS PORT OPEN
SH

CLOSE

CAP
C 02
NOTE:
02 UPPER ANTI-ICE VALVE ACCESS PLUG SHOWN IN THE CLOSED POSITION
N_MM_302100_4_QAC0_03_01

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

MANUAL
OVERRIDE
INNER FIXED STRUCTURE INTERFACE
UPSTREAM
NAIV ACCESS PORT
COUNTERCLOCKWISE, REPLACE CAP SQUARE
DRIVE
HOLE
MANUAL
OVERRIDE
INTERFACE
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302101-G-51563-02332-A-003-01
UPSTREAM
NAIV ACCESS PORT
COUNTERCLOCKWISE, REINSTALL CAP SQUARE
DRIVE
HOLE
D 03
NOTE:
03 ANTI-ICE VALVE ACCESS PLUG NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY
UPPER ANTI-ICE VALVE SHOWN IN THE UNLOCKED POSITION N_MM_302100_4_QAC0_04_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

MANUAL
OVERRIDE
INTERFACE
UPSTREAM
NAIV ACCESS PORT
COUNTERCLOCKWISE, REPLACE CAP SQUARE
DRIVE
HOLE
MANUAL
OVERRIDE
INTERFACE
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302101-G-51563-05523-A-001-01
UPSTREAM
NAIV ACCESS PORT
COUNTERCLOCKWISE, REINSTALL CAP SQUARE
DRIVE
HOLE
E 04
NOTE:
UPPER ANTI-ICE VALVE SHOWN IN THE LOCKED POSITION N_MM_302100_4_QAC0_05_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-21-00-941-065-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-833) .
Subtask 30-21-00-865-108-A

Subtask 30-21-00-040-083-A
C. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Maintenance
(1) Open the oil tank access-door on the left fan cowl-door and do the deactivation of the thrust reverser
system for maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-040-805) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Upper Anti-Ice Valve)
Subtask 30-21-00-040-093-A
A. Deactivation of the NAI Upper Valve
(1) Remove the NAI upper valve access plug from the thrust reverser Inner Fixed Structure (IFS).
NOTE: You can get access to the anti-ice valve manual override interface if you open the right fan
cowls door and right thrust reverser door as an alternative (Ref. AMM TASK 30-21-00-040-
803) .
(a) Put the applicable SCREWDRIVER in the access plug.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU PUSH AND TURN THE ACCESS
PLUG WITH THE SCREWDRIVER. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS PRECAUTION, YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ACCESS PLUG.
(b) Carefully, push the access plug a small distance and turn the access plug approximately 90
degrees counterclockwise to release the access plug from the port sleeve.
(c) Make sure that the "OPEN" mark on the access plug aligns with the "CAP" mark on the IFS. See
detail B of the figure.
(d) Remove the access plug from the port sleeve.
NOTE: The access plug is attached to the IFS with a lanyard.
(2) Lock the NAI upper valve in the open position.

NOTE: Use an extension tool with the square drive if necessary.
(b) Push in the DRIVE 1/4 IN - SQUARE and rotate the interface 270 degrees counterclockwise.
(e) Make sure that the indicator on the valve manual override interface aligns with the "LOCKED
OPEN" indication on the thrust reverser IFS.
(3) Install the NAI upper valve access plug back on the thrust reverser IFS.
(a) Put the access plug in position on the port sleeve.
(b) Make sure that the tabs on the access plug correctly engage the splines in the port sleeve.
(c) Carefully, push the access plug a small distance with an applicable SCREWDRIVER and turn the
access plug approximately 90 degrees clockwise to attach the access plug.
(d) Make sure that the "CLOSE" mark on the access plug aligns with the "CAP" mark on the IFS.
See detail C of the figure.
(e) Make sure that you fully engage and correctly attach the access plug.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-21-00-440-090-A
A. Do the reactivation of the thrust reverser system after maintenance and close the oil tank access-door on
the left fan cowl-door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-440-805) .
Subtask 30-21-00-865-116-A

Subtask 30-21-00-942-053-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons that the NAI upper valve is

End of document

30-21-00-040-010-C - Deactivation of the Engine Anti-Ice Valve in the OPEN Position
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 30-21-00-040-010-C
Deactivation of the Engine Anti-Ice Valve in the OPEN Position

MMEL 30-21-01C


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Power
Engine Air Intake Anti Ice Valve SHEET 1

INTAKE ANTI-ICE
VALVE
A B
INTAKE ANTI-ICE
VALVE
1
TRANSPORTATION
BRACKET
2
A
3
LOCK PIN
INSTALL PIN IN
REMOVE STOWED
LOCKED POSITION
DESIRED POSITION
PIN-ROTATE TO
MANUAL OVERIDE
5
CL
NUT
LOCK
OP
4
VALVE LOCKING-HOLE
B
B4318
N_MM_302100_4_XAN0_01_01
Figure 30-21-00-991-15000-13-B / SHEET 1/1 - Engine Air Intake Anti Ice Valve
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-21-00-861-062-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 30-21-00-860-071-A
Subtask 30-21-00-865-082-A

Subtask 30-21-00-010-070-A
D. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Engine Air Intake Anti Ice Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 30-21-00-040-058-A
A. Deactivation of the Engine Air Intake Anti-Ice Valve
(1) Lock the anti-ice valve (1) in the open position.
(a) Remove the lock pin (3) from the transportation bracket (2) in the valve (1).
(b) Move the valve to the OP position.
CAUTION: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE NUT TO MORE THAN 13 LBF.IN (0.15 M.DAN). IF YOU
DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.

1 Turn the nut (5) to the OP position. Do not exceed 13 lbf.in (0.15 m.daN) to turn the nut.
(c) Hold the valve in the OP (open) position and install the lock pin (3) into the valve locking hole (4).
(d) In the cockpit, on the ANTI-ICE section of the panel 25VU:
· Push the ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-21-00-865-083-A

Subtask 30-21-00-410-072-A
B. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 30-21-00-860-072-A
(2) On the ANTI ICE part of the panel 25VU, make sure that the ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch is pushed.
(On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend is on).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit. This tells persons that the anti ice valve is
Subtask 30-21-00-862-062-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

Lower Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 30-21-00-040-804-A
Deactivation of the NAI Lower Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open
SARY.
OCCUR.
ATED DURING FLIGHT.
FIN : 4011DN
MMEL 30-21-01B


437AL, 438AR, 452AR
447AL, 448AR, 462AR

Lower Anti-Ice Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open SHEET 1

MANUAL MANUAL
OVERRIDE OVERRIDE
INTERFACE INTERFACE
SQUARE SQUARE
DRIVE DRIVE
HOLE HOLE
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302102-G-51563-02309-A-001-01
LOWER LOWER
ANTI-ICE ANTI-ICE
VALVE VALVE
UNLOCKED POSITION LOCKED POSITION
N_MM_302100_4_QAB0_01_01
Figure 30-21-00-991-90800-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Lower Anti-Ice Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-21-00-941-060-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-833) .
Subtask 30-21-00-865-098-A

Subtask 30-21-00-010-095-A
C. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 30-21-00-040-075-A
D. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Ground Maintenance
system for ground maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-040-805) .
Subtask 30-21-00-010-096-A
E. Get Access
(1) Open the right thrust reverser cowl-door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-802) :
452AR
462AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Lower Anti-Ice Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open SHEET 1)
Subtask 30-21-00-040-077-A
A. Deactivation of the NAI Lower Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door Open
CAUTION: INSTALL PROTECTION COVERS ON ALL THE OPENINGS IMMEDIATELY TO PRE-

VENT DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE.

CAUTION: WIPE CLEAN ALL PARTS AND TOOLS AS NECESSARY TO REMOVE UNWANTED
DEBRIS AND PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE.
(1) Lock the NAI lower valve in the open position.

(b) Push in the DRIVE 1/4 IN - SQUARE and rotate the interface 270 degrees counterclockwise.
(e) If you can see, make sure the notch is adjacent to the words "LOCKED OPEN".
(f) Move the interface a small distance if it is not locked in position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-21-00-410-098-A
A. Close Access
(3) Close the right thrust reverser cowl-door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-410-802) :
452AR
462AR
Subtask 30-21-00-440-077-A
B. Do the reactivation of the thrust reverser system after maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-440-805) .
Subtask 30-21-00-410-099-A
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 30-21-00-865-099-A


Subtask 30-21-00-942-058-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons that the NAI lower valve is
End of document

30-21-00-040-804-A01 - Deactivation of the NAI Lower Valve
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 30-21-00-040-804-A01
Deactivation of the NAI Lower Valve
SARY.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE ENGINE AND THE ADJACENT COMPONENTS
AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE, THE ENGINE OIL AND THE ADJACENT COM-
PONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR A LONG TIME. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION,
INJURY CAN OCCUR.
ATED DURING FLIGHT.
FIN : 4011DN
MMEL 30-21-01B

No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER
(Ref. 30-21-00-040-804-A). Deactivation of the NAI Lower Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door
Open
Lower Anti-Ice Valve

LOWER ANTI-ICE VALVE

ACCESS PLUG
B C D E
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302102-G-51563-02315-A-003-01
N_MM_302100_4_QAD0_01_02
Figure 30-21-00-991-90300-21-A / SHEET 1/5 - Lower Anti-Ice Valve

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

LOWER ANTI-ICE
VALVE ACCESS PLUG
CLOSE
OPEN
DOWNSTREAM
NAIV ACCESS PORT CAP


ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302102-G-51563-03888-A-002-01
LOWER ANTI-ICE
SH VALVE ACCESS PLUG
PU CLOSE
OPEN
DOWNSTREAM

B 01
NOTE:
01 LOWER ANTI-ICE VALVE ACCESS PLUG SHOWN IN THE OPEN POSITION
N_MM_302100_4_QAD0_02_03

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

OPEN LOWER ANTI-ICE

VALVE ACCESS PLUG
CLOSE
DOWNSTREAM

PU
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302102-G-51563-05526-A-001-01
SH LOWER ANTI-ICE
OPEN
VALVE ACCESS PLUG
CLOSE
DOWNSTREAM

C 02
NOTE:
02 LOWER ANTI-ICE VALVE ACCESS PLUG SHOWN IN THE CLOSED POSITION
N_MM_302100_4_QAD0_03_01

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

MANUAL
OVERRIDE
INTERFACE
DOWNSTREAM
NAIV ACCESS PORT SQUARE
DRIVE
PUSH AND ROTATE 270° HOLE
MANUAL
OVERRIDE
INTERFACE
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302102-G-51563-02316-A-005-01
DOWNSTREAM
DRIVE
D 03
NOTE:
LOWER ANTI-ICE VALVE SHOWN IN THE UNLOCKED POSITION N_MM_302100_4_QAD0_04_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

MANUAL
OVERRIDE
INTERFACE
DOWNSTREAM
TO LOCK OPEN VALVE: REMOVE CAP, DRIVE
MANUAL
OVERRIDE
INTERFACE
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-302102-G-51563-05527-A-001-01
DOWNSTREAM
TO LOCK OPEN VALVE: REMOVE CAP, DRIVE
E 04
NOTE:
LOWER ANTI-ICE VALVE SHOWN IN THE LOCKED POSITION N_MM_302100_4_QAD0_05_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-21-00-941-068-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-833) .
Subtask 30-21-00-865-114-A

Subtask 30-21-00-040-090-A
C. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Maintenance
system for maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-040-805) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Lower Anti-Ice Valve)
Subtask 30-21-00-040-092-A
A. Deactivation of the NAI Lower Valve
(1) Remove the NAI lower valve access plug from the thrust reverser Inner Fixed Structure (IFS).
NOTE: You can get access to the anti-ice valve manual override interface if you open the right fan
cowl door and right thrust reverser door as an alternative (Ref. AMM TASK 30-21-00-040-
804) .
(a) Put the applicable SCREWDRIVER in the access plug.
(b) Carefully, push the access plug a small distance and turn the access plug approximately 90
degrees counterclockwise to release the access plug from the port sleeve.
(c) Make sure that the "OPEN" mark on the access plug aligns with the "CAP" mark on the IFS. See
detail B of the figure.
(d) Remove the access plug from the port sleeve.
NOTE: The access plug is attached to the IFS with a lanyard.
(2) Lock the NAI lower valve in the open position.

NOTE: Use an extension tool with the square drive if necessary.
(b) Push in the DRIVE 1/4 IN - SQUARE and turn the interface 270 degrees counterclockwise.
(e) Make sure that the indicator on the valve manual override interface aligns with the "LOCKED
OPEN" indication on the thrust reverser IFS.
(3) Install the NAI lower valve access plug back on the thrust reverser IFS.
(a) Put the access plug in position on the port sleeve.
(b) Make sure that the tabs on the access plug correctly engage the splines in the port sleeve.
(c) Carefully, push the access plug a small distance with an applicable SCREWDRIVER and turn the
access plug approximately 90 degrees clockwise to attach the access plug.
(d) Make sure that the "CLOSE" mark on the access plug aligns with the "CAP" mark on the IFS.
See detail C of the figure.
(e) Make sure that you fully engage and correctly attach the access plug.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-21-00-440-089-A
A. Do the reactivation of the thrust reverser system after maintenance and close the oil tank access-door on
the left fan cowl-door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-440-805) .
Subtask 30-21-00-865-115-A

Subtask 30-21-00-942-055-A
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons that the NAI lower valve is

End of document

30-21-00-040-809-A - Deactivation of the Applicable Anti-
ice Valve after a NAI SYSTEM FAILED CLOSED Fault
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 30-21-00-040-809-A
Deactivation of the Applicable Anti-ice Valve after a NAI SYSTEM FAILED CLOSED Fault
SARY.
FIN : 4010DN , 4011DN

MMEL 30-21-01B

Power
(Ref. 30-21-00-040-803-A). Deactivation of the NAI Upper Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door
Open
(Ref. 30-21-00-040-803-A-01). Deactivation of the NAI Upper Valve
(Ref. 30-21-00-040-804-A). Deactivation of the NAI Lower Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door
Open
(Ref. 30-21-00-040-804-A-01). Deactivation of the NAI Lower Valve
(Ref. 30-21-00-440-803-A). Reactivation of the NAI Upper Valve with the Thrust Reverser Door
Open
(Ref. 30-21-00-440-803-A-01). Reactivation of the NAI Upper Valve
(Ref. 30-21-00-710-002-A). Operational Check of the Engine-Air-Intake Ice-Protection System
(with the Engines in operation)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-21-00-861-083-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .

Subtask 30-21-00-941-070-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-833) .
Subtask 30-21-00-865-121-A

Subtask 30-21-00-040-095-A
D. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Maintenance
00-040-805) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 30-21-00-040-096-A
A. Deactivate the Applicable Anti-Ice Valve after a NAI SYSTEM FAILED CLOSED fault
CAUTION: REMOVE AND INSTALL PROTECTION COVERS AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT DAM-

AGE TO THE ENGINE AND ADJACENT COMPONENTS.
(1) Deactivate the upper nacelle anti-ice valve (Ref. AMM TASK 30-21-00-040-803) .
(2) Do the operational test of the engine air intake ice protection (Ref. AMM TASK 30-21-00-710-002) .
(3) If the maintenance message does not show, keep the upper anti-ice valve in the deactivated position
and continue to step 4.A.(7).
(4) If the maintenance message shows, do the following :
(a) Reactivate the upper nacelle anti-ice valve (Ref. AMM TASK 30-21-00-440-803) .
(b) Deactivate the lower nacelle anti-ice valve (Ref. AMM TASK 30-21-00-040-804) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-21-00-942-060-A

Subtask 30-21-00-440-092-A
B. Do the reactivation of the thrust reverser system after ground maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-
440-805) .
Subtask 30-21-00-865-122-A

Subtask 30-21-00-862-084-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

30-31-00-040-001-A - Check of the Operation of the Probe Heating Channel
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 30-31-00-040-001-A
Check of the Operation of the Probe Heating Channel
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE PROBES IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE TEST.

THEY ARE HOT AND CAN BURN YOU.
CAUTION: REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE TEST.
CAUTION: DO NOT CONTINUE THE TEST FOR MORE THAN ONE MINUTE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
THE PROBES.
FIN : 6DA1 , 6DA2 , 6DA3

MMEL 30-31-01A
Probe Heat Computer (PHC)
Check of the associated heating channel.

No specific AR THERMOMETER
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-31-00-941-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position near each probe.

· make sure that the PROBE/WINDOW HEAT pushbutton switch is released (the ON legend is off).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .

4. Procedure
Subtask 30-31-00-860-072-A
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons that a flight configuration will be simulated.
Subtask 30-31-00-865-058-A

49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
FOR FIN 6DA1 (PHC-1)
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
Subtask 30-31-00-040-050-A
CAUTION: DO NOT CONTINUE THE TEST FOR MORE THAN ONE MINUTE TO PREVENT DAMAGE
TO THE PROBES.
C. Check of the Probe Heating
ACTION RESULT
1.On the overhead circuit-breaker panel 49VU: On the lower ECAM DU:
· Open the circuit breaker 1GA. · The TAT temperature increases.
On the rear circuit-breaker panel 121VU: On the upper ECAM DU:

ACTION RESULT
· Open the circuit breaker 52GA · Make sure that no warning message related to the
· Open the circuit breaker 2GA. probes comes into view.
NOTE: Ignore the aural warning message.
2.On the panel 49VU: On the lower ECAM DU:

· Close the circuit breaker 1GA. · The TAT temperature decreases.
On the panel 121VU:
· Close the circuit breaker 52GA
· Close the circuit breaker 2GA.
3.Make sure that the heating of the probes related On the upper ECAM DU:
to the unserviceable PHC, is in operation. · make sure that no warning message related to the
For 6DA1 PHC-1 probes comes into view.
- 7DA1, 8DA1, 9DA1, 3FP1, 11FP1 · Make sure that the related probes are hot.
For 6DA2 PHC-2
- 7DA2, 8DA2, 9DA2, 3FP2, 11FP2
For 6DA3 PHC-3
- 7DA3, 8DA3, 9DA3, 3FP3.
NOTE: You can use a THERMOMETER which can

read up to 400 deg.C (752.00 deg.F) to do
this check.
On the lower ECAM DU: On the lower ECAM DU, if the AC GEN indication
· Make sure that no status message comes into comes into view:
view. · It goes out at the next IDG connection.
On the lower ECAM DU, if the AIR BLEED indication
comes into view:
· Do the step that follows.
On the panel 49VU: On the lower ECAM DU:
· Open and close the circuit breaker 3WW. · The AIR BLEED indication goes out of view.
On the panel 121VU:
· Open and close the circuit breaker 2WW.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-31-00-860-063-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).
End of document

30-31-00-040-002-A - Check of the ADRS,
Heaters and Failure Alerts related to the Probes
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 30-31-00-040-002-A
Check of the ADRS, Heaters and Failure Alerts related to the Probes

CAUTION: REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE TEST.

MMEL 30-31-01B
MMEL 30-31-01C
MMEL 30-31-03B
Static Ports Heater
MMEL 30-31-03C
Static Ports Heater
MMEL 30-31-03D
Static Ports Heater
MMEL 30-31-04A
Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating
MMEL 30-31-04B
MMEL 30-31-04C
MMEL 30-31-02A
Pitot Heater
MMEL 30-31-02B
Pitot Heater
MMEL 30-31-02C
Pitot Heater

Power

1(2)
(Ref. 30-31-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Probe Ice Protection
(Ref. 31-32-00-860-009-A). Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/L/G Page
(Ref. 32-00-00-860-001-A). Flight Configuration Precautions with Electrical Power
(Ref. 32-00-00-860-001-A-01). Flight Configuration Precautions without Electrical Power
(Ref. 32-00-00-860-002-A). Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration with Electrical Power
(Ref. 32-00-00-860-002-A-01). Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration without Electrical
Power
(Ref. 34-13-00-740-003-A). SYSTEM TEST of the ADR
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-31-00-861-065-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 30-31-00-860-086-A
B. Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
Subtask 30-31-00-941-054-A
(1) On the OVERHEAD CTL & IND Panel 25VU:
· make sure that the PROBE/WINDOW HEAT pushbutton switch is released (the ON legend is off).
4. Procedure
Subtask 30-31-00-710-057-A
A. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the available probe ice protection systems (Ref. AMM TASK 30-31-00-710-
001) .
(2) Do a SYSTEM TEST of the ADR (Ref. AMM TASK 34-13-00-740-003) .
Subtask 30-31-00-750-051-A
B. Check of ECAM Warning Messages
(1) Do a check of the ECAM warning messages related to the systems that operate correctly.
NOTE: - If CAPT pitot heater system is operative, do the checks in steps C thru L. - If F/O pitot heater
system is operative, do the checks in steps M thru V. - If STBY pitot heater system is operat-
ive, do the checks in steps W thru AF. Then continue the procedure from the step AG.
Subtask 30-31-00-865-080-A


Subtask 30-31-00-869-083-A
D. Check
(1) On the upper ECAM DU:
· Make sure that the
ANTI ICE CAPT PITOT
ANTI ICE CAPT AOA
indications come into view.
Subtask 30-31-00-865-081-A

Subtask 30-31-00-865-082-A
F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-869-084-A
G. Check
· make sure that the
ANTI ICE CAPT L(R) STAT
indication comes into view.
Subtask 30-31-00-865-083-A
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-865-084-A
J. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):


Subtask 30-31-00-869-085-A
K. Check
ANTI ICE CAPT PROBES
Subtask 30-31-00-865-085-A
L. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-865-086-A
M. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-869-086-A
N. Check
ANTI ICE F/O PITOT
ANTI ICE F/O AOA
Subtask 30-31-00-865-087-A
P. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-865-088-A
Q. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-869-087-A
R. Check

ANTI ICE F/O L(R) STAT

Subtask 30-31-00-865-089-A
S. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-865-090-A
T. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-869-088-A
U. Check
ANTI ICE F/O PROBES
Subtask 30-31-00-865-091-A
V. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-865-092-A
W. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-869-089-A
X. Check
ANTI ICE STBY PITOT
ANTI ICE STBY AOA
Subtask 30-31-00-865-093-A

Y. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-865-094-A
AA. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-869-090-A
AB. Check
ANTI ICE STBY L(R) STAT
Subtask 30-31-00-865-095-A
AC. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-865-096-A
AD. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 30-31-00-869-091-A
AE. Check
ANTI ICE STBY PROBES
Subtask 30-31-00-865-097-A
AF. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):



Subtask 30-31-00-941-066-A
AG. Safety Precautions
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LAND-
ING GEAR. THIS WILL PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR,
AND THUS POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT AND/
OR EQUIPMENT.
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-481-
001) .
(3) On the right-center instrument panel 400VU:
· Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN position
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
Subtask 30-31-00-869-116-A
AH. Flight Configuration Precautions
(1) Do the flight configuration precautions procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-860-001) .
Subtask 30-31-00-865-098-A
AJ. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

Subtask 30-31-00-865-099-A
AK. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU CAPT/LOUD/SPKR 5WW F10
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR 4WW P08
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03


Subtask 30-31-00-869-117-A
AL. Simulation of the Flight Procedure (with the Aircraft on the Ground)
ACTION RESULT
· Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/L/ · The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/L/G page comes
G page (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-860-009) . into view.
2.On the MCDU: · The LGCIU1 page comes into view.
· Push the line key adjacent to the LGCIU1 indic-
ation.
3.Push the NEXT PAGE key. · The LGCIU1 page comes into view.
4.Push the line key adjacent to the LANDING · The LANDING GEAR SIMULATION page comes
GEAR SIMULATION indication. into view.
5.Push the line key adjacent to the NOSE + LH + · The NOSE + LH + RH page comes into view.
RH indication.
6.Push the line key adjacent to the EXTENDED · The '<' symbol goes out of view (flight simu-
indication. lated).
On glareshield panels 130VU and 131VU:
· The MASTER WARN lights come on.
You can hear a continuous repetitive chime.
Subtask 30-31-00-869-118-A
CAUTION: DO THE TEST AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE PROBES.
AM. Check
NOTE: ECAM warnings ANTI ICE CAPT TAT and ANTI ICE F/O TAT come on after 15 seconds.
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ECAM control panel: On the upper ECAM DU:
· Push the CLR key many times until the indica- · The
tions related to the ANTI ICE system come into ANTI ICE CAPT TAT
view. ANTI ICE F/O TAT
messages come into view.
2.On the ECAM control panel: On the lower ECAM DU, on the right of the display:

ACTION RESULT
· If no ANTI ICE message comes into view on the · The
upper ECAM after you push the CLR key many CAPT TAT
times, push the STS key to show the indications F/O TAT
related to the ANTI ICE system. messages come into view.
· Push the line key adjacent to the COMPRESSED · The '<' symbol goes out of view (aircraft on the
indication. ground).
On glareshield panels 130VU and 131VU:
· The MASTER WARN lights go off.
The continuous repetitive chime stops.
4.On the MCDU:
· Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indic-
ation until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
5.Push the MCDU MENU key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
6.Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU
screen (display off).

Subtask 30-31-00-865-100-A
AN. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

5. Close-up
Subtask 30-31-00-860-076-A
(1) Do the ground configuration after flight configuration procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-860-
002) .
Subtask 30-31-00-942-060-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
items.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

End of document

30-42-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Window Heat Computer (WHC)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 30-42-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Window Heat Computer (WHC)
FIN : 2DG1 , 2DG2

MMEL 30-42-01A
Window Heat Computer
To do the deactivation of one of the two WHCs and to do a check of the correct operation and monitoring of
the WHC that stays in operation.

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 30-42-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Windshield Anti-Icing and Defogging
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-42-00-861-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 30-42-00-869-059-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 30-42-00-710-056-A
A. Check of the Heaters of the Fixed and Sliding Windows related to the WHC in Operation
(1) Do an operational test of the available windshield anti-icing and defogging system
(Ref. AMM TASK 30-42-00-710-001) .
Subtask 30-42-00-865-056-A


FOR FIN 2DG1 (WHC-1)
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/L 4DG1 X14
122VU ANTI ICE/WHC/1 5DG1 X13
123VU ANTI ICE/L/WHSLD 1DG1 AF10
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/R 4DG2 W14
122VU ANTI ICE/WHC/2 5DG2 W13
123VU ANTI ICE/R/WHSLD 1DG2 AF03
Subtask 30-42-00-210-050-A
C. Check of the Warning Messages of the Fixed and Sliding Windows related to the WHC in Operation
(1) On the Upper ECAM DU make sure that these warning messages:
· A.ICE L WSHLD HEAT
· A.ICE R WSHLD HEAT
· A.ICE L WINDOW HEAT
· A.ICE R WINDOW HEAT
come into view.
Subtask 30-42-00-860-058-A
D. Circuit Breaker Configuration
(1) The circuit breakers of the WHC that does not operate, must stay open, safetied and tagged.
(2) Remove the safety clip(s) and tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s) that follow of the WHC
that stays in operation:
Subtask 30-42-00-865-057-A

5. Close-up
Subtask 30-42-00-869-060-A
A. Make an entry in the log book.
Subtask 30-42-00-869-061-A
B. Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
Subtask 30-42-00-862-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

End of document

30-45-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Windshield Wiper
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 30-45-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Windshield Wiper

MMEL 30-45-02B
Windshield Wiper PARK Function
(Ref. 30-45-52-000-002-A). Removal of the Wiper Arm
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-45-00-860-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 30-45-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Windshield Wiper
(1) Remove the defective windshield wiper arm (Ref. AMM TASK 30-45-52-000-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-45-00-860-052-A
A. Make an entry in the logbook.
End of document

30-71-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Waste-Water Drain Mast Heating-System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 30-71-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Waste-Water Drain Mast Heating-System
Task Summary
MMEL 30-71-01A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 30-71-01B NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 30-71-01A
Waste Water Drain Mast Heating System
MMEL 30-71-01B
Waste Water Drain Mast Heating System

Power
1(2)
Potable Water Lavatory Shutoff Valve SHEET 1

A
TYPICAL
POTABLE WATER
SHUTOFF-VALVE
CONTROL HANDLE
N_MM_307100_4_AAB0_01_02
Figure 30-71-00-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Potable Water Lavatory Shutoff Valve

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 30-71-00-862-050-A
A. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are isolated (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
NOTE: It is necessary to open only the related circuit breaker(s) of the defective drain mast.
Subtask 30-71-00-865-072-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-214, 217-228, 230-234, 237-240, 242-250, 301-450,
500-600
2000VU WASTE WIP-DRAINMAST-FWD 1DU B06
** ON A/C 215-216, 229-229, 235-236, 241-241

2000VU WASTE WIP-DRAINMAST-FWD 1DU B02
** ON A/C 401-450
2000VU WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 9DU B05
2000VU WASTE WIP-HEATER-LINE 8DU B04
** ON A/C ALL
2001VU WASTE WIP-DRAINMAST-AFT 11DU E01
** ON A/C 204-204, 219-220, 401-415

2001VU WASTE WIP-HEATER-LINE 31DU E04
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Potable Water Lavatory Shutoff Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 30-71-00-040-051-E
A. Deactivation Procedure
(1) Close the manual shutoff valve of the related lavatory water supply. The shutoff valve is installed
below the wash basin.
(2) Put a PLACARD on the related lavatory doors to show persons that the lavatories are not in use.
(3) Close and lock the lavatory doors.
(4) Close the shutoff valve of the related galley water supply.
(5) Put a PLACARD on the related galley water supply to tell persons not to operate the water faucet.
5. Close-up
Subtask 30-71-00-860-054-A
A. Make an entry in the logbook.
End of document

DMC2 when AC ESS FEED control is operative
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 31-68-00-040-005-A
Deactivation of the DMC2 when AC ESS FEED control is operative

MMEL 31-62-02A
DMC 2

(Ref. 24-25-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the AC Essential-Generation Switching
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-071-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 31-68-00-710-056-A
A. Do the Operational Test of the AC Essential Generation Switching (Ref. AMM TASK 24-25-00-710-001)
Subtask 31-68-00-020-054-A
B. Deactivation of the EIS DMC selector switch
(1) Do the EIS Start Procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(2) Make a mark on the panel 8VU close to the EIS DMC selector switch to ask the crew to set the EIS
DMC selector switch in the position F/O 3.
5. Close-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-077-A

DMC2 when AC ESS FEED control is operative

(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

31-68-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the ATT HDG Selector Switch
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 31-68-00-040-004-A
Deactivation of the ATT HDG Selector Switch

MMEL 31-68-02A
ATT HDG Switching Selector on the Center Pedestal (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-053-A
Subtask 31-68-00-865-051-A

49VU EIS/DMC3/SWTG 21WT3 E07
49VU EIS/ECAM DU/UPPER/SWTG 24WT1 E06
49VU EIS/ECAM DU/UPPER/SPLY 13WT1 E05
49VU EIS/PFD CAPT/SWTG 22WT1 E04
26VAC
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-053, 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 219-221, 227-228, 233-234, 240-240, 243-243
49VU NAV/STBY/ALTM 16FN F14
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-063, 201-201, 203-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
49VU NAV/VOR/DME/RMI 12FN F13
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-218, 221-226, 229-232,
235-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
EMB SB 34-1261 for A/C 237-237

EMB SB 34-1335 for A/C 237-237
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

49VU EIS/ECAM/CTL/PNL 15WT E12
49VU EIS/DMC1/SPLY 10WT1 E11
49VU EIS/DMC3/STBY/SPLY 14WT1 E10
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-232, 234-250, 301-450, 500-600
49VU EIS/PFD/CAPT/SPLY 11WT1 E03
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233

49VU EIS/RLY/BOX/CAPT 17WT1 E08
49VU EIS/PFD CAPT/SPLY 11WT1 E03
** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 219-220, 227-228, 233-234, 240-240, 243-243

49VU NAV/STBY/HORIZON 5FN F12
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 F09
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06

** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C ALL
121VU EIS/GPWS/28VDC 2WZ P06
121VU EIS/DMC3/SPLY 10WT3 Q09
121VU EIS/ECAM DU/LOWER/SPLY 13WT2 R11
121VU EIS/ECAM DU/LOWER/SWTG 24WT2 R10
121VU EIS/DMC2/SWTG 21WT2 R08
121VU EIS/PFD/F/O/SWTG 22WT2 R05
121VU EIS/PFD/F/O 11WT2 R03
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 112-150, 201-201, 203-212, 217-220, 222-222, 227-230, 233-235, 238-240, 243-243, 301-450,
500-600
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233

121VU EIS/RLY/BOX/F/O 17WT2 R07
** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 210-212, 227-228, 230-232, 237-237, 239-239, 242-242, 244-250, 350-350
EMB SB 34-1153 for A/C 206-206, 210-210

121VU COM NAV/ADF/2 1RP2 K02
** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
122VU ELEC/AC/BUS1/CTL 17XN1 V25

** ON A/C 016-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 31-68-00-860-054-A
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs and NDs only) (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(2) On the overhead panel:
on the ADIRS CDU, on the panel 20VU, make sure that the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches for
ADIRU1 and ADIRU2 are at NAV.
(3) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, check that the ATT HDG selector switch is in
NORM position.
** ON A/C 022-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 31-68-00-860-054-B
(2) On the ADIRS MSU, on the panel 20VU, make sure that the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches for
ADIRU1 and ADIRU2 are set to NAV.
(3) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the ATT HDG selector switch
is set to NORM.
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 31-68-00-710-051-A
A. Check of the ATT HDG switch
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ADIRS CDU:
· set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch for the IR1 On the CAPT PFD, check that the pitch and roll atti-
to OFF tudes and the heading indications go out of view.
The ATT flag comes into view.
Ignore the related warnings.
· set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch for the IR2 On the F/O PFD, check that the pitch and roll atti-
to OFF tudes and the heading indications go out of view.
** ON A/C 022-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 31-68-00-710-051-B
A. Check of the ATT HDG Switch
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ADIRS MSU:

ACTION RESULT
· Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch for IR1 to On the CAPT PFD, the pitch and roll attitudes and
OFF. the heading indications go out of view.
· Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch for IR2 to On the F/O PFD, the pitch and roll attitudes and the
OFF. heading indications go out of view.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 31-68-00-020-052-A
B. Deactivation of the ATT HDG selector switch
(1) Make a mark on the panel 8VU close to the ATT HDG selector switch to forbid the crew to set the
ATT HDG selector switch in any position except NORM which is the valid position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-055-A
(1) Do the EIS Stop Procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 34-10-00-860-005)
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
End of document

31-68-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the AIR DATA Selector Switch
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 31-68-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the AIR DATA Selector Switch

MMEL 31-68-01A
Air Data Switching Selector on the Center Pedestal (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 31-68-00-865-050-A

26VAC
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-053, 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 219-221, 227-228, 233-234, 240-240, 243-243
49VU NAV/STBY/ALTM 16FN F14
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-063, 201-201, 203-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-218, 221-226, 229-232,
235-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
EMB SB 34-1261 for A/C 237-237

EMB SB 34-1335 for A/C 237-237
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-232, 234-250, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233

** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 219-220, 227-228, 233-234, 240-240, 243-243

49VU NAV/STBY/HORIZON 5FN F12
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 F09
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06

** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C ALL
121VU EIS/GPWS/28VDC 2WZ P06
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-325, 331-332, 350-350
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 112-150, 201-201, 203-212, 217-220, 222-222, 227-230, 233-235, 238-240, 243-243, 301-450,
500-600
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233

** ON A/C 203-203, 206-206, 210-212, 227-228, 230-232, 237-237, 239-239, 242-242, 244-250, 350-350
EMB SB 34-1153 for A/C 206-206, 210-210

121VU COM NAV/ADF/2 1RP2 K02
** ON A/C 326-330, 333-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL

** ON A/C 016-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 31-68-00-860-052-A
(1) Do the EIS Start Procedure (PFDs and NDs only) (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
(2) On the ADIRS CDU, on the panel 20VU, make sure that the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches for the
ADIRU1 and ADIRU2 are at NAV.
(3) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA selector switch
is in the NORM position.
** ON A/C 022-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 31-68-00-860-052-B
(2) On the ADIRS MSU, on the panel 20VU, make sure that the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches for the
ADIRU1 and ADIRU2 are set to NAV.
(3) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA selector switch
is set to NORM.
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 31-68-00-710-050-A
A. ADR Test
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ADIRS CDU:
· push the ADR1 pushbutton switch. On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the ADR1
pushbutton switch comes on.
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude indications
go out of view (ignore the related flag warnings).
· push the ADR2 pushbutton switch. On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the ADR2
On the F/O PFD, the speed and altitude indications
· push the ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the ADR1
again. and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes off.
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the speed and altitude
** ON A/C 022-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 301-349, 351-
450, 500-600
Subtask 31-68-00-710-050-B
A. ADR Test

ACTION RESULT
1.On the ADIRS MSU:
· Push the ADR1 pushbutton switch. On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the ADR1
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude indications
· Push the ADR2 pushbutton switch. On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the ADR2
On the F/O PFD, the speed and altitude indications
· Push the ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the ADR1
again. and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes off.
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the speed and altitude
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 31-68-00-020-050-A
B. Deactivation of the AIR DATA selector switch
(1) Make a mark on the panel 8VU close to the AIR DATA selector switch to forbid the crew to set the
AIR DATA selector switch in any position except NORM which is the valid position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-051-A
(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 34-10-00-860-005)
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
End of document

31-68-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the EIS DMC Selector Switch
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 31-68-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the EIS DMC Selector Switch

MMEL 31-68-04A
EIS DMC Switching Selector on the Center Pedestal (FAA only)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 31-68-00-865-052-A

49VU EIS/ND CAPT/SWTG 23WT1 E02
49VU EIS/ND CAPT/SPLY 12WT1 E01
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600



** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-232, 234-250, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
121VU EIS/ND/F/O/SWTG 23WT2 R06
121VU EIS/ND/F/O 12WT2 R04
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 31-68-00-860-058-A
(1) Do the EIS Start Procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
(2) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the EIS DMC selector switch
is in the NORM position.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 233-233

Subtask 31-68-00-710-052-A
A. Check of the EIS DMC switch
ACTION RESULT
1.On C/B panel 49VU:
· open the circuit breaker 10WT1 A diagonal line comes into view on the CAPT PFD
and ND and on the upper ECAM DU.
On the lower ECAM DU, the EIS DMC1 FAULT mes-
sage is displayed.
· close the circuit breaker 10WT1 The related images of each DU come into view.

ACTION RESULT
· open the circuit breaker 10WT2 A diagonal line comes into view on the F/O PFD and
ND and on the lower ECAM DU.
On the upper ECAM DU, the EIS DMC2 FAULT mes-
sage is displayed.
· close the circuit breaker 10WT2 The related images of each DU come into view.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-232, 234-250, 301-450, 500-600
Subtask 31-68-00-710-052-B
A. Check of the EIS DMC switch
ACTION RESULT
· open the circuit breaker 10WT1 An INVALID DATA message comes into view on the
CAPT PFD and ND
On the lower ECAM DU, the EIS DMC1 FAULT mes-
sage is displayed.
· close the circuit breaker 10WT1 After 35s, the related images of each DU come into
view.
· open the circuit breaker 10WT2 An INVALID DATA message comes into view on the
F/O PFD and ND
On the upper ECAM DU, the EIS DMC2 FAULT mes-
sage is displayed.
· close the circuit breaker 10WT2 After 35s, the related images of each DU come into
view.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 31-68-00-020-053-A
B. Deactivation of the EIS DMC selector switch
(1) Make a mark on the panel 8VU close to the EIS DMC selector switch to forbid the crew to set the EIS
DMC selector switch in any position except NORM which is the valid position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
End of document

31-68-00-040-006-A - Deactivation of the Lower
ECAM DU when AC ESS FEED control is operative
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 31-68-00-040-006-A
Deactivation of the Lower ECAM DU when AC ESS FEED control is operative

MMEL 31-63-05A
SDU

(Ref. 24-25-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the AC Essential-Generation Switching
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-073-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 31-68-00-710-057-A
A. Do the operational test of the AC essential generation switching (Ref. AMM TASK 24-25-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 31-68-00-860-075-A
(1) Put a temporary placard in the cockpit to tell persons that the lower ECAM DU is deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

32-12-00-040-006-A - Preparation of the Aircraft for Flight
with a Failed or Missing Ground Door Opening Cable
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-12-00-040-006-A
Preparation of the Aircraft for Flight with a Failed or Missing Ground Door Opening Cable

MMEL 32-12-01A
Main Gear Door Ground Opening Cable

(460005835) 2 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
(98DNSA20208040) 1 RIGGING PIN

734 MAIN DOOR
744 MAIN DOOR
FOR 2804GM (CABLE CONTROL)
195BB
FOR 2805GM (CABLE CONTROL)
196BB

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 29-10-00-863-001-A). Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System with a Hydraulic Ground
Power-Cart
(PTU)
(Ref. 32-00-00-481-002-A). Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gear Doors
Power
(Ref. 32-12-16-000-001-A). Removal of the Control Cable
(Ref. 32-31-35-000-001-A). Removal of the MLG Door Actuating-Cylinder
(Ref. 32-31-35-400-001-A). Installation of the MLG Door Actuating-Cylinder
(Ref. 32-33-00-720-001-A). Functional Check of Free-Fall Extension
MLG Door Ground-Opening System SHEET 1
Door Bypass Valve - Lockwire Installation SHEET 1

A E
B
195BB
196BB
A AS SHOWN
OPPOSITE
B VIEW
2517GM 2
D AS SHOWN
2518GM 1
OPPOSITE
E VIEW
3
4
5
C
RIGGING PIN
LOCATION C
12 10
11
9 8 7
N_MM_321200_4_ADE0_01_00
Figure 32-12-00-991-01800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - MLG Door Ground-Opening System

** ON A/C ALL

B C
Z734 (Z744)
2517GM
B C
2518GM
A
PORT B
PORT A
LOCKWIRE
10
10
B 01 C 01
FORWARD VIEW SIDE VIEW
NOTE:
01 RH SHOWN, LH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_321200_4_ALM0_01_00
Figure 32-12-00-991-02200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Door Bypass Valve - Lockwire Installation

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. MLG Door Ground-Opening System SHEET 1)
Subtask 32-12-00-941-067-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-910-002) .
· make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN position
· put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the Green and Yellow
Hydraulic systems.
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle is folded into the center
console.
481-001) .
Subtask 32-12-00-860-071-A
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT. UNWANTED ELECTRICAL
POWER CAN BE DANGEROUS.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(2) Depressurize the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001) .
Subtask 32-12-00-865-072-A

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

49VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK H12
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

MONG
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600


EMB SB 32-1346 for A/C 016-019, 021-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237,
239-240, 242-244, 350-350
121VU LGCIU/BAT SPLY/SYS2 59GA R33
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
** ON A/C 401-450
MONG
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-12-00-010-063-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the applicable zone 730(740).
(2) Open the applicable access panel(s):
(a) FOR 2804GM (CABLE CONTROL)
- open 195BB
(b) FOR 2805GM (CABLE CONTROL)
- open 196BB.
(3) If necessary, open the MLG doors by the free-fall system (Ref. AMM TASK 32-33-00-720-001) .
(4) Install a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on each MLG door actuating cylinder
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-481-002) .
(5) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 32-1346 for A/C 016-019, 021-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240,
242-244, 350-350
Subtask 32-12-00-020-067-B
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCK-
WIRE. EACH TIME YOU CUT LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DISCARD IT IMMEDIATELY.
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND, AND/OR CAN CAUSE DAM-
AGE.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE CLEAR.
A. Deactivation of the MLG Ground Door Opening-Cable
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. MLG Door Ground-Opening System SHEET 1)

** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 32-1346 for A/C 016-019, 021-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240,
242-244, 350-350
NOTE: The defective cable can be removed or can stay with the cable ends disconnected from the control
handle and bypass valve. If disconnected, the cable ends must be safetied correctly.
(1) Remove the defective cable (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-16-000-001) , or disconnect the cable ends as
follows:
(a) Disconnect the cable end (2) from the control handle as follows:
1 Remove and discard the cotter pin (5).
2 Remove the nut (4), the washer (3) and the bolt (1).
3 Remove the cable end (2) from the control handle.
4 Safety the cable end (2) in position with a TIE WRAP.
(b) Disconnect the cable end (6) from the bypass valve as follows:
1 Remove and discard the cotter pin (8).
2 Remove the nut (7), the washer (9), the bush (11) and the bolt (12).
3 Remove the cable end (6) from the bypass valve operating-lever (10).
4 Safety the cable end (6) in position with a TIE WRAP.
(2) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on the applicable MLG door
actuating- cylinder (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-481-002) .
(3) Disconnect the applicable MLG door actuating-cylinder from the MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-31-
35-000-001) .
(4) Hold the body of the MLG door actuating-cylinder to prevent damage caused by small movement of
the ram.
(5) Do the flight configuration precautions with electrical power (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-860-001) .
(6) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-001) .
CAUTION: DO NOT TURN THE GRAVITY GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE MORE THAN 3 FULL
TURNS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FREE FALL EXTENSION SYSTEM.
(7) Do the reset of the free-fall extension system as follows:

(a) On panel 110VU:
1 Turn the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle three full turns counterclockwise at a rate of one full
turn in five seconds.
2 Fold the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle into the center console.
3 Make sure that the MLG doors are closed and locked.
(8) Make sure that the bypass valve operating-lever (10) is in the correct position as follows:
(a) Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) through the rigging pin holes in the operating lever
(10) and the bypass valve.

(b) If RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) installation is not possible (because the rigging pin holes
in the operating lever (10) and the bypass valve are not aligned), do the steps that follow:
1 Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
1GA, 52GA 58GA.
2 Manually move the operating lever (10) until the rigging pin holes in the operating lever (10)
and the bypass valve are aligned.
3 Put the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) through the rigging pin holes in the operating
lever (10) and the bypass valve.
4 Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
1GA, 52GA, 58GA.
(c) Remove the RIGGING PIN (98DNSA20208040) .
(d) Safety the operating lever (10) in the rigged position with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel
Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1) as follows:
** ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. Door Bypass Valve - Lockwire Installation SHEET 1)
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 32-1346 for A/C 016-019, 021-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240,
242-244, 350-350
1 Make sure that the rigging pin holes in the operating lever (10) and the bypass valve are
aligned.
2 Make a loop of the lockwire around the union of port A.
3 Do the lockwire routing behind the unions and then above the union of port B.
4 Make a loop of the lockwire through the rigging pin hole of the operating lever (10).
5 Do the lockwire routing above the union of port B and make another loop of the lockwire
around the union of port A.
6 Make a last loop of the lockwire through the rigging pin hole and safety the operating lever
(10).
7 If necessary, cut and discard the unwanted length of the lockwire.
(9) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001) .
(10) On panel 110VU, turn the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle clockwise two full turns.
(11) Connect the applicable MLG door actuating-cylinder (Ref. AMM TASK 32-31-35-400-001) .
(12) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) from the MLG door actuating-cylinders.
(13) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-001) .
(14) Close the MLG doors as follows:
(a) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
1GA, 52GA, 58GA.
(b) On panel 110VU, turn the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle counterclockwise two full turns at a
rate of one full turn in five seconds.
(c) Fold the GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handle into the center console.

(15) Put the MLG door ground control-handle in the CLOSED position.
(16) Make sure that the MLG doors are closed and locked correctly.
WARNING: IF THE MLG DOOR CONTROLS DO NOT AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE MLG
DOORS, YOU MUST KEEP CLEAR OF THE LANDING GEAR BAY UNTIL:
- YOU DEPRESSURIZE THE GREEN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
- YOU INSTALL A GROUND LOCK SLEEVE ON THE ACTUATING CYLINDER OF THE
APPLICABLE OPEN DOOR(S). IF THE DOOR IS OPEN AND NOT SAFETIED, THERE
IS A RISK THAT IT CAN CLOSE AND CAUSE INJURY.
(17) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001) .
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-12-00-410-055-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the applicable access panel(s):
(a) FOR 2804GM (CABLE CONTROL)
- close 195BB
(b) FOR 2805GM (CABLE CONTROL)
- close 196BB.
Subtask 32-12-00-865-073-A
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

49VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK H12
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

MONG
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 32-1346 for A/C 016-019, 021-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237,
239-240, 242-244, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35

** ON A/C 401-450
MONG
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-12-00-860-072-A
(1) Connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-860-002) .
(2) Do the ground configuration after flight configuration with electrical power (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-
00-860-002) .
Subtask 32-12-00-942-065-A
items.
End of document

32-31-00-040-803-A - Deactivation of the Landing Gear Retracting System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-31-00-040-803-A
Deactivation of the Landing Gear Retracting System
Task Summary
MMEL 32-31-02A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 32-31-02A
Landing Gear Retracting System
(Ref. 05-59-32-869-001-A). Preparation for Flight with Gear Down
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-860-135-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 32-31-00-040-054-A
A. Deactivate the Landing Gear Retraction System
(1) Prepare for flight with the landing gear down (Ref. AMM TASK 05-59-32-869-001) .
End of document

32-46-00-040-001-A - Check of the BSCU after BRAKES N/WS MINOR
FAULT Caution message shown on the Upper Ecam Display Unit
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-
450, 500-600
TASK 32-46-00-040-001-A
Check of the BSCU after BRAKES N/WS MINOR FAULT Caution message shown on the Upper Ecam Display Unit
WARNING: PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE
TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC
POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
BE DANGEROUS.

MMEL 32-09-01B
BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT Alert
MMEL 32-09-01C
BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT Alert

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-46-00-860-067-A

(1) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the L/G normal control lever is at down.
(2) On the panel 402VU, make sure that the A/SKID & NOSEWHEEL switch is at ON.
(4) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/L/G page (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-860-009) .
Subtask 32-46-00-941-061-A
B. Safety precautions
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to:
· operate the landing gear control lever,
· operate the brake pedals,
· pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems.
Subtask 32-46-00-865-062-A

121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEER- 4GG M36
ING/SYS2/SPLY
ING/SYS2/CTL
ING/SYS1/CTL
ING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-
450, 500-600
EMB SB 32-1350 for A/C 016-021, 206-206, 209-209, 215-218, 221-222, 226-230, 235-235, 239-239, 242-242,
350-350
Subtask 32-46-00-740-056-B
A. Selection of the BSCU LAST LEG REPORT
NOTE: You must do this test before each flight when the BRAKES-N/WS MINOR FAULT caution mes-
sage is shown on the Upper ECAM Display Unit.
NOTE: This test is for channel 1. For channel 2, use the indications between parentheses.
ACTION RESULT
1.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the The BSCU CHAN 1(2) page comes into view.
BSCU 1(2) indication.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the LAST LEG RE- The BSCU CHAN 1(2)/LAST LEG REPORT page
PORT indication. comes into view.
· Make sure that these CFDS fault messages are
not shown:
BRK ALTN PRESS TRANSDUCER (101GG) or
(100GG)

ACTION RESULT
ABCU (95GG)/BRK NORM SEL VALVE XDCR
(96GG)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-
450, 500-600
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-46-00-860-068-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(3) Make an entry in the logbook to tell persons that the BSCU is checked.
End of document

32-47-00-040-001-A - Brake Temperature Sensor Deactivation
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-47-00-040-001-A
Brake Temperature Sensor Deactivation

MMEL 32-07-01B
Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page

No specific lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)
Brake Temperature Sensor Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1

A
6GW
4GW
7GW
5GW
A
N_MM_324700_4_ABM0_01_00
Figure 32-47-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Brake Temperature Sensor Deactivation/Reactivation

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-47-00-941-050-A
A. Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
control lever and the brake pedals.
Subtask 32-47-00-865-051-A

121VU HYDRAULIC/BRK/TEMP/DET/UNIT 1GW M37
ING/SYS2/SPLY
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Brake Temperature Sensor Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1)
Subtask 32-47-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Brake Temperature Sensor
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) Disconnect the connector (2) from the temperature sensor (1).
(2) Put CAP - BLANKING on the two connectors.
(3) Clean the electrical connector (2) of the brake temperature sensor and apply two or three turns of
TAPE - ADHESIVE around the electrical connector (3).
(4) Tightly wind 3 or 4 turns of lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) around the tape
on the electrical connector (2). Twist the lockwire and put it through the nearest locking hole.
NOTE: Make sure that the lockwire cannot rub when the landing gear operates.
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-47-00-942-051-A
A. Remove the safety device.
(1) Remove the warning notice.
Subtask 32-47-00-865-054-A

121VU HYDRAULIC/BRK/TEMP/DET/UNIT 1GW M37
ING/SYS2/SPLY
End of document

32-49-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS)
** ON A/C 236-236, 241-241
TASK 32-49-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS)

MMEL 32-09-02A
WHEEL TYRE LO PR Alert

No specific AR GAGE - PRESSURE, TIRE
(53.10 and 79.65 lbf.in)
No specific corrosion resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.)
C. Expendable Parts

5 cotter pin 32-49-15-01-010
7 seal plug 32-49-15-01-070
7 cotter pin 32-49-16-01-010
5 seal plug 32-49-16-01-070

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 32-41-00-210-003-A). Functional Check of Tire Pressures
(Ref. 32-48-51-000-002-A). Removal of the Impeller Assy
(Ref. 32-48-51-400-002-A). Installation of the Impeller Assy
Nose Landing Gear Tire Pressure-Transducer - Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1
Main Landing Gear Tire Pressure-Transducer - Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1

A
1
A
2
3
A
4
6
7
8 9
13
12
11
10
N_MM_324900_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 32-49-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Nose Landing

Gear Tire Pressure-Transducer - Deactivation/Reactivation
** ON A/C 236-236, 241-241

A
A
A
1
A
B
2
3
4
1 PRESSURE
SENSOR POSITION
6
MAIN 7
GEAR WHEEL
8
N_MM_324900_4_AGM0_01_00
Figure 32-49-00-991-00200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Main Landing

Gear Tire Pressure-Transducer - Deactivation/Reactivation
** ON A/C 236-236, 241-241

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-49-00-941-052-A
(1) In the cockpit, on panel 400VU, put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear control-lever.
(2) On the steering handwheels (CAPT and F/O) and on the brake pedals, put WARNING NOTICE(S) in
position to tell persons not to operate them.
Subtask 32-49-00-220-050-A
B. Dimensional Check
(1) Use a GAGE - PRESSURE, TIRE to do a pressure check with the related WHEEL TIRE LO PR
warning (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-00-210-003) .
(2) If the tire pressure is correct, do the procedure that follows.
Subtask 32-49-00-865-068-A

121VU HYDRAULIC/TIRE/PRESS 1GV M31
4. Procedure
Subtask 32-49-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Nose Landing Gear Tire Pressure-Transducer
(Ref. Fig. Nose Landing Gear Tire Pressure-Transducer - Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1)
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (10).
(2) Remove the screws (10) and the washers (11).
(3) Release the grommet (12).
(4) Remove the cover (8).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector from the connector (13).
(6) Install CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector (13).
(7) Remove the grommet (12).
(8) Remove the cotter pin (5) and discard it.
(9) Remove the nut (6).
(10) Remove the pressure transducer (4).
(11) Put the IPC -CSN (32-49-15-01-070) seal plug (7) on the transducer holder (2) and attach it with the
nut (6).
(13) Safety the nut (6) with a new IPC -CSN (32-49-15-01-010) cotter pin (5).

(14) Install the grommet (12).

(15) Put the cover (8) in position.
(16) Install the drive (9) in its housing.
(17) Install the washers (11) and the screws (10).
(18) Tighten the screws (10) and safety them with corrosion resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm (0.032
in.) .
Subtask 32-49-00-040-052-C
B. Deactivation of the Main Landing Gear Tire Pressure-Transducer
(Ref. Fig. Main Landing Gear Tire Pressure-Transducer - Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1)
(1) Remove the impeller assy (Ref. AMM TASK 32-48-51-000-002) .
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (2).
(3) Install CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector (2).
(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (7).
(5) Remove the nut (8).
(6) Remove the main landing gear tire pressure-transducer (6).
(7) Put the IPC -CSN (32-49-16-01-070) seal plug (5) on the transducer holder and attach it with the nut
(8).
(9) Install a new IPC -CSN (32-49-16-01-010) cotter pin (7) on the nut (8).
(10) Install the impeller assy (Ref. AMM TASK 32-48-51-400-002) .
Subtask 32-49-00-865-055-A

Subtask 32-49-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the lower ECAM DU, on the WHEEL page, make sure that the WHEEL TIRE LO PR warning
message does not show.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
Subtask 32-49-00-869-052-A
E. Post-Flight Report Effects
NOTE: Each Post Flight Report shows a fault for the TPIS. Although more than one TPIS sensor can be
deactivated, one fault will show for ATA 32-49-00.
5. Close-up

Subtask 32-49-00-942-050-A
(2) Remove the warning notices.
(4) Make an entry in the log book to tell persons to do a check of the pressure of the related tire at three
day intervals (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-00-210-003) .
(5) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell persons that the TPIS is deactivated for the related tire.
End of document

32-49-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Tire Pressure Indicating Computer (TPIC)
** ON A/C 236-236, 241-241
TASK 32-49-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Tire Pressure Indicating Computer (TPIC)

MMEL 32-09-02B
WHEEL TYRE LO PR Alert

No specific AR GAGE - PRESSURE, TIRE
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 32-41-00-210-003-A). Functional Check of Tire Pressures
TPIS Cockpit Effects - Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1

WHEEL UP LOCK
UP LOCK UP LOCK
XX XX
NW STEER
L/G CTL
140 °C 140 155 °C 140
1 REL 2 ANTI SKID 3 REL 4

XX PSI XX XX PSI XX
AUTO BRK
MED
TAT +19 °C GMT G.W. 60 3T

SAT +18 °C 23:56 C.G. 28 1 %
AFTER DEACTIVATION
WHEEL UP LOCK
UP LOCK UP LOCK
195 195
NW STEER
L/G CTL
140 °C 140 155 °C 140
1 REL 2 ANTI SKID 3 REL 4

195 PSI 195 195 PSI 195
AUTO BRK
MED
TAT +19 °C GMT G.W. 60 3T

SAT +18 °C 23:56 C.G. 28 1 %
AFTER REACTIVATION
NOTE: TYPICAL DISPLAY
N_MM_324900_4_AKM0_01_00
Figure 32-49-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - TPIS Cockpit Effects - Deactivation/Reactivation

** ON A/C 236-236, 241-241

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-49-00-040-053-A
A. Dimensional Check
(1) Use a GAGE - PRESSURE, TIRE to do a pressure check with the related WHEEL TIRE LO PR
warning (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-00-210-003) .
(2) If the tire pressure is correct, do the procedure that follows.
Subtask 32-49-00-865-070-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. TPIS Cockpit Effects - Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1)
Subtask 32-49-00-040-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the lower ECAM DU, WHEEL page, the tire pressure indications show amber 'XX'.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-49-00-942-051-A
(2) Make an entry in the log book to tell persons to do a check of the pressure of the tires at three day
intervals (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-00-210-003) .
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the TPIC is deactivated.
End of document

32-31-00-040-003-A - Check of the System 2 Proximity
Sensors of the Landing Gear and the Landing Gear Doors
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-31-00-040-003-A
Check of the System 2 Proximity Sensors of the Landing Gear and the Landing Gear Doors

MMEL 32-32-02A
LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-03A
LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-04A
LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-05A
LGCIU 2 RH L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-06A
LGCIU 2 LH L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-07A
LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Down Lock Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-08A
LGCIU 2 RH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-09A
LGCIU 2 LH L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-10A
LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Up Lock Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-11A
LGCIU 2 RH L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-12A
LGCIU 2 LH L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-13A
LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Doors Open Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-14A
LGCIU 2 RH L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-15A
LGCIU 2 LH L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-16A
LGCIU 2 Nose L/G Doors Closed Proximity Detector
MMEL 32-32-17A
LGCIU 2 Bogie Proximity Detector
11GA(10GA), 13GA, 17GA(16GA), 19GA, 23GA(22GA), 25GA, 29GA(28GA), 31GA, 35GA(34GA),
39GA(38GA).


(98D32203502000) AR SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 32-00-00-481-002-A). Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gear Doors
(Ref. 32-22-00-010-001-A). Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
(Ref. 32-22-00-410-001-A). Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
(Ref. 32-69-00-740-001-A). BITE Check of Landing-Gear Control Interface-Unit (LGCIU) With Use
of MCDU to Ensure that Continuous BITE is Operative
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-941-069-A
001) .
· make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN position
· put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear/landing gear
doors.
Subtask 32-31-00-010-064-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) or the applicable NLG door
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-22-00-010-001) .
(2) Make sure that the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE is installed if you open the MLG doors on the applicable
MLG door actuating-cylinder (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-481-002) .
(3) Make sure that the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) is installed, if you open the NLG
doors, in the rigging holes of the left and right nose gear doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-481-002) .

(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in zone 734/744 for the MLG.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in zone 123 for the NLG.
Subtask 32-31-00-869-100-A
C. Flight Configuration Precautions
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks, de-energize the aircraft electrical
circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) . Thus it is not necessary to do the flight configuration
precautions.
(2) If the electrical power is necessary, do the precautions for flight configuration (Ref. AMM TASK 32-
00-00-860-001) before you open the LGCIU circuit breakers.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-089-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 32-1346 for A/C 016-019, 021-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237,
239-240, 242-244, 350-350
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 32-31-00-040-052-A
A. Check of the System 2 Proximity Sensors of the Landing Gear and Landing Gear Doors
(1) Do a check of the related proximity sensor(s) and make sure that there is no damage.
(a) If there is damage, a flight in this MMEL condition is not permitted.
NOTE: This MMEL condition is only applicable when there is an electrical fault.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector from the unserviceable system 2 proximity sensor.
(3) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on the disconnected electrical connector.
(4) Safety the disconnected electrical connector to the applicable aircraft structure.
(5) Do a BITE test (Ref. AMM TASK 32-69-00-740-001) to make sure that the correct system 2
proximity sensor has been electrically deactivated.
(6) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that the applicable system 2 proximity sensor is electrically
deactivated.
Subtask 32-31-00-865-136-A


** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 32-1346 for A/C 016-019, 021-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237,
239-240, 242-244, 350-350
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-31-00-410-062-A
A. Close Access
(3) Close the MLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) or the NLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-
22-00-410-001) as applicable.
Subtask 32-31-00-942-076-A
items.
End of document

32-31-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Landing Gear Gravity-Extension System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-31-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the Landing Gear Gravity-Extension System
Task Summary
MMEL 32-33-01A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 32-33-01A
Landing Gear Gravity Extension System
(Ref. 05-59-32-869-001-A). Preparation for Flight with Gear Down
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-31-00-860-134-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 32-31-00-040-053-A
A. Deactivate the Landing Gear Gravity-Extension System
(1) Prepare for flight with the landing gear down (Ref. AMM TASK 05-59-32-869-001) .
End of document

32-41-00-040-002-A - Check of the Nose Wheel when one tie bolt is missing
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-41-00-040-002-A
Check of the Nose Wheel when one tie bolt is missing

MMEL 32-41-01A
Nose Wheel Tie Bolt
(Ref. 32-41-12-000-001-A). Removal of the NLG Wheel (for corrective action)
(Ref. 32-41-12-400-001-A). Installation of the NLG Wheel (for corrective action)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-41-00-941-056-A
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 32-41-00-210-073-A
A. Check of the related Nose Wheel
(1) Make sure that no broken pieces of the tie bolt are in the wheel. If there are pieces of the tie bolt in
the wheel, remove them.
(2) Do a check of the wheel for damage, no damage is permitted.
NOTE: If the wheel is damaged, refer to the AMM (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-12-000-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-12-400-001) to replace the wheel.
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-41-00-942-055-A
End of document

32-41-00-040-003-A - Check of the Main Wheel when one tie bolt is missing
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-41-00-040-003-A
Check of the Main Wheel when one tie bolt is missing

MMEL 32-41-02A
Main Wheel Tie Bolt
(Ref. 32-41-11-000-006-A). Removal of the MLG Wheel
(Ref. 32-41-11-400-006-A). Installation of the MLG Wheel
(Ref. 32-41-11-000-006-A). Removal of the MLG Wheel (for corrective action)
(Ref. 32-41-11-400-006-A). Installation of the MLG Wheel (for corrective action)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-41-00-941-057-A
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 32-41-00-210-074-A
A. Check of the related Main Wheel
(1) Remove the related main wheel (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-11-000-006) .
(2) Make sure that no broken pieces of the tie bolt are in the wheel. If there are pieces of the tie bolt in
the wheel, remove them.
(3) Do a check the wheel for damage, no damage is permitted.
NOTE: If the wheel is damaged, refer to the AMM (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-11-000-006) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-11-400-006) to replace the wheel.
(4) Install the main wheel (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-11-400-006) .

5. Close-up
Subtask 32-41-00-942-056-A
End of document

32-42-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Main Wheel Brakes
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-42-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Main Wheel Brakes
Task Summary
MMEL 32-42-01A NO YES YES 01.0 02.0 2

MMEL 32-42-01A
Main Wheel Brake

No specific AR HOSE - VINYL
No specific AR TAPE - WIDE SELF-ADHESIVE - FABRIC
No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm

Power
1(2)
nector
Unit (APU)
(Ref. 32-11-12-000-001-A). Removal of the MLG Hydraulic Dressings
(Ref. 32-41-11-400-006-A). Installation of the MLG Wheel
(Ref. 32-42-00-710-001-A). Operational Check of the Normal Braking System
(Ref. 32-42-00-720-002-A). Functional Test of the Tachometers and the Anti-Skid System with the
Normal Braking System ON
(Ref. 32-42-00-720-003-A). Functional Test of the tachometers with the AIDS.
(Ref. 32-42-27-000-001-A). Removal of the Brake
(Ref. 32-43-00-710-001-A). Operational Check of Alternate Braking System
(Ref. 32-46-00-740-001-A). BITE Test of the BSCU
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-400, 500-600

Deactivation without Brake Removal SHEET 1
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

Deactivation with Brake Removal SHEET 1
** ON A/C 401-450
Deactivation without Brake Removal SHEET 1
** ON A/C 201-201, 205-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 32-1244 for A/C 209-209
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-204, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238,
241-241, 377-400, 500-600
POST SB 32-1327 for A/C 211-211, 226-226, 231-232, 237-237, 240-240, 242-244
POST SB 32-1244 for A/C 209-209
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

Deactivation/Reactivation of the Wheel Brake with Disconnection of the Flexible Hoses if there is a Leak

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376


NOTE:-THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC

CONNECTION ON THE BRAKE
UNITS IS ALWAYS
BEHIND THE LEG GEAR.
-THE GREEN HYDRAULIC
UNITS IS ALWAYS
IN FRONT OF THE LEG GEAR.
2642GM
2644GM A
2641GM
A
6
A
5
2643GM
5
WHEEL SIDE
1
LEG GEAR SIDE
BRAKE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION
4 3
N_MM_324200_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Deactivation without Brake Removal

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-400,
500-600 | EMB SB 32-1244 for A/C 204-204 | EMB SB 32-1327 for A/C 203-203

A
2641GM
(2644GM)
2643GM
(2642GM)
6 A
5
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
WHEEL SIDE 1
LEG GEAR SIDE
3 BRAKE TEMPERATURE
NOTE: SENSOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION
- THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC
UNITS IS ALWAYS
- THE GREEN HYDRAULIC
CONNECTION ON THE BRAKE B
UNITS IS ALWAYS TYPICAL
N_MM_324200_4_ARM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-00100-00-F / SHEET 1/1 - Deactivation with Brake Removal

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

NOTE : -THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC

UNITS IS ALWAYS
BEHIND THE GEAR LEG.
UNITS IS ALWAYS
IN FRONT OF THE GEAR LEG.
A
2642GM
A
2641GM
A
2644GM
A
6
6
A 2643GM
WHEEL SIDE
1
5
GEAR LEG SIDE
BRAKE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
4 3
N_MM_324200_4_YAM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-00100-00-H / SHEET 1/1 - Deactivation without Brake Removal

** ON A/C 401-450

NOTE: -THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC

UNITS IS ALWAYS
UNITS IS ALWAYS
2642GM
A
2644GM A
2641GM
A
3
2643GM
4
WHEEL SIDE
5
LEG GEAR SIDE
7 8
12
11
10 9
7
8
N_MM_324200_4_BBM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-00200-00-J / SHEET 1/1 - Deactivation with Brake Removal

** ON A/C 201-201, 205-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 226-235, 237-
237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350 | PRE SB 32-1244 for A/C 209-209

NOTE: -THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC

UNITS IS ALWAYS
UNITS IS ALWAYS
A
2642GM
2644GM
A
2641GM
A
3
A
4 2643GM
WHEEL SIDE
LEG GEAR SIDE
6
7
8
12
11 10 9
7
8
N_MM_324200_4_ABM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Deactivation with Brake Removal

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-204, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-
225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241, 377-400, 500-600 | EMB SB 32-1244 for A/C 204-
204 | POST SB 32-1244 for A/C 209-209 | EMB SB 32-1327 for A/C 203-203 |
POST SB 32-1327 for A/C 211-211, 226-226, 231-232, 237-237, 240-240, 242-244

A
2641GM
(2644GM)
2643GM
(2642GM)
3 A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
WHEEL SIDE 4
LEG GEAR SIDE

6
7
8
12
11
NOTE:
UNITS IS ALWAYS 10
BEHIND THE LEG GEAR. 7
- THE GREEN HYDRAULIC B 9 8
N_MM_324200_4_ASM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-00200-00-F / SHEET 1/1 - Deactivation with Brake Removal

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

NOTE : - THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC

UNITS IS ALWAYS
BEHIND THE GEAR LEG.
UNITS IS ALWAYS
IN FRONT OF THE GEAR LEG.
A
2642GM
A
2641GM
A
2644GM
A
A
3 2643GM
4
WHEEL SIDE
5 GEAR LEG SIDE
7
8
12
11
10
7
8
N_MM_324200_4_YBM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-00200-00-H / SHEET 1/1 - Deactivation with Brake Removal

** ON A/C 401-450

A B
2642GM
A
A 2641GM
2644GM
A
2643GM
A 1
3
4
4
WHEEL SIDE
LEG GEAR SIDE

2
NOTE:
UNITS IS ALWAYS
UNITS IS ALWAYS
RH SHOWN
1 LH SYMMETRICAL N_MM_324200_4_AQM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-01000-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Deactivation/Reactivation of

the Wheel Brake with Disconnection of the Flexible Hoses if there is a Leak
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

B 1
C D
2
C
5
8
NOTE:
RH SHOWN
1 LH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_324200_4_AQM0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

B
C
A
2641GM
(2644GM)
2643GM
(2642GM)
3 A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
WHEEL SIDE 1
LEG GEAR SIDE
NOTE:
UNITS IS ALWAYS
- THE GREEN HYDRAULIC B
N_MM_324200_4_ATM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-01000-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Deactivation/Reactivation of

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

E
D
C
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
8 D
6
N_MM_324200_4_ATM0_02_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-42-00-941-061-A
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear control lever
and the brake pedals.
Subtask 32-42-00-740-057-A
B. BITE Test
(1) Do the BITE test of the BSCU (Ref. AMM TASK 32-46-00-740-001) .
(a) If there is a fault message, make sure that it is not related to the tachometer of the serviceable
brake.
Subtask 32-42-00-860-068-A
(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-002) .
(2) Parking brake configuration
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PISTONS OF THE BRAKE ARE IN THE RELEASED
POSITION.
(a) Make sure that the PARKING BRK control switch is set to OFF before you do the deactivation.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-400, 500-600
EMB SB 32-1244 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 32-1327 for A/C 203-203
(Ref. Fig. Deactivation without Brake Removal SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

(Ref. Fig. Deactivation with Brake Removal SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 401-450
(Ref. Fig. Deactivation without Brake Removal SHEET 1)
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-42-00-040-060-A
A. Deactivations of the Main Wheel Brakes
NOTE: There are three procedures to deactivate a wheel brake:

- Deactivation without removal of the wheel brake.
- Deactivation with removal of the wheel brake system of the wheel brake.
- Deactivation of the wheel brake with disconnection of flexible hoses from normal and alternate
braking system if there is a leak.
If the wheel brake cannot move and/or if the stators, rotors, torque tubes or heat shield are
damaged, do the removal and the deactivation of the wheel brake. If you find no damage, do
only the deactivation of the wheel brake.
Subtask 32-42-00-040-052-A

B. Deactivation without Removal of the brake

(1) Loosen the two knurled sleeves (1) and (4) of the half couplings (2) and (3). Turn and disconnect the
half couplings.
(2) Clean the sleeves (1) and (4) and apply two or three turns of the TAPE - WIDE SELF-ADHESIVE -
FABRIC 20 mm (0.7874 in.) to 30 mm (1.1811 in.).
(3) Tightly wind three or four turns of the Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QFB1) around the tape on the sleeves (1) and (4).
(4) Twist the lockwire and put it through the nearest locking hole you can get access to in the hexagonal
head of the fixed half couplings (2) and (3).
Tighten the lockwire and twist it.
(5) Remove the two bleed screw plugs (6) from the bleed screw.
(6) Connect a HOSE - VINYL to a bleed screw (5) and put the other end in a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32
USGAL) that contains Phosphate Ester Hydraulic Fluid-General Power - - (Material No. 02ABA1).
(7) Slowly loosen the bleed screw (5) to release hydraulic residual pressure from the brake.
(8) Tighten the bleed screw.
(9) Disconnect the vinyl hose.
(10) Install the bleed screw plug (6) on the bleed screw (5).
(11) Do the same operations for the other bleed screw.
Subtask 32-42-00-910-052-A
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE LOCKWIRE CANNOT WEAR DURING THE OPERATIONS OF THE
LANDING GEAR.
C. Precaution:
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 32-1244 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 32-1327 for A/C 203-203
Subtask 32-42-00-040-053-A
D. Deactivation with the Brake Removal
** ON A/C 201-201, 205-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 32-1244 for A/C 209-209
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-204, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238,
241-241, 377-400, 500-600
POST SB 32-1244 for A/C 209-209
POST SB 32-1327 for A/C 211-211, 226-226, 231-232, 237-237, 240-240, 242-244
EMB SB 32-1244 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 32-1327 for A/C 203-203
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376


** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 32-1244 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 32-1327 for A/C 203-203
(1) Remove the brake (Ref. AMM TASK 32-42-27-000-001) .
NOTE: Install the nuts (8) and the washers (7) on the brake unit bolts (10) when you remove the
brake unit.
(2) Clean the sleeves (4) and (12) and the electrical connector (9) of the brake temperature sensor. Apply
two or three turns of the TAPE - WIDE SELF-ADHESIVE - FABRIC 20 mm (0.79 in.) to 30 mm (1.18
in.):
· around the sleeves (4) and (12),
· around the electrical connector (9) of the brake temperature sensor.
(3) Tightly wind two or three turns of the corrosion-resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm :
· around the tape on the sleeves (4) and (12),
· around the tape on the electrical connector (9).
(4) Twist the lockwire. Put it through the nearest locking hole you can get access to.
(5) Remove the PROTECTIVE CONE (J47779) from the wheel axle (6).
(6) Install the main landing-gear wheel (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-11-400-006) .
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 32-42-00-040-053-G
D. Deactivation with the Brake Removal
(1) Remove the brake (Ref. AMM TASK 32-42-27-000-001) .
NOTE: Install the nuts (8) and the washers (7) on the brake unit bolts (10) when you remove the
brake unit.
(2) Clean the sleeves (4) and (12) and the electrical connector (9) of the brake temperature sensor. Apply
two or three turns of the TAPE - WIDE SELF-ADHESIVE - FABRIC 20 mm (0.79 in.) to 30 mm (1.18
in.):
· around the sleeves (4) and (12),
· around the electrical connector (9) of the brake temperature sensor.
(3) Tightly wind two or three turns of the corrosion-resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm :
· around the tape on the sleeves (4) and (12),
· around the tape on the electrical connector (9).
(4) Twist the lockwire. Put it through the nearest locking hole you can get access to.
(5) Remove the GUIDE CONE (Q47323-1) from the wheel axle (6).
(6) Install the main landing-gear wheel (Ref. AMM TASK 32-41-11-400-006) .

** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-42-00-040-058-A
E. Disconnect the flexible hoses from the normal and alternate braking system to do the deactivation of the
wheel brake because of a leak
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

(Ref. Fig. Deactivation/Reactivation of the Wheel Brake with Disconnection of the Flexible Hoses if there is
a Leak)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

a Leak)
** ON A/C ALL
(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001) .
(2) Removal of the normal and alternate braking-system flexible-hoses that have leaks
(a) If you find a leak on the normal braking flexible-hose (2):
1 Remove the flexible hose (2) with its quick-release connector from the brake self-sealing
connector.
2 Put a CAP - BLANKING P/N MS21914-6J or P/N MS21914-6K or P/N MS21914-6R or P/N
MS21914-6S on the related union.
3 Clean the brake hydraulic self-sealing-coupling and apply two or three turns of TAPE - WIDE
SELF-ADHESIVE - FABRIC 20 mm (0.79 in.) to 30 mm (1.18 in.).
(b) If you find no leak on the flexible hose (2), do not remove the hose and the quick-release
connector from the brake unit.
(c) If you find a leak on the normal braking flexible-hose (5):
1 Remove the flexible hose (5) from the upper and the lower unions (Ref. AMM TASK 32-11-
12-000-001) .
MS21914-6S on the related unions.
(d) If you find no leak on the flexible hose (5), do not remove the hose.
(e) If you find a leak on the alternate braking flexible-hose (6):
1 Remove the flexible hose (6) from the flexible hose (1) connection and from the union (8)
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-11-12-000-001) .
MS21914-6S on the related unions to make sure that there are no leaks.
(f) If you find no leak on the flexible hose (6), do not remove the hose.
(g) If you find a leak on the alternate braking flexible-hose (1):
1 Remove the flexible hose (1) with its quick-release coupling from the brake hydraulic self-
sealing-coupling (Ref. AMM TASK 32-11-12-000-001) .
MS21914-6S on the related union.
3 Clean the brake hydraulic self-sealing-coupling and apply two or three turns of TAPE - WIDE

(h) If you find no leak on the flexible hose (1), do not remove the hose and the quick-release
coupling from the brake unit.
(3) Remove the bleed screw plug (3) from the related bleed screw (4).
(4) Connect a HOSE - VINYL to the bleed screws (4) and put the other end in a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32
(5) Release the remaining hydraulic pressure from the wheel brake as follows:
CAUTION: ONLY LOOSEN THE BLEED SCREW TO RELEASE THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE
FROM THE WHEEL BRAKE. DO NOT DO A FULL BLEEDING AND DO NOT TOUCH
THE PISTONS WITH YOUR HAND. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE INSTRUCTIONS,
DAMAGE TO THE BRAKE CAN OCCUR.
(a) Slowly loosen the bleed screw (4) to release the remaining hydraulic pressure from the wheel
brake.
(b) Tighten the bleed screw (4).
(6) Disconnect the HOSE - VINYL.
(8) Do the same procedure for the other bleed screw, if applicable.
(9) Do a pressure test after the installation of the blanking caps to make sure that there is no leak:
(a) For the normal braking-system deactivation, do the operational check of the normal braking
system (Ref. AMM TASK 32-42-00-710-001) . Make sure that there is no leak.
(b) For the alternate braking-system deactivation, do the operational check of the alternate braking
system (Ref. AMM TASK 32-43-00-710-001) . Make sure that there is no leak.
(10) Make sure that there are no signs of overstrain damage on the band clamps that connect the
hydraulic pipes to the MLG.
(11) Make sure that there are no signs of damage at the mounting locations between the two ends of the
hydraulic pipes and the MLG.
(12) Do a leak check at the blanking caps after each flight during the permitted repair intervals.
(13) Do a detailed visual inspection of the adjacent brake hose and harness to make sure that there are
no signs of chafing, damage or leak. Do this inspection after each flight during the permitted repair
intervals.
Subtask 32-42-00-865-063-A
F. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

ING/SYS2/SPLY
ING/SYS2/CTL
ING/SYS1/CTL
Subtask 32-42-00-860-069-A
G. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(2) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the Yellow electric pump. (Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-
863-001)
(3) On the panel 402VU, make sure that the A/SKID & NOSE WHEEL switch is set to ON.
Subtask 32-42-00-710-063-A
H. Tests
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.Fully push in the related brake pedals and hold Make sure that there are no leaks on the Yellow
them in this position. hydraulic-pressure line you disconnected.
2.Release the brake pedals.
3.Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraul-
ic reservoirs (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-
002) (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
4.Pressurize the Green hydraulic system from the Make sure that there are no leaks on the Green hy-
Yellow hydraulic system with the PTU (Ref. AMM draulic-pressure line you disconnected.
TASK 29-23-00-863-001) .
Fully push in the related brake pedals and hold
them in this position.
(2) Do the functional test of the tachometer (Ref. AMM TASK 32-42-00-720-002) or as an alternative
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-42-00-720-003) and (Ref. AMM TASK 32-42-00-710-001) .
NOTE: If you applied MMEL Item 32-42-06 before this brake deactivation, the functional test of the ta-
chometer is not applicable.
Subtask 32-42-00-869-057-A
J. System Consequences and Cockpit Effects in case of deactivation with the brake removal
This deactivation procedure can cause the Wheel page of the Systems Display to show the message XX
at the applicable brake temperature indication.
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-42-00-860-070-A
(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001)
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-002)
(2) Make sure that the level of the fluid in the Green and Yellow hydraulic reservoirs is correct. Add some
fluid if it is necessary. (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001)
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
items.
(6) Make an entry in the logbook to tell persons that the main wheel brakes are deactivated.
(7) In the cockpit, install a PLACARD placard to tell the crew:
· that the brake unit No. 1 (2, 3, 4) is not operational or is removed.

End of document

32-42-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Normal Braking
- With disconnection of the Green Hydraulic Supply
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-42-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Normal Braking - With disconnection of the Green Hydraulic Supply
Task Summary
MMEL 32-42-02A NO YES NO 00.7 01.0 2

MMEL 32-42-02A
Green System Brake

No specific corrosion resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm
Power

1(2)
(Ref. 32-42-00-710-001-A). Operational Check of the Normal Braking System
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

Normal Brake Deactivation SHEET 1
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

Normal Brake Deactivation SHEET 1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376


NOTE: THE GREEN HYDRAULIC

UNITS IS ALWAYS
2642GM
2644GM A
2641GM
A
A
4 2643GM
3
WHEEL SIDE
YELLOW PRESSURE
GREEN
PRESSURE
LEG GEAR SIDE
BRAKE TEMPERATURE
2 1
N_MM_324200_4_BAM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Normal Brake Deactivation

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

A
2641GM
(2644GM)
2643GM
(2642GM)
A
LH SHOWN
4 3 RH SYMMETRICAL
WHEEL SIDE
LEG GEAR SIDE
1 BRAKE TEMPERATURE
NOTE:
THE GREEN HYDRAULIC
UNITS IS ALWAYS
IN FRONT OF THE LEG GEAR. TYPICAL
N_MM_324200_4_BDM0_01_00
Figure 32-42-00-991-00400-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Normal Brake Deactivation

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

A B
2642GM
A
A 2641GM
2644GM
A
2643GM
A 1
3
2
WHEEL SIDE
LEG GEAR SIDE
NOTE:
UNITS IS ALWAYS
RH SHOWN
1 LH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_324200_4_BHM0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

B 1
NOTE:
RH SHOWN
1 LH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_324200_4_BHM0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

B
C
A
2641GM
(2644GM)
2643GM
(2642GM)
A
LH SHOWN
3 2 RH SYMMETRICAL
WHEEL SIDE
LEG GEAR SIDE
NOTE:
UNITS IS ALWAYS
IN FRONT OF THE LEG GEAR. TYPICAL
N_MM_324200_4_BFM0_01_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

C
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_324200_4_BFM0_02_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-42-00-941-056-A
Subtask 32-42-00-860-074-A
POSITION.
(a) Make sure that the PARKING BRK control-switch is set to OFF before you do this procedure.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 32-42-00-865-057-A

ING/SYS2/SPLY
ING/SYS2/CTL
ING/SYS1/CTL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

(Ref. Fig. Normal Brake Deactivation SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

(Ref. Fig. Normal Brake Deactivation SHEET 1)
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-42-00-040-054-A
A. Deactivation with isolation of the Green hydraulic supply
(1) Loosen the knurled sleeve (2) of the Green half-coupling (1). Turn and disconnect the coupling.
(2) Clean the knurled sleeve (2). Apply 2 or 3 turns of the TAPE - ADHESIVE ( 20 mm (0.7874 in.) to 30
mm (1.1811 in.)) to the sleeve (2).
(3) Tightly wind 3 or 4 turns of the corrosion resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm around the middle of the
sleeve (2) with the tape.
(4) Twist the lockwire and put it through the nearest locking hole you can get access to in the hexagonal
head of the fixed half-coupling (1). Tighten the lockwire and twist it.

(5) Remove the bleed screw plug (4) from the bleed screw (3).
(6) Connect a HOSE - VINYL to the related bleed screw and put the other end in a CONTAINER
5 L (1.32 USGAL) that contains Phosphate Ester Hydraulic Fluid-General Power -
- (Material No. 02ABA1).
(8) Tighten the bleed screw (3).
(10) Install the bleed screw plug (4) on the bleed screw.
Subtask 32-42-00-040-059-A
B. Deactivation of the Wheel Brake with Disconnection of the Flexible Hoses from the Normal Braking
System if there is a Leak
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350, 377-450, 500-600

a Leak)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-376

a Leak)
** ON A/C ALL
(1) Depressurize the Green hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001) .
(2) For one wheel brake only, remove the flexible hoses between the rigid MLG hydraulic pipes and the
wheel brake, on the normal braking systems.
(3) Remove the flexible hose (1) from the brake hydraulic self-sealing-coupling and from the flexible hose
(4) connection (Ref. AMM TASK 32-11-12-000-001) .
(4) Clean the brake hydraulic self-sealing-coupling and apply two or three turns of TAPE - WIDE SELF-
ADHESIVE - FABRIC 20 mm (0.7874 in.) to 30 mm (1.1811 in.).
(5) Remove the flexible hose (4) from the flexible hose (1) connection and from the union (5)
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-11-12-000-001) .
(6) Install blanking cap on the related union (5) to make sure that there is no leak.
(8) Connect a HOSE - VINYL to the bleed screw (2) and put the other end in a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32
(9) Slowly loosen the bleed screw (2) to release the remaining hydraulic pressure from the wheel brake.
(13) Do the operational check of the normal braking system (Ref. AMM TASK 32-42-00-710-001) . Make
sure that there is no leak.
(14) Make sure that there is no sign of overstrain damage on the band clamps that connect the hydraulic
pipe to the MLG.
(15) Make sure that there are no signs of damage on the mounting locations between the two ends of the

intervals.
Subtask 32-42-00-910-053-A
LANDING GEAR.
C. Precaution
Subtask 32-42-00-860-073-A
(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system from the Yellow hydraulic system through the PTU with the
electric pump (Ref. AMM TASK 29-23-00-863-001) .
(2) On the panel 402VU, make sure that the A/SKID & NOSE WHEEL switch is set to ON.
Subtask 32-42-00-710-058-A
E. Test
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
1.Push in fully the related brake pedals and hold Make sure that there are no leaks on the hydraul-
them pushed in. ic-pressure line you disconnected.
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-42-00-860-075-A
(2) Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid is correct in the Green hydraulic reservoir. Add some
hydraulic fluid if it is necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .
items.
(6) Make an entry in the logbook to tell persons that the normal braking is deactivated.
(7) In the cockpit, install a PLACARD to tell the crew that the normal braking on the wheel 1 (2, 3, 4) is
not operational.
End of document

32-42-00-040-007-A - Deactivation of the BSCU Channel/System 1 or 2
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-42-00-040-007-A
Deactivation of the BSCU Channel/System 1 or 2

MMEL 32-42-03A
Braking/Steering Control Unit (BSCU) Channel 1
MMEL 32-42-04A
Braking/Steering Control Unit (BSCU) Channel 2

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-42-00-860-100-A
(1) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the landing gear control lever is in the DOWN position.
(2) Make sure that the CAPT and F/O brake pedals are released.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(4) On the panel 402VU, make sure that the A/SKID & N/W STRG switch is at ON.
(5) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate:
· the landing gear control-lever
· the A/SKID & N/W STRG switch
· the brake pedals.
Subtask 32-42-00-865-074-A
B. Table of the circuit breakers used in this procedure:

ING/SYS2/SPLY
4. Procedure

** ON A/C
POST SB 32-1360 for A/C 201-201, 234-234
EMB SB 31-1257 for A/C 201-201

EMB SB 32-1350 for A/C 201-201, 234-234
Subtask 32-42-00-040-057-B
A. Deactivation of the BSCU System 1 or 2
(1) If there is loss of one BSCU system, on the upper ECAM DU, make sure that the BRAKES SYS 1
FAULT or BRAKES SYS 2 FAULT warning is shown.
(a) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/L/G page (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-860-009) .
(b) Print the trouble shooting data, the ground scanning, the class 3 fault messages and the Post
Flight Report (PFR) of the related BSCU as follows:
ACTION RESULT
- Push the line key adjacent to the BSCU1 or - The BSCU1 or BSCU2 page comes into view.
BSCU2 indication.
- Push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE - The TROUBLE SHOOT DATA page comes in-
SHOOT DATA indication. to view.
- Push the line key adjacent to the PRINT indic-
ation.
- Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN in- - The BSCU1 or BSCU2 page comes into view.
dication.
- Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND - The GROUND SCANNING page comes into
SCANNING indication. view.
ation.
dication.
- Push the line key adjacent to the CLASS 3 - The CLASS 3 FAULTS page comes into view.
FAULTS indication.
ation.
- Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN in- - The CFDS MENU page comes into view.
dication until you get the CFDS MENU page.
- Push the line key adjacent to the POST
FLIGHT REP PRINT indication.
NOTE: It is important to keep these documents to do the maintenance of the BSCU in shop.
(c) On the upper ECAM DU, if the BRAKES SYS 1 FAULT warning is shown:
· Open, safety and tag the circuit breaker 2GG.
(d) On the upper ECAM DU, if the BRAKES SYS 2 FAULT warning is shown:
(2) After deactivation of one BSCU system and before each flight:
· On the MCDU, get access to the CFDS MENU page.
· Push the line key adjacent to the CFDS indication.
· On the LAST LEG REPORT page, make sure that none of the following fault messages related to
the L/G SYS DISAGREE caution message is recorded:

R L/G DOOR CLOSED PROX SNSR 26GA TGT POS

L L/G DOOR CLOSED PROX SNSR 27GA TGT POS
N L/G DOOR CLOSED PROX SNSR 30GA TGT POS
R L/G DOOR OPEN PROX SNSR 32GA TGT POS
L L/G DOOR OPEN PROX SNSR 33GA TGT POS
N L/G R DOOR OPEN PROX SNSR 36GA TGT POS
N L/G L DOOR OPEN PROX SNSR 37GA TGT POS
(3) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page
comes into view.
(4) Make an entry in the log book to tell persons that the BSCU system 1 or 2 is deactivated.
** ON A/C ALL
PRE SB 32-1360 for A/C 201-201, 234-234
EMB SB 31-1257 for A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 233-233, 240-240, 243-243
EMB SB 32-1350 for A/C 016-021, 201-201, 203-206, 209-209, 211-211, 215-222, 226-230, 233-235, 239-240,
242-244, 350-350
EMB SB 32-1360 for A/C 203-205, 211-211, 219-220
EMB SB 32-1361 for A/C 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-232, 237-237
Subtask 32-42-00-040-057-D
A. Deactivation of the BSCU System 1 or 2
(1) If there is loss of one BSCU system, on the upper ECAM DU, make sure that the BRAKES SYS 1
FAULT or BRAKES SYS 2 FAULT warning is shown.
(a) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/L/G page (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-860-009) .
(b) Print the trouble shooting data, the ground report, the ground scanning, the class 3 fault
messages, and the Post Flight Report (PFR) of the related BSCU as follows:
ACTION RESULT
- Push the line key adjacent to the BSCU1 or - The BSCU1 or BSCU2 page comes into view.
BSCU2 indication.
- Push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE - The TROUBLE SHOOT DATA page comes in-
SHOOT DATA indication. to view.
ation.
dication.
- Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND - The GROUND REPORT page comes into view.
REPORT indication.
ation.
dication.

ACTION RESULT
- Push the line key adjacent to the GROUND - The GROUND SCANNING page comes into
SCANNING indication. view.
ation.
dication.
- Push the line key adjacent to the CLASS 3 - The CLASS 3 FAULTS page comes into view.
FAULTS indication.
ation.
- Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN in- - The CFDS MENU page comes into view.
dication until you get the CFDS MENU page.
- Push the line key adjacent to the POST
FLIGHT REP PRINT indication.
NOTE: It is important to keep these documents to do the maintenance of the BSCU in shop.
(c) On the upper ECAM DU, if the BRAKES SYS 1 FAULT warning is shown:
(d) On the upper ECAM DU, if the BRAKES SYS 2 FAULT warning is shown:
(2) After deactivation of one BSCU system and before each flight:
· On the MCDU, get access to the CFDS MENU page.
· Push the line key adjacent to the CFDS indication.
· Push the line key adjacent to the LAST LEG REPORT indication.
· On the LAST LEG REPORT page, make sure that none of the following fault messages related to
the L/G SYS DISAGREE caution message is recorded:
(3) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page
comes into view.
(4) Make an entry in the log book to tell persons that the BSCU system 1 or 2 is deactivated.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-42-00-860-101-A

End of document

32-43-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Alternate
Braking with disconnection of the Yellow Hydraulic Supply
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-43-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Alternate Braking with disconnection of the Yellow Hydraulic Supply
Task Summary
MMEL 32-44-01A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 32-44-01A
Yellow System Brake

Power

1(2)
Power-Cart
(Ref. 32-43-00-710-001-A). Operational Check of Alternate Braking System
Alternate Brake Deactivation SHEET 1

2642GM
2644GM
2641GM
4 A
A
2643GM
WHEEL SIDE
YELLOW PRESSURE
1
GREEN PRESSURE
LEG GEAR SIDE
BRAKE TEMPERATURE
NOTE: THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC

CONNECTION ON THE
BRAKE UNIT IS ALWAYS
3 BEHIND THE LEG GEAR
N_MM_324300_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 32-43-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Alternate Brake Deactivation

** ON A/C ALL

A B
2642GM
A
A 2641GM
2644GM
A
A 1
2643GM
4
WHEEL SIDE
YELLOW PRESSURE
1
LEG GEAR SIDE
NOTE:
THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC CONNECTION ON THE
BRAKE UNIT IS ALWAYS BEHIND THE LEG GEAR
RH SHOWN
1 LH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_324300_4_AFM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

B 1
NOTE:
RH SHOWN
1 LH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_324300_4_AFM0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-43-00-941-050-A
Subtask 32-43-00-860-057-A
(1) Depressurize the yellow hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-002) .
POSITION.
(a) Make sure that the parking brake control-switch is set to OFF before you do this procedure.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 32-43-00-865-050-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
49VU ABCU &/Y BRK/PRESS IND 61GG C10
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
49VU L/G/Y BRK/PRESS/IND 61GG C10
** ON A/C ALL
ING/SYS2/SPLY
ING/SYS2/CTL
ING/SYS1/CTL
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Alternate Brake Deactivation SHEET 1)
Subtask 32-43-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation with Isolation of Yellow Hydraulic Supply
(1) Loosen the knurled sleeve (1) of the Yellow half-coupling (2). Turn and disconnect the coupling.
(2) Clean the knurled sleeve (1). Apply 2 or 3 turns of the TAPE - ADHESIVE (20 to 30 mm wide) to the
sleeve (1).
(3) Tightly wind 3 or 4 turns of the lockwire around the middle of the sleeve (1) with the tape.

(4) Twist the Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1) and put it through
the nearest locking hole you can get access to in the hexagonal head of the fixed half-coupling (2).
Tighten the lockwire and twist it.
(5) Remove the bleed screw plug (4) from the bleed screw (3).
(6) Connect a HOSE - VINYL to the bleed screw related to of the Yellow system and put the other end
in a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) that contains Phosphate Ester Hydraulic Fluid-General Power -
- (Material No. 02ABA1).
Subtask 32-43-00-040-051-A
B. Deactivation of the Wheel Brake with Disconnection of Flexible Hoses from the Alternate Braking System
if there is a Leak
a Leak)
(1) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001) .
(2) For one wheel brake only, remove the flexible hoses located between the rigid MLG hydraulic pipes
and the wheel brake, on the alternate braking systems.
(3) Remove the flexible hose (1) from the brake hydraulic self-sealing-coupling and from the flexible hose
(5) connection (Ref. AMM TASK 32-11-12-000-001) .
(4) Clean the brake hydraulic self-sealing-coupling and apply two or three turns of the TAPE - WIDE
(5) Remove the flexible hose (5) from the flexible hose (1) connection and from the union (6)
(Ref. AMM TASK 32-11-12-000-001) .
(6) Install blanking cap on the related union (6) to make sure that there is no leak.
(8) Connect a HOSE - VINYL to a bleed screw (3) and put the other end in a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32
(9) Slowly loosen the bleed screw (3) to release the remaining hydraulic pressure from the wheel brake.
(13) Do the operational check of the alternate braking system (Ref. AMM TASK 32-43-00-710-001) .
Make sure that there is no leak.
(14) Make sure that there is no sign of overstrain damage on the band clamps that connect the hydraulic
pipe to the MLG.
(15) Make sure that there are no signs of damage on the mounting locations between the two ends of the
intervals.

Subtask 32-43-00-910-050-A
LANDING GEAR.
C. Precaution
Subtask 32-43-00-860-056-A
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-002) or
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-863-001) .
Subtask 32-43-00-710-050-A
E. Test
(1) Do this test.
NOTE: During this test, make sure that: the Green hydraulic system is depressurized
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001) , or, on the panel 402VU, the A/SKID & NOSE WHEEL
switch is set to OFF.
ACTION RESULT
1.Push in fully the related brake pedals and hold Make sure that there are no leaks on the hydraulic
them pushed in. pressure line you disconnected.
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-43-00-860-058-A
(2) Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid is correct in the Yellow hydraulic reservoir. Add some
hydraulic fluid if it is necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .
items.
(6) Make an entry in the logbook to tell persons that the alternate braking is deactivated.
(7) In the cockpit, install a PLACARD to tell the crew that the ALTERNATE BRAKING on the WHEEL 1
(2, 3, 4) is not operational.
End of document

32-45-00-040-001-A - Parking Brake-One motor
of the parking brake control valve is inoperative
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-45-00-040-001-A
Parking Brake-One motor of the parking brake control valve is inoperative
BE DANGEROUS.

MMEL 32-45-01A
Parking Brake Control Valve Electrical Motor

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
(4.42 and 7.08 lbf.in)
** ON A/C ALL
Power
1(2)

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Parking Brake Electrical Control Valve - Circuit Breakers SHEET 1
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
Parking Brake Electrical Control Valve 102GG SHEET 1

FR47
Z744
A
72GG
CTL VALVE - PARK BRK, ELEC.
N_MM_324500_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 32-45-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Parking Brake Electrical Control Valve - Circuit Breakers
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

FR46
Z190
FR47
102GG
A
B
A
102GG
N_MM_324500_4_AEM2_01_00
Figure 32-45-00-991-00200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Parking Brake Electrical Control Valve 102GG
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-
218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-45-00-860-054-A
(1) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the landing gear control lever is in the DOWN position.
(2) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the PARKING BRK control-switch is in the OFF position.
(3) Make sure that the CAPT and F/O brake pedals are released.
(4) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 32-45-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the right MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in zone 744.
Subtask 32-45-00-941-052-A
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate:
· the landing gear control lever
· the brake pedals.
Subtask 32-45-00-865-052-A
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242,
301-450, 500-600
49VU ABCU &/Y BRK/PRESS IND 61GG C10
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
49VU L/G/Y BRK/PRESS/IND 61GG C10
** ON A/C ALL
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/STBY 71GG N37
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/NORM 70GG N36
121VU HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU 1801GL N34
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Subtask 32-45-00-210-052-A
E. In zone 744, on the parking-brake electrical control-valve 72GG, make sure that the two circuit breakers
are closed:
· circuit breaker closed, you must see a black tape through the transparent cover (2)
· circuit breaker open, you must see a white tape through the transparent cover (2).
(Ref. Fig. Parking Brake Electrical Control Valve - Circuit Breakers SHEET 1)

NOTE: If you cannot see the circuit breakers through the transparent covers (2) because they are in bad
condition:
- remove the transparent covers (2) with their packings (1)
- make sure that the circuit breakers are closed
- install the transparent covers (2) with their packings (1).
- TORQUE the transparent covers (2) to between 0.05 and 0.08 m.daN (4.42 and 7.08 lbf.in)
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
Subtask 32-45-00-710-051-A
A. Operational test of the electric motors of the parking brake control valve
NOTE: The pressure value supplied to the brakes, when the parking brake is applied, is 145 bar plus or
minus 10 bar (2100 PSI plus or minus 145 PSI).
ACTION RESULT
1.Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the Make sure that the pressure of the accumulator in-
electric pump (Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-863- creases on the triple indicator until 206 bar (3000
001) . PSI) (the indicator pointer is in the green range).
2.Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-864-001) .
· open the circuit breaker 71GG.
NOTE: To find the inoperative electric motor of the

parking-brake control-valve, you must do
the test in two steps:
-with 70GG closed and 71GG open

· put the PARKING BRK control switch 73GG in The triple indicator 60GG, shows the left and right
the ON position. pressure values.
In the brake units, make sure that the pistons sup-
plied by the Yellow hydraulic system are in the oper-
ating or extended position.
On the nose landing-gear leg, on the N/W Steer-
ing Deactivation Electric-Box 5GC, the PARKING
BRAKE indicator light is on.
· put the PARKING BRK control switch 73GG in On the triple indicator 60GG, the pressure from the
the OFF position. Yellow hydraulic system applied to the brakes is
zero. In the brake units, the pistons supplied by the
Yellow hydraulic system are in the released position.
On the nose landing-gear leg, on the N/W Steering
Deactivation Electric-Box 5GC, the PARKING BRK
indicator light is off.

ACTION RESULT
NOTE: If this test (step 3 to step 5) is not OK, the

electric motor (NORM) supplied by the ser-
vice bus 601PP is inoperative.

· close the circuit breaker 71GG and open the cir-
cuit breaker 70GG.
· put the PARKING BRK control switch 73GG in The triple indicator 60GG shows the left and right
BRAKE indicator light is off.
On the nose landing gear leg, on the N/W Steering

electric motor (STBY) supplied by the HOT
BUS 701PP is inoperative.

· close the circuit breaker 70GG.
NOTE: Only one inoperative electric motor of the parking-brake control valve is permitted.
NOTE: If the electrical motor (STBY), supplied by the HOT BUS 701PP is inoperative, the parking brake
valve will not operate if the aircraft is supplied by batteries only.
NOTE: If the electric motor (STBY), supplied by the HOT BUS 701PP is inoperative, aircraft towing is not
allowed if the aircraft is supplied by batteries only.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-
450, 500-600
Subtask 32-45-00-710-051-B
A. Operational test of the electric motors of the parking brake control valve
(Ref. Fig. Parking Brake Electrical Control Valve 102GG SHEET 1)
NOTE: The pressure value supplied to the brakes, when the parking brake is applied, is 145 bar plus or
minus 10 bar (2100 PSI plus or minus 145 PSI).

ACTION RESULT
1.Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the Make sure that the pressure of the accumulator in-
electric pump (Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-863- creases on the triple indicator until 206 bar (3000
001) . PSI) (the indicator pointer is in the green range).
2.Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-24-00-864-001) .
· open the circuit breaker 71GG.
NOTE: To find the inoperative electric motor of the

parking-brake control-valve, you must do
the test in two steps:

· put the PARKING BRK control switch 73GG in The triple indicator 60GG, shows the left and right
BRAKE indicator light is on.
On the nose landing-gear leg, on the N/W Steering

electric motor (NORM) supplied by the ser-
vice bus 601PP is inoperative.

· close the circuit breaker 71GG and open the cir-
cuit breaker 70GG.
· put the PARKING BRK control switch 73GG in The triple indicator 60GG shows the left and right
BRAKE indicator light is off.

ACTION RESULT
On the nose landing gear leg, on the N/W Steering

electric motor (STBY) supplied by the HOT
BUS 701PP is inoperative.

· close the circuit breaker 70GG.
NOTE: Only one inoperative electric motor of the parking-brake control valve is permitted.
NOTE: If the electric motor (STBY), supplied by the HOT BUS 701PP is inoperative, the parking brake
valve will not operate if the aircraft is supplied by batteries only.
NOTE: If the electric motor (STBY), supplied by the HOT BUS 701PP is inoperative, aircraft towing is not
allowed if the aircraft is supplied by batteries only.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-45-00-860-055-A
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-45-00-942-052-A
items.
Subtask 32-45-00-410-051-A
B. Close Access
(1) Close the right MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(2) Make an entry in the applicable logbook to tell the crew which electrical motor (NORM) or (STBY) is
inoperative.
End of document

32-51-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Nose-
Wheel Steering Electrical Deactivation-Box (for Flight)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-51-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Nose-Wheel Steering Electrical Deactivation-Box (for Flight)
WARNING: PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR THE
TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY HYDRAULIC
POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
BE DANGEROUS.

MMEL 32-51-03B
NWS Electrical Deactivation Box

Nose Wheel Steering Deactivation Electrical - Box - Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1

5GC
2 1 TOWING POSITION
N_MM_325100_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 32-51-00-991-04100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Nose Wheel

Steering Deactivation Electrical - Box - Deactivation/Reactivation
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 32-51-00-865-115-A

ING/SYS2/SPLY
ING/SYS2/CTL
ING/SYS1/CTL
Subtask 32-51-00-941-062-A
(1) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panel 400VU to tell persons not to operate the nose landing gear.
(2) On the center pedestal, in the cockpit, make sure that the free-fall control handle of the landing gear
is in the normal position.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Nose Wheel Steering Deactivation Electrical - Box - Deactivation/Reactivation SHEET 1)
Subtask 32-51-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Nose-Wheel Steering Electrical Deactivation-Box 5GC
(1) On the nose-wheel steering electrical deactivation-box (1), set the lever to the non-towing (engaged)
position.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the nose-wheel steering electrical deactivation-box (1).
(3) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connector (2).
(4) Safety the blanking cap with TIE WRAP for flight.
(5) Safety the electrical harness away from parts that move.
Subtask 32-51-00-865-116-A

ING/SYS2/SPLY
ING/SYS2/CTL
ING/SYS1/CTL
Subtask 32-51-00-869-060-A
C. System Consequences and Cockpit Effects
(1) There is no electrical supply at the nose-wheel steering electrical deactivation-box.
· The parking brake light on the nose-wheel steering electrical deactivation-box does not operate.
· Persons will have to speak to confirm parking brake operation during towing operations.

5. Close-up
Subtask 32-51-00-942-069-A
(3) Make an entry in the log book to tell persons that the nose-wheel steering electrical deactivation-box
has been deactivated.
End of document

32-61-00-040-001-A - Operational Check of
the ECAM Landing Gear NOT DOWN Warning
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 32-61-00-040-001-A
Operational Check of the ECAM Landing Gear NOT DOWN Warning

MMEL 32-61-02A
DOWN Red Arrow on the Landing Gear

Power
1(2)
Power
3. Job Set-up

Subtask 32-61-00-941-052-A
001) .
(3) On panel 400VU:
· Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever is in the DOWN position
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
Subtask 32-61-00-860-052-A
(3) On the ECAM control panel (CP), push (in) the WHEEL pushbutton switch (P/BSW). Make sure that
the WHEEL page shows on the ECAM lower display unit (DU).
(4) Fully extend the flaps (Ref. AMM TASK 27-50-00-866-008) .
Subtask 32-61-00-865-053-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 32-1346 for A/C 016-019, 021-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237,
239-240, 242-244, 350-350
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-61-00-869-056-A
D. Cockpit Configuration
(1) On the panel 115VU, make sure that the ENG MASTER 1 and MASTER 2 levers are in the OFF
position.

(2) On the panel 50VU, push (in) and release (out) the FADEC GND PWR 1 or 2 P/BSW. Make sure that
the applicable P/BSW ON light goes off and then comes on.
(3) On the center pedestal, put the throttle levers in the IDLE position.
(4) Get access to the L/G page on the MCDU (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-860-009) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 32-61-00-040-050-A
A. Operational Check of the ECAM Landing Gear NOT DOWN Warning
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
· push (in) the LGCIU1 P/BSW · the LGCIU1 menu shows
· push (in) the NEXT PAGE P/BSW · the LGCIU1 Page 2 menu shows
· push (in) the LANDING GEAR SIMULATION P/ · the LANDING GEAR SIMULATION page shows
BSW
· push (in) the NOSE+LH+RH P/BSW · the NOSE+LH+RH page menu shows
· push (in) the UPLOCKED P/BSW. · the UPLOCKED '<' goes off.
· the WHEELS page shows the wheels in the UP

position and L/G CTL in amber.
NOTE : The amber crosses will stay on screen

because the No. 2 LGCIU circuit breaker is
open.
On 402VU:
- the UNLK (red) indicator lights show.

On the ECAM upper DU:
· the L/G GEAR NOT DOWN display comes in-

to view and after 30 seconds, L/G GEAR NOT
DOWNLOCKED shows.
· the MASTER WARN lights flash

· you can hear the warning chime.
On the Landing-Gear Normal Control-Lever (6GA):
· the red DOWN arrow light comes on.

2.On the ECAM CP:
· push (in) the EMER CANC P/BSW. The warning chime stops.
· the MASTER WARN lights go off.
On 402VU:
- the UNLK (red) indicator lights stay on.

ACTION RESULT
3.On the MCDU: On the ECAM upper DU:
· push (in) the DOWNLOCKED P/BSW. · the L/G GEAR NOT DOWN and L/G GEAR NOT
DOWNLOCKED display goes out of view
- the UNLK (red) indicator lights go out and the
LKD (green) indicator lights come on.
On the Landing-Gear Normal Control-Lever (6GA):
· the red DOWN arrow light goes off.

· the WHEELS page shows the wheels in the

DOWN position.
NOTE : The amber crosses will stay on screen

because the No 2 LGCIU circuit breaker is
open.
4.Push (in) the RETURN P/BSW until the CFDS · the CFDS menu page shows.
menu page shows.
5.Push in the MCDU MENU P/BSW.
5. Close-up
Subtask 32-61-00-865-055-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 32-1346 for A/C 016-019, 021-021, 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237,
239-240, 242-244, 350-350
** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 32-61-00-860-053-A
(1) Put the aircraft back to the ground configuration (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-860-002) .
(2) Fully retract the flaps (Ref. AMM TASK 27-50-00-866-009) .
(3) Cockpit Configuration
(a) On the center pedestal:
· Put the throttle levers in the 0 position.
(b) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(c) On panel 50VU:

· Push (in) the FADEC GND PWR 1 or 2 P/BSW. Make sure that the applicable P/BSW ON light
goes off.
(6) Put a placard in the cockpit to:
· State that the DOWN red arrow light on the L/G lever does not operate.
Subtask 32-61-00-942-052-A
items.
End of document

33-20-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Cabin NO SMOKING/FASTEN
SEAT BELTS/RETURN TO SEAT (NS/FSB/RTS) or NO MOBILES/
FASTEN SEAT BELTS/RETURN TO SEAT (NM/FSB/RTS) Signs
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 33-20-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Cabin NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELTS/RETURN TO SEAT (NS/FSB/RTS) or NO
MOBILES/FASTEN SEAT BELTS/RETURN TO SEAT (NM/FSB/RTS) Signs
Task Summary
MMEL 33-20-02B NO NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 33-20-02B
Cabin Signs (No Smoking/No Electronic Devices/Fasten Seat Belt/Return to Seat)

(Ref. 23-73-00-710-017-A). Operational Test of the Cabin Signs
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 33-20-00-861-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 33-20-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Cabin NS/FSB/RTS Signs
(1) Do the operational test of the cabin signs (Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-710-017) and find the defective
NS/FSB/RTS sign(s).
(2) Find the passenger seats from which you cannot see the serviceable NS/FSB/RTS sign.
(3) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on these seats to tell the passengers not to use them.

33-20-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Cabin NO SMOKING/FASTEN
SEAT BELTS/RETURN TO SEAT (NS/FSB/RTS) or NO MOBILES/
FASTEN SEAT BELTS/RETURN TO SEAT (NM/FSB/RTS) Signs
NOTE: It must be possible to see a serviceable NS/FSB/RTS sign from every passenger seat that is
in use.

5. Close-up
Subtask 33-20-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

33-51-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the EMER
SYSTEM TEST of the Cabin Emergency Lighting System
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 33-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the EMER SYSTEM TEST of the Cabin Emergency Lighting System
Task Summary
MMEL 33-51-13A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 33-51-13A
SYS TEST on the PTP
Power
1(2)
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE TEACH-IN PROCEDURE TO CLEAR EPSU FAILURE MESSAGES. THE
TEACH-IN PROCEDURE IS NOT A SYSTEM RESET. IT CAN CHANGE THE EMERGENCY
LIGHT CONFIGURATION AND CAUSE HIDDEN FAILURES.
3. Job Set-up
NOTE: The teach-in procedure of the EPSUs measures and keeps the load values that are related to each
EPSU. The EPSU controller refers to these load values when the BITE test of the emergency lighting
system operates. Thus, it is necessary that the emergency lights of the related EPSUs operate cor-
rectly during the teach-in procedure.
Subtask 33-51-00-861-057-A
Subtask 33-51-00-865-056-A

49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
Subtask 33-51-00-860-055-A

33-51-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the EMER
SYSTEM TEST of the Cabin Emergency Lighting System
(1) On the overhead panel 25VU, make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch 4WL is in the OFF position.
(2) On the overhead panel 25VU, make sure that the NO SMOKING switch 190RH is in the OFF position.
(3) On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, make sure that the LIGHT EMER pushbutton switch
and its integral light are off.
4. Procedure
Subtask 33-51-00-710-060-A
A. Operational test of the Cabin Emergency-Lighting System
NOTE: The time to do this test must not be more than 3 minutes, to prevent discharge of the emergency
lighting batteries.
ACTION RESULT
1.In the cockpit, on the SIGNS panel 25VU: In the cockpit, on the SIGNS panel 25VU:
· set the EMER EXIT LT switch 4WL to the ARM · the EMER EXIT LT OFF annunciator light 5WL is
position. off.
2.On the circuit breaker panel 49VU: In the cabin:
· open the circuit breakers 1WL and 2WL.
· all the cabin emergency lights come on
· all the exit marking signs come on
· all the exit location signs come on
· all the electrical lights of the Floor-Proximity Emer-
gency-Escape-Path Marking-System come on
· all the emergency-escape hatch-handle lights
come on.
3.On the circuit breaker panel 49VU: In the cabin:
· close the circuit breakers 1WL and 2WL.
· all the cabin emergency lights go off
· all the exit marking signs go off
· all the exit location signs go off
· all the electrical lights of the Floor-Proximity Emer-
gency-Escape-Path Marking-System go off
· all the emergency-escape hatch-handle lights go
off.
4.In the cockpit, on the SIGNS panel 25VU: In the cockpit, on the SIGNS panel 25VU:
· set the EMER EXIT LT switch 4WL to the OFF · the EMER EXIT LT OFF annunciator light 5WL
position. comes on.
5. Close-up
Subtask 33-51-00-862-056-A
End of document

35-10-00-040-001-A - OXY High Pressure Indication-Direct Reading
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 35-10-00-040-001-A
OXY High Pressure Indication-Direct Reading

MMEL 35-07-01A
Crew OXY High Pressure Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page

No specific AR THERMOMETER

812
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-207, 209-209, 211-211, 222-222, 236-236, 240-241, 243-243
(Ref. 12-14-35-600-001-A). Servicing of the Oxygen-Replenishing
** ON A/C ALL
Power
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 204-205, 208-208, 210-210, 212-221, 223-235, 237-239, 242-242,
244-250, 350-350
(Ref. 35-11-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

(Ref. 35-11-41-000-802-A). Removal of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinders
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 204-205, 208-208, 210-210, 212-221, 223-235, 237-239, 242-242,
244-250, 350-350
(Ref. 35-11-41-400-001-A). Installation of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

(Ref. 35-11-41-400-802-A). Installation of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinders
** ON A/C ALL
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 35-10-00-861-051-A

A. Energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .

Subtask 35-10-00-010-053-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at access door 812.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 204-205, 208-208, 210-210, 212-221, 223-235, 237-239, 242-242, 244-
250, 350-350
Subtask 35-10-00-220-052-A
A. Check of the High Pressure of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder
(1) Do a check of the oxygen pressure on the direct-reading pressure gage of the crew oxygen-storage
cylinder (5750HM).
(a) Record the oxygen pressure of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder (5750HM).
(2) Measure the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) and the temperature in the cockpit with a
THERMOMETER.
(3) Calculate the reference temperature with this formula:
OAT + COCKPIT TEMPERATURE
-------------------------
2
(4) Record the reference temperature.
(5) Send the recorded values to the crew.
(6) After the crew uses the Flight Crew Operating Manual (FCOM), if the oxygen pressure recorded at
Step 4.A.(1).(a) is less than the minimum oxygen pressure found in the FCOM table:
· Replace the crew oxygen-storage cylinder (5750HM) (Ref. AMM TASK 35-11-41-000-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 35-11-41-400-001) .
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 35-10-00-220-052-B
A. Check of the High Pressure of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinders
cylinders 5750HM1 and 5750HM2.
(a) Record the oxygen pressure of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM1 and record that this
value is related to the Captain system.
(b) Record the oxygen pressure of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM2 and record that this
value is related to the First Officer system.
THERMOMETER.
-------------------------
2

(6) After the crew uses the Flight Crew Operating Manual (FCOM), if the oxygen pressure(s) recorded at
Step 4.A.(1) is (are) less than the minimum oxygen pressure(s) found in the FCOM table:
· Replace the crew oxygen-storage cylinder(s) (5750HM1) and/or (5750HM2) (Ref. AMM TASK 35-
11-41-000-802) and (Ref. AMM TASK 35-11-41-400-802) .
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-207, 209-209, 211-211, 222-222, 236-236, 240-241, 243-243
Subtask 35-10-00-220-052-C
A. Check of the High Pressure of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder
cylinder (5750HM).
(a) Record the oxygen pressure of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder (5750HM).
THERMOMETER.
-------------------------
2
(6) After the crew uses the Flight Crew Operating Manual (FCOM), if the oxygen pressure recorded at
Step 4.A.(1).(a) is less than the minimum oxygen pressure found in the FCOM table:
· Fill the crew oxygen-storage cylinder (5750HM) (Ref. AMM TASK 12-14-35-600-001) .
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 35-10-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 35-10-00-862-051-A
B. De-energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

35-10-00-040-002-A - Loss of REGUL LO PR Indication
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 35-10-00-040-002-A
Loss of REGUL LO PR Indication
WARNING: KEEP ALL HYDROCARBONS (FUELS, LUBRICANTS, ETC.) AWAY FROM ALL SOURCE OF
OXYGEN. OXYGEN BECOMES EXPLOSIVE WHEN IT TOUCHES HYDROCARBONS.
WARNING: CLEAN THE TOOLS AND MAKE SURE YOUR HANDS ARE CLEAN TO PREVENT CONTAMIN-
ATION OF THE OXYGEN SYSTEM.
CAUTION: BE VERY CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON OR NEAR THE AIR-CONDITIONING DUCTS.
THE DUCTS ARE MADE OF THIN MATERIAL AND YOU CAN EASILY BREAK THEM.

MMEL 35-07-02A
Crew Oxygen REGUL LO PR Indication on the DOOR/OXY
The crew-oxygen REGUL LO PR indication on the DOOR/OXY page is incorrect if:
· The REGUL LO PR indication is continuously shown when the oxygen pressure is not low, or
· The REGUL LO PR indication is not shown when there is a low pressure condition.
This task is to make sure that there is sufficient oxygen pressure in the oxygen system before the flight.

No specific 1 GAGE 10 BAR (145 PSI) - PRESSURE
(110111-03) 1 COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK DISCONNECT
OR OR
(802857-01) 1 COUPLING
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

(98D35208729001) 1 TOOL-DPRESS, TEST-O2
** ON A/C ALL

123 NOSE GEAR WELL
125 LATERAL AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
812

Power
1(2)
(Ref. 35-00-00-860-001-A). Special Precautions When Working on a Gaseous Oxygen System
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

REGUL LO PR Indication SHEET 1
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Component Location - Test Ports

ACCESS DOOR 812
A
A Z115
FR16
FR9
5750HM
B
B
5755HM
N_MM_351000_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 35-10-00-991-00600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - REGUL LO PR Indication

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

FR18 Z123
FR10
A
812
D
C
E
FR11
FR12
FR16
FR17
N_MM_351000_4_AAN0_01_00
Figure 35-10-00-991-00600-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Component Location - Test Ports

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

5750HM1 1
B 4
5750HM2 3
5 5755HM1 D C
5755HM2 E
6
D E
TYPICAL
N_MM_351000_4_AAN0_02_00
Figure 35-10-00-991-00600-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Component Location - Test Ports

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 35-10-00-010-058-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at access door 812.
(3) Fully close the valve of the oxygen storage cylinder (5750HM).
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to open the valve of the oxygen storage
cylinder (5750HM).
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 35-10-00-010-058-B
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at access door 812.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 35-10-00-865-053-A

49VU OXYGEN/CREW/OXY/SPLY 1HT HA01
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 35-10-00-860-061-A
(1) Obey the special precautions when you do work on a gaseous oxygen system (Ref. AMM TASK 35-
00-00-860-001) .
(3) Bleed the oxygen system:
(a) In the cockpit, on the OXYGEN section of the overhead control and indicating panel 21VU, push
the CREW SUPPLY pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to release the CREW SUPPLY
pushbutton switch.
(c) On one oxygen-mask stowage box, push and hold the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET control
lever.
At the same time, push and hold the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob on the mask
regulator.
1 Keep them pushed for a minimum of three seconds.
NOTE: During this time, the flow rate indicator changes from yellow to black and the volume
of the sound of the oxygen flow decreases.
(d) When the flow rate indicator is black and when you no longer hear the sound of the oxygen flow:

· Release the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob.

· Release the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET control lever.
(e) Make sure that the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob is not in the EMERGENCY position. If
it is in the EMERGENCY position, there can be a leak of oxygen.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 35-10-00-860-061-C
(1) Obey the special precautions when you do work on a gaseous oxygen system (Ref. AMM TASK 35-
00-00-860-001) .
(3) On the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM1 (1):
(a) Fully close the manual shutoff valve (2) of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM1 (1).
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to open the manual shutoff valve (2)
of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM1 (1).
(4) On the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM2 (3):
(a) Fully close the manual shutoff valve (4) of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM2 (3).
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to open the manual shutoff valve (4)
of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM2 (3).
Subtask 35-10-00-614-054-A
D. Bleeding of the Two Oxygen Systems
(1) In the cockpit, on the OXYGEN section of the overhead control and indicating panel 21VU:
· Push the CREW SUPPLY pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes off).
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to release the CREW SUPPLY
pushbutton switch.
(2) On the Captain oxygen-mask stowage-box, push and hold the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET control
button.
At the same time, push and hold the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob on the mask regulator.
(a) Keep them pushed for a minimum of three seconds.
NOTE: During this time, the flow rate indicator changes from yellow to black and the volume of
the sound of the oxygen flow decreases.
(b) When the flow rate indicator is black and when you can no longer hear the sound of the oxygen
flow:
· Release the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET control button.
(c) Position of the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY KNOB IS NOT IN THE
EMERGENCY POSITION. IF IT IS IN THE EMERGENCY POSITION, THERE CAN
BE A LEAK OF OXYGEN.
1 Make sure that the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob is not in the EMERGENCY
position.
(3) On the First-Officer oxygen-mask stowage-box, push and hold the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET
control button.

At the same time, push and hold the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob on the mask regulator.
(a) Keep them pushed for a minimum of three seconds.
NOTE: During this time, the flow rate indicator changes from yellow to black and the volume of
the sound of the oxygen flow decreases.
(b) When the flow rate indicator is black and when you can no longer hear the sound of the oxygen
flow:
(c) Position of the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY KNOB IS NOT IN THE
EMERGENCY POSITION. IF IT IS IN THE EMERGENCY POSITION, THERE CAN
BE A LEAK OF OXYGEN.
1 Make sure that the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob is not in the EMERGENCY
position.
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(Ref. Fig. REGUL LO PR Indication SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

(Ref. Fig. Component Location - Test Ports)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 35-10-00-720-050-A
A. Check of the LP Oxygen of the Crew Oxygen Cylinder
(1) Remove the blanking cap from the oxygen-system test-port 5755HM.
(2) Connect the GAGE 10 BAR (145 PSI) - PRESSURE to the COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK
DISCONNECT (110111-03) or COUPLING (802857-01) or equivalent.
(3) Connect the COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK DISCONNECT (110111-03) or COUPLING (802857-01)
or equivalent to the oxygen-system test-port 5755HM.
(4) Fully open the valve of the oxygen storage cylinder 5750HM.
(5) Make sure that the pressure on the pressure gage is more than 50 psi (3.45 bar).
(6) Fully close the valve of the oxygen storage cylinder 5750HM.
(7) Bleed the oxygen system:
(a) On one oxygen-mask stowage box, push and hold the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET control
lever.
regulator.

(b) When the flow rate indicator is black and when you no longer hear the sound of the oxygen flow:
· Release the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET control lever.
(c) Make sure that the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob is not in the EMERGENCY position. If
it is in the EMERGENCY position, there can be a leak of oxygen.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 35-10-00-720-050-C
A. Check of the Low Pressure Oxygen of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinders
(1) At oxygen-system test-port 5755HM1 (5):
(a) Remove the blanking cap (6) from oxygen-system test-port 5755HM1 (5).
(b) Connect one of these tools to oxygen-system test-port 5755HM1 (5):
· Assemble the GAGE 10 BAR (145 PSI) - PRESSURE and the COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK
DISCONNECT (110111-03) or COUPLING (802857-01) (or equivalent) and connect this
assembly to the test-port.
Or connect this alternative tool:
· Connect the TOOL-DPRESS, TEST-O2 (98D35208729001) to the test port.
(c) On the pressure gage of the tool, make sure that the oxygen system is fully depressurized.
(2) Do a check of the oxygen pressure as follows:
(a) Turn the manual shutoff valve.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE ON THE CREW OXY-
GEN-STORAGE CYLINDER, MAKE SURE THAT:
- YOU TURN IT VERY SLOWLY
- YOU TURN IT UNTIL IT IS FULLY OPEN.
IF YOU TURN THE MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE TOO QUICKLY, YOU CAN
IF THE MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE IS NOT FULLY OPEN, THE OXYGEN PRES-
SURE DATA CAN BE INCORRECT.
1 Turn the manual shutoff valve (2) of the crew oxygen-storage-cylinder 5750HM1 (1) very
slowly until it is fully open.
(b) Wait one minute to make sure that the pressure is stable.
(c) Make sure that the oxygen pressure on the pressure gage is more than 50 psi (3.45 bar).
(3) Bleed the Captain oxygen system:
(a) On the crew oxygen-storage-cylinder 5750HM1 (1):
· Fully close the manual shutoff valve (2) of the crew oxygen-storage-cylinder 5750HM1 (1).
(b) On the Captain oxygen-mask stowage-box, push and hold the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET
control button.
regulator.
2 When the flow rate indicator is black and when you can no longer hear the sound of the
oxygen flow:


3 Position of the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY KNOB IS NOT IN

THE EMERGENCY POSITION. IF IT IS IN THE EMERGENCY POSITION,
THERE CAN BE A LEAK OF OXYGEN.
a Make sure that the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob is not in the EMERGENCY
position.
(4) Disconnect the applicable tool from oxygen-system test-port 5755HM1 (5):
· Disconnect the COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK DISCONNECT (110111-
03) or COUPLING (802857-01) (or equivalent) from the test-port.
NOTE: It is not necessary to disassemble the GAGE 10 BAR (145 PSI) - PRESSURE from the
COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK DISCONNECT (110111-03) or COUPLING (802857-01) (or
equivalent) at this time.
Or disconnect this alternative tool:

· Disconnect the TOOL-DPRESS, TEST-O2 (98D35208729001) from the test-port.
(a) Put the blanking cap (6) on the oxygen-system test-port 5755HM1 (5).
(5) At oxygen-system test-port 5755HM2 (5):
(a) Remove the blanking cap (6) from oxygen-system test-port 5755HM2 (5).
(b) Connect one of these tools to oxygen-system test-port 5755HM2 (5):
· Connect the COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK DISCONNECT (110111-
03) or COUPLING (802857-01) (or equivalent) with its GAGE 10 BAR (145 PSI) -
PRESSURE to the test port.
Or connect this alternative tool:
· Connect the TOOL-DPRESS, TEST-O2 (98D35208729001) to the test port.
(c) On the pressure gage of the tool, make sure that the oxygen system is fully depressurized.
(6) Do a check of the oxygen pressure as follows:
(a) Turn the manual shutoff valve.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE ON THE CREW OXY-
GEN-STORAGE CYLINDER, MAKE SURE THAT:
- YOU TURN IT VERY SLOWLY
- YOU TURN IT UNTIL IT IS FULLY OPEN.
IF YOU TURN THE MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE TOO QUICKLY, YOU CAN
IF THE MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE IS NOT FULLY OPEN, THE OXYGEN PRES-
SURE DATA CAN BE INCORRECT.
1 Turn the manual shutoff valve (4) of crew oxygen-storage-cylinder 5750HM2 (3) very slowly
until it is fully open.
(b) Wait one minute to make sure that the pressure is stable.
(c) Make sure that the oxygen pressure on the pressure gage is more than 50 psi (3.45 bar).
(7) Bleed the First-Officer oxygen system:
(a) On crew oxygen-storage-cylinder 5750HM2 (3):
· Fully close the manual shutoff valve (4) of crew oxygen-storage-cylinder 5750HM2 (3).

(b) In the cockpit, on the OXYGEN section of the overhead control and indicating panel 21VU:
· Release the CREW SUPPLY pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on).
(c) On the First-Officer oxygen-mask stowage-box, push and hold the PRESS TO TEST AND
RESET control button.
regulator.
2 When the flow rate indicator is black and when you can no longer hear the sound of the
oxygen flow:
3 Position of the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY KNOB IS NOT IN

THE EMERGENCY POSITION. IF IT IS IN THE EMERGENCY POSITION,
THERE CAN BE A LEAK OF OXYGEN.
a Make sure that the PRESS TO TEST/EMERGENCY knob is not in the EMERGENCY
position.
(8) Disconnect and/or disassemble the applicable tool from oxygen-system test-port 5755HM2 (5):
· Disconnect the COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK DISCONNECT (110111-
03) or COUPLING (802857-01) (or equivalent) from the test port and disassemble it from the
GAGE 10 BAR (145 PSI) - PRESSURE.
Or disconnect this alternative tool:
· Disconnect the TOOL-DPRESS, TEST-O2 (98D35208729001) from the test port.
(a) Put the blanking cap (6) on oxygen-system test-port 5755HM2 (5).
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 35-10-00-020-050-A
B. Disconnect the Test Installation
(1) Remove the COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK DISCONNECT (110111-03) or COUPLING (802857-01)
or equivalent from the oxygen-system test-port 5755HM.
(2) Remove the GAGE 10 BAR (145 PSI) - PRESSURE from the COUPLING-OXYGEN QUICK
DISCONNECT (110111-03) or COUPLING (802857-01) or equivalent.
(3) Put the blanking cap on the oxygen-system test-port 5755HM.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 35-10-00-860-062-A
(1) In the cockpit, on the OXYGEN section of the overhead control and indicating panel 21VU, release
the OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on).


(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(4) Fully open the valve of the oxygen storage cylinder.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 35-10-00-860-062-B
(1) In the cockpit, on the OXYGEN section of the overhead control and indicating panel 21VU, make sure
that the CREW SUPPLY pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is on).
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(4) Turn the manual shutoff valves
CAUTION: TURN THE MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVES VERY SLOWLY ON ALL THE CREW OXY-
GEN-STORAGE CYLINDERS UNTIL THEY ARE FULLY OPEN. IF YOU TURN THE
MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVES TOO QUICKLY, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: TURN THE HANDVALVES ON ALL OXYGEN BOTTLES UNTIL THEY ARE FULLY
OPEN. IF THE HANDVALVES ARE NOT FULLY OPEN BEFORE FLIGHT, IT IS POS-
SIBLE THAT THE OXYGEN PRESSURE DATA ON THE ECAM DOOR/OXY PAGE
WILL NOT BE CORRECT.
(a) Turn the manual shutoff valve (2) of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM1 (1) very slowly
(b) Turn the manual shutoff valve (4) of the crew oxygen-storage cylinder 5750HM2 (3) very slowly
End of document

35-23-00-040-001-A - Check of the MAN MASK
pushbutton when the HI ALT system does not operate
** ON A/C 212-212
TASK 35-23-00-040-001-A
Check of the MAN MASK pushbutton when the HI ALT system does not operate
Task Summary
MMEL 35-01-01-33A YES NO YES 01.8 01.8 2

MMEL 35-01-01-33A
HI ALT LANDING pb-sw

No specific 1 LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP
No specific 1 VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI)
(98A35207599000) 1 HOSE-ADAPTER,ALTITUDE SWITCH
No specific vacuum source

824

Power
1(2)
Altitude Pressure Switch 16WR SHEET 1

FR24
FR20
824
A
Z127
80VU
1 16WR
3
2
N_MM_352300_4_BAM0_01_01
Figure 35-23-00-991-00600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Altitude Pressure Switch 16WR

** ON A/C 212-212

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 35-23-00-860-056-A
(1) Obey the special precautions when you work on a gaseous oxygen system (Ref. AMM TASK 35-00-
00-860-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(3) In the cockpit, on the OXYGEN section of overhead panel 21VU:
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the emergency oxygen
system.
(4) Make sure that the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON pushbutton switch 899WR on overhead panel 21VU is set
to the normal position.
(5) On the emergency oxygen containers:
(a) Set the test buttons to the TEST position.
Subtask 35-23-00-010-058-A
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. Altitude Pressure Switch 16WR SHEET 1)
(1) Get access to the altitude pressure switch 16WR (1):
(a) Open the access door 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .
Subtask 35-23-00-865-086-A

49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 7WR HA08
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 3WR HA04
Subtask 35-23-00-480-053-A
D. Connecting of the Vacuum Source
(1) Do not disconnect electrical connection from the altitude pressure switch 16WR (1).
(2) Connect the VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI) to the connector (3) of the altitude
pressure switch 16WR (1) with the HOSE-ADAPTER,ALTITUDE SWITCH (98A35207599000) (2).
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 212-212
PRE SB 35-1068 for A/C 212-212
Subtask 35-23-00-040-050-B
A. Check of the MAN MASK pushbutton when the HI ALT system does not operate
(1) Do the functional test of the automatic mask release:

ACTION RESULT
1.At the vacuum source: On the panel 21VU:
· Slowly increase the pressure to 14800 ft. · The SYS ON indicator light comes on at 14000
(4510.96 m). +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m or -228.60
m).
On all the emergency oxygen containers:
· The doors open to the maximum permitted by
the test buttons.
2.At the vacuum source:
· Slowly decrease the pressure to 0 ft. (0 m).
3.On the panel 50VU: On the panel 50VU:
· Push and hold the TMR RESET pushbutton · The ON indicator light on the TMR RESET push-
switch. button switch comes on.
On the panel 21VU:
· The SYS ON indicator light goes off.
On the panel 50VU:
· Release the TMR RESET pushbutton switch. · The ON indicator light on the TMR RESET push-
CAU- DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE TO

TION: CLOSE THE EMERGENCY OXYGEN
CONTAINER. IF YOU USE TOO MUCH
FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE LATCH MECHANISM. IF THE
LATCH MECHANISM DOES NOT EN-
GAGE EASILY, MAKE SURE THAT THE
EQUIPMENT IN THE EMERGENCY OXY-
GEN CONTAINER IS CORRECTLY IN-
STALLED.

STALLED.
4.In the cabin at the first and second seat row

close the door of the emergency oxygen contain-
ers:
· Push the door of all related emergency oxygen
container to the closed position
container, at both sides of the test button, to
lock the latch mechanism.
· Make sure that the door is flush with the adja-
cent panels.

ACTION RESULT
· Push the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON pushbutton · The ON legend in the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON
· Slowly increase the pressure to 16800 ft. (5120 · The SYS ON indicator light comes on at 16000
m). -250 ft. or -750 ft. (4876.71 -76.20 m or -228.60
m).
On all the emergency oxygen containers at the first
and second seatrow:
the test buttons.
· Slowly decrease the pressure to 0 ft. (0 m).
On the panel 21VU:
· Release the TMR RESET pushbutton switch. On the panel 50VU:
· The ON indicator light on the TMR RESET push-
· Push to release the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON · The ON legend in the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON
pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
** ON A/C
POST SB 35-1068 for A/C 212-212
Subtask 35-23-00-040-050-E
A. Check of the MAN MASK pushbutton when the HI ALT system does not operate
(1) Do the functional test of the automatic mask release:
ACTION RESULT
· Slowly decrease the pressure to 14800 ft. · The SYS ON indicator light comes on at 14000
(4510.96 m). +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m or -228.60
m).
On the Engine/Warning Dispaly (EWD):
· The OXY PAX ON indicator comes on at 14000
+250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m or -228.60
m)
On all the emergency oxygen containers:
the test buttons.
In the cabin:
· The emergency announcement starts.
NOTE: The emergency stops automatically when

the recorded announcement is completed.

ACTION RESULT
· Slowly increase the pressure to 0 ft. (0 m).
On the panel 21VU:
On the EWD:
· The OXY PAX ON indicator goes off.
On the panel 50VU:
· Release the TMR RESET pushbutton switch. · The ON indicator light on the TMR RESET push-

STALLED.

STALLED.
4.In the cabin at the first and second seat row

close the door of the emergency oxygen contain-
ers:
container to the closed position
container, at both sides of the test button, to
cent panels.
· Slowly decrease the pressure to 16800 ft. · The SYS ON indicator light comes on at 16000
(5120.55 m). +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4876.71 +76.20 m or -228.60
m).
On the EWD:

ACTION RESULT
· The OXY PAX ON indicator comes on at 16000
+250 ft. or -750 ft. (4876.71 +76.20 m or -228.60
m)
On all the emergency oxygen containers at the first
and second seatrow:
the test buttons.
In the cabin:
NOTE: The emergency stops automatically when

the recorded announcement is completed.

On the panel 21VU:
On the EWD:
· Release the TMR RESET pushbutton switch. On the panel 50VU:
· The ON indicator light on the TMR RESET push-
· Push to release the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON · The ON legend in the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON
pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
** ON A/C 212-212
5. Close-up
Subtask 35-23-00-080-053-B
A. Disconnecting of the Vacuum Source
(1) Disconnect the vacuum source and the HOSE-ADAPTER,ALTITUDE SWITCH (98A35207599000)
(2) from the connector (3) of the altitude pressure switch 16WR (1).
Subtask 35-23-00-410-057-B
B. Close Access
(1) Close all doors of the emergency oxygen containers:
CAUTION: DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE TO CLOSE THE EMERGENCY OXYGEN CON-
TAINER. IF YOU USE TOO MUCH FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
LATCH MECHANISM. IF THE LATCH MECHANISM DOES NOT ENGAGE EASILY,
MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IN THE EMERGENCY OXYGEN CONTAINER
IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED.
(a) Push the door of the emergency oxygen container to the closed position.

(b) Push the door of the emergency oxygen container, at both sides of the test button, to lock the
latch mechanism.
(c) Make sure that the door is flush with the adjacent panels.
(2) Put the test buttons of the emergency oxygen containers to the normal position.
NOTE: Spring tension will retract the test buttons when they are in the normal position.
(3) If not installed, install a LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP:

(a) On the overhead panel, on the control panel 21VU, install the LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP
adjacent to the HIGH ALT SWITCH.
Subtask 35-23-00-860-077-A
(a) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S).
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

35-23-00-040-008-A - Check of the AUTO control
function of the MASK MAN ON pushbutton
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 35-23-00-040-008-A
Check of the AUTO control function of the MASK MAN ON pushbutton
Task Summary
MMEL 35-01-01-31A YES NO YES 02.0 02.0 2

MMEL 35-01-01-31A
MANUAL Control of the MASK MAN ON pb

No specific 1 LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP
No specific 1 VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI)
(98A35207599000) 1 HOSE-ADAPTER,ALTITUDE SWITCH

812, 824
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 209-211, 217-217, 219-220, 226-226, 230-235, 237-237, 240-240,
242-250
(Ref. 23-73-00-861-001-A). Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
** ON A/C ALL
Power

1(2)
** ON A/C 212-212
Altitude Pressure Switch 16WR SHEET 1

FR24
FR20
824
A
Z127
80VU
1 16WR
3
2
N_MM_352300_4_BAM0_01_01
Figure 35-23-00-991-00600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Altitude Pressure Switch 16WR

** ON A/C 212-212

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-208, 212-216, 218-218, 221-225, 227-229, 236-236, 238-
239, 241-241, 301-450, 500-600
Subtask 35-23-00-860-073-A
00-860-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
system.
(4) On all the emergency oxygen containers:
(a) Push the test buttons to the test position.
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 209-211, 217-217, 219-220, 226-226, 230-235, 237-237, 240-240, 242-250
Subtask 35-23-00-860-073-B
00-860-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
system.
(4) Energize the CIDS system (Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-861-001) .
(5) On all the emergency oxygen containers:
(a) Push the test buttons to the test position.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 35-23-00-010-075-A
B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment
(1) Open the access doors 812 and 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .
Subtask 35-23-00-865-088-A



** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 209-211, 217-217, 219-220, 226-228, 230-234, 237-237, 239-239,
242-242, 244-250, 350-350
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-211, 213-250, 301-450, 500-600

Subtask 35-23-00-480-060-A
(1) Connect the VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI) to the altitude pressure switch 16WR with
the HOSE-ADAPTER,ALTITUDE SWITCH (98A35207599000) .
** ON A/C 212-212
Subtask 35-23-00-480-060-B
(1) Do not disconnect electrical connection from the altitude pressure switch 16WR (1).
(2) Connect the VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI) to the connector (3) of the altitude
pressure switch 16WR with the HOSE-ADAPTER,ALTITUDE SWITCH (98A35207599000) (2).
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-091, 112-150, 206-206, 209-209, 215-216, 221-222, 226-228, 230-230, 236-236, 238-
243, 350-350
PRE SB 35-1068 for A/C 016-022, 024-091, 112-115, 206-206, 209-209, 215-216, 221-222, 226-228, 230-230,
236-236, 238-243
Subtask 35-23-00-040-051-A
A. Functional Test of the Automatic Mask Release
(1) Do the test:
ACTION RESULT
· Open the circuit breakers 2WR and 3WR.
2.At the vacuum source: In the cabin:
· Slowly decrease the pressure to 14800 ft. · The doors of all oxygen containers open at
(4500 m). 14000 +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m or -
228.60 m) to the maximum permitted by the test
buttons.
On the overhead panel 21VU:
· The SYS ON indicator light comes on.
3.On the maintenance panel 50VU: On the maintenance panel 50VU:
· Push the TMR RESET pushbutton switch. · The ON indicator light in the TMR RESET push-
button switch comes on while the pushbutton is
pushed.

ACTION RESULT
4.At the electronic rack 103VU:
· Remove the SWITCH OFF relay 9WR.
· Install a wire between pin A2 and A3 of the re-
lay socket.

STALLED.

STALLED.
5.In the cabin, at the first seat row, close the door
of the emergency oxygen container:
· Push the door of one emergency oxygen con-
tainer to the closed position.
· Push the door of the related emergency oxy-
gen container, at both sides of the test button,
to lock the latch mechanism.
cent panels.
6.At the vacuum source: In the cabin, at the first seatrow:
· Slowly decrease the pressure to 14800 ft. · The door of the related oxygen container opens
(4500 m) and hold it for not less than 30 sec. at 14000 +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m
or -228.60 m).
In the cabin, at the first seat row:

ACTION RESULT
STALLED.

STALLED.
· After approximately 30 sec., push the door of · The door of the emergency oxygen container
the related emergency oxygen container to the stays closed.
closed position.
· Push the door of the related oxygen container,
at both sides of the test button, to lock the latch
mechanism.
cent panels.
pushed.
· Remove the wire from pin A2 and A3 of the re-
lay socket.
· Install the SWITCH OFF relay 9WR.
lay socket.
or -228.60 m).
In the cabin, at the first seatrow:

ACTION RESULT
STALLED.

STALLED.
12.In the cabin, at the first seat row, close the

door of the emergency oxygen container:
closed position.
gen container, at both sides of thetest button, to
cent panels.
pushed.
lay socket.
· Slowly decrease the pressure to and hold it at · The door of the related oxygen container opens
14800 ft. (4500 m) for not less than 30 sec. at 14000 +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m
or -228.60 m).
pushed.

ACTION RESULT
· Close the circuit breakers 2WR and 3WR.
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-208, 210-211, 213-214, 217-220, 223-225, 231-235, 237-237, 244-250
PRE SB 35-1068 for A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-208, 210-211, 213-214, 217-220, 223-225, 233-235
Subtask 35-23-00-040-051-D
NOTE: The pre-recorded announcement is usually recorded by the operator. You can hear the emer-
gency announcement only if it is recorded.
(1) Do the test
ACTION RESULT
· Slowly decrease the pressure to simulate an · The doors of all oxygen containers open at
altitude of 14800 ft. (4500 m). 14000 +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m or -
buttons.
NOTE: The emergency announcement stops auto-

matically when the recorded announce-
ment is completed.

· Slowly increase the pressure to simulate an
altitude of 0 ft. (0 m).
pushed.
lay socket.


ACTION RESULT
STALLED.

STALLED.
· Push the door of the emergency oxygen con-
tainer, at both sides of the test button, to lock
the latch mechanism.
cent panels.
6.At the vacuum source: In the cabin, at the first seat row:
· Slowly decrease the pressure to simulate an · The door of the related oxygen container opens
altitude of 14800 ft. (4500 m) and hold it for not at 14000 +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m
less than 30 sec. or -228.60 m).
In the cabin:

matically when the recorded announcen-
ment is completed.

STALLED.


ACTION RESULT
STALLED.
closed position.
· Make sure the door is flush with the adjacent
panels.
pushed.
lay socket.
lay socket.
In the cabin:

ment is completed.


ACTION RESULT
STALLED.

STALLED.

closed position.
cent panels.
pushed.
lay socket.
In the cabin:

ment is completed.

ACTION RESULT
pushed.
** ON A/C 212-212
PRE SB 35-1068 for A/C 212-212
Subtask 35-23-00-040-051-E
ACTION RESULT
· Slowly decrease the pressure to simulate an alti- · The doors of all oxygen containers open at 16000
tude of 16800 ft. (5120 m). +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4876.71 +76.20 m or -228.60
m).
· Slowly increase the pressure to simulate an alti-
tude of 0 ft. (0 m).
pushed.
· Push to reset the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON push- · The ON legend in the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON
button switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
· Install a wire between pin A2 and A3 of the relay
socket.

FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE LATCH MECHANISM. IF THE LATCH
MECHANISM DOES NOT ENGAGE EAS-

ACTION RESULT
ILY, MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT
IN THE EMERGENCY OXYGEN CONTAIN-
ER IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED.

7.In the cabin at the first seat row, close the door of
the emrgency oxygen container:
· Push the door of one emergency oxygen contain-
er to the closed position.
· Push the door of the related emergency oxygen
container, at both sides of the test button, to lock
· Make sure that the door is flush with the adjacent
panels.
· Slowly decrease the pressure to simulate an alti- · The door of the related oxygen container opens at
tude of 14800 ft. (4500 m) and hold it for not less 14000 +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m or -
than 30 sec. 228.60 m).

9.In the cabin, at the first seat row, close the door of
the emergency oxygen conatainer:

ACTION RESULT
· After approximately 30 sec., push the door of the · The door of the emergency oxygen container stays
related emergency oxygen container to the close closed.
position.
mechanism.
panels.
pushed.
· Remove the wire from pin A2 and A3 of the relay
socket.
socket.
than 30 sec. 228.60 m).


ACTION RESULT
· After approximately 30 sec., push the door of · The door of the emergency oxygen container stays
the related emergency oxygen container to the closed.
closed position.
· Make sure that the door is flushed with the adja-
cent panels.
pushed.
socket.
than 30 sec. 228.60 m).
pushed.
** ON A/C 092-100, 401-450

POST SB 35-1068 for A/C 112-113, 115-115, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241
Subtask 35-23-00-040-051-J
(1) Do the test:
ACTION RESULT

ACTION RESULT
· Slowly decrease the pressure to 14800 ft. · The doors of all oxygen containers open at
(4500 m). 14000 +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m or -
buttons.
On the Engine/Warning Display (EWD):
· The OXY PAX ON indication comes on.
pushed.
On the EWD:
lay socket.

STALLED.

STALLED.

ACTION RESULT
cent panels.
or -228.60 m).
On the EWD:
· The OXY PAX ON indicator comes on.
STALLED.

STALLED.
closed position.
mechanism.
cent panels.
pushed.

ACTION RESULT
On the EWD:
lay socket.
lay socket.
or -228.60 m).
On the EWD:
In the cabin, at the first seatrow:
STALLED.

STALLED.

closed position.
gen container, at both sides of thetest button, to
cent panels.

ACTION RESULT
pushed.
On the EWD:
lay socket.
· Slowly decrease the pressure to and hold it at · The door of the related oxygen container opens
14800 ft. (4500 m) for not less than 30 sec. at 14000 +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m
or -228.60 m).
On the EWD:
pushed.
On the EWD:
** ON A/C 229-229, 301-349, 351-400, 500-600

POST SB 35-1068 for A/C 016-022, 024-091, 114-114, 201-201, 203-211, 213-228, 230-230, 233-235, 239-240,
242-243
EMB SB 23-1530 for A/C 229-229

Subtask 35-23-00-040-051-L
NOTE: The pre-recorded announcement is usually recorded by the operator. You can hear the emer-
gency announcement only if it is recorded.
(1) Do the test

ACTION RESULT
· Slowly decrease the pressure to simulate an · The doors of all oxygen containers open at
altitude of 14800 ft. (4500 m). 14000 +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4267.12 +76.20 m or -
buttons.

ment is completed.

On the Engine/Warning Dispaly (EWD):
pushed.
On the EWD:
lay socket.

STALLED.


ACTION RESULT
STALLED.
· Push the door of the emergency oxygen con-
tainer, at both sides of the test button, to lock
cent panels.
On the EWD:
In the cabin:

matically when the recorded announcen-
ment is completed.

STALLED.

STALLED.

ACTION RESULT
closed position.
· Make sure the door is flush with the adjacent
panels.
pushed.
On the EWD:
lay socket.
lay socket.
On the EWD:
In the cabin:

ment is completed.


ACTION RESULT
STALLED.

STALLED.

closed position.
cent panels.
pushed.
On the EWD:
lay socket.
On the EWD:
In the cabin:

ACTION RESULT

ment is completed.

pushed.
On the EWD:
** ON A/C
POST SB 35-1068 for A/C 212-212
Subtask 35-23-00-040-051-M
ACTION RESULT
· Slowly decrease the pressure to simulate an alti- · The doors of all oxygen containers open at 16000
tude of 16800 ft. (5120 m). +250 ft. or -750 ft. (4876.71 +76.20 m or -228.60
m).
On the Engine/Warning Display (EWD):
pushed.
On the EWD:

ACTION RESULT
· Push to reset the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON push- · The ON legend in the HIGH ALT SWITCH ON
button switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
socket.


7.In the cabin at the first seat row, close the door of
the emrgency oxygen container:
· Push the door of one emergency oxygen contain-
er to the closed position.
panels.
than 30 sec. 228.60 m).
On the EWD:

ACTION RESULT

9.In the cabin, at the first seat row, close the door of
the emergency oxygen conatainer:
· After approximately 30 sec., push the door of the · The door of the emergency oxygen container stays
related emergency oxygen container to the close closed.
position.
mechanism.
panels.
pushed.
On the EWD:
socket.
socket.
than 30 sec. 228.60 m).
On the EWD:

ACTION RESULT

· After approximately 30 sec., push the door of · The door of the emergency oxygen container stays
the related emergency oxygen container to the closed.
closed position.
· Make sure that the door is flushed with the adja-
cent panels.
pushed.
On the EWD:
socket.
than 30 sec. 228.60 m).
On the EWD:

ACTION RESULT
pushed.
On the EWD:
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-211, 213-250, 301-450, 500-600

Subtask 35-23-00-080-060-A
(1) Disconnect the VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI) and the HOSE-ADAPTER,ALTITUDE
SWITCH (98A35207599000) from the altitude pressure switch 16WR.
** ON A/C 212-212
Subtask 35-23-00-080-060-B
(1) Disconnect the VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI) and the HOSE-ADAPTER,ALTITUDE
SWITCH (98A35207599000) (2) from the connector (3) of the altitude pressure switch 16WR (1).
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 35-23-00-410-074-A
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the switch guard is in position on the MASK MAN ON pushbutton switch.
(2) If not installed, install a LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP:
(a) On the overhead panel, on the control panel 21VU, install the LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP
adjacent to the MASK MAN ON P/BSW 14WR.
(3) On all emergency oxygen containers:
(a) Close the doors of the emergency oxygen containers:
CAUTION: DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE TO CLOSE THE EMERGENCY OXYGEN
CONTAINER. IF YOU USE TOO MUCH FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE LATCH MECHANISM. IF THE LATCH MECHANISM DOES NOT ENGAGE
EASILY, MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IN THE EMERGENCY OXYGEN
CONTAINER IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED.
1 Push the door of the emergency oxygen containers to the closed position.

2 Push the door of the emergency oxygen containers, at both sides of the test button, to lock
3 Make sure that the doors are flush with the adjacent panels.
4 Do step (b) and/or step (c) as applicable.
(b) Turn the test buttons 90 degrees to normal position.
(c) Push the test buttons back to the normal position and let them retract into their containers.
NOTE: Spring tension retracts the test buttons when they are in the normal position.
(5) Close the access doors 812 and 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
Subtask 35-23-00-860-078-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

35-23-00-040-802-A - Check of the MANUAL
Control Function of the MASK MAN ON pushbutton
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 35-23-00-040-802-A
Check of the MANUAL Control Function of the MASK MAN ON pushbutton
Task Summary
MMEL 35-01-01-32A NO NO NO 02.0 02.0 2

MMEL 35-01-01-32A
AUTO Control of the MASK MAN ON pb
Do this task to make sure that the passenger oxygen system starts operation when the MASK MAN ON
pushbutton is pushed.

No specific 1 LABEL - ADHESIVE, "INOP"

(Ref. 21-31-00-710-002-A). Operational Test of the Pressure Control and Monitoring
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 23-32-00-00). ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - DE-
SCRIPTION AND OPERATION

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 35-23-00-860-075-A
00-860-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
system.
(4) On all of the emergency oxygen containers, set the test button to the TEST position.
Subtask 35-23-00-865-091-A

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 209-211, 217-217, 219-220, 226-228, 230-234, 237-237, 239-239,
242-242, 244-250, 350-350
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-091, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

PRE SB 35-1068 for A/C 016-022, 024-091, 112-115, 201-201, 203-230, 233-236, 238-243
Subtask 35-23-00-710-059-A
A. Operational Test of the Manual Mask Release and Cabin Pressure Controllers
(1) Do the operational test of the manual mask release:
NOTE: If the PRAM or I-PRAM is installed, the operator can record an emergency announcement.
You can hear the emergency announcement through the passenger address system only if it
is recorded. Additional information can be found in Para. System Description (Ref. AMM D/
O 23-32-00-00) .
ACTION RESULT
1.In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the In the cabin:
overhead panel 21VU: · The door of all the emergency oxygen containers
· Lift the switch guard and push the MASK MAN open in all areas of the cabin.
ON pushbutton switch.

ACTION RESULT
In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the over-
head panel 21VU:
· The SYS ON light comes on.
On the passenger address system:
· The emergency announcement starts (if in-
stalled).

ment is completed.
2.In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the over-
maintenance panel 50VU: head panel 21VU:
· After 15 seconds push the TMR RESET push- · The SYS ON light goes off.
button switch.
In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the main-
tenance panel 50VU:
· The ON light on the TMR RESET pushbutton
switch comes on for a short time and goes off
again.
(2) Do the operational test of the cabin pressure controller (Ref. AMM TASK 21-31-00-710-002) .
** ON A/C 092-100, 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

POST SB 35-1068 for A/C 016-022, 024-091, 112-115, 201-201, 203-230, 233-236, 238-243
Subtask 35-23-00-710-059-D
A. Operational Test of the Manual Mask Release and Cabin Pressure Controllers
(1) Do the operational test of the manual mask release:
NOTE: If the PRAM or I-PRAM is installed, the operator can record an emergency announcement.
You can hear the emergency announcement through the passenger address system only if it
is recorded. Additional information can be found in Para. System Description (Ref. AMM D/
O 23-32-00-00) .
ACTION RESULT
1.In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the In the cabin:
overhead panel 21VU: · The door of all the emergency oxygen containers
· Lift the switch guard and push the MASK MAN open in all areas of the cabin.
ON pushbutton switch.
In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the over-
head panel 21VU:
· The SYS ON light comes on.
In the cockpit on the Engine/Warning Display
(EWD):
On the passenger address system:
· The emergency announcement starts (if in-
stalled).

ACTION RESULT

ment is completed.
2.In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the over-
maintenance panel 50VU: head panel 21VU:
· After 15 seconds push the TMR RESET push- · The SYS ON light goes off.
button switch.
On the EWD:
· The OXY PAX ON indicator goes of.
In the cockpit on the OXYGEN section of the main-
tenance panel 50VU:
· The ON light on the TMR RESET pushbutton
switch comes on for a short time and goes off
again.
(2) Do the operational test of the cabin pressure controller (Ref. AMM TASK 21-31-00-710-002) .
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 35-23-00-860-076-A
(1) Make sure that the switch guard is in position over the MASK MAN ON pushbutton switch.
(2) Close all the door of the emergency oxygen containers:
CAUTION: DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE TO CLOSE THE EMERGENCY OXYGEN CON-
TAINER. IF YOU USE TOO MUCH FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
LATCH MECHANISM. IF THE LATCH MECHANISM DOES NOT ENGAGE EASILY,
MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IN THE EMERGENCY OXYGEN CONTAINER
IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED.
(a) Push the door of the emergency oxygen containers to the closed position.
(b) Push the door of the emergency oxygen containers, at both sides of the test button, to lock the
latch mechanism.
(c) Make sure that the doors of the emergency oxygen container are flush with the adjacent panels.
(3) Turn all the test buttons to the normal position and release them.
NOTE: Spring tension retracts the test buttons when they are in the normal position.
(4) Install a LABEL - ADHESIVE, "INOP" on the altitude switch 16WR .

(5) Make an applicable entry in a logbook.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

End of document

36-11-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Bleed Pressure Regulator Valve
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
TASK 36-11-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Bleed Pressure Regulator Valve
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE PNEUMATIC SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED BEFORE YOU START
WORK. PRESSURIZED AIR CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
FIN : 4001HA , 1000EM1 , 1000EM2
Task Summary
MMEL 36-11-02A YES YES NO 00.4 00.4 1

MMEL 36-11-02A
Engine Bleed Valve (PRV)

No specific 1 WRENCH - HEXAGONAL
(35.40 and 53.10 lbf.in)
(53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in)

437AL, 438AR, 451AL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
452AR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

447AL, 448AR, 461AL

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
462AR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 36-22-00-790-001-A). Leak Check on all the Bleed Air Ducts and Packs Components
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 78-30-00-040-012-A). Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) for
Ground Maintenance
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. 78-30-00-081-041-B). Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after Maintenance
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 78-30-00-440-012-A). Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) after
Ground Maintenance
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. 78-30-00-481-041-B). Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for Maintenance

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 78-32-00-010-010-A). Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
(Ref. 78-32-00-410-010-A). Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. 78-36-00-010-040-B). Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
(Ref. 78-36-00-410-040-B). Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
(Ref. 31-37-73-00). AIDS - ENGINE REPORTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 31-37-73-00-01). AIDS - ENGINE REPORTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

BLEED page of the ECAM Display Unit SHEET 1
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774B02
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6714D07
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6714D07
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774E
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774E

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774G
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774G
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774F
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774F

4VU
BLEED
200°C 200°C
LO HI LO HI
ANTI ANTI
ICE ICE
30PSI GND 30PSI
205°C APU 205°C
1 2
IP HP HP IP
TAT+19°C 23H56 G.W.60300KG

SAT+18°C C.G.28 1
°°
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNIT
A
N_MM_361100_4_ABM0_01_01
Figure 36-11-00-991-03300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - BLEED page of the ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BBM0_01_02
Figure 36-11-00-991-11700-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774B02

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
VISUAL INDICATOR
N_MM_361100_4_BBM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BRM0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-11700-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774B02

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

CLOSED OPEN
C
VISUAL INDICATOR
N_MM_361100_4_BRM0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_AAM0_01_03
Figure 36-11-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_AAM0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_AEM0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_AEM0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BCM0_01_02
Figure 36-11-00-991-11900-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6714D07

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

1
C
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BCM0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-11900-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6714D07

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BZM0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-11900-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6714D07

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

1
C
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BZM0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-11900-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6714D07

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BAM0_01_02

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

C
B
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BAM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BAX0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

1
C
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BAX0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_AAR0_01_04
Figure 36-11-00-991-12100-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774E

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
B
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_AAR0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-12100-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774E

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_AAA0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-12100-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774E

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

C
B
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_AAA0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-12100-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774E

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_AAT0_01_03
Figure 36-11-00-991-12200-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774G

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN B
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_AAT0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-12200-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774G

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_ATA0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-12200-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774G

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

CLOSED OPEN B
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_ATA0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-12200-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774G

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BDM0_01_02
Figure 36-11-00-991-12000-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774F

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
B
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BDM0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-12000-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774F

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

BLEED-PRESSURE
REGULATOR VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BDS0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-12000-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774F

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

CLOSED OPEN
B
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BDS0_02_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-12000-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774F

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-11-00-861-065-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-860-071-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 36-11-00-941-053-A
(1) Make sure that the engine 1(2) is shut down occurred not less than 5 minutes.
· put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(3) On the MAINTENANCE panel 50VU:
· make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off
· install a warning notice to tell persons not to operate the FADEC SYSTEM.
· make sure that the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is on)
· make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the ON legend is off)
· put a warning notice to tell persons not to operate the pneumatic system.
(5) On the HP ground connector:
· put a warning notice to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic system.
Subtask 36-11-00-865-063-A

49VU AIR BLEED/ENG 1/CTL 3HA1 D12
49VU AIR BLEED/ENG 1/MONG 2HA1 D11
122VU AIR BLEED/ENG 2/CTL 3HA2 Z23
122VU AIR BLEED/ENG 2/MONG 2HA2 Z22
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-11-00-010-050-B
E. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in to position below the engine.
Subtask 36-11-00-040-050-B
F. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) IS
DEACTIVATED BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.

IF THE HCU IS NOT DEACTIVATED, THERE IS A RISK OF UNWANTED THRUST RE-

VERSER OPERATION WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-040-012) .
Subtask 36-11-00-010-071-B
G. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. AMM TASK 78-32-00-010-010) :
(1) FOR 1000EM1 (ENGINE-1)
451AL, 452AR
461AL, 462AR
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 36-11-00-010-050-C
E. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the engine.
Subtask 36-11-00-040-050-C
F. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-481-041) .
Subtask 36-11-00-010-071-C
G. Open the left thrust-reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-040) :
451AL
461AL.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. BLEED page of the ECAM Display Unit SHEET 1)
Subtask 36-11-00-040-056-A
A. Deactivation of the Bleed Pressure Regulator Valve
CAUTION: CAREFULLY ALIGN THE LOCKING PIN WITH THE DEACTIVATING HOUSING ON THE
VALVE. IF YOU ALIGN IT INCORRECTLY OR IF YOU TIGHTEN IT TOO MUCH, THE
LOCKING PIN CAN REMAIN IN POSITION AND YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
LOCKING PIN THREAD.
(1) On the bleed-pressure regulator valve P/N 6774B02 and P/N 6714D01 to 6714D06:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774B02)

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(a) Use a WRENCH - HEXAGONAL to set the manual override control to the CLOSED position.
(b) Removal of the lockwire
1 Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled screw (1).
(c) Remove the knurled screw (1) from its storage port.
1 Keep the washer (2) to install it in the reactivation procedure.
(d) Lock the override control with the knurled screw (1).
NOTE: The pressure of the valve is released when you remove the locking pin from its storage
port.
(e) Tighten the knurled screw (1) with your hand.

(2) On the bleed-pressure regulator valve P/N 6774B03 and P/N 6714D07:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6714D07)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6714D07)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350


CAUSE DAMAGE.
(c) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the safety screw (1).
(d) Remove the safety screw (1) from its storage port.
(e) Lock the override control with the safety screw (1).
port.
(f) TORQUE the safety screw (1) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(3) On the bleed-pressure regulator valve P/N 6774E:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774E)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774E)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

1 Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the special screw (1).
(c) Remove the special screw (1) from its storage port.
(d) Remove and discard the packing (3).
(e) Lock the override control with the special screw (1).
port.
(f) Tighten the special screw (1) with your hand.

(4) On the bleed-pressure regulator valve P/N 6774F and P/N 6774G:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774G)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774G)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774F)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. Fig. Bleed-Pressure Regulator Valve P/N 6774F)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

1 Cut,remove and discard the lockwire from the safety screw (1).
(c) Remove the safety screw (1) from its storage port.
port.
(f) TORQUE the safety screw (1) to between 0.4 and 0.6 m.daN (35.40 and 53.10 lbf.in).
Subtask 36-11-00-865-089-A

Subtask 36-11-00-040-093-A
C. Deactivation of the Bleed Pressure Regulator Valve
(1) On the ECAM control panel, push the BLEED key (on the lower ECAM DU, the BLEED page comes
into view).
(a) On the lower ECAM DU, on the BLEED page:
· Make sure that the related bleed-pressure regulator-valve symbol shows closed in green.
Subtask 36-11-00-790-058-A
D. Check of the Bleed Air Ducts
NOTE: This check is only applicable to aircraft with Overpressure Valve (OPV) P/N 6740G01XXXX. It is
necessary to do a check of the valve reference because the valves are interchangeable.
(1) Get the post flight report (Ref. AMM D/O 31-37-73-00) :
(a) If the class 1 fault message PRESS REG-V 4001HA1(2) and the ECAM warning AIR ENG 1(2)
BLEED FAULT comes into view during the flight phases 3, 4 or 5, get the ENG TAKE OFF
REPORT in the MCDU and do a check of the pack values:

1 If the pack value is 00 or 01 (the pack was off during the last take off):
a Do the leak check of all the bleed air ducts and pack components (Ref. AMM TASK 36-
22-00-790-001) .
b Do a visual inspection of the bleed air ducts and items of equipment downstream the
OPV (along the pylon and center fuselage to the starter valves, flow control valves, HP
ground connectors, pressure service check valves and APU check valve but not the
wing ducting). Make sure that there is no deformation and be very careful when you do
the check of the bellows.
· If there is a damage or deformation, repair or replace the damaged duct or
equipment.
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-11-00-410-050-B
A. Close Access
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. AMM TASK 78-32-00-410-010) :
451AL, 452AR
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 36-11-00-440-050-B
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-440-012) .
Subtask 36-11-00-410-070-B
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 36-11-00-410-050-C
A. Close Access
(2) Close the left thrust-reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-410-040) :
451AL
461AL.
Subtask 36-11-00-440-050-C

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-081-041) .

Subtask 36-11-00-410-070-C
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 36-11-00-942-053-A
D. Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the crew that the left (right) bleed pressure regulator valve is
closed and deactivated.
Subtask 36-11-00-865-064-A

Subtask 36-11-00-860-072-A
F. Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-869-112-A
G. Make an entry in the logbook.
Subtask 36-11-00-862-065-A
H. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

36-11-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the HP Bleed Valve in
the CLOSED Position to Isolate the IP Bleed Check-Valve
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
TASK 36-11-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the HP Bleed Valve in the CLOSED Position to Isolate the IP Bleed Check-Valve
FIN : 4000HA , 7110HM , 1000EM1 , 1000EM2
Task Summary
MMEL 36-11-06B YES YES NO 01.4 01.4 1

MMEL 36-11-06B
Engine Bleed IP Check Valve

(44.25 and 53.10 lbf.in)
(53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in)

437AL, 438AR, 451AL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
452AR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

447AL, 448AR, 461AL

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
462AR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Ground Maintenance
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Ground Maintenance
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773B02
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP Bleed Valve P/N 6713D01-07
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP Bleed Valve P/N 6713D08
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773E
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773F and 6773G
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BFM0_01_02
Figure 36-11-00-991-11200-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773B02

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
VISUAL INDICATOR
N_MM_361100_4_BFM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BMH0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773B02

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

CLOSED OPEN
C
VISUAL INDICATOR
N_MM_361100_4_BMH0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_ACM0_01_03
Figure 36-11-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6713D01-07

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_ACM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_ADF0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-00300-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6713D01-07

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

1
2
C
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_ADF0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BGM0_01_02

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

C
1
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BGM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BYP0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

C
1
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BYP0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BEM0_01_02
Figure 36-11-00-991-11400-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6713D08

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BEM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BSM0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-11400-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6713D08

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BSM0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_ACP0_01_03
Figure 36-11-00-991-11500-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773E

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_ACP0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_AFF0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-11500-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773E

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

C
B
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_AFF0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BHM0_01_02
Figure 36-11-00-991-11600-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773F and 6773G
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

1
2
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BHM0_02_00
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BYH0_01_00
Figure 36-11-00-991-11600-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773F and 6773G
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

2
1
C
B
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BYH0_02_00
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-11-00-861-066-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-941-063-A
· make sure that the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is on)
· make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the ON legend is off)
· put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pneumatic system.
· put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
· put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic system.
· make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch is off
· put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 36-11-00-865-067-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-11-00-010-054-B
D. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 36-11-00-040-052-B
E. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser
TO EQUIPMENT.

Subtask 36-11-00-010-073-B
F. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. AMM TASK 78-32-00-010-010) :
451AL, 452AR
461AL, 462AR
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 36-11-00-010-054-C
D. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 36-11-00-040-052-C
E. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-481-041) .
Subtask 36-11-00-010-073-C
F. Open the left thrust-reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-040) :
451AL
461AL.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

4. Procedure
Subtask 36-11-00-040-057-A
A. Deactivation of the IP Bleed Check Valve
LOCKING PIN THREAD.
(1) On the HP bleed valve P/N 6773B02 and P/N 6713D01 to 6713D07:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773B02)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. HP Bleed Valve P/N 6713D01-07)

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(b) Removal of the lockwire:
(c) Remove the knurled screw from its the storage port.
port.

(2) On the HP bleed valve P/N 6773B03 and P/N 6713D08:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. HP Bleed Valve P/N 6713D08)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

1 Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the safety screw (1).

(d) Lock the override control with the safety screw (1).
NOTE: the pressure of the valve is released when you remove the locking pin from its storage
port.
(e) TORQUE the safety screw (1) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(3) On the HP bleed valve P/N 6773E:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773E)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(c) Remove the special screw (1) from it storage port.
port.

(4) On the HP bleed valve P/N 6773F and P/N 6773G:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. HP Bleed Valve P/N 6773F and 6773G)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(b) Removal the lockwire:


port.
(f) TORQUE the safety screw (1) to between 0.5 and 0.6 m.daN (44.25 and 53.10 lbf.in)
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-11-00-410-054-B
A. Close Access
451AL, 452AR
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 36-11-00-440-053-B
Subtask 36-11-00-410-073-B
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 36-11-00-410-054-C
A. Close Access
451AL

461AL.
Subtask 36-11-00-440-053-C
Subtask 36-11-00-410-073-C
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 36-11-00-941-065-A
D. Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the crew that the left (right) HP bleed valve is closed and
deactivated.
Subtask 36-11-00-865-068-A

Subtask 36-11-00-869-113-A
F. Make an entry in the logbook.
Subtask 36-11-00-862-066-A
G. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

36-11-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the HP Bleed Valve
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
TASK 36-11-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the HP Bleed Valve
FIN : 4000HA , 1000EM1 , 1000EM2
Task Summary
MMEL 36-11-07B YES YES NO 02.4 02.4 1

MMEL 36-11-07B
Engine Bleed HP Valve

(44.25 and 53.10 lbf.in)
(53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in)

437AL, 438AR, 451AL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
452AR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

447AL, 448AR, 461AL

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
462AR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Ground Maintenance
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Ground Maintenance
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241


** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233,
235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BFM0_01_02

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
VISUAL INDICATOR
N_MM_361100_4_BFM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BMH0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

CLOSED OPEN
C
VISUAL INDICATOR
N_MM_361100_4_BMH0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_ACM0_01_03

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_ACM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_ADF0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

1
2
C
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_ADF0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BGM0_01_02

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

C
1
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BGM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BYP0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

C
1
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BYP0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BEM0_01_02

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BEM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BSM0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BSM0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_ACP0_01_03

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_ACP0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_AFF0_01_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

C
B
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_AFF0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

HP BLEED VALVE
N_MM_361100_4_BHM0_01_02
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

1
2
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BHM0_02_00
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HP BLEED VALVE
A
N_MM_361100_4_BYH0_01_00
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

2
1
C
B
CLOSED OPEN
C
POSITION INDICATOR
AND MANUAL OVERRIDE
N_MM_361100_4_BYH0_02_00
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-11-00-861-067-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-860-077-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 36-11-00-941-068-A
· Make sure that the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is on)
· Make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the ON legend is off)
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pneumatic system.
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic system.
· Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch is off
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 36-11-00-865-071-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-11-00-010-056-B
E. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 36-11-00-040-054-B
F. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser


TO EQUIPMENT.
Subtask 36-11-00-010-075-B
G. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. AMM TASK 78-32-00-010-010) :
451AL, 452AR
461AL, 462AR.
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 36-11-00-010-056-C
E. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 36-11-00-040-054-C
F. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-481-041) .
Subtask 36-11-00-010-075-C
G. Open the left thrust-reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-040) :
451AL
461AL.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

4. Procedure
Subtask 36-11-00-040-058-A
A. Deactivation of the HP Bleed Valve
LOCKING PIN THREAD.
(1) On the HP bleed valve P/N 6773B02 and P/N 6713D01 to 6713D07:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(c) Remove the knurled screw (1) from its the storage port.
port.

(2) On the HP bleed valve P/N 6773B03 and P/N 6713D08:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350


(d) Lock the override control with the safety screw (1).
port.
(e) TORQUE the safety screw (1) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(3) On the HP bleed valve P/N 6773E:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(c) Remove the special screw (1) from it storage port.
port.

(4) On the HP bleed valve P/N 6773F and P/N 6773G:
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-
233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

(b) Removal the lockwire:

(e) Lock the override control with the safety screw (1).
port.
(f) TORQUE the safety screw (1) to between 0.5 and 0.6 m.daN (44.25 and 53.10 lbf.in)
Subtask 36-11-00-865-085-A

Subtask 36-11-00-040-078-A
C. Deactivation of the HP Bleed Valve
into view).
1 Make sure that the related HP bleed-valve symbol shows closed in green.
2 Make sure that the related bleed-pressure regulator-valve symbol shows closed in green.
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-11-00-410-056-B
A. Close Access
451AL, 452AR
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 36-11-00-440-055-B
Subtask 36-11-00-410-075-B

C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 36-11-00-410-056-C
A. Close Access
451AL
461AL.
Subtask 36-11-00-440-055-C
Subtask 36-11-00-410-075-C
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 36-11-00-860-079-A
D. Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-869-115-A
E. Make an entry in the logbook.
Subtask 36-11-00-862-067-A
F. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

36-11-00-040-004-A - Check of the CFDS to Make Sure that the
Pylon Leak Detection and APU Leak Detection Operates Correctly
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
TASK 36-11-00-040-004-A
Check of the CFDS to Make Sure that the Pylon Leak Detection and APU Leak Detection Operates Correctly
Task Summary
MMEL 36-00-01A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 36-00-01A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 36-00-01D NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 36-00-01D NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 36-00-01A
AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message
MMEL 36-00-01A
MMEL 36-00-01D
MMEL 36-00-01D
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 36-11-00-740-001-A). BITE Test of the BMC 1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-11-00-861-084-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-865-084-A

49VU AIR BLEED/X FEED/VALVE/BAT 2HV D13


122VU AIR BLEED/X FEED VALVE/NORM 1HV Z20
Subtask 36-11-00-860-075-A
(1) On the AIR COND panel:
· Make sure that the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switches are pushed (OFF legends are off).
· Make sure that the crossbleed selector switch is at AUTO position.
· Make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (ON legend is off).
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-040-064-A
A. Check of the CFDS to Make Sure that the Pylon Leak Detection Operates Correctly
(1) Do the BITE test of the BMC1 and BMC2 and print each TEST RESULT page (Ref. AMM TASK 36-
11-00-740-001) .
(2) Make sure that the TEST RESULT pages do not show these maintenance messages:
ATA MESSAGE CLASS FAULT

361100 CHECK BMC1 2
361100 NO DATA FROM BMC2 2
361100 CHECK BMC2 2
361134 BMC1 2
361134 BMC2 2
362215 ENG1 PYLON LOOP INOP 2
362217 APU LOOP INOP OR BMC IDENT CKT 2
** ON A/C 027-100, 112-150, 208-208, 213-214, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241

POST SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-040-064-B
11-00-740-001) .
(2) Make sure that the TEST RESULT pages do not show this maintenance message:

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

5. Close-up
Subtask 36-11-00-862-079-A
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

36-11-00-040-807-A - Check of the CFDS to Make Sure that the Pylon Leak
Detection and APU Leak Detection Loop Operates Correctly in LH Side
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 36-11-00-040-807-A
Check of the CFDS to Make Sure that the Pylon Leak Detection and APU Leak Detection Loop Operates Correctly
in LH Side

MMEL 36-00-01B
MMEL 36-00-01B
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250,
350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-861-141-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-11-00-865-127-A


36-11-00-040-807-A - Check of the CFDS to Make Sure that the Pylon Leak
Detection and APU Leak Detection Loop Operates Correctly in LH Side

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-860-109-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-040-118-A
11-00-740-001) .

361100 CHECK BMC1 2
361134 BMC1 2
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-862-124-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

36-11-00-040-808-A - Check of the CFDS to Make Sure that
the Pylon Leak Detection Operates Correctly in RH Side
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 36-11-00-040-808-A
Check of the CFDS to Make Sure that the Pylon Leak Detection Operates Correctly in RH Side

MMEL 36-00-01C
MMEL 36-00-01C
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250,
350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-861-142-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-11-00-865-128-A


36-11-00-040-808-A - Check of the CFDS to Make Sure that
the Pylon Leak Detection Operates Correctly in RH Side
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-860-110-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-040-119-A
11-00-740-001) .

361100 CHECK BMC2 2
361134 BMC2 2
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-026, 201-201, 203-207, 209-212, 215-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
PRE SB 36-1062 for A/C 217-218, 233-233, 240-240, 242-243
Subtask 36-11-00-862-125-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

36-11-00-040-803-A - Deactivation of the Bleed Valve
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 36-11-00-040-803-A
Deactivation of the Bleed Valve
WARNING: YOU MUST NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS WITHOUT APPLICABLE GLOVES. HOT PARTS CAN
CAUSE AN INJURY.

MMEL 36-11-02A
Engine Bleed Valve (PRV)

(35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in)
(Material No. 357500) NEVERSEEZ REGULAR GRADE
(Material No. 357700) NEVER-SEEZ PURE NICKEL SPECIAL


437AL, 438AR, 452AR
447AL, 448AR, 462AR
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 31-37-73-00-02). AIDS - ENGINE REPORTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Bleed Valve SHEET 1

4001HA
STORAGE PORT
LOCKING PIN
D
B C
MANUAL OVERRIDE
CONTROL
LOCKING PIN
D
N_MM_361100_4_UAM0_01_01
Figure 36-11-00-991-08900-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bleed Valve

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-11-00-861-126-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-860-094-A
B. Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only) (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-
001) .
Subtask 36-11-00-941-129-A
(1) Make sure that the ENG 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than five minutes before you do this
procedure.
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the ENG 1(2).
· Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch is off.
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the FADEC SYSTEM.
· Make sure that the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is on).
· Make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the ON legend is off).
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic system.
Subtask 36-11-00-865-095-A

49VU AIR BLEED/APU BLEED VLV CTL/BMC1 11HV D14
OVRD
122VU AIR BLEED/APU BLEED VLV CTL/BMC2 12HV Z19
OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
Subtask 36-11-00-010-151-A
E. Get Access

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 36-11-00-010-162-A
F. Open the right thrust-reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-802) :
452AR
462AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Bleed Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 36-11-00-040-098-A
A. Deactivation of the Bleed Valve (4001HA)
LOCKING PIN THREAD.
(1) On the bleed valve (4001HA):

(b) Use a WRENCH - HEXAGONAL to remove the locking pin from its storage port.
(c) Apply NEVERSEEZ REGULAR GRADE (Material No. 357500) or NEVER-SEEZ PURE NICKEL
SPECIAL (Material No. 357700) on the locking pin.
(d) Lock the override control with the locking pin:
1 TORQUE the locking pin to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in).
(2) On the cockpit:
(a) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell the crew that the left (right) PRV is closed and deactivated.
Subtask 36-11-00-790-067-A
B. Check of the Bleed Air Ducts
(1) Get the post flight report (Ref. AMM D/O 31-37-73-00) .
(a) If the class 1 fault message PRESS REG-V 4001HA1(2) and the ECAM warning AIR ENG
1(2) BLEED FAULT come into view during the flight phases 3, 4 or 5, get the ENG TAKE OFF
REPORT on the MCDU and do a check of the pack values:
1 If the pack value is 00 or 01 (the pack was off during the last take off):
a Do the leak check of all the bleed air ducts and the pack components
(Ref. AMM TASK 36-22-00-790-802) .
b Do a visual inspection of the bleed air ducts and the equipment which are installed
downstream of the Overpressure Valve (OPV) (along the pylon, wing and the center
fuselage to the starter valves, flow control valves, wing anti-ice valves, HP ground

connectors and the APU check valve but not the wing anti-ice ducting). Make sure that
there is no deformation and be very careful when you do the check of the bellows.
· If there is damage or deformation, repair or replace the damaged duct or equipment.
5. Close-up
Subtask 36-11-00-410-143-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the thrust-reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-410-802) :
452AR
462AR
Subtask 36-11-00-440-089-A
Subtask 36-11-00-410-144-A
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 36-11-00-865-096-A

OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
OVRD

Subtask 36-11-00-040-106-A
E. Deactivation of the Bleed Valve
into view).
· Make sure that the related bleed-valve symbol shows closed in amber.
Subtask 36-11-00-860-095-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-869-118-A
Subtask 36-11-00-862-112-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 36-11-00-040-804-A
Deactivation of the HP Bleed Valve
CAUSE AN INJURY.

MMEL 36-11-07B
Engine Bleed HP Valve

(35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in)


437AL, 438AR, 452AR
447AL, 448AR, 462AR
Power
1(2)
High Pressure Regulator Valve SHEET 1

4000HA
C
A
LOCKING PIN
MANUAL OVERRIDE
B CONTROL
LOCKING PIN
C
STORAGE
PORT D
N_MM_361100_4_UCM0_01_01
Figure 36-11-00-991-09000-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - High Pressure Regulator Valve

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-11-00-861-127-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-860-096-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 36-11-00-941-130-A
(1) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than five minutes before you do this
procedure.
· Make sure that the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is on)
· Make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (the ON legend is off)
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
· put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic system.
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 36-11-00-865-120-A

OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
Subtask 36-11-00-010-152-A
E. Get Access

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put a ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position.
Subtask 36-11-00-010-153-A
F. Open the right thrust reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-802) :
452AR
462AR.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. High Pressure Regulator Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 36-11-00-040-100-A
A. Deactivation of the HP Bleed Valve (HPV) (4000HA)
LOCKING PIN THREAD.
(1) On the HPV (4000HA):

(d) Lock the manual override control with the locking pin.
1 TORQUE the locking pin to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
Subtask 36-11-00-410-145-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the right thrust-reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-410-802) :
452AR
462AR.
Subtask 36-11-00-410-146-A
B. Close Access

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 36-11-00-865-126-A

OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
Subtask 36-11-00-040-136-A
D. Deactivation of the HPV
into view).
Subtask 36-11-00-860-097-A
E. Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-869-119-A
F. Make an entry in the logbook.
Subtask 36-11-00-862-113-A
G. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 36-11-00-040-806-A
Deactivation of the HP Bleed Valve in the CLOSED Position to Isolate the IP Bleed Check-Valve
CAUSE AN INJURY.

MMEL 36-11-06B
Engine Bleed IP Check Valve

(35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in)


437AL, 438AR, 452AR
447AL, 448AR, 462AR
Power
1(2)
High Pressure Regulator Valve SHEET 1

4000HA
C
A
LOCKING PIN
MANUAL OVERRIDE
B CONTROL
LOCKING PIN
C
STORAGE
PORT D
N_MM_361100_4_UCM0_01_01
Figure 36-11-00-991-09000-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - High Pressure Regulator Valve

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-11-00-861-133-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-860-103-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 36-11-00-941-135-A
procedure.
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the pneumatic system.
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic system.
(5) On the ENG section of the maintenance panel 50VU:
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 36-11-00-865-112-A

OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
Subtask 36-11-00-010-163-A
E. Get Access

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 36-11-00-010-164-A
F. Open the right thrust reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-802) :
452AR
462AR.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. High Pressure Regulator Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 36-11-00-040-109-A
A. Deactivation of the IP Bleed Check Valve
LOCKING PIN THREAD.
(1) On the HPV (4000HA):

(d) Lock this override control with the locking pin.
(e) TORQUE the locking pin to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
Subtask 36-11-00-410-155-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the right thrust-reverser cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-410-802) :
452AR
462AR.
Subtask 36-11-00-440-098-A
Subtask 36-11-00-410-156-A
C. Close Access

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 36-11-00-865-113-A

OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
OVRD
Subtask 36-11-00-040-137-A
E. Deactivation of the HPV to isolate the IPCV
into view).
Subtask 36-11-00-860-104-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
Subtask 36-11-00-869-123-A
Subtask 36-11-00-862-118-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

36-12-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
TASK 36-12-00-040-801-A
Deactivation of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
FIN : 7260HM
MMEL 36-22-03A
APU Leak Detection Loop

(35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in)

151CW, 151SW, 197BB
C. Expendable Parts

10 blanking cap 36-12-03-28-260
(Ref. 36-22-17-000-001-A). Removal of the APU Overheat Sensing-Elements
(Ref. 36-22-17-400-001-A). Installation of the APU Overheat Sensing-Elements
tric Pump
tric Pump
AIPC 36120328
APU Bleed Check-Valve - Blanking Cap SHEET 1

Z190
197BB
10
1
2
8
7 x8
N_MM_361200_4_AAN0_01_00
Figure 36-12-00-991-01200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Bleed Check-Valve - Blanking Cap

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-12-00-860-096-A
· In the cockpit, on engine control panel 115VU, to tell persons not to start the engine(s)
· In the cockpit, on AIR COND overhead control panel 30VU, to tell persons not to push the APU
BLEED pushbutton switch
· On the HP ground connector, to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic system.
Subtask 36-12-00-010-066-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below access panel 197BB.
(2) Remove access panel 197BB.
(4) In the aft cargo compartment, remove the sidewall panel:
(a) If installed, remove sidewall panel 151CW, or
(b) If installed, remove sidewall panel 151SW.
Subtask 36-12-00-865-089-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. APU Bleed Check-Valve - Blanking Cap SHEET 1)
Subtask 36-12-00-020-063-A
A. Deactivation of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
NOTE: Refer to AIPC 36120328 for the IPC -CSN (36-12-03-28-260) blanking cap (10) of the APU bleed
check-valve (6) to do the procedure.
(1) Disengage the overheat sensing elements that are near the APU bleed check-valve (6) from the ducts
(9) and (4) (Ref. AMM TASK 36-22-17-000-001) .
(2) Loosen the nut of the clamp (3) and remove the clamp (3).
(4) Remove the nuts (2) and the washers (1).
(5) Hold the APU bleed check-valve (6) and remove the bolts (7).
(6) Remove the APU bleed check-valve (6) and the seal (5).
(7) Make sure that no parts of the APU bleed check-valve (6) are missing (flaps, shaft and spring) when
you remove it. If part(s) is (are) missing:

· Do an inspection of the APU bleed-air system and the air conditioning system to find this (these)
parts before you install the blanking cap (10).
(8) Put the blanking cap (10) with the seal (5) in position.
(9) Install the bolts (7), washers (1) and nuts (2).
(10) Tighten the nuts (2).
(11) Install the clamps (3) and (8).
(12) TORQUE the nuts of the clamps (3) and (8) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in).
(13) Attach the overheat sensing elements that are near the APU bleed check-valve (6) to the ducts (9)
and (4) (Ref. AMM TASK 36-22-17-400-001) .
Subtask 36-12-00-865-090-A

Subtask 36-12-00-710-062-A
C. Leak Test of the Pneumatic Connections
(1) Do the ground air pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 12-33-21-618-001) .
(2) Make sure that there are no leaks between the connections of the blanking cap (10) and the ducts (4)
and (9).
5. Close-up
Subtask 36-12-00-410-066-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install access panel 197BB.
(3) In the aft cargo compartment, install the sidewall panel:
(a) If removed, install sidewall panel 151CW, or
(b) If removed, install sidewall panel 151SW.
Subtask 36-12-00-860-098-A
(1) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
End of document

36-12-00-040-804-A - Inspection of the APU Bleed Check-Valve for Correct Condition
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
TASK 36-12-00-040-804-A
Inspection of the APU Bleed Check-Valve for Correct Condition
FIN : 7260HM
MMEL 36-22-03E

(Material No. 14FAB1) Abrasive-- Scotch Brite Pads -

152 AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT
197BB
(Ref. 36-12-51-000-001-A). Removal of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
(Ref. 36-12-51-400-001-A). Installation of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
APU Bleed Check-Valve SHEET 1

APU BLEED CHECK-VALVE

7260HM
HINGE PIN
SPRING
INTAKE RING
FLAPS
0.7619 mm
(0.030 in)
N_MM_361200_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 36-12-00-991-00800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Bleed Check-Valve

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350 | EMB
SB 31-1197 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244 | EMB SB 31-1257 for A/
C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 233-233, 240-240, 243-243

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-12-00-865-083-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1197 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244

EMB SB 31-1257 for A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 233-233, 240-240, 243-243
Subtask 36-12-00-860-090-A
(1) On AIR COND panel 30VU:
· Make sure that the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch is pushed (OFF legend off).
· Make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (ON legend off).
(2) On ENG panel 115VU:
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start engine 1(2).
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 36-12-00-010-063-A
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1197 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244

EMB SB 31-1257 for A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 233-233, 240-240, 243-243
(Ref. Fig. APU Bleed Check-Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 36-12-00-220-050-A
A. Detailed Inspection of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
(1) Remove the APU bleed check-valve from its position (Ref. AMM TASK 36-12-51-000-001) .
(2) Make sure that the APU bleed check-valve is in the correct condition:
(a) Make sure that no parts are missing (flaps, hinge pin and/or spring).
1 If one or more part(s) is (are) missing:

· Do a visual inspection of the APU bleed-air system and the air conditioning system
to find and remove this (these) parts. Then replace the APU bleed check-valve
(Ref. AMM TASK 36-12-51-400-001) .
(b) Make sure that there are no cracks, dents, corrosion or wear by friction.
1 If the flaps and/or the stop on the APU bleed check-valve are worn:
· Remove the signs of wear with a Abrasive-- Scotch Brite Pads - (Material No. 14FAB1).
(c) With your hand, make sure that the flaps open and close freely without stops.
(d) Measure the play between the valve flaps and the intake ring in the radial direction.
1 Make sure that the play is not more than 0.7619 mm (0.030 in.).
(3) If the APU bleed check-valve is in the correct condition:
· Install the APU bleed check-valve (Ref. AMM TASK 36-12-51-400-001) .
(4) If the APU bleed check-valve is not in the correct condition:
· Replace the APU bleed check-valve (Ref. AMM TASK 36-12-51-400-001) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

5. Close-up
Subtask 36-12-00-410-063-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 36-12-00-865-084-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1197 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244

EMB SB 31-1257 for A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 233-233, 240-240, 243-243
Subtask 36-12-00-860-091-A
End of document

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 36-12-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
FIN : 7260HM
MMEL 36-22-03A

(35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in)

151CW, 151SW, 197BB, 197KB
C. Expendable Parts

10 blanking cap 36-12-83-03-600
(Ref. 36-22-17-000-001-A). Removal of the APU Overheat Sensing-Elements
(Ref. 36-22-17-400-001-A). Installation of the APU Overheat Sensing-Elements
tric Pump
tric Pump
AIPC 36128303
APU Bleed Check-Valve - Blanking Cap SHEET 1

Z190
197BB 01
197KB 02
10
1
2
8
7 x8
A
NOTE:
01 FOR A319NEO AND A320NEO.
02 FOR A321NEO. N_MM_361200_4_UAM0_01_01
Figure 36-12-00-991-00600-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Bleed Check-Valve - Blanking Cap

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-12-00-860-069-A
· In the cockpit, on engine control panel 115VU, to tell persons not to start the engine(s)
· In the cockpit, on AIR COND overhead control panel 30VU, to tell persons not to push the APU
BLEED pushbutton switch
· On the HP ground connector, to tell persons not to pressurize the pneumatic system.
Subtask 36-12-00-010-056-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.
(2) Remove access panel:
(a) If installed, remove access panel 197BB
(b) If installed, remove access panel 197KB.
(4) In the aft cargo compartment, remove the sidewall panel:
(a) If installed, remove sidewall panel 151CW, or
(b) If installed, remove sidewall panel 151SW.
Subtask 36-12-00-865-060-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. APU Bleed Check-Valve - Blanking Cap SHEET 1)
Subtask 36-12-00-020-050-A
A. Deactivation of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
NOTE: Refer to AIPC 36128303 for the IPC -CSN (36-12-83-03-600) blanking cap (10) of the APU bleed
check-valve (6) to do the procedure.
(1) Disengage the overheat sensing elements that are near the APU bleed check-valve (6) from the ducts
(9) and (4) (Ref. AMM TASK 36-22-17-000-001) .
(4) Remove the nuts (2) and the washers (1).
(5) Hold the APU bleed check-valve (6) and remove the bolts (7).
(6) Remove the APU bleed check-valve (6) and the seal (5).

(7) Make sure that no parts of the APU bleed check-valve (6) are missing (flaps, shaft and spring) when
you remove it. If part(s) is (are) missing:
· Do an inspection of the APU bleed-air system and the air conditioning system to find this (these)
parts before you install the blanking cap (10).
(8) Put the blanking cap (10) with the seal (5) in position.
(9) Install the bolts (7), washers (1) and nuts (2).
(10) Tighten the nuts (2).
(11) Install the clamps (3) and (8).
(12) TORQUE the nuts of the clamps (3) and (8) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.40 and 44.25 lbf.in).
(13) Attach the overheat sensing elements that are near the APU bleed check-valve (6) to the ducts (9)
and (4) (Ref. AMM TASK 36-22-17-400-001) .
Subtask 36-12-00-865-061-A

Subtask 36-12-00-710-057-A
C. Leak Test of the Pneumatic Connections
(1) Do the ground air pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 12-33-21-618-001) .
(2) Make sure that there are no leaks between the connections of the blanking cap (10) and the ducts (4)
and (9).
5. Close-up
Subtask 36-12-00-410-056-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install access panel:
(a) If removed, install access panel 197BB
(b) If removed, install access panel 197KB.
(3) In the aft cargo compartment, install the sidewall panel:
(a) If removed, install sidewall panel 151CW, or
(b) If removed, install sidewall panel 151SW.
Subtask 36-12-00-942-051-A


End of document

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 36-12-00-040-805-A
Inspection of the APU Bleed Check-Valve for Correct Condition
FIN : 7260HM
MMEL 36-22-03E

(Material No. 14FAB1) Abrasive-- Scotch Brite Pads -

152 AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT
197BB
(Ref. 36-12-51-000-001-A). Removal of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
(Ref. 36-12-51-400-001-A). Installation of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
APU Bleed Check-Valve SHEET 1

APU BLEED CHECK-VALVE

7260HM
HINGE PIN
SPRING
INTAKE RING
FLAPS
0.7619 mm
(0.030 in)
N_MM_361200_4_UBM0_01_01
Figure 36-12-00-991-00900-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Bleed Check-Valve

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-12-00-865-085-A

Subtask 36-12-00-860-092-A
(1) On AIR COND panel 30VU:
· Make sure that the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch is pushed (OFF legend off).
· Make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is released (ON legend off).
(2) On ENG panel 115VU:
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start engine 1(2).
Subtask 36-12-00-010-064-A
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. APU Bleed Check-Valve SHEET 1)
Subtask 36-12-00-220-051-A
A. Detailed Inspection of the APU Bleed Check-Valve
(1) Remove the APU bleed check-valve from its position (Ref. AMM TASK 36-12-51-000-001) .
(2) Make sure that the APU bleed check-valve is in the correct condition:
(a) Make sure that no parts are missing (flaps, hinge pin and/or spring).
1 If one or more part(s) is (are) missing:
· Do a visual inspection of the APU bleed-air system and the air conditioning system
to find and remove this (these) parts. Then replace the APU bleed check-valve
(Ref. AMM TASK 36-12-51-400-001) .
(b) Make sure that there are no cracks, dents, corrosion or wear by friction.
1 If the flaps and/or the stop on the APU bleed check-valve are worn:
· Remove the signs of wear with a Abrasive-- Scotch Brite Pads - (Material No. 14FAB1).
(c) With your hand, make sure that the flaps open and close freely without stops.
(d) Measure the play between the valve flaps and the intake ring in the radial direction.
1 Make sure that the play is not more than 0.7619 mm (0.030 in.).
(3) If the APU bleed check-valve is in the correct condition:

· Install the APU bleed check-valve (Ref. AMM TASK 36-12-51-400-001) .

(4) If the APU bleed check-valve is not in the correct condition:
· Replace the APU bleed check-valve (Ref. AMM TASK 36-12-51-400-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 36-12-00-410-064-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 36-12-00-865-086-A

Subtask 36-12-00-860-093-A
End of document

36-22-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Pylon Overheat Sensing-Element
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
TASK 36-22-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Pylon Overheat Sensing-Element
FIN : 1HF1 , 1HF2

MMEL 36-22-01B
Pylon Leak Detection System
MMEL 36-22-01C
MMEL 36-22-01D
MMEL 36-22-01A


FOR 1HF1 (SNSG ELEM-OVHT, ENG 1 PYLON)
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
413CL, 413DL, 414CR, 414FR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241
413DT, 423DT, 471AL, 471AR,
481AL, 481AR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

FOR 1HF2 (SNSG ELEM-OVHT, ENG 2 PYLON)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241
423DT, 481AL, 481AR
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
423CL, 423DL, 423FL, 424CR

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 36-22-15-000-001-A). Removal of the Pylon Overheat Sensing-Element
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 54-53-11-000-002-A). Removal of the Pylon-to-Wing Access Panels
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241
(Ref. 54-53-11-000-002-B). Removal of the Pylon-to-Wing Access Panels
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
(Ref. 54-53-11-400-002-A). Installation of the Pylon-to-Wing Access Panels
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241
(Ref. 54-53-11-400-002-B). Installation of the Pylon-to-Wing Access Panels
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 36-22-00-861-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 36-22-00-941-052-A
procedure.
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(5) On the ENG section of the maintenance panel 50VU:

· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-22-00-010-050-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the pylon access.
(a) FOR 1HF1 (SNSG ELEM-OVHT, ENG 1 PYLON)
413CL, 414CR, 413DL, 414FR
(b) FOR 1HF2 (SNSG ELEM-OVHT, ENG 2 PYLON)
423CL, 424CR, 423DL, 423FL.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241
Subtask 36-22-00-010-050-C
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the pylon access.
471AL, 471AR, 413DT
481AL, 481AR, 423DT.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 36-22-00-865-057-A

FOR FIN 1HF1 (SNSG ELEM-OVHT, ENG 1 PYLON)
4. Procedure
Subtask 36-22-00-790-052-A
A. Leak Check
(1) Do a leak check on the related pylon (Ref. AMM TASK 36-22-00-790-001) at the bleed air ducts.
Make sure that there are no leaks, specially from the clamps and the connections.
· If there is a leak, it will be a NO GO. Repair the bleed air duct.
· If there is no leak, do the deactivation of the related sensing element (refer to Para. 4.B).
Subtask 36-22-00-040-050-A
B. Deactivation of the Pylon Overheat Sensing-Element
· Remove the related pylon overheat sensing-element (Ref. AMM TASK 36-22-15-000-001) and put
secured CAP - BLANKING on the connectors for protection against pollution.

5. Close-up
Subtask 36-22-00-865-054-A

Subtask 36-22-00-740-050-A
B. Do the BITE test of the BMC 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 36-11-00-740-001) .
(1) The pylon loop 1(2) message ENG 1(2) PYLON LOOP INOP must come into view.
(2) Make sure that the related ENG1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch stays released for the flight (the OFF
legend is on).
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-207, 209-211, 217-220, 222-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240, 242-250, 350-350
Subtask 36-22-00-410-050-A
C. Close Access
413CL, 414CR, 413DL, 414FR
423CL, 424CR, 423DL, 423FL.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 208-208, 212-216, 221-221, 223-225, 236-236, 238-238, 241-241
Subtask 36-22-00-410-050-C
C. Close Access
471AL, 471AR, 413DT
481AL, 481AR, 423DT.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

Subtask 36-22-00-862-052-A

D. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

49-10-00-040-005-A - Deactivation of the APU by Circuit Breakers (GTCP 36-300)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
TASK 49-10-00-040-005-A
Deactivation of the APU by Circuit Breakers (GTCP 36-300)
FIN :
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

4005KM
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
Task Summary
MMEL 49-10-01C NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 49-10-01C
Power Plant (APU)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233


** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

(Ref. 49-90-00-600-002-A-03). Brand/Type Oil Change (Flush Procedure) (GTCP 36-300)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-10-00-860-072-A
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 49-10-00-612-050-A
A. Change to Preservation Oil
CAUTION: USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.
(1) Do an APU oil type change to Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
- (Material No. 03ABA1) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-002) .
NOTE: It is not necessary to operate the APU after the preservation oil is in the reservoir.
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

PRE SB 49-1077 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

Subtask 49-10-00-040-056-A
B. Deactivation of the APU
· Make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is set to OFF.
· Make sure that the APU START pushbutton switch is set to OFF.
· Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) 'APU INOP' in position.
(2) On the panel 30VU,
· Make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is set to OFF.
(3) Make an entry in the technical logbook that the APU is deactivated.
** ON A/C
POST SB 49-1077 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

Subtask 49-10-00-040-056-B
(1) Make sure that the air intake flap is in the closed position. If the air intake flap is open, you must close
it manually:
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU COME TO THE MECHANICAL STOP AT THE END OF
TRAVEL. IF YOU TURN THE MANUAL DRIVE SHAFT WITH MORE TORQUE THAN
THE LIMIT, DAMAGE TO THE AIR INTAKE FLAP ACTUATOR WILL OCCUR.
(a) Turn the manual drive shaft on the air intake flap-actuator 4015KM until the air intake flap is in
the fully closed position.
NOTE: Make sure that the torque necessary to turn the manual drive shaft is not more than 0.3
m.daN (26.55 lbf.in) for the actuator 43-1-1100 Amendment 1, for the actuator 106-1-
1100-02 not more than 0.4 m.daN (35.40 lbf.in). Be careful when you come to the mech-
anical stop at the end of travel. If you turn the manual drive shaft with more torque than
the limit, damage to the air intake flap actuator will occur.
NOTE: On the actuator 43-1-1100 Amendment 1, 47 turns are required for one full travel of the
air intake flap actuator. On the actuator 106-1-1100-02, 87 turns are required.
(b) Make sure that the air intake flap is in the correct position.
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

Subtask 49-10-00-865-060-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

End of document

49-10-00-040-005-A01 - Deactivation of the APU by Kit (GTCP 36-300)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
TASK 49-10-00-040-005-A01
Deactivation of the APU by Kit (GTCP 36-300)
FIN :
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

4005KM
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
Task Summary
MMEL 49-10-01C NO NO NO 16.0 08.0 2

MMEL 49-10-01C
Power Plant (APU)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

(Ref. 49-11-00-400-001-A). Installation of the APU Substitution Kit (GTCP 36-300)
(Ref. 49-11-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) (GTCP 36-300)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

49-10-00-040-005-A01 - Deactivation of the APU by Kit (GTCP 36-300)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-10-00-860-073-A
A. Obey the Weight Impact and Effect on Balance for Flights without APU
(1) A318
(a) Weight Impact:
- 202.48 kg (- 446.4 lb)
(b) Effect on Balance:
- 6424.49 kgm (- 557621 lbin)
(2) A319
(a) Weight Impact:
- 202.48 kg (- 446.4 lb)
- 6991.43 kgm (- 606830 lbin)
(3) A320
(a) Weight Impact:
- 202.48 kg (- 446.4 lb)
- 7747.29 kgm (- 672435 lbin)
(4) A321
(a) Weight Impact:
- 202.48 kg (- 446.4 lb)
- 9151.49 kgm (- 794315 lbin)
4. Procedure
Subtask 49-10-00-040-057-A
A. Deactivation of APU
(1) Remove the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 49-11-11-000-001) .
(2) Install the APU Substitution Kit (Ref. AMM TASK 49-11-00-400-001) .
(4) Make an entry in the technical logbook that the APU is removed.
End of document

49-10-00-040-007-A - Deactivation of the APU by Circuit Breaker Tagging (APS 3200)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
TASK 49-10-00-040-007-A
Deactivation of the APU by Circuit Breaker Tagging (APS 3200)
FIN :
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
4005KM
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
Task Summary
MMEL 49-10-01C NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 49-10-01C
Power Plant (APU)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-10-00-860-078-A
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-204
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201

EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
Subtask 49-10-00-040-058-A
A. Deactivation of the APU
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-203, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-250, 350-
350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 233-233

EMB SB 49-1070 for A/C 203-203, 217-217, 227-228, 231-233, 237-237, 240-240, 243-244
EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
Subtask 49-10-00-040-058-B
A. Deactivation of the APU
(1) Make sure that the air intake flap is in the closed position.
(a) If the air intake flap is open, and there is no fault in the ECB (59KD), in the 28V DC motor of the
air-intake flap actuator (4015KM), or in the wiring:
1 On the panel 121VU, open and then close the circuit breaker 1KD.

2 On the panel 25VU, set the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch to the ON position and
then to the OFF position.
3 Make sure that the air intake flap is in the closed position.
(b) If the air intake flap is open, and there is a fault in the ECB (59KD), in the 28V DC motor of the
air-intake flap actuator (4015KM), or in the wiring, you must close it manually:
NOTE: You can close the air intake flap manually in all conditions.
1 Turn the manual drive shaft on the air-intake flap actuator (4015KM) until the air intake flap
is in the fully closed position.
NOTE: Make sure that the torque necessary to turn the manual drive shaft is not more than
0.3 m.daN (26.55 lbf.in) for the actuator 43-1-1100 Amendment 1, for the actuator
106-1-1100-02 not more than 0.4 m.daN (35.40 lbf.in). Be careful when you come to
the mechanical stop at the end of travel. If you turn the manual drive shaft with more
torque than the limit, damage to the air-intake flap actuator will occur.
NOTE: On the actuator 43-1-1100 Amendment 1, 47 turns are required for one full travel of
the air-intake flap actuator. On the actuator 106-1-1100-02, 87 turns are required.
2 Make sure that the air intake flap is in the correct position.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
Subtask 49-10-00-865-062-A

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
End of document

49-10-00-040-007-A01 - Deactivation of the APU by APU Substitution Kit (APS 3200)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
TASK 49-10-00-040-007-A01
Deactivation of the APU by APU Substitution Kit (APS 3200)
FIN :
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
4005KM
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
Task Summary
MMEL 49-10-01C NO NO NO 16.0 08.0 2

MMEL 49-10-01C
Power Plant (APU)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
(Ref. 49-11-00-400-003-A). Installation of the APU Substitution Kit (APS 3200)
(Ref. 49-11-11-000-003-A). Removal of the Power Plant (APU) (APS 3200)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-10-00-860-079-A
(1) A318
(a) Weight Impact:
- 205.62 kg (- 453.3 lb)
- 6524.12 kgm (- 566269 lbin)
(2) A319
(a) Weight Impact:
- 205.62 kg (- 453.3 lb)
- 7099.85 kgm (- 616240 lbin)
(3) A320
(a) Weight Impact:
- 205.62 kg (- 453.3 lb)

- 7867.43 kgm (- 682863 lbin)

(4) A321
(a) Weight Impact:
- 205.62 kg (- 453.3 lb)
- 9293.41 kgm (- 806633 lbin)
4. Procedure
Subtask 49-10-00-040-059-A
End of document

49-10-00-040-008-A - Deactivation of the APU by Circuit Breaker Tagging (131-9(A))
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
TASK 49-10-00-040-008-A
Deactivation of the APU by Circuit Breaker Tagging (131-9(A))
FIN :
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 217-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
4005KM
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
Task Summary
MMEL 49-10-01C NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 49-10-01C
Power Plant (APU)
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-008-A-02). Brand/Type Oil Change (Flush Procedure) (131-(A))
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-10-00-860-084-A
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 49-10-00-612-052-A
A. Change to Preservation Oil
CAUTION: USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.

(1) Do an APU oil type change to Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
- (Material No. 03ABA1) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-008) .
NOTE: This procedure is not applicable if the operator disconnects the APU for less than 30 days.
NOTE: It is not necessary to operate the APU after the preservation oil is in the reservoir.
** ON A/C 205-205, 210-211, 222-222, 234-234

PRE SB 49-1067 for A/C 234-234
PRE SB 49-1075 for A/C 210-210, 234-234
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 211-211

Subtask 49-10-00-040-060-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-204, 206-209, 212-214, 218-218, 223-226, 229-230, 235-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-
385, 396-405, 416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1067 for A/C 234-234
POST SB 49-1075 for A/C 210-210, 234-234
EMB SB 49-1067 for A/C 206-206

EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204
EMB SB 49-1075 for A/C 201-201, 207-207, 209-209, 218-218, 229-230, 235-235
EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201
Subtask 49-10-00-040-060-B
(1) Make sure that the air intake flap is in the closed position. If the air intake flap is open, you must close
it manually:
(a) Turn the manual drive shaft on the air intake flap actuator 4015KM until the air intake flap is in
the fully closed position.
m.daN (26.55 lbf.in) for the actuator 43-1-1100 Amendment 1, for the actuator 106-1-
1100-02 not more than 0.4 m.daN (35.40 lbf.in). Be careful when you come to the mech-
anical stop at the end of travel. If you turn the manual drive shaft with more torque than
the limit, damage to the air intake flap actuator will occur.

NOTE: On the actuator 43-1-1100 Amendment 1, 47 turns are required for one full travel of the
air intake flap actuator. On the actuator 106-1-1100-02, 87 turns are required.
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
Subtask 49-10-00-865-064-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 217-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
End of document

49-10-00-040-008-A01 - Deactivation of the APU by APU Substitution Kit (131-9(A))
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
TASK 49-10-00-040-008-A01
Deactivation of the APU by APU Substitution Kit (131-9(A))
FIN :
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 217-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
4005KM
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
Task Summary
MMEL 49-10-01C NO NO NO 16.0 08.0 2

MMEL 49-10-01C
Power Plant (APU)
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
(Ref. 49-11-00-400-005-A). Installation of the APU Substitution Kit (131-9(A))
(Ref. 49-11-11-000-004-A). Removal of the Power Plant (APU) (131-9(A))
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-10-00-860-085-A
(1) A318
(a) Weight Impact:
- 224.37 kg (- 494.7 lb)
- 7119.04 kgm (- 617906 lbin)
(2) A319
(a) Weight Impact:
- 224.37 kg (- 494.7 lb)
- 7747.27 kgm (- 672434 lbin)
(3) A320
(a) Weight Impact:
- 224.37 kg (- 494.7 lb)
- 8584.85 kgm (- 745132 lbin)
(4) A321
(a) Weight Impact:
- 224.37 kg (- 494.7 lb)
- 10140.85 kgm (- 880187 lbin)
4. Procedure
Subtask 49-10-00-040-061-A


End of document

49-16-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the APU Air Intake Flap (GTCP 36-300)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
TASK 49-16-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the APU Air Intake Flap (GTCP 36-300)
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE AIR INTAKE FLAP IS FULLY EXTENDED BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE
TEMPORARY CONNECTOR. IF NOT, YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE APU.
Task Summary
MMEL 49-10-02B YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 49-10-02B
APU Air Intake Flap
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

No specific AR BACKSHELL ABS0638A14
No specific AR CONNECTOR E0052R14B12PNE
No specific AR JUMPER-WIRE
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

(Material No. 04JAA3) Top Coat Polyurethane-- - External Structure

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

314AR
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

(Ref. 52-41-23-000-001-A). Removal of the Maintenance Door
(Ref. 52-41-23-400-001-A). Installation of the Maintenance Door
Ref. ESPM 20-44-11
AIPC 24920467
AIPC 24920472
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

Air Intake Flap Actuator - Deactivation/Reactivation

Z313, Z314
A
A
FR80
314AR
A
DUMMY
FR76 CONNECTOR
7527VCA
7527VC
MANUAL
DRIVE
SHAFT
AIR INTAKE
FLAP ACTUATOR
4015KM
A
N_MM_491600_4_AAN0_01_01
Figure 49-16-00-991-00800-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Air Intake Flap Actuator - Deactivation/Reactivation

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233 | EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

AIR INTAKE
FLAP ACTUATOR
4015KM
CATWALK
FR78 PANEL FR80
HOUSING
MANUAL
DRIVE
CONNECTOR
B NOSE
AIR INTAKE
FLAP (OPEN)
A A
FWD
MAX DEVIATION " B "
AIR INTAKE FLAP

AIR INTAKE FLAP IN
OPEN POSITION
N_MM_491600_4_AAN0_02_00

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233 | EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-16-00-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the maintenance door 314AR.
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-23-000-001) .
(5) Release the fasteners of the catwalk panel and remove it from the service frame.
Subtask 49-16-00-865-054-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Air Intake Flap Actuator - Deactivation/Reactivation)
Subtask 49-16-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Air Intake Flap
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors 7527VC-A and 7527VC.
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector 7527VC-A from the connector 7527VC.
(b) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector 7527VC-A.
(c) Attach the electrical connector 7527VC-A to the service frame with a TIE WRAP.
(2) Open the air intake flap manually if it is not in the fully open position.
the fully open position.
mdaN (26.55 lbf.in) for the actuator 43-1-1100 Amendment 1, for the actuator 106-1-
1100-02 not more than 0.4 mdaN (35.4 lbf.in). Be careful when you come to the mechan-
ical stop at the end of travel. If you turn the manual drive shaft with more torque than the
limit, damage to the air intake flap actuator will occur.

NOTE: On the actuator 43-1-1100-Amendment 1, 47 turns are required for one full travel of the
air intake flap actuator. On the actuator 106-1-1100 -02, 87 turns are required.
NOTE: The contour of the air intake flap must align with the contour of the air-channel upper
wall. The TOLERANCE A in the flap close direction is max. 1 mm (0.0394 in.) at the aft
edge of the air intake flap. No tolerance is permitted in the flap open direction.
(3) Make a dummy connector with a jumper lead to close the ''FLAP OPEN'' and the ''FLAP CLOSE''
control circuit between the ECB 59KD and the air intake-flap actuator 4015KM.
NOTE: Refer to Ref. ESPM 20-44-11 , AIPC 24920467 and AIPC 24920472 for information about the
electrical connector
(a) Connect a JUMPER-WIRE between the pins C and D of a CONNECTOR E0052R14B12PNE.

(b) Hold the jumper lead in position on the dummy connector with a BACKSHELL ABS0638A14.
(c) Paint the dummy connector red with Top Coat Polyurethane-- - External
Structure (Material No. 04JAA3) to make sure that it is easily identified.
(4) Connect the dummy connector to the connector 7527VC.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that the air intake flap is
(6) Make an entry in the logbook to show that the air intake flap is deactivated in the open position and
add the time which the MMEL 49-10-02 permits for the operation in this condition.
5. Close-up
Subtask 49-16-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
(1) Put the catwalk panel in position on the service frame and secure with the fasteners.
(4) Close the maintenance door 314AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-23-400-001) .
Subtask 49-16-00-865-055-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

End of document

49-16-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the APU Air Intake Flap (APS 3200)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
TASK 49-16-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the APU Air Intake Flap (APS 3200)
Task Summary
MMEL 49-10-02B YES NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 49-10-02B
APU Air Intake Flap
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350

EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
314AR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
Ref. ESPM 20-44-11
AIPC 24920467

AIPC 24920472
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

Z313, Z314
A
A
FR80
314AR
A
DUMMY
FR76 CONNECTOR
7527VCA
7527VC
MANUAL
DRIVE
SHAFT
AIR INTAKE
FLAP ACTUATOR
4015KM
A
N_MM_491600_4_LAN0_01_01

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-
233, 236-238, 240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415 | EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-
233 | EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216 | PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217 | EMB SB 49-
1099 for A/C 219-220 | EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350 | EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204

AIR INTAKE
FLAP ACTUATOR
4015KM
CATWALK
FR78 PANEL FR80
HOUSING
MANUAL
DRIVE
CONNECTOR
B NOSE
AIR INTAKE
FLAP (OPEN)
A A
FWD
MAX DEVIATION " B "
AIR INTAKE FLAP
AIR INTAKE FLAP IN

OPEN POSITION
N_MM_491600_4_LAN0_02_00

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-
233, 236-238, 240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415 | EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-16-00-010-054-A
A. Get Access
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the maintenance door 314AR.
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-23-000-001)
Subtask 49-16-00-865-058-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
4. Procedure
Subtask 49-16-00-040-050-A
(1) Release the fasteners and remove the catwalk panel from the service frame.
(c) Attach the electrical connector 7527VC-A to the air intake structure with a TIE WRAP.

(4) Make a dummy connector with a jumper lead to close the ''FLAP OPEN'' and the ''FLAP CLOSE''
control circuit between the ECB 59KD and the air intake-flap actuator 4015KM.
NOTE: Refer to Ref. ESPM 20-44-11 , AIPC 24920467 and AIPC 24920472 for information about
electrical connector identification.

(b) Hold the jumper lead in position on the connector with a BACKSHELL ABS0638A14.
5. Close-up
Subtask 49-16-00-410-054-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 49-16-00-865-059-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415

End of document

49-16-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the APU Air Intake Flap (131-9(A))
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
TASK 49-16-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the APU Air Intake Flap (131-9(A))
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE AIR INTAKE FLAP IS FULLY EXTENDED BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE
TEMPORARY CONNECTOR. IF NOT, YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE APU.
Task Summary
MMEL 49-10-02B YES NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 49-10-02B
APU Air Intake Flap
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
314AR
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
Ref. ESPM 20-44-11
AIPC 24920467
AIPC 24920472
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

Z313, Z314
A
A
FR80
314AR
A
DUMMY
FR76 CONNECTOR
7527VCA
7527VC
MANUAL
DRIVE
SHAFT
AIR INTAKE
FLAP ACTUATOR
4015KM
A
N_MM_491600_4_PAN0_01_01

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-
349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204 |
EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211 | POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

AIR INTAKE
FLAP ACTUATOR
4015KM
CATWALK
FR78 PANEL FR80
HOUSING
MANUAL
DRIVE
CONNECTOR
B NOSE
AIR INTAKE
FLAP (OPEN)
A A
FWD
MAX DEVIATION " B "
AIR INTAKE FLAP
AIR INTAKE FLAP IN

OPEN POSITION
N_MM_491600_4_PAN0_02_00

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-
349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204 |

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-16-00-010-062-A
A. Get Access
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the maintenance door 314AR.
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-23-000-001)
Subtask 49-16-00-865-071-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 217-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
4. Procedure
Subtask 49-16-00-040-052-A
(1) Release the fasteners and remove the catwalk panel from the service frame.
(c) Attach the electrical connector 7527VC-A to the air intake structure with a TIE WRAP.

(4) Make a dummy connector with a jumper lead to close the ''FLAP OPEN''and ''FLAP CLOSE'' control
circuit between the ECB 59KD and the air intake-flap actuator 4015KM.
NOTE: Refer to Ref. ESPM 20-44-11 , AIPC 24920467 and AIPC 24920472 for information about
electrical connector identifications.

(b) Hold the jumper lead in position on the connector with a BACKSHELL ABS0638A14.
5. Close-up
Subtask 49-16-00-410-063-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 49-16-00-865-072-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 217-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600

End of document

Bleed Load Control-Valve (GTCP 36-300)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
TASK 49-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the APU Bleed Load Control-Valve (GTCP 36-300)
Task Summary
MMEL 36-12-02A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 36-12-02A
APU Bleed Valve
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

315AL, 316AR
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

Bleed Load Valve-Visual Position Indicator SHEET 1

FR80
B
VISUAL POSITION INDICATOR
FR84
OPEN
CLOSED
OPEN
A
SHOWN IN THE CLOSED

POSITION
315AL
A
316AR
EN
OP
CL E
OS OP
D E
B
N_MM_495100_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 49-51-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bleed Load Valve-Visual Position Indicator

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233 | EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-51-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is off.
(3) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the APU.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 49-51-00-865-050-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

Subtask 49-51-00-010-050-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the APU access doors
315AL and 316AR.
(2) Open the APU access doors 315AL, 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-001) .
(3) Set the LIGHT control switch 11LJ to the ON position.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Bleed Load Valve-Visual Position Indicator SHEET 1)
Subtask 49-51-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the APU Bleed Load Control-Valve (8050KM)
(1) Make sure that the APU bleed load control-valve position-indicator on the valve body shows the
CLOSED position.
(2) Disconnect the control-valve solenoid-valve electrical plug and attach it to the aircraft structure with
Adhesive Film Tape-- Aluminium Foil - (Material No. 05RAB9).
(4) Make sure that you put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the APU bleed load
control-valve is isolated.
(5) Make the following entry in the aircraft technical log:
The APU bleed load control-valve is deactivated. The position indicator on the valve body shows the
CLOSED position. Ignore the ECAM display which shows OPEN position.
5. Close-up

Subtask 49-51-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) Set the LIGHT control SW 11LJ to the OFF position.
(3) Close the APU access doors 315AL, 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-001) .
Subtask 49-51-00-865-052-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

Subtask 49-51-00-860-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(2) Put the related hydraulic system in the pressurized configuration (Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-
001) .
End of document

49-51-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Bleed Control Valve (APS 3200)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
TASK 49-51-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Bleed Control Valve (APS 3200)
Task Summary
MMEL 36-12-02A YES NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 36-12-02A
APU Bleed Valve
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
315AL, 316AR
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
Bleed Control Valve-Visual Position Indicator SHEET 1


FR80
A
FR84
SHOWN IN THE SURGE OPEN
LOAD CLOSED POSITION
OPEN
B
CLOSED
316AR 315AL
B
EXAMPLE
A
VISUAL POSITION
INDICATOR
N_MM_495100_4_LAM0_01_00
Figure 49-51-00-991-00200-12-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bleed Control Valve-Visual Position Indicator

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-
233, 236-238, 240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415 | EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-51-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is off.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 49-51-00-865-053-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
Subtask 49-51-00-010-051-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the APU access doors
315AL and 316AR.
(3) Set the LIGHT control switch 11LJ to the ON position.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Bleed Control Valve-Visual Position Indicator SHEET 1)
Subtask 49-51-00-020-050-A
A. Deactivation
(1) Make sure that the Bleed Control Valve position-indicator on the valve body shows the SURGE
OPEN/LOAD CLOSED position.
(2) Disconnect the Bleed-Control Valve (BCV) electrical-connector (P33).
(3) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector of the BCV.
(4) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the (P33) harness electrical connector.

(5) Secure the plug (P33) with TIE WRAP to aircraft structure.
(6) Make sure that you put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the Bleed Control
Valve is deactivated and the APU cannot supply bleed air.
NOTE: When the APU bleed control-valve is deactivated:

- The position indicator on the valve body is in the SURGE OPEN/LOAD CLOSED position.
You can ignore the ECAM display which shows OPEN position.
- You can ignore the Class 1 Fault BCV LVDT during compensation (FC138). It will no longer
be shown after you disconnect and connect again the ECB.
5. Close-up
Subtask 49-51-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
(1) Set the LIGHT control switch 11LJ to the OFF position.
Subtask 49-51-00-865-054-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
Subtask 49-51-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

49-51-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the APU Load Control-Valve (131-9(A))
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
TASK 49-51-00-040-004-A
Deactivation of the APU Load Control-Valve (131-9(A))
Task Summary
MMEL 36-12-02A YES NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 36-12-02A
APU Bleed Valve
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
315AL, 316AR
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
Power
1(2)
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
Load Control-Valve Position-Indicator SHEET 1

FR80
Z315
Z316
FR84
316AR 315AL
B
VISUAL POSITION INDICATOR
SHOWN IN THE CLOSED
POSISTION
N_MM_495100_4_PAM0_01_00
Figure 49-51-00-991-00300-16-A / SHEET 1/1 - Load Control-Valve Position-Indicator

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-
349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204 |

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-51-00-860-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the APU MASTER SW p/bsw is OFF.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 49-51-00-865-056-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 217-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
Subtask 49-51-00-010-054-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the APU access doors
315AL and 316AR.
(3) Set the LIGHT control SW 11LJ to the ON position.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Load Control-Valve Position-Indicator SHEET 1)
Subtask 49-51-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the APU Load Control-Valve
(1) Make sure that the APU load control-valve position-indicator on the valve body shows the CLOSED
position.
(2) Disconnect the APU load control-valve electrical plug (P12) and attach it to the aircraft structure with
Adhesive Film Tape-- Aluminium Foil - (Material No. 05RAB9).
(4) Make sure that you put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the APU load
control-valve is deactivated.
(5) Make the following entry in the aircraft technical log:

The APU bleed load control-valve is deactivated. The position indicator on the valve body shows the
CLOSED position. Ignore the ECAM display which shows OPEN position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 49-51-00-410-056-A
A. Close Access
(2) Set the LIGHT control SW 11LJ to the OFF position.
Subtask 49-51-00-865-057-A
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 217-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
Subtask 49-51-00-860-058-A
(1) Put the related hydraulic system in the pressurized configuration (Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-
001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

49-70-00-040-001-A - APU LOW OIL LEVEL
Indication on ECAM inoperative (GTCP 36-300)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
TASK 49-70-00-040-001-A
APU LOW OIL LEVEL Indication on ECAM inoperative (GTCP 36-300)
Task Summary
MMEL 49-07-41A YES NO NO 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 49-07-41A
Low Oil Level Message on the APU SD page (FAA only)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233

315AL, 316AR
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233


Indication on ECAM inoperative (GTCP 36-300)
** ON A/C 201-201, 233-233
EMB SB 49-1058 for A/C 201-201, 233-233
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-70-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 49-70-00-010-050-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the APU access door
315AL and 316AR.
4. Procedure
Subtask 49-70-00-210-050-A
A. Maintenance Action
(1) Do a check of the APU oil level on the oil sight glass.
· Replenish, if necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-001) .
(2) Examine the APU oil consumption:
· If the oil consumption is more than 0.61 l (0.64 USquarts) per 10 APU operating-hours you have to
monitor continuously the oil-consumption.
(3) Visually inspect the APU and plumbing for oil leaks:
· Leaks are not permitted.
5. Close-up
Subtask 49-70-00-860-051-A
A. Close Access
(2) Set the LIGHT control switch 11LJ to the off position.
(3) Close the APU access doors 316AR, 315AL (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-001) .
(6) Put a temporary placard in the cockpit to tell persons that the APU LOW OIL LEVEL Indication on the
APU SD page is inoperative.
End of document

Indication on ECAM inoperative (APS 3200)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
TASK 49-70-00-040-002-A
APU LOW OIL LEVEL Indication on ECAM inoperative (APS 3200)
Task Summary
MMEL 49-07-41A YES NO NO 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 49-07-41A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
315AL, 316AR

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238,
240-250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-204, 215-217, 219-221, 227-228, 231-233, 236-238, 240-
250, 350-350, 386-395, 406-415
PRE SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1029 for A/C 201-201, 233-233

EMB SB 49-1081 for A/C 215-216
EMB SB 49-1099 for A/C 219-220
EMB SB 49-1105 for A/C 350-350
EMB SB 49-1111 for A/C 204-204
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-70-00-860-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 49-70-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access
315AL and 316AR.
4. Procedure

Subtask 49-70-00-210-051-A
5. Close-up
Subtask 49-70-00-860-053-A
A. Close Access
End of document

Indication on ECAM inoperative (131-9(A))
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
TASK 49-70-00-040-003-A
APU LOW OIL LEVEL Indication on ECAM inoperative (131-9(A))
Task Summary
MMEL 49-07-41A YES NO NO 00.7 00.7 1

MMEL 49-07-41A
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
315AL, 316AR
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405,
416-450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-214, 218-218, 222-226, 229-230, 234-235, 239-239, 301-349, 351-385, 396-405, 416-
450, 500-600
POST SB 49-1082 for A/C 217-217
EMB SB 49-1069 for A/C 204-204

EMB SB 49-1082 for A/C 201-201, 211-211
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 49-70-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 49-70-00-010-052-A
B. Get Access
315AL and 316AR.
4. Procedure
Subtask 49-70-00-210-052-A
5. Close-up

Subtask 49-70-00-860-055-A
A. Close Access
End of document

52-51-00-040-008-A - Deactivation of the Door
Locking System Selector on the Back Up Panel
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
TASK 52-51-00-040-008-A
Deactivation of the Door Locking System Selector on the Back Up Panel
Task Summary
MMEL 52-01-03-34A NO NO NO 00.2 00.2 1

MMEL 52-01-03-34A
OFF Function of the LKG SYS on the CKPT DOOR BK UP Overhead Panel

Power
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-860-088-A
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Make sure that access to the cockpit is available.
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

Subtask 52-51-00-865-075-A
** ON A/C 227-228
PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 227-228
122VU DOORS/PAX/MONG 1MQ T13

** ON A/C 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244

EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
122VU DOORS CKPT LOCK 1MQ T13
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

4. Procedure
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-040-059-A
A. Do the deactivation of the back-up control system
NOTE: For maintenance purposes only, the normal and back-up systems can be deactivated when you
do the related maintenance procedure.
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

Subtask 52-51-00-865-089-A
** ON A/C 227-228
PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 227-228
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

122VU CKPT/OVRD SYS/SPLY 4MQ S10
** ON A/C 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244

EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

5. Close-up
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-860-089-A
(1) Make an entry into the aircraft technical log that the Back Up Control System is deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

52-51-00-040-011-A - Check of the Pressure Rate Sensor
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-51-00-040-011-A
Check of the Pressure Rate Sensor
Task Summary
MMEL 52-01-01-03A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-01-01-03A
Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel

No specific 1 PUMP - VACUUM
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-860-097-A
(1) Make sure that the access to the cockpit is available.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-51-00-865-083-A

** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228

PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-216, 218-221, 223-226,
229-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-204, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-209, 211-211, 218-220, 229-235, 237-237,
244-244
EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 240-240, 243-243

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 205-205, 207-207, 210-210
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 240-240, 243-243

EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210
122VU COCKPIT DOOR LOCK SYSTEM 1MQ T13
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-780-051-A
A. Verification of the remaining Pressure Rate Sensor
(1) Do the test to make sure that the remaining pressure sensor in the control unit 24MQ operates
correctly.
(2) Simulate a rapid decompression of the cabin pressure with a PUMP - VACUUM.
NOTE: If LED CHAN 1 is on, examine RH pressure sensor hole. If LED CHAN 2 is on, examine LH
pressure sensor hole.
ACTION RESULT
1.On the CKPT DOOR CONT Panel 20VU: On the Cockpit Door:
· put the vacuum pump in the applicable pres- · you can hear a clacking noise from the solenoids
sure sensor hole and operate it. of the electrical release strikes.
· as soon as an equal pressure occurs the elec-
trical release strikes operate automatically to
lock the cockpit door.

ACTION RESULT
· remove the vacuum pump from the pressure
sensor.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-860-098-A
regulations).
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
End of document

52-51-00-040-012-A - Check of the Pressure
Rate Sensor of the Back Up Control Panel
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
TASK 52-51-00-040-012-A
Check of the Pressure Rate Sensor of the Back Up Control Panel
Task Summary
MMEL 52-01-02-03A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-01-02-03A
Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT BK UP Overhead Panel

No specific 1 PUMP - VACUUM
Power
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-860-099-A
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

Subtask 52-51-00-865-084-A
** ON A/C 227-228
PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 227-228

** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

** ON A/C 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244

EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

4. Procedure
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-780-052-A
A. Verification of the remaining Pressure Rate Sensor
(1) Do the test to make sure that the remaining pressure sensor in the back up control unit 28MQ
operates correctly.
(2) Simulate a rapid decompression of the cabin pressure with a PUMP - VACUUM.
(3) Set the guarded toggle switch 21MQ on the back up control panel 271VU to the "BKUP" position.
NOTE: If LED CHAN 1 is on, examine RH pressure sensor hole. If LED CHAN 2 is on, examine LH
pressure sensor hole.
ACTION RESULT
1.On the Back Up Control Unit 295VU: On the Cockpit Door:
· put the vacuum pump in the applicable pres- · you can hear a clacking noise from the solenoids
sure sensor hole and operate it. of the electrical release strikes.
· as soon as an equal pressure occurs the elec-
trical release strikes operate automatically to
lock the cockpit door.
(4) Remove the vacuum pump from the pressure sensor.
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

5. Close-up
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-860-100-A


regulations).
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

52-00-00-040-001-A - Check Pressure of Emergency Cylinder/Accumulator of
the Passenger/Crew Doors after Programming and Test Panel (PTP) Inoperative
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
TASK 52-00-00-040-001-A
Check Pressure of Emergency Cylinder/Accumulator of the Passenger/Crew Doors after Programming and Test
Panel (PTP) Inoperative

MMEL 52-10-06A
DOOR PRESS LOW Message on the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) STATUS Page (If Installed)


830 L PASSENGER/CREW DOORS & EMERGENCY EXITS
840 R PASSENGER/CREW DOORS & EMERGENCY EXITS
831, 832, 841, 842
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 231-232, 237-237, 244-250

(Ref. 52-10-00-614-001-A). Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 219-220, 233-234, 240-240, 243-243
Check of the Pressure of the Door Damper SHEET 1
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 231-232, 237-237, 244-250


B
Z842 A
A Z832
Z841
B
Z831
A
1
2
D
EXAMPLE
C
D
C C
EXAMPLE
TEMP PRESSURE
(°C) (PSI ±5%) 2
+50 1950
+40 1880
+30 1810
D
+20 1740
+10 1660
0 1610
-10 1540
-20 1465
-30 1395
-40 1325
N_MM_520000_4_DAR0_01_01
Figure 52-00-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Check of the Pressure of the Door Damper
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 204-210, 212-
222, 226-230, 233-235, 238-240, 243-243, 301-400, 500-600

A
Z842
A
EXAMPLE
A Z832
Z841
A
Z831 B
A
B
C C
"GO AREA"
"G" = GREEN
"Y" = YELLOW "Y" "G"
1
RED 1740 RED
0 3000
N_MM_520000_4_DAS0_01_02
Figure 52-00-00-991-00200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Check of the Pressure of the Door Damper
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 223-225, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-00-00-010-056-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position:
(a) For the left passenger/crew door at zone 831 or 832.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door, at zone 841 or 842.
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832 or 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
001) .
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 201-201, 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 219-220, 233-234, 240-240, 243-243
(Ref. Fig. Check of the Pressure of the Door Damper SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 231-232, 237-237, 244-250

** ON A/C 201-201, 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 219-220, 233-234, 240-240, 243-243
Subtask 52-00-00-210-054-A
A. Inspection of the Pressure Indication of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(1) To get a correct pressure value, let the air bottle become stable at the ambient temperature before
you do the inspection.
(2) Do a check of the pointer in the pressure gauge (1) on the cylinder door bottle.
(3) Read the pressure value shown on the pressure gauge (1).
(a) Compare this value with the value on the placard (2) for the ambient temperature.
(4) If the pressure is not correct, do not operate the door and refer to the MMEL document for dispatch
conditions.
(a) Make an entry in the logbook.
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 231-232, 237-237, 244-250

Subtask 52-00-00-210-054-B
(1) To get the correct pressure, let the cylinder become stable at ambient temperature before you do the
inspection.
(2) Do a check of the pointer of the pressure gauge (1) :
(a) If the pointer of the pressure gauge (1) is in the green area (GO), you can use the door in
emergency condition without limit.
(b) If the pointer of the pressure gauge (1) is in the yellow area (GO IF), you can use the door in
emergency condition until the next night stop.
1 At the next night stop, fill the cylinder until the pointer of the pressure gauge (1) is in the
green area again (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-614-001) .
(3) If the pointer in the pressure gauge (1) is in the red area (NO GO):
(a) You cannot open the door in emergency condition. Refer to the MMEL for dispatch conditions.

** ON A/C 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-00-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-
001) .
End of document

52-00-00-040-003-A - Check of the Pressure of the Emergency Cylinder/Accumulator
of the Passenger/Crew Doors after the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) Stops
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 52-00-00-040-003-A
Check of the Pressure of the Emergency Cylinder/Accumulator of the Passenger/Crew Doors after the Flight
Attendant Panel (FAP) Stops
Task Summary
MMEL 52-10-06A YES YES NO

MMEL 52-10-06A
CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) (If Installed)


831, 832, 841, 842
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 223-225, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 204-210, 212-222, 226-230, 233-235, 238-240, 243-243,
301-400, 500-600
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 223-225, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250


B
Z842 A
A Z832
Z841
B
Z831
A
1
2
D
EXAMPLE
C
D
C C
EXAMPLE
TEMP PRESSURE
(°C) (PSI ±5%) 2
+50 1950
+40 1880
+30 1810
D
+20 1740
+10 1660
0 1610
-10 1540
-20 1465
-30 1395
-40 1325
N_MM_520000_4_DAR0_01_01
Figure 52-00-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Check of the Pressure of the Door Damper
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 204-210, 212-
222, 226-230, 233-235, 238-240, 243-243, 301-400, 500-600

A
Z842
A
EXAMPLE
A Z832
Z841
A
Z831 B
A
B
C C
"GO AREA"
"G" = GREEN
"Y" = YELLOW "Y" "G"
1
RED 1740 RED
0 3000
N_MM_520000_4_DAS0_01_02
Figure 52-00-00-991-00200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Check of the Pressure of the Door Damper
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 223-225, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-00-00-010-053-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position:
(a) For the left passenger/crew door, at zone 831 or 832.
(b) For the right passenger/crew door, at zone 841 or 842.
(2) Open passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832 or 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
001) .
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 204-210, 212-222, 226-230, 233-235, 238-240, 243-243, 301-
400, 500-600
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 223-225, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 204-210, 212-222, 226-230, 233-235, 238-240, 243-243, 301-
400, 500-600
Subtask 52-00-00-210-056-A
(1) To get a correct pressure value, let the air bottle become stable at ambient temperature before you do
the inspection.
(2) Do a check of the pointer of the pressure gauge (1) on the cylinder door bottle.
(3) Read the pressure value shown on the pressure gauge (1).
(a) Compare this value with the value on the placard (2) related to the ambient temperature.
(4) If the pressure is not correct, do not operate the door and refer to the MMEL document for the
dispatch conditions.
** ON A/C 203-203, 211-211, 223-225, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250

Subtask 52-00-00-210-056-C
(1) To get the correct pressure value, let the cylinder become stable at ambient temperature before you
do the inspection.
(2) Do a check of the pointer of the pressure gauge (1):
emergency condition until the end of the next night.
1 At the end of the next night, fill the cylinder until the pointer of the pressure gauge (1) is in
the green area again (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-614-001) .
(3) If the pointer of the pressure gauge (1) is in the red area (NO GO):

(a) You cannot open the door in emergency condition (refer to the MMEL for dispatch conditions).
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

5. Close-up
Subtask 52-00-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close applicable passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832 or 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
End of document

52-00-00-040-003-B - Check of the Pressure of the Emergency Cylinder/
Accumulator of the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exits
** ON A/C 401-450
TASK 52-00-00-040-003-B
Check of the Pressure of the Emergency Cylinder/Accumulator of the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exits
Task Summary
MMEL 52-10-06A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-10-06A
CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) (If Installed)


831, 832, 835, 841, 842, 845
(Ref. 52-22-00-010-001-A). Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Passenger Compart-
ment
(Ref. 52-22-00-410-001-A). Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Passenger Compart-
ment
(Ref. 52-22-00-860-003-A). Special Precaution before Maintenance on the Door Damper and
Emergency Operation Cylinder
(Ref. 52-22-00-860-004-A). Special Precaution after Maintenance on the Door Damper and Emer-
gency Operation Cylinder
Emergency Cylinder/Accumulator SHEET 1

Z842
Z845 A
Z832 A
A A
Z835 B
Z841
A
Z831
A 01
"GO AREA"
"G" = GREEN "Y" "G"

"Y" = YELLOW
B
RE
RED
1783
D
0 3000
C
NOTE:
01 LH SHOWN, RH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_520000_4_DAM1_01_00
Figure 52-00-00-991-00200-00-E / SHEET 1/1 - Emergency Cylinder/Accumulator

** ON A/C 401-450

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-00-00-010-055-B
A. Get Access
(1) For the passenger/crew door:
(a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position:
1 For the left passenger/crew door, at zone 831 or 832.
2 For the right passenger/crew door, at zone 841 or 842.
(b) Open passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832 or 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
(c) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-860-
001) .
(2) For the emergency exit:
(a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 835 or 845.
(b) Open emergency exit 835 or 845 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-010-001) .
(c) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the emergency exit door
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-860-003) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Emergency Cylinder/Accumulator SHEET 1)
Subtask 52-00-00-210-057-A
A. Check of the Pressure Indication of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder when the Flight
Attendant Panel (FAP) does not operate
(1) To get the correct pressure, let the cylinder become stable at ambient temperature before you do the
inspection.
(2) Do a check of the pointer of the pressure gauge (1):
emergency condition until the next night stop.
1 At the next night stop, fill the cylinder until the pointer of the pressure gauge (1) is in the
green area again (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-614-001) .
(3) If the pointer of the pressure gauge (1) is in the red area (NO GO):
(a) You cannot open the door in emergency condition. Refer to the MMEL for dispatch conditions.
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-00-00-410-055-B
A. Close Access
items.
(2) For the passenger/crew door:
(a) Obey the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-860-002) .
(b) Close applicable passenger/crew door 831, 841, 832 or 842 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-
001) .

(3) For the emergency exit:

(a) Obey the special precautions after work on the emergency exit door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-
860-004) .
(b) Close applicable emergency exit 835 or 845 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-410-001) .
End of document

52-10-00-040-803-A - Deactivation of the Cabin Doors
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 52-10-00-040-803-A
Deactivation of the Cabin Doors
WARNING: BEFORE YOU START WORK, YOU MUST PUT ON A SAFETY HARNESS AND ATTACH IT TO
THE ACCESS PLATFORM. WITHOUT A SAFETY HARNESS, YOU CAN FALL. THIS CAN KILL
YOU OR CAUSE YOU INJURY.
Task Summary

MMEL 52-10-01A
Cabin Door


831, 832, 841, 842
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-118-A
A. Get Access
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 831 (841) or 832 (842).
(3) Open applicable passenger/crew door 831 ( 841) or 832 ( 842) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-
001) .

52-10-00-040-803-A - Deactivation of the Cabin Doors
(4) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the passenger/crew door
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-860-001) .
Subtask 52-10-00-865-130-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 52-10-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Cabin Doors
(1) Close the passenger/crew door from the inner side (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
(2) Put a temporary "DO NOT USE" PLACARD at the deactivated door to tell persons not to use it.
(3) Put a temporary "DO NOT USE" PLACARD on each of the affected seats to tell persons not to use
them.
(4) Put a cover on each EXIT indication related to the deactivated exit.
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-10-00-865-131-A

Subtask 52-10-00-410-126-A
B. Close Access
(2) Obey the special precautions after the work on the passenger/crew door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-
860-002) .
(3) Close applicable passenger/crew door 831 ( 832) or 841 ( 842) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-
001) .
End of document

52-10-00-040-803-D - Deactivation of the Cabin Doors
** ON A/C 401-450
TASK 52-10-00-040-803-D
Deactivation of the Cabin Doors
WARNING: BEFORE YOU START WORK, YOU MUST PUT ON A SAFETY HARNESS AND ATTACH IT TO
THE ACCESS PLATFORM. WITHOUT A SAFETY HARNESS, YOU CAN FALL. THIS CAN KILL
YOU OR CAUSE YOU INJURY.
Task Summary

MMEL 52-10-01A
Cabin Door


831, 832, 833, 834, 841, 842, 843,
844
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-10-00-010-136-B
A. Get Access
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 831 (841) or 832 (842)
or 833 (843) or 834 (844).
(3) Open applicable cabin door 831 ( 841) or 832 ( 842) or 833 ( 843) or 834 ( 844) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-
10-00-010-001) .

52-10-00-040-803-D - Deactivation of the Cabin Doors
(4) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the cabin door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-
860-001) .
Subtask 52-10-00-865-126-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 52-10-00-040-056-A
A. Deactivation of the Cabin Doors
(1) Close the passenger/crew door from the inner side (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
(2) Put a temporary "DO NOT USE" PLACARD at the deactivated door to tell persons not to use it.
(3) Put a temporary "DO NOT USE" PLACARD on each of the affected seats to tell persons not to use
them.
(4) Put a cover on each EXIT indication related to the deactivated exit.
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-10-00-865-127-A

Subtask 52-10-00-410-147-B
B. Close Access
(2) Obey the special precautions after work on the cabin door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-860-002) .
(3) Close applicable cabin door 831 ( 832) or 841 ( 842) or 833 ( 843) or 834 ( 844)
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
End of document

52-21-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the Family Aircraft with One
Pair of Cabin Overwing Exits and Aft Cabin Doors not Deactivated
** ON A/C 236-236, 241-241
TASK 52-21-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the Family Aircraft with One Pair of Cabin Overwing Exits and Aft Cabin Doors not Deactivated
Task Summary
MMEL 52-10-02A NO YES NO 00.1 00.1 1

MMEL 52-10-02A
Cabin Overwing Exit

No specific AR COVER - BLANKING

833 EMERGENCY EXITS
834 EMERGENCY EXITS
843 EMERGENCY EXITS
844 EMERGENCY EXITS
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-21-00-040-050-B
A. Deactivation of the Cabin Overwing Exit
(1) Put a temporary "DO NOT USE" PLACARD at each deactivated door to tell persons not to use them.
(2) Put a temporary "DO NOT USE" PLACARD on each of the remaining seats to tell persons not to use
them.
(3) For the deactivated exit, put a COVER - BLANKING on the applicable arrow of the related EXIT
marking sign and on the related wall-mounted EXIT marking sign.
(a) Put a COVER - BLANKING on the applicable arrow of the EXIT location sign in the ceiling.
4. Close-up
Subtask 52-21-00-410-065-B
A. Close Access
End of document

52-21-00-040-802-B - Deactivation of the Family
Aircraft with One Pair of Cabin Overwing Exits
** ON A/C 409-415
TASK 52-21-00-040-802-B
Deactivation of the Family Aircraft with One Pair of Cabin Overwing Exits
Task Summary
MMEL 52-10-02A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-10-02A
Cabin Overwing Exit


833 EMERGENCY EXITS
834 EMERGENCY EXITS
843 EMERGENCY EXITS
844 EMERGENCY EXITS
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-21-00-040-053-A
them.
(3) For the deactivated exit, put a COVER - BLANKING on the applicable arrow of the related EXIT sign
and on the related wall-mounted EXIT sign.
(a) Put a COVER - BLANKING on the applicable arrow of the EXIT sign on the ceiling.
4. Close-up
Subtask 52-21-00-410-072-A
A. Close Access
End of document

52-21-00-040-803-A - Deactivation of the Family Aircraft with Two
Pairs of Cabin Overwing Exits and Aft Cabin Doors not Deactivated
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-400, 500-600
TASK 52-21-00-040-803-A
Deactivation of the Family Aircraft with Two Pairs of Cabin Overwing Exits and Aft Cabin Doors not Deactivated
Task Summary
MMEL 52-10-02A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-10-02A
Cabin Overwing Exit


833 EMERGENCY EXITS
834 EMERGENCY EXITS
843 EMERGENCY EXITS
844 EMERGENCY EXITS
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-21-00-040-051-A
them.
(3) For the deactivated exit(s), put a COVER - BLANKING on the applicable arrow of the related EXIT
marking sign and on the related wall-mounted EXIT marking sign.
(4) If both cabin overwing exits are deactivated on one side:
(a) Fully cover the related EXIT marking sign with a COVER - BLANKING.
(b) Put a COVER - BLANKING on the related wall-mounted EXIT marking signs.
(c) Put a COVER - BLANKING on the applicable arrow of the EXIT location sign in the ceiling.
4. Close-up
Subtask 52-21-00-410-068-A
A. Close Access

52-21-00-040-803-A - Deactivation of the Family Aircraft with Two
Pairs of Cabin Overwing Exits and Aft Cabin Doors not Deactivated
End of document

Aircraft with Two Pairs of Cabin Overwing Exits
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450
TASK 52-21-00-040-803-B
Deactivation of the Family Aircraft with Two Pairs of Cabin Overwing Exits
Task Summary
MMEL 52-10-02A NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-10-02A
Cabin Overwing Exit


833 EMERGENCY EXITS
834 EMERGENCY EXITS
843 EMERGENCY EXITS
844 EMERGENCY EXITS
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-21-00-040-054-A
them.
(3) For the deactivated exit(s), put a COVER - BLANKING on the applicable arrow of the related EXIT
sign and on the related wall-mounted EXIT sign.
(4) If the two cabin overwing exits are deactivated on one side:
(a) Put a COVER - BLANKING on the related EXIT sign.
(b) Put a COVER - BLANKING on each related wall-mounted EXIT sign.
(c) Put a COVER - BLANKING on the applicable arrow of the EXIT sign on the ceiling.
4. Close-up
Subtask 52-21-00-410-074-A
A. Close Access

Aircraft with Two Pairs of Cabin Overwing Exits
End of document

52-22-71-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Flight Lock Actuator (FLA)
** ON A/C 401-450
TASK 52-22-71-040-801-A
Deactivation of the Flight Lock Actuator (FLA)
Task Summary
MMEL 52-10-09C YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 52-10-09C
Flight Lock Actuator


833, 843
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

834, 844
** ON A/C 401-450
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-23-47-000-803-A). Removal of the Door Lining of the Overwing Emergency Exit
(Ref. 25-23-47-400-803-A). Installation of the Door Lining of the Overwing Emergency Exit
(Ref. 52-22-00-410-802-A). Closing of the Overwing Emergency-Exit Door from the Passenger
Compartment
(Ref. 52-22-71-000-801-A). Removal of the Flight Lock Actuator (FLA)
3. Job Set-up

** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

Subtask 52-22-71-860-069-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Make sure that applicable overwing emergency exit 833 ( 843) or 834 ( 844) is closed, latched and
locked (Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-410-802) .
** ON A/C 409-415
Subtask 52-22-71-860-069-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Make sure that applicable overwing emergency exit 833 ( 843) is closed, latched and locked
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-410-802) .
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-22-71-865-071-A

122VU FLIGHT LOCK OWD 40WN U16
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

Subtask 52-22-71-010-058-A
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the lining of applicable overwing emergency exit 833 ( 843) or 834 ( 844)
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-000-803) .
** ON A/C 409-415
Subtask 52-22-71-010-058-C
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the lining of applicable overwing emergency exit 833 ( 843) (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-000-
803) .
** ON A/C 401-450
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-71-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the FLA
(1) Remove the FLA (Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-71-000-801) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-22-71-865-072-A


122VU FLIGHT LOCK OWD 40WN U16
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

Subtask 52-22-71-410-058-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install the lining of applicable overwing emergency exit 833 ( 843) or 834 ( 844) (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
23-47-400-803) .
** ON A/C 409-415
Subtask 52-22-71-410-058-C
B. Close Access
(2) Install the lining of applicable overwing emergency exit 833 ( 843) (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-400-
803) .
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-22-71-860-070-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
items.
End of document

52-30-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of Cargo Doors
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-30-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of Cargo Doors
Task Summary
MMEL 52-30-01B NO NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 52-30-01B
Cargo Door (FWD, AFT and BULK (If Installed))

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-30-00-010-061-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access panels of the FWD
and/or Aft cargo-compartment doors.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-311, 315-315, 320-320, 324-325, 350-350
Subtask 52-30-00-210-050-C
A. Visual Check of the inoperative FWD and/or Aft Cargo-Compartment Doors
(1) Push the handle flap in to release the door handle.
(2) Pull the door handle up from the door structure in the UNLOCKED direction until the door handle is 65
degrees moved.
NOTE: Do not unlock the cargo door at this time.
(3) Make sure that you can see the red marks of each safety cam in the indication windows of the access
panels.
(4) Push the door handle down into the LOCKED position again.
(5) Do a visual check of the external cargo door to make sure that:
· The cargo door is aligned with the fuselage
· The vent door is fully closed
· The green marks of each safety cam are in view in the indication windows of the access panels at
the lower cargo-door edge
· The door handle is aligned with the cargo door contour.
** ON A/C 312-314, 316-319, 321-323, 326-349, 351-450, 500-600

Subtask 52-30-00-210-050-D

52-30-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of Cargo Doors
A. Visual Check of the inoperative FWD and/or Aft Cargo-Compartment Doors

(1) Release the door handle from the catch of the door structure as follows:
(a) Push and hold the push-button.
(b) Push the handle flap.
(2) Pull the door handle away and up from the door structure in the UNLOCKED direction until the door
handle is moved 65 degrees.
NOTE: You must not unlock the cargo door at this time.
(3) Make sure that you can see the red marks of each safety cam in the indication windows of the access
panels.
(5) Do a visual check of the external cargo door and make sure that:
· The cargo door is aligned with the fuselage
· The vent door is fully closed
the lower cargo-door edge
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-222, 226-250, 301-450, 500-600

Subtask 52-30-00-210-051-A
B. Visual Check of the inoperative Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
(1) Push the button of the external door handle to release it from the recess.
(2) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position and push the bulk cargo door in.
(3) Pull the door down into the door opening and move the external door handle to the LOCKED position.
(4) Push the external door handle into its recess.
(5) Do a visual check of the surface of the external bulk cargo-door to make sure that:
· The door handle aligns with the bulk cargo-door contour
· The bulk cargo door is aligned with the fuselage.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-30-00-860-057-A
A. Make an entry in the aircraft log that one or the two cargo door(s) is (are) inoperative but correctly closed
and locked.
End of document

52-31-00-040-003-A - Deactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-31-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
CAUTION: IMMEDIATELY AFTER YOU OPEN THE CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR, RECORD ON THE
WORK CARD ON THE DOOR, THE DATE AND TIME WHEN YOU OPENED IT. IF THE CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR STAYS OPEN FOR 12 HOURS OR MORE, YOU MUST BLEED THE
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM RELATED TO IT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, THE
DOOR CAN CLOSE SUDDENLY WHEN YOU SET THE DOOR TO "CLOSE". THIS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE DOOR AND TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
Task Summary
MMEL 52-30-04A YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 52-30-04A
Cargo Door Locking Hooks and Spools (Rollers) (FAA only)


825AR
tric Pump
tric Pump
Locking Hooks and Spools

A
A
C
Z825
FR24A
FR28 B
B
EXAMPLE
12
10
13 11
11
10
12
3
2
5
1
N_MM_523100_4_AAMA_01_01
Figure 52-31-00-991-00700-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Locking Hooks and Spools

** ON A/C ALL

C
LOCKING UNIT
EXAMPLE
LATCHING
SHAFT
LOCKING
SHAFT
LOCKING HOOK
D 15
16
18 17
19 21
22
20
23
25 24
26
N_MM_523100_4_AAMA_02_01

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-31-00-010-053-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo door) and safety it with the actuator
safety locks (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) .
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the opened cargo door.
(3) Remove the access panel 825AR from the cargo door.
Subtask 52-31-00-860-061-A
(1) Deactivate the interlock mechanism of the opened cargo door as follows:
NOTE: This procedure is only necessary, if one of the locking hooks is damaged or inoperative.
(a) Press the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboard to release the blockage of the locking
shaft.
(b) Turn the locking handle up to the locked position and push it into the recess of the handle flap.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-31-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
(Ref. Fig. Locking Hooks and Spools)
(1) Deactivate the damaged or inoperative spool as follows:
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) from the nut (2).
(b) Remove the nut (2) and the washer (3) from the eccentric bolt (9).
(c) Remove the nuts (10) and the washers (11) from the special bolts (12) of the door frame fitting
(13).
(d) Remove the serrated plate (4) from the adjusting bush (5).
(e) Hold the spool (7) and remove the eccentric bolt (9) together with the serrated plate (8) from the
door frame fitting (13).
(f) Disengage the serrated plate (8) from the eccentric bolt (9).
(g) Remove the eccentric bush (6) from the spool (7).
(h) Remove the adjusting bush (5) from the door frame fitting (13).
(2) Deactivate the damaged or inoperative locking hook as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (16), the washers (17) and (19) and the bolt (20) from the lower fork end of the
linkage (18).
(c) Move the linkage (18) to disconnect it from the locking hook (24).
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (21) from the nut (22).
(e) Remove the nut (22) and the washer (23) from the locking hook bolt (26).
(f) Hold the locking hook (24) and remove the washer (25) and the locking hook bolt (26) from the
cargo door frame.
(g) Remove the locking hook (24) from the cargo door frame.

Subtask 52-31-00-210-050-A
B. Visual Inspection
(1) Examine the remaining locking hooks as follows:
(a) Make sure that the other locking hooks are not damaged.
(b) Make sure that you cannot turn the other locking hook bolts manually.
(2) Examine the remaining spools as follows:
(a) Make sure that the other spools are not damaged.
(b) Make sure that the other eccentric bolts and the eccentric bushes are in the correct condition.
(c) Make sure that the other lock fittings are not damaged.
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-31-00-860-059-A
(1) Close and lock the cargo door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) .
(2) Examine the vent door to make sure that it is closed and aligns with the cargo door skin.
(3) Make sure that the indications of the ECAM system in the cockpit shows that the cargo door is correct
closed and locked.
(4) Put a placard in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that one of the spools and/or locking hooks is
deactivated.
(5) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that one of the spools and/or one of the locking hooks is
deactivated.
Subtask 52-31-00-410-053-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel 825AR on the cargo door.
(3) Make sure that you can see the green mark of each safety cam through the indication windows of the
door access panel 825AR.
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-32-00-040-003-A
Deactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
Task Summary
MMEL 52-30-04A YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 52-30-04A
Cargo Door Locking Hooks and Spools (Rollers) (FAA only)


826AR
tric Pump
tric Pump
Locking Hooks and Spools

A A
C
Z826
FR52A
FR56 B
B
12
EXAMPLE
10
13 11
11
10
12
3
2
5
1
N_MM_523200_4_AAMA_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

C
LOCKING UNIT
EXAMPLE LOCKING
SHAFT
SAFTEY
SHAFT
LOCKING HOOK
D 15
16
18 17
19 21
22
20
23
25 24
26
N_MM_523200_4_AAMA_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-32-00-010-055-A
A. Get Access
CAUTION: IMMEDIATELY AFTER YOU OPEN THE CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR, RECORD
ON THE WORK CARD ON THE DOOR, THE DATE AND TIME WHEN YOU OPENED
IT. IF THE CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR STAYS OPEN FOR 12 HOURS OR MORE,
YOU MUST BLEED THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM RELATED TO IT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY
THESE PRECAUTIONS, THE DOOR CAN CLOSE SUDDENLY WHEN YOU SET THE
DOOR TO "CLOSE". THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DOOR AND TO THE AIR-
CRAFT STRUCTURE.
(1) Open the AFT cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo door) and safety it with the actuator
safety locks (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) .
(3) Remove the access panel 826AR from the cargo door.
Subtask 52-32-00-860-059-A
(1) Deactivate the interlock mechanism of the opened cargo door as follows:
NOTE: This procedure is only necessary, if one of the locking hooks is damaged or inoperative.
(a) Press the roller lever of the interlock mechanism outboard to release the blockage of the locking
shaft.
(b) Turn the locking handle up to the locked position and push it into the recess of the handle flap.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-32-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Locking Hooks and Spools
(Ref. Fig. Locking Hooks and Spools)
(1) Deactivate the damaged or inoperative spool as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (2) and the washer (3) from the eccentric bolt (9).
(c) Remove the nuts (10) and the washers (11) from the special bolts (12) of the door frame fitting
(13).
(d) Remove the serrated plate (4) from the adjusting bush (5).
(e) Hold the spool (7) and remove the eccentric bolt (9) together with the serrated plate (8) from the
door frame fitting (13).
(f) Disengage the serrated plate (8) from the eccentric bolt (9).
(g) Remove the eccentric bush (6) from the spool (7).
(h) Remove the adjusting bush (5) from the door frame fitting (13).
(2) Deactivate the damaged or inoperative locking hook as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (16), the washers (17) and (19) and the bolt (20) from the lower fork end of the
linkage (18).

(c) Move the linkage (18) to disconnect it from the locking hook (24).
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (21) from the nut (22).
(e) Remove the nut (22) and the washer (23) from the locking hook bolt (26).
(f) Hold the locking hook (24) and remove the washer (25) and the locking hook bolt (26) from the
cargo door frame.
(g) Remove the locking hook (24) from the cargo door frame.
Subtask 52-32-00-210-050-A
B. Visual Inspection
(1) Examine the remaining locking hooks as follows:
(a) Make sure that the other locking hooks are not damaged.
(b) Make sure that you cannot turn the other locking hook bolts manually.
(2) Examine the remaining spools as follows:
(a) Make sure that the other spools are not damaged.
(b) Make sure that the other eccentric bolts and the eccentric bushes are in the correct condition.
(c) Make sure that the other lock fittings are not damaged.
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-32-00-860-060-A
(1) Close and lock the cargo door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) .
(2) Examine the vent door to make sure that it is closed and aligns with the cargo door skin.
(3) Make sure that the indications of the ECAM system in the cockpit shows that the cargo door is
correctly closed and locked.
(4) Put a placard in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that one of the spools and/or locking hooks is
deactivated.
(5) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that one of the spools and/or one of the locking hooks is
deactivated.
Subtask 52-32-00-410-053-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel 826AR on the cargo door.
(3) Make sure that you can see the green mark of each safety cam through the indication windows of the
door access panel 826AR.
End of document

52-33-00-040-001-A - Operation of Bulk Cargo
Compartment Door with an inoperative Balance Mechanism
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-222, 226-250, 301-450, 500-600
TASK 52-33-00-040-001-A
Operation of Bulk Cargo Compartment Door with an inoperative Balance Mechanism
Task Summary
MMEL 52-33-01A NO NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 52-33-01A
Cargo Door Balance Mechanism

No specific 1 ROPE DIA 50 MM (2 IN)
No specific 1 STRAP - LIFTING

827 BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-33-00-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the bulk cargo
compartment door (referred to as the bulk door.
(2) Attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) to the bulk door to tell persons that the door balance mechanism is
inoperative.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-33-00-869-050-A
A. Operation of Bulk Cargo Compartment Door with an Inoperative Balance Mechanism
(1) Open the bulk cargo compartment door (referred to as bulk cargo door) as follows:

52-33-00-040-001-A - Operation of Bulk Cargo
Compartment Door with an inoperative Balance Mechanism
(a) If you must open the bulk cargo door from the outer side, push the button of the external door
handle.
NOTE: This causes the external door handle to release from its recess.
(b) Move the internal or external door handle to the OPEN position.
(c) Push the bulk cargo door inboard and put the door handle in the LOCKED position.
(d) If you used the external door handle, push it into its recess again.
(e) Move the bulk cargo door manually inboard until the hook engages with the hook arrester of the
fuselage crossbeam.
(f) Safety the bulk cargo door with a ROPE DIA 50 MM (2 IN) or a STRAP - LIFTING to the hook
arrester of the fuselage.
NOTE: This makes sure that the bulk cargo door does not fall when you release the hook during
the closing procedure.
(2) Close the bulk cargo door as follows:

(a) Push the button of the external door handle to release it from its recess.
(b) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position and hold the bulk cargo door so that it does
not fall.
(c) If you close the bulk cargo door from the inner side, continue as follows:
1 Move the bulk cargo door slowly down until the hook is free from the hook arrester.
2 Move the external door handle to the LOCKED position and push it into its recess.
3 Make sure that the internal door handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
(d) Move the bulk cargo door down into the door opening and put the applicable door handle in the
LOCKED position.
(e) If you close the bulk cargo door from the outer side, push the external door handle into its recess.
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-33-00-860-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Make an entry in the aircraft logbook.
End of document

52-36-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Cargo Door Actuator(s)
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-36-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Cargo Door Actuator(s)
FIN : 2502MJ , 2503MJ , 2505MJ , 2506MJ
Task Summary
MMEL 52-30-02B NO NO YES 01.0 01.0 1
MMEL 52-30-02C NO NO YES 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 52-30-02B
Cargo Door Actuator
MMEL 52-30-02C
Cargo Door Actuator

No specific AR PLUG - BLANKING
No specific AR PLUG - BLANKING, PRESSURE
(98A52008509000) 1 SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS
Power

1(2)
nector
Unit (APU)
tric Pump
(Ref. 52-30-00-860-005-A). Open the FWD or Aft Cargo-Compartment Door with the Crane
(Ref. 52-30-00-860-009-A). Close the FWD or Aft Cargo-Compartment Door with the Crane
Cargo Door Actuator SHEET 1
Closing of the Cargo Door with the Crane SHEET 1

3
A 2
4
A 5
6
FR24A
FR52A
FR55A
FR28
FR56
FR59
A 7 10
8
11
19
18
22 17 11
20
21
16
14
15
12
14
13
N_MM_523600_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 52-36-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Cargo Door Actuator

** ON A/C ALL

A
A
31
35
34 32
33 33
N_MM_523600_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 52-36-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Closing of the Cargo Door with the Crane
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-36-00-010-052-A
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the FWD or Aft cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door) is fully opened
and safetied with the support struts (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-005) .
(2) Open the access panel 134AR or 154AR to get access to the service panel of the applicable cargo
door.
Subtask 52-36-00-865-054-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-36-00-860-055-A
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit on overhead panel 40VU to prevent the operation of the
Yellow hydraulic system.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the ground service panel to prevent the operation of the Yellow
hydraulic system.
(5) Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the hydraulic connections of the door actuator(s) to
collect the hydraulic fluid.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-36-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Door Actuator(s)
(Ref. Fig. Cargo Door Actuator SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Closing of the Cargo Door with the Crane SHEET 1)
UNION TOO MUCH.
(1) Remove the flexible hoses from the defective door actuator as follows:
(a) Loosen the union and remove the flexible hose (22) from port A of the door actuator (11).

(b) Loosen the union and remove the flexible hose (21) from port B of the door actuator (11).
(c) Install the PLUG - BLANKING on the open ends of the door actuator ports.
(d) Install the PLUG - BLANKING, PRESSURE on the open ends of the flexible hoses.
(2) If necessary, remove the damaged door actuator as follows:
(a) Remove the electrical connector (20) from the receptacle of the proximity switch.
(c) Remove the screw (7), the washer (8), the nut (10) and disconnect the bonding jumper (9) from
the bonding angle of the piston eye-end (6).
(d) Remove the screw (17) and the washer (18) and disconnect the bonding jumper (19) from the
door actuator (11).
(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (5) from the nut (4).
(f) Remove the nut (4) and the washer (2) from the bolt (1).
(g) Support the door actuator (16) and remove the bolt (1) with the washer (2) from the actuator
attachment fitting (3).
(h) Remove the piston eye-end (6) from the actuator attachment fitting (3).
(i) Remove and discard the cotter pin (12) from the nut (13).
(j) Remove the nut (13) and the washer (14) from the bolt (16).
(k) Support the door actuator (11) and remove the bolt (16) and the washer (14) from the actuator
beam (15).
(l) Remove the door actuator (11) from the actuator beam (15).
Subtask 52-36-00-865-055-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-36-00-860-054-A
(2) Set the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitor (ECAM) system to ON (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-
860-001) .
(3) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from the ground service panel and the cockpit.
Subtask 52-36-00-790-050-A

D. Leak Check of the Door Hydraulic System (if one door actuator is deactivated)
(1) Turn the selector of the service panel to the OPEN position and hold it for three seconds to bleed the
door actuator.
(2) Remove the support struts from the cargo door structure and the door frame of the fuselage.
(3) Turn the selector of the service panel to the CLOSE position and hold it until the cargo door moves
down.
(4) Open and close the cargo door three times. Make sure that the cargo door is fully opened.
(5) Do a visual inspection of the door actuators, the pipes, the hoses and the related valves. Make sure
that there are no leaks.
NOTE: If necessary, disconnect the hydraulic pipes from the defective components and attach correct
pressure plugs to the open ends.
(6) Examine the Yellow reservoir level on the HYD page of the lower display unit of the ECAM system. If
necessary, fill the Yellow reservoir to its normal fill level (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .
Subtask 52-36-00-790-051-A
E. Leak Check of the Door Hydraulic System (if two door actuators are deactivated)
(1) Install the SLING-UNIVERSAL,DOORS (98A52008509000) to the cargo door and to the crane
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-009) .
(2) Remove the support struts from the cargo door structure and the door frame of the fuselage.
(3) Turn the selector of the service panel to the OPEN position and hold it for three seconds to bleed the
extension line.
(4) Turn the selector of the service panel to the CLOSE position and hold it for three seconds to bleed
the retraction line.
(5) Examine the Yellow reservoir level on the HYD page of the lower display unit of the ECAM system. If
necessary, fill the Yellow reservoir to its normal fill level (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-36-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
(2) If one door actuator is deactivated, close the cargo door hydraulically (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-
860-002) .
(3) If the two door actuators are deactivated, close the cargo door with the crane (Ref. AMM TASK 52-
30-00-860-009) .
(4) Close the access panel 134AR or 154AR.
(7) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log.
End of document

52-36-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Hand Pump
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-36-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Hand Pump
FIN : 3009GM
Task Summary
MMEL 52-30-05A YES NO NO 01.0 01.0 1

MMEL 52-30-05A
Cargo Door Hand Pump (FAA only)

No specific AR PLUG - BLANKING

198CB, 198DB
Power-Cart
nector
Unit (APU)
tric Pump
Hand Pump SHEET 1

A
FR48 FR47
A
B
198DB
GROUND SERVICE PANEL OF

YELLOW HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
198CB
7
1
6
2
B
5
3
4
BACK OF GROUND
SERVICE PANEL
N_MM_523600_4_AEM0_01_00
Figure 52-36-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Hand Pump

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-36-00-010-054-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the Yellow ground service
panel.
(2) Open the access door 198CB to get access to the hand pump.
(3) Remove the access panel 198DB to get access to the hydraulic connections of the hand pump.
Subtask 52-36-00-865-056-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-36-00-860-057-A
(3) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system:
· On the ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system.
(5) Push the PTU P/B switch on the overhead panel 40VU to prevent the unwanted operation of the
power transfer unit.
(6) Put a CONTAINER 5 L (1.32 USGAL) below the hydraulic connections of the hand pump to collect
hydraulic fluid.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-36-00-040-051-A
A. Deactivation of the Handpump
(Ref. Fig. Hand Pump SHEET 1)
UNION TOO MUCH.
(1) Loosen the union nut (2) from the union (3) and carefully disconnect the suction line (1) from the port
"C" of the hand pump (4).

(2) Loosen the union nut (6) from the union (5) and carefully disconnect the pressure line (7) from the
port "A" of the hand pump (4).
(3) Put the PLUG-BLANKING in each disconnected line end.
(4) Put blanking caps on the ports "A" and "C" of the hand pump (4) to prevent all contamination.
Subtask 52-36-00-865-057-A
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C 401-450
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-36-00-860-058-A
C. Preparation for the Test
(1) Remove the warning notices from the overhead panel of the cockpit.
(3) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-002) .
(4) Push the PTU P/B switch on the overhead panel 40VU to activate the power transfer unit.
Subtask 52-36-00-790-052-A
D. Leak Check of the Door Hydraulic System
(1) Turn the selector of the service panel to the OPEN position and hold it until the cargo door is fully
opened.
(2) Turn the selector of the service panel to the CLOSE position and hold it until the cargo door is closed.
(3) Open and close the cargo door ten times to bleed the door hydraulic system.
(4) Do a visual inspection to make sure that there are no leaks at the disconnected hydraulic lines.
(5) Examine the level of the Yellow reservoir on the HYD page of the lower display unit of the ECAM
system. If necessary, fill the Yellow reservoir (Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-36-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the FWD or AFT cargo door is correctly closed (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) .
(4) Install the access panel 198DB.
(5) Close the access door 198CB of the Yellow ground service panel.

End of document

52-51-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Key Pad
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-51-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Key Pad
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

25MQ
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 52-53-03A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-53-03A
Lock Function of the Cockpit Door Sw (FAA only)
(Ref. 52-51-00-040-007-A). Deactivation of the Key Pad
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-860-053-A
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-040-050-A
A. Do the deactivation of the key pad (Ref. AMM TASK 52-51-00-040-007) .
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-51-00-040-003-A
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

23MQ
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 52-51-03A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-51-03A
CDLS Buzzer (FAA only)
(Ref. 52-51-00-040-007-A). Deactivation of the Key Pad
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-010-052-A
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-040-053-A
A. Do the deactivation procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 52-51-00-040-007) .
End of document

52-51-00-040-006-A - Deactivation of the CDLS Normal System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-51-00-040-006-A
Deactivation of the CDLS Normal System
Task Summary
MMEL 52-51-01B NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-51-01B
CDLS Normal System

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-861-051-A
A. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-51-00-865-066-A

** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228

PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-216, 218-221, 223-226,
229-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-204, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-209, 211-211, 218-220, 229-235, 237-237,
244-244
EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 240-240, 243-243

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 205-205, 207-207, 210-210
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 240-240, 243-243

EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-040-055-A
A. Deactivation of the CDLS Normal System
(1) Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
· 1MQ.
NOTE: All parts of the CDLS (normal and back-up system, if installed) can be inoperative if the com-
plete system is deactivated in the unlocked position and adjustment is not required by regula-
tions for the intended flight.
NOTE: If CKPT DOOR BKUP panel 45VU is installed on overhead panel 20VU and the switch LKG
SYS (21MQ) is in the BKUP position:
- Toggle switch COCKPIT DOOR (26MQ) on center pedestal panel 119VU and keypad
25MQ on the flight attendant panel are inoperative. These cannot be used to unlock and
open the cockpit door.
NOTE: If CKPT DOOR BKUP panel 45VU is installed on overhead panel 20VU and the switch LKG
SYS (21MQ) is in the BKUP position:

- The cockpit door can be unlocked and opened from the cockpit side only and cannot be un-
locked and opened from the cabin side. You must not close the cockpit door when there is
no person inside the cockpit.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-860-076-A
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-51-00-040-007-A
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

25MQ
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 52-51-04A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-51-04A
CDLS Keypad

Control Unit 24MQ SHEET 1

20VU
Z210
1 24MQ
N_MM_525100_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 52-51-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Control Unit 24MQ

** ON A/C ALL | EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-860-078-A
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-51-00-865-109-A
** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228

PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-216, 218-221, 223-226,
229-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-204, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-209, 211-211, 218-220, 229-235, 237-237,
244-244
EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 240-240, 243-243

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 205-205, 207-207, 210-210
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 240-240, 243-243

EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-040-056-A
A. Deactivation of the Key Pad
(Ref. Fig. Control Unit 24MQ SHEET 1)

NOTE: If the cockpit door closes during the deactivation procedure and no person is in the cockpit, de-en-
ergize the aircraft electrical circuits. This will let you open the cockpit door from the cabin.
(1) Hold the front face of the control unit (1) and loosen the captive screws (2).
(2) Carefully remove the control unit (1) until you get access to the electrical connector (4).
(5) Safety the electrical connector (4) with TIE WRAPS on the adjacent fuselage structure.
(6) Carefully install the control unit (1) and tighten the captive screws (2).
(7) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the overhead panel to tell the persons that the keypad is deactivated.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-51-00-865-068-A
** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228

PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-216, 218-221, 223-226,
229-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-204, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-209, 211-211, 218-220, 229-235, 237-237,
244-244
EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 240-240, 243-243

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 205-205, 207-207, 210-210
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 240-240, 243-243

EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-860-079-A
B. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.


(2) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that the keypad is deactivated.
End of document

52-51-00-040-010-A - Deactivation of the Electrical Release Strikes
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-51-00-040-010-A
Deactivation of the Electrical Release Strikes
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

30MQ , 31MQ , 32MQ
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 52-51-06A NO NO NO 00.5 00.5 1
MMEL 52-51-06B NO NO NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 52-51-06A
CDLS Door Release Strike (Catch, Spring, Solenoid, Bolt)
MMEL 52-51-06B
CDLS Door Release Strike (Catch, Spring, Solenoid, Bolt)
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 52-51-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Routine Access
(Ref. 52-51-12-000-001-A). Removal of the Electrical Release Strike
Ref. ESPM 20-48-25
Ref. AWM 52-51-02
Electrical Release Strikes SHEET 1

Z220
A A
COCKPIT
DOOR
LAVATORY
DOOR
FR23
FR11
B
ELECTRICAL
RELEASE STRIKE
B
B
SOLENOID
HOUSING
PLUNGER
CATCH
SPRING
HOUSING
N_MM_525100_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 52-51-00-991-01100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Release Strikes

** ON A/C ALL | EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210 | EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-010-055-A
(2) Make sure that access to the flight compartment is available.
(3) Make sure that the toggle switch 21MQ is set to the NORM position.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-226, 229-230, 233-236, 238-241, 243-243, 301-450, 500-600
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-010-055-B
(2) Make sure that access to the flight compartment is available.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-51-00-865-081-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228

PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-216, 218-221, 223-226,
229-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-204, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-209, 211-211, 218-220, 229-235, 237-237,
244-244
EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 240-240, 243-243

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 205-205, 207-207, 210-210
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 240-240, 243-243

EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237
Subtask 52-51-00-040-058-A
A. Deactivation of the Electrical Release Strike
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Release Strikes SHEET 1)
(1) Turn the D-ring of the latch mechanism and open the cockpit door.
(2) Manually move the catch of the defective electrical release strike to make sure that it moves freely.
(3) If the plunger causes a blockage of the catch, remove the defective electrical release strike
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-51-12-000-001) .
NOTE: It is important to keep the jiffi junction connectors at the A/C wire harness. This is because of
the isolation necessary to prevent a short circuit.
(4) If the catch moves freely, disconnect the A/C wire harness from the applicable electrical release strike
cables Ref. ESPM 20-48-25 and Ref. AWM 52-51-02.
NOTE: It is important to keep the jiffi junction connectors at the A/C wire harness. This is because of
the isolation necessary to prevent a short circuit.
NOTE: The A/C wires 4 and 7 of the center electrical release strike must stay connected. This is to
keep the OPEN light of the indication light 22MQ.
(5) Make sure that the remaining electrical release strikes operate satisfactorily (Ref. AMM TASK 52-51-
00-710-001) .
(6) Put a warning notice on the door post to tell persons that the applicable electrical release strike is
deactivated or removed.
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-51-00-865-086-A
** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228

PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-216, 218-221, 223-226,
229-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-204, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228


EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-209, 211-211, 218-220, 229-235, 237-237,
244-244
EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 240-240, 243-243

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 205-205, 207-207, 210-210
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 240-240, 243-243

EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237
Subtask 52-51-00-860-095-A
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(3) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that the electrical release strike is deactivated.
End of document

52-51-00-040-803-A - Deactivation of the Buzzer of the Cockpit-Door Locking System
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-51-00-040-803-A
Deactivation of the Buzzer of the Cockpit-Door Locking System
FIN :
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

32MQ
** ON A/C ALL
Task Summary
MMEL 52-51-03A YES YES NO 00.5 00.5 1

MMEL 52-51-03A
CDLS Buzzer
NOTE: This procedure is only necessary if the buzzer of the cockpit-door locking system operates perman-
ently.



211HC
Power

1(2)
(Ref. 25-13-41-400-001-A). Installation of the Ceiling Panels
(Ref. 52-51-00-710-002-A). Operational Test of the Cockpit-Door Locking System (CDLS)
(Ref. 52-51-13-000-001-A). Removal of the Buzzer of the Cockpit-Door Locking System
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-860-118-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
** ON A/C ALL
Subtask 52-51-00-865-139-A
** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228

PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-216, 218-221, 223-226,
229-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-204, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-209, 211-211, 218-220, 229-235, 237-237,
244-244
EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 240-240, 243-243

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 205-205, 207-207, 210-210
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 240-240, 243-243

EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure

** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-040-062-A
A. Deactivation of the Buzzer of the Cockpit-Door Locking System
(1) Remove the buzzer of the cockpit-door locking system (Ref. AMM TASK 52-51-13-000-001) .
(a) Put the CAP-BLANKING on each disconnected electrical connector and receptacle.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-51-00-865-140-A
** ON A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228

PRE SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-205, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 208-209, 211-216, 218-221, 223-226,
229-239, 241-242, 244-250, 301-450, 500-600
POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 204-204, 217-217, 222-222, 227-228
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 201-201, 203-203, 206-206, 209-209, 211-211, 218-220, 229-235, 237-237,
244-244
EMB SB 25-1326 for A/C 231-232, 237-237, 244-244
** ON A/C 240-240, 243-243

POST SB 11-1047 for A/C 205-205, 207-207, 210-210
EMB SB 11-1047 for A/C 240-240, 243-243

EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210
** ON A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 52-51-00-710-066-A
B. Operational Test
(1) Do the Operational Test of the Cockpit-Door Locking System (CDLS) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-51-00-
710-002) .
Subtask 52-51-00-410-055-A

C. Close Access
(1) Install ceiling panel 211HC (Ref. AMM TASK 25-13-41-400-001) .
Subtask 52-51-00-860-119-A
End of document

52-70-00-040-001-A - Visual Check to Make Sure that
the Cargo Compartment Doors are Correctly Closed
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-70-00-040-001-A
Visual Check to Make Sure that the Cargo Compartment Doors are Correctly Closed

MMEL 52-07-05A
Cargo Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-70-00-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the applicable cargo
compartment door.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-70-00-210-050-G
A. Visual Check of the inoperative FWD and/or AFT Cargo Compartment Doors
(1) Push the handle flap in, to release the door handle.
(2) Pull the door handle up from the door structure in the UNLOCKED direction until the door handle
moves 65 degrees.
NOTE: Do not unlock the cargo door at this time.
(3) Make sure that you can see the red marks of each safety in the indication windows of the access
panels.
(5) Do a visual check of the external cargo door to make sure that:
· The cargo door is aligned with the fuselage.
· The vent door is fully closed.
the lower cargo-door edge.
Subtask 52-70-00-970-050-A
B. Entry in the Log Book.
(1) Make an entry in the aircraft log book to record that:
· the CARGO indication is defective on the lower ECAM DU
· the cargo-compartment door is closed and locked.
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-224, 226-250, 301-450, 500-600

Subtask 52-70-00-210-051-A

52-70-00-040-001-A - Visual Check to Make Sure that
the Cargo Compartment Doors are Correctly Closed
C. Visual Check to Make Sure that the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door is Correctly Closed
(1) Do this visual check on the bulk cargo-compartment door:
(a) Push the button of the external door handle to release it from the recess.
(b) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position and push the bulk cargo-compartment door
in.
(c) Move the internal or the external door handle to the LOCKED position and examine the lateral
barrel locks.
NOTE: The barrel locks turn until their slots cannot engage with the latch spigots at the door
frame.
(d) Move the applicable door handle back to the OPEN position.
(e) Pull the door down into the door opening and move the external door handle to the LOCKED
position.
NOTE: The bulk cargo-compartment door is aligned with the fuselage.
(f) Push the external door handle into its recess.

Subtask 52-70-00-970-051-A
D. Entry in the log book.
· the BULK indication is defective on the lower ECAM DU
· the bulk cargo-compartment door is closed and correctly locked.
** ON A/C 225-225
Subtask 52-70-00-210-051-B
C. Not Applicable
Subtask 52-70-00-970-051-B
D. Not Applicable
End of document

52-70-00-040-004-A - Visual Check to Make Sure that the
Avionics-Compartment Access Doors are Correctly Closed
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-70-00-040-004-A
Visual Check to Make Sure that the Avionics-Compartment Access Doors are Correctly Closed

MMEL 52-07-06A
Avionics Compartment Access Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page


811, 812, 822, 824
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 52-70-00-010-054-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the applicable avionics-
compartment access door 811 or 812 or 822 or 824.
(2) Manually open the related avionics-compartment access door 811 or 812 or 822 or 824.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-70-00-210-056-A
A. Visual Check to Make Sure that the Avionics-Compartment Access Door is Correctly Closed
(1) With the door open, move the handle so as to operate the locking system.
(2) Make sure that the locks get out of their housing and operate correctly.
(3) Put the handle in the door open position.
(4) Close the avionics-compartment access door and lock it.
Subtask 52-70-00-970-056-A
B. Entry in the Log Book.
· the AVIONICS indication is defective on the lower ECAM DU
· the avionics-compartment access door(s) are closed and locked.
5. Close-up
Subtask 52-70-00-410-054-A

52-70-00-040-004-A - Visual Check to Make Sure that the
Avionics-Compartment Access Doors are Correctly Closed
A. Close Access
(2) Manually close the concerned avionics-compartment access door
811 or
812 or
822 or
824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
End of document

52-70-00-040-010-A - Visual Check of the
Emergency Exit Closure and the Slide Arming
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-70-00-040-010-A
Visual Check of the Emergency Exit Closure and the Slide Arming
Task Summary
MMEL 52-07-03A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 52-07-03B YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 52-07-03C YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 52-07-03D YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-07-03A
Cabin Overwing Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page
MMEL 52-07-03B
MMEL 52-07-03C
MMEL 52-07-03D
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

831, 841
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600


(Ref. 52-21-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
(Ref. 52-21-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
** ON A/C 401-450
(Ref. 52-22-00-010-802-A). Opening of the Overwing Emergency-Exit Door from the Passenger
Compartment
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

EMERGENCY EXIT Closure
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

Emergency Overwing Door - Slide Release Mechanism
** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

Emergency Overwing Door - Visual Indicator SHEET 1
** ON A/C 409-415

Z844
A A
Z834
A A
B
FR41
FR39
4
3
N_MM_527000_4_AEM0_01_01
Figure 52-70-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - EMERGENCY EXIT Closure

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SECTION
A-A
FUSELAGE
CONTOUR
5
6
HATCH
CONTOUR
N_MM_527000_4_AEM0_02_01

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Z834 (Z844)
Z833 (Z843)
C D
A 01
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AJM0_01_00
Figure 52-70-00-991-00200-00-E / SHEET 1/3 - Emergency Overwing Door - Slide Release Mechanism
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

E F
(3)
B 01
4
(1) (2)
C 02
NOTE:
02 STEPS (1), (2) AND (3) ARE THE NECESSARY STEPS TO DISARM THE SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM
N_MM_527000_4_AJM0_02_00
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

3
4
(4)
(6) (5)
D 03
3
4
(3)
(2)
(1)
5
E 02
(4)
(5)
(6)
5 3
F 03
NOTE:
03 STEPS (4), (5) AND (6) ARE THE NECESSARY STEPS TO ARM THE SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM
N_MM_527000_4_AJM0_03_00
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

Z833 (Z843)
2
B C
A 01
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AMM0_01_00
Figure 52-70-00-991-00200-00-G / SHEET 1/2 - Emergency Overwing Door - Slide Release Mechanism
** ON A/C 409-415

(3)
4
(1) (2)
B 02
3
4
(4)
(6) (5)
C 03
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AMM0_02_00
** ON A/C 409-415

A
Z844
Z843
Z834
Z833
A 01
22 22
21
23
23
23
B
FWD
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AJN0_01_00
Figure 52-70-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Emergency Overwing Door - Visual Indicator

** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

A
Z844
Z843
Z834
Z833
A 01
22 22
21
23
23
23
B
FWD
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AMN0_01_00
Figure 52-70-00-991-00500-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Emergency Overwing Door - Visual Indicator

** ON A/C 409-415

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 52-70-00-010-064-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841.
(3) Do an EIS start procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-70-00-010-064-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

(Ref. Fig. EMERGENCY EXIT Closure)
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

(Ref. Fig. Emergency Overwing Door - Slide Release Mechanism)
** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 52-70-00-210-069-A
A. Visual Check to Make Sure that the Emergency Exit is Correctly Closed and SLIDE ARMED
(1) Visual check to make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatch is correctly closed.
(a) Pull down the cover flap (3) from the hatch (4) and remove it.
(b) Examine the locking hooks (6) to make sure that they are engaged with the upper roller fittings
(5) in the hatch frame.
(c) Install the cover flap (3) on the hatch (4) and push it against the hatch (4).
(d) On the ECAM control panel, push the DOOR key:
· On the lower ECAM DU, the DOOR/OXY page comes into view.
(e) If the EMER EXIT indication stays on on the lower ECAM DU, examine the hatch (4) position
from the outboard side.
NOTE: The hatch (4) must be flush with the fuselage.
(f) If the hatch position is not correct, remove the hatch (4) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-21-11-000-001)
and install it again (Ref. AMM TASK 52-21-11-400-001) .
(2) Visual check to make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatch is in the ARMED mode
(a) Make sure that the escape-slide release mechanism is not in the MAINTENANCE mode.
1 Pull down the cover flap (3) from the hatch (4) and remove it.

2 Make sure that the latch pin (1) is not in the DISARMED position (latch pin retracted).
(b) If the latch pin (1) is in the DISARMED position (escape-slide release mechanism in
MAINTENANCE mode), arm the slide release mechanism as follows:
1 With a WRENCH - HEXAGONAL, push the latch pin (1) against the spring (2).
2 Turn the head of the latch pin (1) a quarter turn clockwise to extend the latch pin (1).
3 Make sure that the white SLIDE ARMED indicator light, located in the cabin lining near the
emergency exits, is on.
NOTE: The white SLIDE ARMED indicator light goes off.
(d) If the latch pin (1) is in the extended position, make sure that the indication is correct on the lower
ECAM DU.
(3) Entry in the log book
(a) If the indication is not correct, make an entry in the aircraft log book to record that:
· The SLIDE indication of the hatch (4) is defective on the lower ECAM DU.
· The hatch is in the ARMED mode.
· The EMER EXIT indication is defective on the lower ECAM DU.
· The hatch (4) is correctly installed and locked.
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-70-00-210-069-C
A. Visual Check of the Emergency Exit Closure and the Slide Arming
NOTE: This procedure is applicable only to MMEL 52-07-03A.
(1) Do a visual check to make sure that the applicable emergency overwing door is correctly closed:
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

(Ref. Fig. Emergency Overwing Door - Visual Indicator SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-450
(a) On the visual lock indicator (21):
1 Make sure that the black arrows (23) are aligned with the black lines (22) from the green
segment.
(b) On the lower ECAM DU, on the DOOR/OXY page:
1 Push the DOOR key.
2 Make sure that the DOOR/OXY page comes into view.
3 If the "EMER EXIT" message stays on, examine the emergency overwing-door position from
the outboard side.
NOTE: The emergency overwing door must be flush with the fuselage.
(c) If the position of the emergency overwing door is not correct:

1 Close the emergency overwing door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-010-802) .

(2) Do a visual check to make sure that the applicable emergency overwing door is in the ARMED mode:
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-450
(a) Remove the handle cover (1).
(b) If the lever (3) is behind the disarm bracket (4), arm the slide release mechanism:
1 On the forward left emergency-overwing-door or the aft right emergency-overwing-door:
a Pull the slide release shaft (5) to the right side to release it from the disarm bracket (4).
b Turn the slide release shaft (5) counterclockwise and push it to the left side.
2 On the aft left emergency-overwing-door or the forward right emergency-overwing-door:
a Pull the slide release shaft (5) to the left side to release it from the disarm bracket (4).
b Turn the slide release shaft (5) clockwise and push it to the right side.
(c) Make sure that the SLIDE ARMED indicator light (2) comes on.
(d) Install the handle cover (1).
(e) The SLIDE ARMED indicator light (2) goes off.
(f) On the lower ECAM DU, on the DOOR/OXY page:
3 Make sure that the message SLIDE in white color is shown for the applicable overwing
doors.
Subtask 52-70-00-210-071-A
B. Visual Check of the Emergency Exit Closure and the Slide Arming
NOTE: This procedure is applicable only to MMEL 52-07-03B and MMEL 52-07-03C.
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-450
segment.


the outboard side.

** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-450
(c) Make sure that the SLIDE ARMED indicator light (2) comes on.
(d) Install the handle cover (1).
NOTE: The SLIDE ARMED indicator light (2) can stay on after the installation of the handle cover
(1).

Subtask 52-70-00-210-072-A
C. Visual Check of the Emergency Exit Closure and the Slide Disarming
NOTE: This procedure is applicable only to MMEL 52-07-03D.
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-450

segment.
the outboard side.

(2) Do a visual check to make sure that the two emergency overwing doors on the same side are in the
DISARMED mode:
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-450
(a) Remove the handle cover (1) of the two emergency overwing doors on the same side.
(b) Disarm the slide release mechanism of the two emergency overwing doors on the same side:
a Pull the slide release shaft (5) to the right side, turn it clockwise and engage it behind
the disarm bracket (4).
a Pull the slide release shaft (5) to the left side, turn it counterclockwise and engage it
behind the disarm bracket (4).
(c) Install the handle cover (1) of the two emergency overwing doors on the same side.
(1).
(d) Put a PLACARD in position on the two disarmed emergency overwing doors on the same side to
tell people not to use the two doors in an emergency situation.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 52-70-00-410-064-A
A. Close Access
all other items.

(2) Do an EIS stop procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .

(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-70-00-410-064-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
End of document

** ON A/C ALL
TASK 52-70-00-040-011-A
Visual Check of the Emergency Exit Closure and the Slide Arming
Task Summary
MMEL 52-07-04A YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1
MMEL 52-07-04B YES YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 52-07-04A
Cabin Overwing Exit Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page
MMEL 52-07-04B
Cabin Overwing Exit Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

831, 841
** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

(Ref. 52-21-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
(Ref. 52-21-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
** ON A/C 401-450
(Ref. 52-22-00-010-802-A). Opening of the Overwing Emergency-Exit Door from the Passenger
Compartment

** ON A/C ALL
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

EMERGENCY EXIT Closure
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415

Z844
A A
Z834
A A
B
FR41
FR39
4
3
N_MM_527000_4_AEM0_01_01

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SECTION
A-A
FUSELAGE
CONTOUR
5
6
HATCH
CONTOUR
N_MM_527000_4_AEM0_02_01

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Z834 (Z844)
Z833 (Z843)
C D
A 01
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AJM0_01_00
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

E F
(3)
B 01
4
(1) (2)
C 02
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AJM0_02_00
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

3
4
(4)
(6) (5)
D 03
3
4
(3)
(2)
(1)
5
E 02
(4)
(5)
(6)
5 3
F 03
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AJM0_03_00
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

Z833 (Z843)
2
B C
A 01
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AMM0_01_00
** ON A/C 409-415

(3)
4
(1) (2)
B 02
3
4
(4)
(6) (5)
C 03
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AMM0_02_00
** ON A/C 409-415

A
Z844
Z843
Z834
Z833
A 01
22 22
21
23
23
23
B
FWD
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AJN0_01_00
Figure 52-70-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Emergency Overwing Door - Visual Indicator

** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

A
Z844
Z843
Z834
Z833
A 01
22 22
21
23
23
23
B
FWD
NOTE:
N_MM_527000_4_AMN0_01_00
Figure 52-70-00-991-00500-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Emergency Overwing Door - Visual Indicator

** ON A/C 409-415

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 52-70-00-010-065-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841.
(3) Do an EIS start procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-70-00-010-065-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

(Ref. Fig. EMERGENCY EXIT Closure)
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 52-70-00-210-070-A
A. Visual Check to Make Sure that the Emergency Exit is Correctly Closed
(1) Visual check to make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatch is correctly closed.
(a) Pull down the cover flap (3) from the hatch (4) and remove it.
(b) Examine the locking hooks (6) to make sure that they are engaged with the upper roller fittings
(5) in the hatch frame.
(d) On the ECAM control panel, push the DOOR key:
· On the lower ECAM DU, the DOOR/OXY page comes into view.
(e) If the EMER EXIT indication stays on on the lower ECAM DU, examine the hatch position from
the outboard side.
NOTE: The hatch (4) must be flush with the fuselage.
(f) If the hatch position is not correct, remove the hatch (4) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-21-11-000-001)
and install it again (Ref. AMM TASK 52-21-11-400-001) .
(2) Visual check to make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatch is in the ARMED mode
(a) Make sure that the escape-slide release mechanism is not in the MAINTENANCE mode.
1 Pull down the cover flap (3) from the hatch (4) and remove it.

2 Make sure that the latch pin (1) is not in the DISARMED position (latch pin retracted).
(b) If the latch pin (1) is in the DISARMED poisition (escape-slide release mechanism in
MAINTENANCE mode), arm the slide release mechanism as follows:
1 With a WRENCH - HEXAGONAL, push the latch pin (1) against the spring (2).
2 Turn the head of the latch pin (1) a quarter turn clockwise to extend the latch pin (1).
3 Make sure that the white SLIDE ARMED white indicator light, located in the cabin lining near
the emergency exits, is on.
NOTE: The white SLIDE ARMED indicator light goes off.
(d) If the latch pin (1) is the extended position, make sure that the indication is correct on the lower
ECAM DU.
(3) Entry in the log book
(a) If the indication is not correct, make an entry in the aircraft log book to record that:
· The SLIDE indication of the hatch is defective on the lower ECAM DU.
· The hatch (4) is in the ARMED mode.
· The EMER EXIT indication is defective on the lower ECAM DU.
· The hatch (4) is correctly installed and locked.
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-70-00-210-070-C
A. Visual Check of the Emergency Exit Closure and the Slide Arming
NOTE: This procedure is applicable only to MMEL 52-07-04A.
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-450
segment.
2 If the black arrows (23) are not aligned with the black lines (22) from the green segment,
then close the emergency overwing door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-010-802) .
3 Examine the emergency overwing door position from the outboard side.
4 Make sure that the emergency overwing door is flush with the fuselage.
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415

** ON A/C 401-450
1 On the forward left emergency-overwing-door:
2 On the forward right emergency-overwing-door:
(c) Install the handle cover (1).
(1).

Subtask 52-70-00-210-073-A
B. Visual Check of the Emergency Exit Closure
NOTE: This procedure is applicable only to MMEL 52-07-04B.
(1) Do a visual check to make sure that the two applicable emergency overwing doors on the same side
are correctly closed:
** ON A/C 401-408, 416-450

** ON A/C 409-415
** ON A/C 401-450
segment.
2 If the black arrows (23) are not aligned with the black lines (22) from the green segment,
then close the emergency overwing door (Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-010-802) .
3 Examine the emergency overwing door position from the outboard side.
4 Make sure that the emergency overwing door is flush with the fuselage.
(b) Put a PLACARD in position on the two emergency overwing doors on the same side to tell
people not to use the two doors in an emergency situation.
** ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Subtask 52-70-00-410-065-A
A. Close Access
all other items.
(2) Do an EIS stop procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
** ON A/C 401-450
Subtask 52-70-00-410-065-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
End of document

56-10-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the Front Windshield
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 56-10-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Front Windshield
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
FIN : 3DG1 , 3DG2

MMEL 56-10-01A
Front Windshield
MMEL 56-10-01B
Front Windshield
MMEL 56-10-01C
Front Windshield
MMEL 56-10-01D
Front Windshield


211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
Power
(Ref. 56-11-11-200-001-A). Inspection of the Windshields
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 56-10-00-861-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 56-10-00-941-052-A
B. Get Access

(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 210.
Subtask 56-10-00-865-058-A

** ON A/C 205-205, 209-209, 215-216, 218-218, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250
EMB SB 34-1221 for A/C 218-218

** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 56-10-00-220-052-A
A. Deactivation of the Windshield
(1) Do an inspection of the windshield for:
· scratches, cracks, chips, bubbles, delamination, discoloration, interlayer microflakes, transparency,
burn spots, burning and damage on the soft liner (self-healing liner) (Ref. AMM TASK 56-11-11-
200-001) .
NOTE: The damage on the soft liner is only applicable to the windshield that has a soft liner on the in-
ner surface (SGS (formerly SPS) supplier, P/N SPSA320...).
5. Close-up
Subtask 56-10-00-865-059-A

** ON A/C 205-205, 209-209, 215-216, 218-218, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250
EMB SB 34-1221 for A/C 218-218

** ON A/C ALL


Subtask 56-10-00-040-050-A
B. Deactivation of the Windshield De-Icing
(1) If the windshield outer ply has cracks or if the windshield has burn spots that are equal to or more
than the permitted limit:
(a) Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
· for the left side: 1DG1
· for the right side: 1DG2.
Subtask 56-10-00-942-052-A
C. Close Access
items.
Subtask 56-10-00-862-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

56-10-00-040-002-A - Deactivation of the Lateral Fixed or Sliding Window
** ON A/C ALL
TASK 56-10-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Lateral Fixed or Sliding Window
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
FIN : 7DG1 , 7DG2 , 8DG1 , 8DG2

MMEL 56-10-02A
Lateral Fixed/Sliding Window


211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
Power
(Ref. 56-11-12-200-001-A). Inspection of the Fixed Windows
(Ref. 56-12-11-200-001-A). Inspection of the Sliding Windows
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 56-10-00-861-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 56-10-00-941-057-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 210.
Subtask 56-10-00-865-060-A


** ON A/C 205-205, 209-209, 215-216, 218-218, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250
EMB SB 34-1221 for A/C 218-218

** ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
Subtask 56-10-00-220-053-A
A. Deactivation of the Window
(1) Inspection of the fixed windows
(a) Do an inspection of the acrylic fixed windows for:
Scratches, cracks, chips, bubbles, delamination, discoloration, crazing, burn spots and
transparency (Ref. AMM TASK 56-11-12-200-001) .
(b) Do an inspection of the glass fixed windows for:
Scratches, cracks, chips, bubbles, interlayer microflakes, delamination, discoloration, crazing,
burn spots and transparency (Ref. AMM TASK 56-11-12-200-001) .
(2) Inspection of the sliding windows
(a) Do an inspection of the acrylic sliding windows for:
Scratches, cracks, chips, bubbles, delamination, discoloration, crazing, burn spots and
transparency (Ref. AMM TASK 56-12-11-200-001) .
(b) Do an inspection of the glass sliding windows for:
Scratches, cracks, chips, bubbles, interlayer microflakes, delamination, discoloration, crazing,
burn spots and transparency (Ref. AMM TASK 56-12-11-200-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 56-10-00-865-061-A

** ON A/C 205-205, 209-209, 215-216, 218-218, 231-232, 236-237, 241-242, 244-250
EMB SB 34-1221 for A/C 218-218

** ON A/C ALL


Subtask 56-10-00-040-051-A
B. Deactivation of the Fixed or Sliding Window De-Icing
(1) If the fixed or sliding window outer ply has cracks or if the fixed or sliding window has burn spots that
are less than the permitted limit:
(a) Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
· for the left side: 4DG1
· for the right side: 4DG2.
Subtask 56-10-00-942-057-A
C. Close Access
items.
Subtask 56-10-00-862-053-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

73-29-00-040-001-A - CHECK OF THE ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE
MESSAGES DISPLAYED ON ECAM STATUS PAGE
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 73-29-00-040-001-A
CHECK OF THE ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE MESSAGES DISPLAYED ON ECAM STATUS PAGE

MMEL 70-00-01C
ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE Message
This taks is only applicable for CFM 56-5B /3 engines.
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 73-29-00-710-040-B). Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with Engine Motoring)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 73-29-00-869-057-A
A. Not applicable
Subtask 73-29-00-861-058-A
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 73-29-00-040-050-A
A. Do an operational test of the FADEC 1 Channels A/B and FADEC 2 Channels A/B with printing of each
TEST RESUSLT page (Ref. AMM TASK 73-29-00-710-040) .
(1) Make sure that the TEST RESULT PAGE do not show these maintenance messages:

73-21-40 T12 SNSR, J10, ECU 1
73-21-40 T12 SNSR, J9, ECU 1
73-21-40 T12 SNSR, J10, ECU ENG1B 2
73-21-40 T12 SNSR, J9, ECU ENG1A 2
73-21-40 T12 SNSR, J10, ECU ENG2B 2
73-21-40 T12 SNSR, J9, ECU ENG2A 2
5. Close-up
Subtask 73-29-00-862-058-A

73-29-00-040-001-A - CHECK OF THE ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE
MESSAGES DISPLAYED ON ECAM STATUS PAGE
Subtask 73-29-00-869-058-A
B. Make an entry in the log book to record the operational test of the FADEC.
End of document

73-30-00-040-043-A - Replacement of the Fuel Filter Cartridge
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 73-30-00-040-043-A
Replacement of the Fuel Filter Cartridge
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

MMEL 73-09-01A
ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER CLOG Alert


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(Ref. 71-00-00-710-006-B). Minimum Idle Check
(Ref. 73-11-10-000-004-A). Removal of the Fuel Filter Element
(Ref. 73-11-10-400-004-A). Installation of the Fuel Filter Element
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 73-30-00-941-050-A
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine.
procedure.
Subtask 73-30-00-010-050-A
B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

73-30-00-040-043-A - Replacement of the Fuel Filter Cartridge

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 73-30-00-020-050-A
A. Replace the fuel filter cartridge (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-10-000-004) and (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-10-
400-004) .
Subtask 73-30-00-869-050-A
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
Subtask 73-30-00-942-050-A
C. Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S).
Subtask 73-30-00-710-050-A
D. Do this test
(1) Do a minimum idle check (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-006) .
(2) Make sure that there are no fuel leaks at the filter.
5. Close-up
Subtask 73-30-00-410-050-A
A. Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040)
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 73-30-00-941-051-A
B. Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the fuel filter CLOG indication (on the lower
ECAM display unit) does not operate.
(1) Do an entry in the log book
End of document

73-30-00-040-042-A - Fuel Filter CLOG Warning - Filter Servicing
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 73-30-00-040-042-A
Fuel Filter CLOG Warning - Filter Servicing
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2
Task Summary
MMEL 73-09-01A YES YES NO 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 73-09-01A


437AL, 438AR
451AL, 452AR
(Ref. 71-00-00-710-012-B). Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
(Ref. 73-12-42-000-010-B). Removal of the Fuel Filter Element
(Ref. 73-12-42-400-010-B). Installation of the Fuel Filter Element
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 73-30-00-941-054-A
procedure.

73-30-00-040-042-A - Fuel Filter CLOG Warning - Filter Servicing

Subtask 73-30-00-010-052-A
B. Open the fan cowls : (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
437AL, 438AR
451AL, 452AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 73-30-00-020-052-B
A. Remove the fuel filter element (Ref. AMM TASK 73-12-42-000-010) .
Subtask 73-30-00-420-050-B
B. Install the fuel filter element (Ref. AMM TASK 73-12-42-400-010) .
Subtask 73-30-00-860-050-A
Subtask 73-30-00-710-052-B
D. Do this test:
(1) Do an idle leak check (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-012) .
(2) Make sure that there are no fuel leaks at the filter.
5. Close-up
Subtask 73-30-00-410-052-A
A. Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-010) .
437AL, 438AR
451AL, 452AR
Subtask 73-30-00-941-055-A
B. Indicating system
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the fuel filter clog indication (on the
lower ECAM DISPLAY UNIT) does not operate.
(2) Make an entry in the log book to record the replacement of the filter.
End of document

73-21-00-040-801-A - Check of the Bypass Directional
Control Valve (BDCV) Counter Alert Message
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 73-21-00-040-801-A
Check of the Bypass Directional Control Valve (BDCV) Counter Alert Message

MMEL 73-09-05B
ENG 1(2) HEAT SYS DEGRADED Alert
2. Job Set-up
Subtask 73-21-00-860-082-A
A. Not Applicable
3. Procedure
Subtask 73-21-00-040-058-A
A. Check for no exceedance of the Bypass Directional Control Valve (BDCV) auto-test aborted counter.
(1) Make sure that maintenance messages related to Bypass Directional Control Valve (BDCV) electrical
failure on dual channels is not reported in Electronic Engine Control (EEC) interactive mode fault
reports on Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
(a) Check on GROUNG report, LAST LEG REPORT or Post Flight Report (PFR).
End of document

73-34-00-040-802-A - Engine Fuel Filter Change
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 73-34-00-040-802-A
Engine Fuel Filter Change

MMEL 73-09-01A
MMEL 73-09-03B
ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER DEGRAD Alert
MMEL 73-09-04B
ENG 1(2) FUEL SENSOR FAULT Alert
(Ref. 73-11-06-000-801-A). Removal of the Fuel Filter Element
(Ref. 73-11-06-400-801-A). Installation of the Fuel Filter Element
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 73-34-00-000-050-A
A. Remove the Fuel Filter Element (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-06-000-801)
4. Procedure
Subtask 73-34-00-400-050-A
A. Install the new Fuel Filter Element (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-06-400-801)
5. Close-up
Subtask 73-34-00-860-050-A
(1) Make an entry in the logbook to record that the Fuel Filter element has been changed
End of document

74-31-00-040-001-A - Check of the Ignition System
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 74-31-00-040-001-A
Check of the Ignition System

MMEL 74-09-01B
ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B) FAULT Alert
MMEL 74-09-01C
ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B) FAULT Alert

(Ref. 74-00-00-710-043-A). Operational Test of the Ignition System
(Ref. 74-00-00-710-043-A-01). Operational Test of the Ignition System without CFDS
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 74-31-00-869-052-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 74-31-00-710-051-A
A. Do the operational test of the ignition system (Ref. AMM TASK 74-00-00-710-043) and make sure that
the ignition system is operative.
Subtask 74-31-00-941-051-A
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the ignition warning system does not
operate.
End of document

74-31-00-040-002-A - Check of Ignition Fault Warning
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 74-31-00-040-002-A
Check of Ignition Fault Warning

MMEL 74-07-01A
Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page (FAA only)

Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 74-31-00-861-051-A
A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 74-31-00-865-051-A

Subtask 74-31-00-860-050-A
(1) On the MAINTENANCE PNL 50VU:
(a) Release the ENG / FADEC GND PWR / 1(2) pushbutton switch. The ON legend of this
(2) On the ENG PNL 115VU, make sure that:
(a) The ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN START selector switch is set to NORM.

(b) The ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch is set to OFF.

(3) On the OVERHEAD CTL & IND PNL 22VU:
· Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/MAN START/1(2) pushbutton switch is off (the
pushbutton switch is released out).
(4) On the HYD/FUEL PNL 40VU:
(a) Make sure that the OFF legends of all the FUEL/PUMPS pushbutton switches are on (the
pushbutton switches are released out).
(5) Do the EIS start procedure: (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 74-31-00-200-050-A
A. Check for ignition fault warning
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ENG PNL 115VU: On the upper ECAM display unit:
· Set the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN START · The primary engine parameters come into view.
selector switch to IGN START.
WAR MAKE SURE THAT THE INLET PRES-

NING: SURE INDICATION FOR THE STARTER
VALVE IS ZERO BEFORE YOU PUSH THE
ENG/MAN START/1 (2) PUSHBUTTON
SWITCH.

SWITCH.
2.On the OVERHEAD CTL & IND CTL 22VU:

· Push the ENG/MAN START/1(2) pushbutton · The ON legend of this pushbutton switch comes
switch. on.
3.On the ENG PNL 115VU: On the upper ECAM display unit, on the ENGINE
· Set the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch to ON. page:
make sure that IGN A+B FAULT warning comes into
view.
· Release the ENG/MAN START/1(2) pushbutton
switch.
5.On the ENG PNL 115VU:
· Set the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch to
OFF.
· Set the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN START
selector switch to NORM.
NOTE: The ECU stays electrically supplied for 5

minutes after you set:
- the ENG/MASTER 1(2) lever to OFF.

ACTION RESULT
- The ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN
START rotary selector to NORM.
NOTE: The WARNING messages that appears dur-

ing this procedure can be cleared by an ON/
OFF switching of the ENG/MASTER 1(2)
control switch.
5. Close-up
Subtask 74-31-00-860-051-A
(a) Push the ENG / FADEC GND PWR / 1(2) pushbutton switch. The ON legend goes off.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure: (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell person that igniter indication is selected on the ENGINE SD page
(FAA only).
Subtask 74-31-00-865-054-A

Subtask 74-31-00-862-051-A
C. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

74-31-00-040-005-A - Temporary Modification of the
JH1 and JH2 Routing for Aircraft Dispatch Requirements
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 74-31-00-040-005-A
Temporary Modification of the JH1 and JH2 Routing for Aircraft Dispatch Requirements
WARNING: BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE IGNITION SYSTEM, MAKE SURE THAT THE IGNITION
EXCITERS ARE DE-ENERGIZED FOR A MINIMUM OF FIVE MINUTES. ALSO DO NOT TOUCH
THE ELECTRICAL CONTACTS.
THE IGNITION SYSTEM VOLTAGE IS VERY HIGH, AND THE IGNITION EXCITERS CAN HAVE
AN ELECTRICAL CHARGE EVEN WHEN NOT ENERGIZED. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE
PRECAUTIONS, INJURY CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WITH THE IGNITION LEAD TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CONDUIT AND THE
INTERNAL WIRES.
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

MMEL 74-31-01A
Ignition System A (FAA only)
left ignition lead on aircraft battery bus. MMEL743101

No specific AR PLIERS - NOSE, SOFT, LONG

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Power
1(2)

(Ref. 74-00-00-710-043-A). Operational Test of the Ignition System
(Ref. 74-00-00-710-043-A-01). Operational Test of the Ignition System without CFDS
Temporary Modification of the JH1 and JH2 Harnesses Routing and Connection

A
A
FLANGE
STA 199 (A2)
C1M-355-00
N_MM_743100_4_RAM0_01_00
Figure 74(CFMB)-31-00-991-30000-06-A / SHEET 1/3 - Temporary

Modification of the JH1 and JH2 Harnesses Routing and Connection
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

IGN EXCITER A
4000JH1
4000JH2
IGN EXCITER B
C1M-356-00
N_MM_743100_4_RAM0_02_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

IGN EXCITER A
4000JH2
4000JH1
IGN EXCITER B
C1M-357-00
N_MM_743100_4_RAM0_03_00

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 74-31-00-861-052-A
Subtask 74-31-00-941-054-A
procedure.
Subtask 74-31-00-865-059-A

Subtask 74-31-00-010-052-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040)
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 74-31-00-040-051-A
E. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-481-041) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Temporary Modification of the JH1 and JH2 Harnesses Routing and Connection)
Subtask 74-31-00-020-051-A
A. Put the 4000JH1 and 4000JH2 wiring harness routings and connections to the modified configuration as
follows:
(1) Disconnect the 4000JH1 harness connector from the upper ignition exciter-A.
(2) Disconnect the 4000JH2 harness connector from the lower ignition exciter-B.
(3) Make sure that the electrical connections are clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Route the 4000JH2 as follows:

(a) Connect the 4000JH2 harness connector to the upper ignition exciter-A by hand. Use PLIERS -
NOSE, SOFT, LONG only if necessary.
(5) Route the 4000JH1 harness as follows:
(a) Connect the 4000JH1 harness connector to the lower ignition exciter-B by hand. Use PLIERS -
NOSE, SOFT, LONG only if necessary.
(6) Make sure that no contact of the harnesses with the ignition exciter can occur.
Subtask 74-31-00-865-060-A

Subtask 74-31-00-710-054-A
C. Do an operational test of the ignition system (Ref. AMM TASK 74-00-00-710-043) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 74-31-00-440-054-A
A. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-081-041) .
Subtask 74-31-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040)
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons that the ignition leads are routed to opposite ignition
exciters to allow dispatch with the left ignition lead on aircraft battery bus.
Subtask 74-31-00-862-052-A
End of document

74-31-00-040-044-A - Check of the Ignition Fault Warning
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 74-31-00-040-044-A
Check of the Ignition Fault Warning

MMEL 74-07-01A
Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page (FAA only)

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 74-31-00-865-052-A

Subtask 74-31-00-860-052-A
(a) Release the ENG / FADEC GND PWR / 1(2) pushbutton switch. The ON legend of this
(2) On the ENG PNL 115VU, make sure that:
(a) The ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN START selector switch is set to NORM.
(b) The ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch is set to OFF.
(3) On the OVERHEAD CTL & IND PNL 22VU:
· Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/MAN START/1(2) pushbutton switch is off (the
pushbutton switch is released out).

(4) On the HYD/FUEL PNL 40VU:

(a) Make sure that the OFF legends of all the FUEL/PUMPS pushbutton switches are on (the
pushbutton switches are released out).
(5) Do the EIS start procedure: (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 74-31-00-200-051-A
A. Check for ignition fault warning
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ENG PNL 115VU: On the upper ECAM display unit:
· Set the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN START · The primary engine parameters come into view.
selector switch to IGN START.

SWITCH.

SWITCH.

· Push the ENG/MAN START/1(2) pushbutton · The ON legend of this pushbutton switch comes
switch. on.
3.On the ENG PNL 115VU: On the lower ECAM display unit, on the ENGINE
· Set the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch to ON. page:
ENG1(2) START VALVE FAULT warning comes into
view.
START VALVE NOT OPEN
· after about 15s make sure that IGN A+B FAULT
warning comes into view.
· Release the ENG/MAN START/1(2) pushbutton
switch.
· Set the ENG/MASTER 1(2) control switch to
OFF.
· Set the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN START
selector switch to NORM.
NOTE: The ECU stays electrically supplied for 5

minutes after you set:
- the ENG/MASTER 1(2) lever to OFF.
- The ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN
START rotary selector to NORM.

ACTION RESULT
NOTE: The WARNING messages that appears dur-

ing this procedure can be cleared by an ON/
OFF switching of the ENG/MASTER 1(2)
control switch.
5. Close-up
Subtask 74-31-00-860-053-A
(a) Push the ENG / FADEC GND PWR / 1(2) pushbutton switch. The ON legend goes off.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure: (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons that igniter indication is selected on the ENGINE SD
page (FAA only).
Subtask 74-31-00-865-053-A

End of document

75-32-00-040-801-A - Check for no failure of the Low Pressure
Compressor (LPC) (2.5) Bleed Valve LVDT on CFDS
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 75-32-00-040-801-A
Check for no failure of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) (2.5) Bleed Valve LVDT on CFDS

MMEL 70-00-01A
ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE Message
2. Job Set-up
Subtask 75-32-00-941-054-A
A. Not Applicable
3. Procedure
Subtask 75-32-00-040-054-A
A. Check for no failure of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) (2.5) Bleed Valve LVDT on CFDS
(1) Make sure that maintenance messages related to bleed valve LVDT electrical failure on channel A
and/or channel B are not reported in EEC interactive mode fault reports on MCDU.
(a) Check on GROUNG report, LAST LEG REPORT or Post Flight Report.
End of document

78-30-00-040-040-B - Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 78-30-00-040-040-B
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System
CAUTION: NEVER BLANK OFF HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) RETURN HOSE AND RELEASE AIR-
CRAFT (EVEN IF THRUST REVERSER IS DEACTIVATED). THIS ACTION MAY RESULT IN
THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM PRESSURIZATION.
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

MMEL 78-30-01A
Thrust Reverser

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT)
(14.16 and 16.81 lbf.in)
(29.20 and 39.82 lbf.in)
(57.52 and 61.95 lbf.in)

400 POWER PLANT, NACELLES AND PYLONS
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(Ref. 73-29-00-710-040-B-02). Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with Engine Non mo-
toring)
(Ref. 73-29-00-860-801-A). Change of the Inhibition Status of the Thrust Reverser System

(Ref. 78-31-17-000-001-A). Removal of the Blocker Door Deploy Switch
(Ref. 78-31-17-400-001-A). Installation of the Blocker Door Deploy Switch
(Ref. 78-31-18-000-001-A). Removal of the Blocker Door Stow-switch
(Ref. 78-31-18-400-001-A). Installation of the Blocker Door Stow-switch
Hydraulic-Control-Unit (HCU) Operating Control Lever (Operational/Inhibit Position)
Lockout Fairing and Storage Bracket SHEET 1
Lockout Bolt and Lockplate SHEET 1

HYDRAULIC
CONTROL
UNIT
QUICK-RELEASE
PIN ASSEMBLY
OPERATIONAL
POSITION
INHIBIT LEVER IN
OFF POSITION
INHIBIT LEVER IN
OPERATIONAL
POSITION
B
C1M-385-00
N_MM_783000_4_REM0_01_00
Figure 78(CFMB)-30-00-991-30000-06-A / SHEET 1/2 - Hydraulic-

Control-Unit (HCU) Operating Control Lever (Operational/Inhibit Position)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

HYDRAULIC
CONTROL
UNIT
QUICK-RELEASE PIN
ASSEMBLY IN OFF
POSITION
INHIBIT
LEVER IN
OFF POSITION
INHIBIT LEVER
IN OPERATIONAL A
POSITION
C1M-309-01
N_MM_783000_4_REM0_02_00
Figure 78(CFMB)-30-00-991-30000-06-A / SHEET 2/2 - Hydraulic-

Control-Unit (HCU) Operating Control Lever (Operational/Inhibit Position)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

A
BLOCKER
DOOR
A
SCREW (5)
B
LOCKOUT
FAIRING (6)
BLOCKER
DOOR
ACTUATOR
PIVOTING
DOOR
LATCH
BLOCKER
DOOR
ACTUATOR
BOLT (3)
STORAGE
BRACKET (4)
LOCKOUT
BOLT (1)
LOCKPLATE (2)
C1M-241-01
N_MM_783000_4_RCM0_01_00
Figure 78(CFMB)-30-00-991-30200-06-A / SHEET 1/1 - Lockout Fairing and Storage Bracket

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

A
A BLOCKER
DOOR
LOCKOUT
BOLT (1) BOLT (3)
A LOCKPLATE (2)
A
SECTION
A-A
LOCKOUT
BLOCKER BOLT
DOOR
C1M-242-00
N_MM_783000_4_RDM0_01_00
Figure 78(CFMB)-30-00-991-30300-06-A / SHEET 1/1 - Lockout Bolt and Lockplate

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-00-941-050-A
procedure.
Subtask 78-30-00-010-050-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040)
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Hydraulic-Control-Unit (HCU) Operating Control Lever (Operational/Inhibit
Position)) (Ref. Fig. Lockout Fairing and Storage Bracket SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Lockout Bolt and
Lockplate SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 73-1077 for A/C 210-210

Subtask 78-30-00-040-050-B
A. Thrust Reverser Deactivation.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE THRUST REVERSER IS LOCKED. IF NOT, THE THRUST RE-
VERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/
OR DAMAGE TO THE REVERSER.
(1) Do a check of the primary lock, as follows:

(a) Make sure the blocker doors are closed and flush with the thrust reverser structure.
(b) Pull the blocker door with your hand to make sure the door cannot open.
(2) Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable.
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. Hydraulic-Control-Unit (HCU) Operating Control Lever (Operational/Inhibit Position))
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

EMB SB 73-1077 for A/C 210-210

(a) Remove the quick-release pin from the operational position on the HCU (see sheet.1).
(b) Move the inhibit lever from the operational position to the OFF position.
(c) Install the quick-release pin to hold the inhibit lever in the OFF position (see sheet.2).
(3) Do a test of the deploy switches and make sure that they are operative.
(a) Do an operational test of the thrust reverser system through the Centralized Fault Display
System (CFDS) (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-00-710-042) and when the throttle control lever is in
the reverse position:
· check that the green or amber REV indication in the N1 indicator of the engine 1(2) does not
appears
· the ECAM warning ENG 1(2) REVERSER FAULT appears
· check the T/R test report:
1 If the following message is present, replace the four deploy switches (Ref. AMM TASK 78-
31-17-000-001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-17-400-001) and do the test again:
· "DEPL SW, J5/J6,ECU"
2 If the following message is present, replace the four stow switches (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-
18-000-001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-18-400-001) and do the test again:
· "STOW SW, J5/J6,ECU"
3 If the following message is present, replace the four deploy switches (Ref. AMM TASK 78-
31-17-000-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-17-400-001) and the four stow switches
(Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-18-000-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-18-000-001) and do the
test again:
· "DPLSTW SW,J5/6,ECU"
4 If the ECAM warning ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED appears together with one of the
following messages, do the troubleshooting procedure relative to the triggered warning (TSM
78PB101).
· "HCU(TRPV OPEN)" or "HCU(TRPV), HYD"
5 If one of the following messages is present, troubleshoot and do the test again:
· "EIU,HCU" or "TR LOCK, TR ACT"
6 If the message "HCU (TRPV), HYD" or "HCU, TRSOV, HYD" is present and if there is no
other message above mentioned, continue the deactivation procedure.
NOTE: The maintenance messages linked to the fault(s) occurred before the deactivation,
can be recorded in this T/R test report.
(4) Deactivation of the thrust reverser.
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. Lockout Fairing and Storage Bracket SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Lockout Bolt and Lockplate SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 73-1077 for A/C 210-210

(a) Remove the bolts (3) that attach the lockplates (2) to the storage bracket (4).
(b) Remove the lockplates (2) from the storage bracket (4).
(c) Remove the lockout bolts (1) from the storage bracket (4).
(d) Remove the screws (5) that attach the lockout fairings (6) to the blocker doors.

(e) Attach the lockout fairings (6) to the storage bracket (4) with the screws (5).
(f) TORQUE screws (5) to between 0.16 and 0.19 m.daN (14.16 and 16.81 lbf.in)
(g) Install the lockout bolts (1) on the blocker doors.
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

(Ref. Fig. Lockout Bolt and Lockplate SHEET 1)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 73-1077 for A/C 210-210
NOTE: Make sure that a conical washer is installed on the lockout bolt (1).
(h) TORQUE the lockout bolts (1) to between 0.65 and 0.70 m.daN (57.52 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(5) Put the lockplates (2) over the lockout bolts (1) and install the bolts (3).
(6) TORQUE the bolts (3) to between 0.33 and 0.45 m.daN (29.20 and 39.82 lbf.in).
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

Subtask 78-30-00-410-050-A
B. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 78-30-00-710-051-A
C. Do a FADEC ground test (Engine Non Motoring) (Ref. AMM TASK 73-29-00-710-040) .
(1) Make sure that these fault messages are not in view:
· "STOW SW, J5/J6,ECU" or "DEPL SW,J5/J6,ECU" or "DPLSTW SW,J5/6,ECU"
Subtask 78-30-00-710-072-A
D. Do an operational test of the thrust reverser system through the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-00-710-
042) .
(1) Make sure that the ENG1(2) REVERSE UNLOCKED and the ENG1(2) REV PRESSURIZED
warnings do not come into view.
Subtask 78-30-00-710-059-A
E. Change the Rev Inhibition Status
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS FITTED WITH ECU 5BS OR SUBSEQUENT, AND
WITH FWC H2F6 OR SUBSEQUENT.
(1) Change the rev inhibition status of the thrust reverser system from NOT INHIBITED to INHIBITED
(Ref. AMM TASK 73-29-00-860-801) .

5. Close-up
Subtask 78-30-00-941-051-A
(1) In the cockpit, install a WARNING NOTICE(S) to show the reverser cannot operate.
End of document

78-30-00-040-013-A - Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 78-30-00-040-013-A
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight
WARNING: DO NOT CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF THE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) RETURN PORT
TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU. IF YOU CAUSE A BLOCKAGE OF THE HCU RETURN PORT THE
THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTLY AND CAUSE INJURY OR DAMAGE.
FIN : 4101KS1 , 4101KS2
Task Summary
MMEL 78-30-01A YES YES NO 00.8 00.8 1

MMEL 78-30-01A
Thrust Reverser
This procedure supplies the data to deactivate (lockout) the thrust reverser system to release an aircraft with a
thrust reverser that does not operate.

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT)
(Material No. V01-076) Methyl Ethyl Ketone, Technical grade
(Material No. V10-094) anti-seize compound

437AL, 438AR


447AL, 448AR
(Ref. 73-22-00-860-010-A). Change of the Inhibition Status of the Thrust Reverser System
(Ref. 78-30-00-820-010-A). Rigging of the Thrust Reverser System
(Ref. 78-31-00-710-041-A). Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with the CFDS
(Ref. 78-31-00-710-041-A-02). Operational test of the Thrust Reverser without the CFDS and Engine
Running
(Ref. 78-32-00-860-011-A). Manual Retraction of the Thrust Reverser Translating Sleeves
Hydraulic Control Unit SHEET 1
Paragraph 4A to 4D Flowchart SHEET 1
Thrust Reverser Lockout SHEET 1
Thrust Reverser Lockout SHEET 1
Comparison Between Correct and Incorrect Installation of Lock Pin SHEET 1
Reverser Test "Faults Detected" Page (A5 Only) (Menu#11f) SHEET 1

PYLON 1 HCU
2 LOCKOUT
PIN
3 LOCKOUT
LEVER
N_MM_783000_4_XBM0_01_00
Figure 78(IAE)-30-00-991-18000-13-A / SHEET 1/1 - Hydraulic Control Unit

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

DEACTIVATION OF THE THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM FOR FLIGHT

AMM 78-30-00-040-013 - Paragraphs 4A to 4D
SUBTASKS 78-30-00-040-055-A, 78-30-00-860-054-A, 78-30-00-04-056-A & 78-30-00-860-059-A
Deactivate the T/R HCU with the storage

lockout pin attached to the HCU
Is the translating sleeve in Manually move the translating sleeves to

the fully retracted position ? NO the fully retracted position
YES
Measure the distance between the translating

sleeve leading edge and the fan cowl aft edge
Move the translating sleeve forward until 1 or the 2

Is the distance within the actuator rod ends can be put in the mounting brackets.
NO
tolerance ? If only 1 rod end can be put in the mounting bracket, the
other one must be adjusted
YES
Remove the plug from the lockout assembly on the outside

of each translating sleeve
Remove the lockout pin from the pin stowage bracket
assembly on the outside of each translating sleeve
Clean the plug & the lockout pin
Install the lockout pin in the lockout assembly
Is the lockout pin Do a check of the rigging of the translating sleeve actuators
correctly installed in the NO In AMM 78-30-00-820-010 - Rig of Thrust Reverser system
lockout assembly ?
Paragraph 4C / SUBTASK 78-30-00-820-052-A
YES
Install the plug in the pin stowage bracket

assembly of each translating sleeve
Do an operational test of the LVDTs to be sure that

they operate correctly on the deactivated reverser
gc0a5m8424
Change the inhibition status of the T/R system

from NOT INHIBITED to INHIBITED
End of procedure
N_MM_783000_4_XYZ2_01_00
Figure 78(IAE)-30-00-991-94200-13-A / SHEET 1/1 - Paragraph 4A to 4D Flowchart

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

A
A
17 PIN STOWAGE
BRACKET ASSEMBLY
15 LOCKOUT ASSEMBLY
18 PLUG
16 LOCKOUT PIN
13481C
N_MM_783000_4_XCM0_01_00
Figure 78(IAE)-30-00-991-15100-13-A / SHEET 1/1 - Thrust Reverser Lockout

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

A
A
17 PIN STOWAGE
BRACKET ASSEMBLY
15 LOCKOUT ASSEMBLY
18 PLUG
16 LOCKOUT PIN
B8369
N_MM_783000_4_XEM0_01_00
Figure 78(IAE)-30-00-991-15900-13-A / SHEET 1/1 - Thrust Reverser Lockout

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

CAUTION
RED PIN = THRUST
REVERSER
MISALIGNMENT OF MANUALLY
THE TRANSLATING LOCKOUT PIN DEACTIVATED
SLEEVE WITH THE INSTALLED IN A
C-DUCT BEFORE MISALIGNED
LOCKOUT PIN ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION
COMPARISON BETWEEN CORRECT AND INCORRECT INSTALLATION

gc0a5m8425
C-DUCT STRUCTURE
RED PIN = THRUST REVERSER MANUALLY DEACTIVATED
N_MM_783000_4_XYZ1_01_00
Figure 78(IAE)-30-00-991-94100-13-A / SHEET 1/1 - Comparison

Between Correct and Incorrect Installation of Lock Pin
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

F AD E C X
RE VE RS E R TES T
1L 1R
T / R TES T CL OSE UP
2L 2R
3L 3R
F AU L T D E T E CT ED
4L S E E GR OU ND S CANN I N G 4R
5L 5R
6L R E TURN 6R
N_MM_783000_4_XFM0_01_00
Figure 78(IAE)-30-00-991-91100-13-A / SHEET 1/1 -

Reverser Test "Faults Detected" Page (A5 Only) (Menu#11f)
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-00-941-058-A
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred 5 minutes or more before you do this procedure.
Subtask 78-30-00-010-058-A
B. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position.
4. Procedure
Subtask 78-30-00-040-055-A
A. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser HCU
(Ref. Fig. Hydraulic Control Unit SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Paragraph 4A to 4D Flowchart SHEET 1)
TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser HCU with the storage lockout pin (2) attached to the HCU.
(a) Set the lockout lever (3) on the HCU (1) to the lockout position.
(b) Install the lockout pin (2) attached to the HCU (1) in the lockout hole of the HCU (1).
Subtask 78-30-00-860-054-A
B. Retract the Left and Right Translating Sleeves
(1) Make sure the translating sleeve is in the fully retracted position. If it is not, manually move the
translating sleeves to the fully retracted position (Ref. AMM TASK 78-32-00-860-011) .
(2) Measure the distance between the translating sleeve leading edge and the fan cowl aft edge
(Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-820-010) Para. 4.C.(8).
Subtask 78-30-00-040-056-A
C. Lock the Left and Right Translating Sleeves
(Ref. Fig. Thrust Reverser Lockout SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Thrust Reverser Lockout SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Comparison Between Correct and Incorrect Installation of Lock Pin SHEET 1)

(1) Remove the plug (18) from the lockout assembly (15) on the outside of each translating sleeve (14).
(2) Remove the lockout pin (16) from the pin stowage bracket assembly (17) on the outside of each
translating sleeve.
(3) Clean the components:
(a) Clean the lockout pin (16) and the plug (18) with Methyl Ethyl Ketone, Technical
grade (Material No. V01-076). Wipe dry with a Textile-Lint free Cotton - (Material No. 14SBA1)
before the methylethylketone evaporates.
(b) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-094) to the lockout pin (16) and the plug (18).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE HOLES IN THE C-DUCT AND THE TRANSLATING SLEEVE
ARE CORRECTLY ALIGNED AND THE LOCKOUT PIN IS INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
THERE IS A RISK THAT THE LOCKOUT PIN WILL NOT BE FULLY INSTALLED AND
WILL NOT MECHANICALLY INHIBIT THE REVERSER.
(4) Install the lockout pin (16) in the lockout assembly (15) as shown on the figure.
(a) If the lockout pin cannot be fully installed because the holes are not aligned, align them:
· Do a check of the rigging of the translating sleeve actuators (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-820-
010) Para. 4.C.
NOTE: The lockout pin will be above the receptacle when the pin is installed.
(5) Install the plug (18) into the pin stowage bracket assembly (17) of each translating sleeve as shown
on the figure.
(6) Do a test of the LVDTs and make sure that they operate correctly on the deactivated reverser.
(a) Do the operational test of the thrust reverser system with the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-00-
710-041) on EEC channels A and B:
1 During the operational test, make sure that the green or amber REV indication in the EPR
indicator of engine 1(2) does not show.
2 When the FAULT DETECTED page comes into view on MCDU screen, push two times the
return key and show the GROUND SCANNING menu.
(Ref. Fig. Reverser Test "Faults Detected" Page (A5 Only) (Menu#11f) SHEET 1)
(b) Make sure that these faults are not reported by GROUND SCANNING:
· REV LVDT CHA/HC/EEC 1(2)
· REV LVDT CHB/HC/EEC 1(2)
· REV POS OR LVDT FAULT 1(2)
NOTE: You can ignore the T/R SOV/HCU/EEC 1(2) or HYD CONT UNIT/HC/EEC 1(2) fault.
(c) Return the throttle lever to the IDLE position.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE "ENG 1(2) REVERSE UNLOCKED" AND "ENG 1(2) REV
PRESSURIZED" ECAM WARNINGS ARE NOT SHOWN. THEY ARE SHOWN WHEN
THE THRUST REVERSER DEACTIVATION IS NOT CORRECT AND THERE IS NO
MECHANICAL OR HYDRAULIC INHIBITION OF THE THRUST REVERSER. THIS
CAN CAUSE AN IN-FLIGHT DEPLOYMENT OF THE THRUST REVERSER.
(d) Push the return key until you exit the interactive mode and make sure that the ECAM warnings
ENG 1(2) REVERSE UNLOCKED and ENG1(2) REV PRESSURIZED are not shown.

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1373 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-115, 201-201, 208-209, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235,
237-239, 242-242, 244-244, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1414 for A/C 016-022, 024-072, 112-115, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222,
227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-244, 350-350
EMB SB 73-1097 for A/C 022-022, 025-027, 029-029, 031-050, 052-052, 114-115, 203-206, 209-209, 211-211,
219-221, 227-232, 237-238, 244-244
Subtask 78-30-00-860-059-A
D. Change the inhibition status of the thrust reverser system from NOT INHIBITED to INHIBITED (POST
SBE 73-0222 only) (Ref. AMM TASK 73-22-00-860-010) .
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
5. Close-up
Subtask 78-30-00-410-057-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit above the throttle levers to tell persons that the Thrust
Reverser HCU is deactivated.
End of document

78-30-00-040-812-A - Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser
System after Flight and ECAM warning REV INHIBITED
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 78-30-00-040-812-A
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System after Flight and ECAM warning REV INHIBITED

MMEL 78-30-01A
Thrust Reverser
(Ref. 78-30-00-040-806-A). Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 78-30-00-860-073-A
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 78-30-00-040-079-A
A. Deactivate the Trhust Reverser for Flight (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-040-806)
Subtask 78-30-00-710-068-A
B. Do an operational test of the thrust reverser with the MCDU.
(1) Check for the warning of the thrust reverser inhibition on the upper ECAM display unit.
(a) On the ENG section of the maintenance panel 50VU:
· Release the FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch (the ON legend comes on).
(b) On the upper ECAM display unit:
· Make sure that the REV INHIBITED warning comes into view and the ENG1(2) REVERSE
UNLOCKED and ENG1(2) REV PRESSURIZED warnings do not come into view.
5. Close-up
Subtask 78-30-00-860-074-A
(1) Make an entry in the logbook to record that the Thrust Reverser has been deactivated.
End of document

78-37-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the TRAS Track Lock
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 78-37-00-040-801-A
Deactivation of the TRAS Track Lock
OCCUR.

MMEL 78-30-04B
Thrust Reverser Door Tertiary Lock

No specific 1 EXTENSION 1/4 IN - SQUARE DRIVE
No specific 1 WRENCH - FLAT
No specific Torque wrench: range to between 45 and 50 lbf.in
(0.51 and 0.57 m.daN)

(Ref. 78-32-37-000-801-A). Removal of the TRAS Track Lock Pin Access Panel
TRAS Track Lock

A B
1 x2
1 x2
2 D F 2
C E
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-783700-G-51563-02531-A-003-01
3 OR 4 01
A 02
B 02
TRACK LOCK COVER TRACK LOCK COVER
SHOWN WHEN TRAS TRACK LOCK SHOWN WHEN TRAS TRACK LOCK
IS IN THE LOCKED POSITION IS IN THE UNLOCKED POSITION
NOTE:
01 ITEM 3 IS FOR CONFIGURATION 1.
ITEM 4 IS FOR CONFIGURATION 2.
02 LH SHOWN, RH OPPOSITE
N_MM_783700_4_NAM0_01_02
Figure 78(PW11)-37-00-991-00200-21-A / SHEET 1/2 - TRAS Track Lock

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

TRAS TRACK LOCK TRAS TRACK LOCK

LOCKOUT LEVER LOCKOUT LEVER
TRAS
TRAS
TRACK
TRACK
C 02 LOCK
D 02 LOCK
VIEW LOOKING DOWN VIEW LOOKING DOWN
SHOWN IN THE LOCKED POSITION SHOWN IN THE UNLOCKED AND PINNED POSITION
CONFIGURATION 1 CONFIGURATION 1
TRAS TRACK LOCK

LOCKOUT LEVER TRAS TRACK LOCK
LOCKOUT LEVER
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-783700-G-51563-02532-A-003-01
TRAS
TRACK
LOCK TRAS
TRACK
E 02 F 02 LOCK
VIEW LOOKING DOWN VIEW LOOKING DOWN
SHOWN IN THE LOCKED POSITION SHOWN IN THE UNLOCKED AND PINNED POSITION
CONFIGURATION 2 CONFIGURATION 2
NOTE:
02 LH SHOWN, RH OPPOSITE
N_MM_783700_4_NAM0_02_03
Figure 78(PW11)-37-00-991-00200-21-A / SHEET 2/2 - TRAS Track Lock

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 78-37-00-941-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-833) .
Subtask 78-37-00-040-050-A
B. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Maintenance
(1) Do the deactivation of the thrust reverser system for maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-040-
805) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. TRAS Track Lock)
Subtask 78-37-00-040-051-A
TASK. BEFORE YOU USE PPE, READ, UNDERSTAND AND OBEY ALL INSTRUCTIONS
FOR ITS USE. THESE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE MANUFAC-
TURER, YOUR EMPLOYER AND GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS. YOU CAN GET INJURED
IF YOU DO NOT USE PPE. GET INSTRUCTIONS FROM YOUR EMPLOYER ON WHICH PPE
IS NECESSARY.
A. Deactivation of the TRAS Track Lock for the Applicable Thrust Reverser Half
NOTE: If you deactivate/reactivate the TRAS track lock for one thrust reverser door, you must deactiv-
ate/reactivate the TRAS track lock for the opposite thrust reverser door.
(1) Remove the two bolts (1) and the track lock cover (2) to get access to the lockout hole
(Ref. AMM TASK 78-32-37-000-801) .
CONFIGURATION 1
(2) Remove the lockout pin (3) from the latch beam.
END OF CONFIGURATION 1
CONFIGURATION 2
(3) Remove the lockout pin (4) from the latch beam.
(4) Turn the TRAS track lock lockout-lever approximately 72 degrees to the unlocked position.
(a) Keep the lockout lever in the unlocked position.
(b) Use the applicable WRENCH - FLAT and the EXTENSION 1/4 IN - SQUARE DRIVE.
NOTE: For the TRAS track lock on the left thrust reverser, turn the lockout lever counterclock-
wise. For the TRAS track lock on the right thrust reverser, turn the lockout lever clock-
wise.
CONFIGURATION 1
(5) Install the lockout pin (3) in the TRAS track lock.

CONFIGURATION 2
(6) Install the lockout pin (4) in the TRAS track lock.
(7) Remove the WRENCH - FLAT and the EXTENSION 1/4 IN - SQUARE DRIVE from the TRAS track
lock lockout-lever.
(8) Let the TRAS track lock lockout-lever move against the lockout pin (3) or (4) to keep the TRAS track
lock lockout-lever in the unlocked position.
(9) Install the track lock cover (2) back on the latch beam with the two bolts (1).
(a) Make sure that the track lock cover (2) pin is on the top side.
(10) TORQUE the bolts (1) to between 45 and 50 lbf.in (0.51 and 0.57 m.daN).
5. Close-up
Subtask 78-37-00-440-057-A
A. Do the reactivation of the thrust reverser system after ground maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-
440-805) .
Subtask 78-37-00-942-052-A
End of document

52-51-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the CDLS Back-up System
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
TASK 52-51-00-040-802-A
Deactivation of the CDLS Back-up System
Task Summary
N MMELR00577 NO YES NO 00.3 00.3 1

N MMELR00577

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-861-050-A
A. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

Subtask 52-51-00-865-136-A

52-51-00-040-802-A - Deactivation of the CDLS Back-up System
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

4. Procedure
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-040-060-A
A. Deactivation of the CDLS Back-up System
(1) Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
· 4MQ.
(2) On overhead panel 20VU, on CKPT DOOR BKUP panel 45VU, make sure that the switch LKG SYS
(21MQ) is in the NORM position.
NOTE: All parts of the CDLS (normal and back-up system, if installed) can be inopertive if the com-
plete system is deactivated in the unlocked position and adjustment is not required by regula-
tions for the intended flight.
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250

5. Close-up
** ON A/C 227-228, 231-232, 237-237, 242-242, 244-250
EMB SB 52-1115 for A/C 237-237

Subtask 52-51-00-860-113-A
A. Put the Aircraft back to the Serviceable Condition
End of document

79-30-00-040-001-B - Operational Test of the Oil Pressure Indicating System
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 79-30-00-040-001-B
Operational Test of the Oil Pressure Indicating System

MMEL 79-07-02A
Oil Pressure Indication and Advisory on the ENGINE SD page
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-30-00-860-052-A
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-30-00-710-052-A
A. Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
(1) Do an operational test of the thrust reverser system (Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-00-710-042) .
(a) If the ECAM WARNING "ENG 1(2) REVERSER FAULT" is triggered, the thrust reverser has to
be considered inoperative.
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-30-00-869-052-A
A. Make an entry in the log book to record the operational test of the thrust reverser system.
End of document

79-31-00-040-042-A - Check of the Oil System for Oil Quantity
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 79-31-00-040-042-A
Check of the Oil System for Oil Quantity

MMEL 79-07-03A
Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page

(Ref. 12-13-79-610-002-A). Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator of EMCD (Elec-
trical Master Chip Detector)
(Ref. 12-13-79-610-002-A-01). Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-31-00-861-050-A
Subtask 79-31-00-941-050-A
procedure.
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-31-00-210-050-A
A. Do a Check of the Oil Quantity
(1) Do a check of the oil level in the tank and fill it to the correct level if necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-
13-79-610-002) .
NOTE: The necessary quantity is the minimum quantity plus the consumption estimate for the flight.

5. Close-up
Subtask 79-31-00-941-051-A
A. Indicating system
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the oil quantity indication does not
operate.
(2) Make an entry in the log book to record the check.
Subtask 79-31-00-865-050-A

121VU ENGINE/ENG1/OIL/QTY 1EN1 N39
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/OIL/QTY 1EN2 N41
Subtask 79-31-00-862-050-A
C. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

79-35-00-040-042-A - Replacement of the Main Oil Supply Filter
and Check of the Electrical Chip Detector Visual Indicator (pop-out)
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 79-35-00-040-042-A
Replacement of the Main Oil Supply Filter and Check of the Electrical Chip Detector Visual Indicator (pop-out)

MMEL 79-09-02B
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG Alert


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 71-00-00-710-006-B). Minimum Idle Check
(Ref. 79-00-00-281-002-A). Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector (EMCD) for Particles
(Ref. 79-21-10-920-002-B). Remove and Discard Supply Filter
(Ref. 79-21-30-000-001-A). Removal of the Visual Indicator
(Ref. 79-21-30-400-001-A). Installation of the Visual Indicator
(Ref. 79-21-30-440-001-A). Resetting of the Visual Indicator
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-35-00-861-050-A
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 79-35-00-941-050-A


procedure.
(a) Make sure that the pushbutton switch of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) is off.
Subtask 79-35-00-010-050-A
C. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040)
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-35-00-040-050-A
A. Replacement of the Main Oil Filter and check of the Visual indicator (pop out)
(1) Replace the main oil filter element (Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-10-920-002) .
(2) Check that the visual indicator (pop out) of the electrical chip detector is not extended (popped out).
(3) Check the Electrical Master Chip Detector (EMCD) for particles (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-281-002)
Subtask 79-35-00-720-050-A
B. Visual indicator (pop out) functional Check
(1) Disconnect the DPM electrical harness connector B from the visual indicator.
(2) Close the circuit between pin N°2 and N°3 of connector B with jumper metallic for 1 second minimum.
(3) Check the visual red pop out indicator must extend (extension time < 1 second).
(a) If the red pop out has not extended, replace the visual indicator (Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-30-000-
001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-30-400-001) .
(b) If red pop out indicator has extended, do the resetting of the visual indicator
(Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-30-440-001) , then go to the next step.
Subtask 79-35-00-790-050-A
C. Test
(1) Do a Minimum Idle leak Check (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-006) and make sure that there is no
leakage from main oil supply filter.
Subtask 79-35-00-941-051-A
D. Install WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell that the oil filter clog warning is inoperative.
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-35-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(4) Remove the warning notices from the panels 115VU and 50VU.
Subtask 79-35-00-862-050-A
End of document

79-35-00-040-044-A - Replacement of the Main Oil Supply
Filter and Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 79-35-00-040-044-A
Replacement of the Main Oil Supply Filter and Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector

MMEL 79-09-02C


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Power
(Ref. 79-00-00-281-002-A). Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector (EMCD) for Particles
(Ref. 79-21-10-920-002-B). Remove and Discard Supply Filter
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-35-00-861-051-A
Subtask 79-35-00-941-056-A
procedure.
(a) Make sure that the pushbutton switch of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) is off.

79-35-00-040-044-A - Replacement of the Main Oil Supply
Filter and Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector
Subtask 79-35-00-010-053-A
C. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040)
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-35-00-040-054-A
A. Replacement of the Main Oil Filter
(1) Replace the main oil filter element (Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-10-920-002) .
Subtask 79-35-00-040-052-A
B. Replacement of the Electric Master Chip Detector
(1) Remove the Electric Master Chip Detector (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-281-002) .
Subtask 79-35-00-040-053-A
C. Inspection of the Electric Master Chip Detector
(1) Examine the Electric Master Chip Detector plug for debris presence (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-281-
002) .
(a) Check for debris build-up within the gap between the 2 magnet poles.
If presence of particles then keep them for laboratory analysis as required.
(2) Clean the Electric Master Chip Detector (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-281-002) .
(3) Install the Electric Master Chip Detector (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-281-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-35-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 79-35-00-862-051-A
B. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
End of document

79-31-00-040-041-A - Oil Quantity Indication - Quantity Check
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 79-31-00-040-041-A
Oil Quantity Indication - Quantity Check
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

MMEL 79-07-03A

(Ref. 12-13-79-610-011-A). Check Oil Level and Replenish
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-31-00-941-054-A
procedure.
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-31-00-210-052-A
A. Make sure that there is no evidence of oil leakage at the equipment, lines and connections.
(1) Do a check of the oil level in the tank and fill it to the correct level if necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-
13-79-610-011) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-31-00-941-055-A
A. Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the oil quantity indication does not operate.
(1) Do an entry in the log book.
End of document

79-35-00-040-041-A - Deactivation of the Oil Filter Clog Warning System
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 79-35-00-040-041-A
Deactivation of the Oil Filter Clog Warning System
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

MMEL 79-07-01A
CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page (FAA only)
This TASK is applicable for engines V2500-A5 having embodied Number 3 FAG Bearing P/N 2A1165.


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(Ref. 71-00-00-710-012-B). Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
(Ref. 79-00-00-200-014-A). Inspection of the Master Magnetic Chip Detector
(Ref. 79-22-44-000-010-A). Removal of the Scavenge Oil Filter Element
(Ref. 79-22-44-400-010-A). Installation of the Scavenge Oil Filter Element
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-35-00-941-054-A
procedure.

79-35-00-040-041-A - Deactivation of the Oil Filter Clog Warning System
Subtask 79-35-00-010-052-A
B. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-010) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-35-00-040-055-A
A. Do the following:
(1) Replace the oil filter element (Ref. AMM TASK 79-22-44-000-010) and (Ref. AMM TASK 79-22-44-
400-010) once each day.
(2) Inspect the Master Magnetic Chip Detector (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-200-014) .
(3) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons that the oil filter clog indication does not operate.
Subtask 79-35-00-710-050-A
B. Do an idle leak check (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-012) .
Subtask 79-35-00-210-050-A
C. Make sure that there are no oil leaks at the filter and the Master Magnetic Chip Detector.
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-35-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
End of document

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 79-31-00-040-802-A
Check of the Oil System for Oil Quantity

MMEL 79-07-03A
(Ref. 79-00-00-210-810-A). Visual Inspection of the Engine Oil System
(Ref. 79-00-00-610-801-A). Check and Fill the Engine Oil
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-31-00-860-050-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-31-00-210-055-A
A. Do a visual inspection of the engine oil system to check the leakage (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-210-
810)
Subtask 79-31-00-610-050-A
B. Do a check of the oil level in the tank and fill it to the correct level if necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-
00-610-801) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-31-00-860-051-A
A. Make an applicable entry in the log book.
End of document

79-35-00-040-802-A - Engine Oil Filter Change and Magnetic Chip Detector Inspection
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 79-35-00-040-802-A
Engine Oil Filter Change and Magnetic Chip Detector Inspection

MMEL 79-09-02A
MMEL 79-09-04B
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER DEGRAD Alert
MMEL 79-09-05B
ENG 1(2) OIL SENSOR FAULT Alert
(Ref. 79-00-00-281-802-A). Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil Contamination
(Ref. 79-21-06-960-801-A). Replacement of the Oil Filter Element
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-35-00-860-050-A
A. Non Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-35-00-960-050-A
A. Do the replacement of the Oil Filter Element (Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-06-960-801)
Subtask 79-35-00-281-050-A
B. Do the oil analysis of the Magnetic Chip Collector (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-281-802)
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-35-00-860-054-A
(1) Make an entry in the logbook to record that the Oil Filter element has been changed and the Magnetic
Chip Detector inspected
End of document

79-35-00-040-803-A - Engine Oil Filter Change
and Magnetic Chip Detector Operation Check
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 79-35-00-040-803-A
Engine Oil Filter Change and Magnetic Chip Detector Operation Check

MMEL 79-09-02D
MMEL 79-09-04C
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER DEGRAD Alert
MMEL 79-09-05C
ENG 1(2) OIL SENSOR FAULT Alert
(Ref. 79-21-06-960-801-A). Replacement of the Oil Filter Element
(Ref. 79-22-01-720-801-A). Functional Test of the Magnetic Chip Collectors
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-35-00-860-051-A
A. Non Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-35-00-960-051-A
A. Do the replacement of the Oil Filter Element (Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-06-960-801)
Subtask 79-35-00-720-051-A
B. Do the functional test of the Magnetic Chip Collectors (Ref. AMM TASK 79-22-01-720-801)
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-35-00-860-055-A
(1) Make an entry in the logbook to record that the Oil Filter element has been changed and the Magnetic
Chip Detector checked
End of document

79-35-00-040-804-A - Magnetic Chip Detector Inspection
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 79-35-00-040-804-A
Magnetic Chip Detector Inspection

MMEL 79-09-02E
(Ref. 79-00-00-281-802-A). Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil Contamination
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-35-00-860-052-A
A. Non Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-35-00-200-051-A
A. Do the Magnetic Chip Detector Inspection (Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-281-802)
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-35-00-860-056-A
(1) Make an entry in the logbook to record that the Magnetic Chip Detector has been inspected
End of document

79-35-00-040-805-A - Magnetic Chip Detector Operational Test
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 79-35-00-040-805-A
Magnetic Chip Detector Operational Test

MMEL 79-09-02F
(Ref. 79-22-01-720-801-A). Functional Test of the Magnetic Chip Collectors
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 79-35-00-860-053-A
A. Non Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 79-35-00-710-051-A
A. Do the Magnetic Chip Detector Operational Test (Ref. AMM TASK 79-22-01-720-801)
5. Close-up
Subtask 79-35-00-860-057-A
(1) Make an entry in the logbook to record that the Magnetic Chip Detector has been operationally tested
End of document

80-11-00-040-044-A - Check of the Starter
Valve Manual Handle Position after Engine Start
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 80-11-00-040-044-A
Check of the Starter Valve Manual Handle Position after Engine Start
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

MMEL 80-07-01A
Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD page

438CR
448CR
Starter Valve Access Panel SHEET 1

448CR
(438CR)
N_MM_801100_4_RAM0_01_00
Figure 80(CFMB)-11-00-991-30000-06-A / SHEET 1/1 - Starter Valve Access Panel

** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241

3. Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. Starter Valve Access Panel SHEET 1)
Subtask 80-11-00-010-050-A
A. Open the access door on fan cowl :
438CR
448CR
4. Procedure
Subtask 80-11-00-210-050-A
A. After engine start cycle check on starter valve that the manual handle is in closed position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 80-11-00-410-050-A
A. Close the access door on fan cowl
438CR
448CR
Subtask 80-11-00-941-050-A
(1) Tell the crew to make an entry in the log book.
End of document

80-11-00-040-045-A - Manually Operate the Starter Valve
** ON A/C 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236, 241-241
TASK 80-11-00-040-045-A
Manually Operate the Starter Valve
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

MMEL 80-11-01A
Start Valve


438CR
448CR
(Ref. 71-00-00-710-003-B). Engine Automatic Start
(Ref. 80-11-00-040-044-A). Check of the Starter Valve Manual Handle Position after Engine Start
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 80-11-00-010-051-A
A. Open the access door :
438CR
448CR
4. Procedure
Subtask 80-11-00-869-050-A
A. Manual Control of the Starter Valve.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU OPERATE THE STARTER SHUTOFF VALVE WITH THE EN-
GINE RUNNING. OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

80-11-00-040-045-A - Manually Operate the Starter Valve
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE MANUAL HANDLE OF THE PNEUMATIC STARTER VALVE IF
THE STARTER SYSTEM IS NOT PRESSURIZED. IF YOU DO, DAMAGE TO THE PNEU-
MATIC STARTER VALVE CAN OCCUR.
(1) Perform an engine start (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-003) by operating the starter valve manually
(Ref. FCOM PRO-SUP-70).
(2) After engine start cycle, check on starter valve that manual handle is in closed position
(Ref. AMM TASK 80-11-00-040-044) . If not manually close the starter shutoff valve.
5. Close-up
Subtask 80-11-00-410-051-A
A. Close the access door on fan cowl :
438CR
448CR
Subtask 80-11-00-941-051-A
(1) Install a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell the persons that the pneumatic starter valve
system is inoperative.
(2) Tell the crew to make an entry in the log book
End of document

80-11-00-040-042-A - Start Valve Position Indication - Position Check
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 80-11-00-040-042-A
Start Valve Position Indication - Position Check
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

MMEL 80-07-01A

437AL, 438AR, 438BR
447AL, 448AR, 448BR
Doors SHEET 1
Pneumatic and Valve System SHEET 1

438 AR
(448 AR)
438 BR
(448 BR)
N_MM_801100_4_XAM0_01_00
Figure 80(IAE)-11-00-991-90200-13-A / SHEET 1/1 - Doors

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

EXTENSION FOR
0.375 IN SQUARE
SOCKET
CONNECTOR 4005KS - A
N_MM_801100_4_XCM0_01_00
Figure 80(IAE)-11-00-991-90300-13-A / SHEET 1/1 - Pneumatic and Valve System

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 80-11-00-010-054-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open access door on right fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
437AL, 438AR. 438BR
447AL, 448AR. 448BR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Doors SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Pneumatic and Valve System SHEET 1)
Subtask 80-11-00-210-051-A
A. After the engine start cycle, check on the starter valve that the manual handle is in the closed position.
5. Close-up
Subtask 80-11-00-410-054-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close access door on the cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-010) .
437AL, 438AR, 438BR
447AL, 448AR, 448BR.
Subtask 80-11-00-941-054-A
(1) Tell the crew to make an entry in the log book to record the check on the starter that the manual
handle is in the closed position.
End of document

80-11-00-040-043-A - Starter Valve - Manual Control
** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-
235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
TASK 80-11-00-040-043-A
Starter Valve - Manual Control
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

MMEL 80-11-01A
Start Valve


438BR
448BR
(Ref. 71-00-00-860-012-A). Engine Safety Precautions
Doors SHEET 1

438 AR
(448 AR)
438 BR
(448 BR)
N_MM_801100_4_XAM0_01_00
Figure 80(IAE)-11-00-991-90200-13-A / SHEET 1/1 - Doors

** ON A/C 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-
211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 80-11-00-010-055-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open access door:
438BR
448BR
Subtask 80-11-00-860-050-A
B. For starter motor keep away zone refer to (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-012) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Doors SHEET 1)
Subtask 80-11-00-210-052-A
A. Start the Engine:
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE MANUAL HANDLE OF THE PNEUMATIC STARTER VALVE IF
THE STARTER SYSTEM IS NOT PRESSURIZED. IF YOU DO, DAMAGE TO THE PNEU-
MATIC STARTER VALVE CAN OCCUR.
(1) Start the engine by operating manually the pneumatic starter valve through the access door with
0.375 in. (9.5 mm) square drive.
(2) After engine start cycle, position the pneumatic starter valve manually in closed position (clockwise).
5. Close-up
Subtask 80-11-00-410-055-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door on fan cowl:
438BR.
448BR.
Subtask 80-11-00-941-055-A
(1) Install WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons that the pneumatic starter valve system
does not operate.
(2) Tell the crew to make an entry in the log book to record the position of the pneumatic starter valve.
End of document

80-11-00-040-803-A - Starter Air Control Valve Manual Override
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 80-11-00-040-803-A
Starter Air Control Valve Manual Override

MMEL 80-11-01A
Start Valve

Starter Air Control Valve Manual Override SHEET 1
MCDU Screen

SAV MANUAL
STARTER OVERRIDE
ACCESS PORT
N_MM_801100_4_QAA0_01_00
Figure 80(PW11)-11-00-991-90400-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Starter Air Control Valve Manual Override
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307,
309-313 | EMB SB 73-1109 for A/C 301-314 | EMB SB 73-1111 for A/C 301-
314 | EMB SB 73-1122 for A/C 301-325 | EMB SB 73-1123 for A/C 301-336

FM 1 IND RDY FM 2
EIUi
S P E C I F I C D A T A
< D I SCRE T E I NP U T S
< D I SCRE T E OU T P U T S S I MU L .
< S A V MAN U A L OVERR I DE
RE T URN PR I N T
NEXT PREV
PAGE PAGE
SEE SHEET 2
OR
SEE SHEET 3
N_MM_801100_4_QAB0_01_00
Figure 80(PW11)-11-00-991-91000-21-D / SHEET 1/5 - MCDU Screen

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307,

SEE SHEET 1
FM 1 IND RDY FM 2
E NG x S A V M A NUA L 1/ 1
OV ERR I D E
S T A R T V A L V E CAN B E
MAN U A L L Y OP E N
RE T URN PR I N T
NEXT PREV
PAGE PAGE
N_MM_801100_4_QAB0_02_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307,

SEE SHEET 1
FM 1 IND RDY FM 2
OV ERR I D E
DO NOT OP E N S T A R T V A L V E
MAN U A L L Y B E F ORE
0 8 H OUR S 2 2 M I N
RE T URN PR I N T
NEXT PREV
PAGE PAGE
N_MM_801100_4_QAB0_03_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307,

FM 1 IND RDY FM 2
OV ERR I D E
DO NOT OP E N S T A R T V A L V E
MAN U A L L Y B E F ORE
- - H OUR S - - M I N
( T I ME N OT A V A I L A B L E )
RE T URN PR I N T
NEXT PREV
PAGE PAGE
SEE SHEET 5
N_MM_801100_4_QAB0_04_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307,

SEE SHEET 4
FM 1 IND RDY FM 2
E NG x CO L I N G T I ME 1/ 1
0 2M I N 3 1 SE C
RE T URN PR I N T
NEXT PREV
PAGE PAGE
N_MM_801100_4_QAB0_05_00

** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307,

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307, 309-313

EMB SB 73-1109 for A/C 301-314
EMB SB 73-1111 for A/C 301-314
EMB SB 73-1122 for A/C 301-325
EMB SB 73-1123 for A/C 301-336
Subtask 80-11-00-941-058-A
(1) During the engine start procedure, obey all the engine safety precautions.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
CAUTION: WIPE CLEAN ALL PARTS AND TOOLS AS NECESSARY TO REMOVE UNWANTED DEBRIS
AND PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307, 309-313

EMB SB 73-1109 for A/C 301-314
EMB SB 73-1111 for A/C 301-314
EMB SB 73-1122 for A/C 301-325
EMB SB 73-1123 for A/C 301-336
(Ref. Fig. Starter Air Control Valve Manual Override SHEET 1)
Subtask 80-11-00-860-051-D
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU WAITED FOR THE TIME SHOWN ON THE MCDU AFTER ENGINE
SHUTDOWN BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE WITH THE MANUAL OVERRIDE.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION, DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR.
A. Wait the necessary time after engine shutdown.

(Ref. Fig. MCDU Screen)
(1) On the EIU 1(2)/TEST/SPECIFIC DATA page of the MCDU, select SAV MANUAL OVERRIDE. See
the Sheet 1 of the Figure:
(2) On the ENG 1(2) SAV MANUAL OVERRIDE page, make sure that the START VALVE CAN BE
MANUALLY OPEN indication is shown. See the Sheet 2 of the Figure:
NOTE: The ENG 1(2) SAV MANUAL OVERRIDE page (See the Sheet 3 of the Figure) gives the in-
dication of the time until you can manually open the starter valve. If no indication of time is
shown (See the Sheet 4 of the Figure), push the 3R key to know the necessary cooling time
(See the Sheet 5 of the Figure). (Ref. Fig. MCDU Screen) When cooling time is NULL, make
sure that the start valve can be manually open as described in paragraph 4.B.
Subtask 80-11-00-210-055-A

B. Check of the Starter Air Control Valve System

(1) If the manual override is permitted on MCDU (See the Sheet 2 of the Figure), find the access port at
the three o'clock position on the right thrust reverser inner fixed structure. See the figure:
(2) Use the maintenance interphone jack (or alternative mode) and make sure that you can communicate
with the cockpit crew from the access port location.
(3) Find the DRIVE 3/8 IN - SQUARE (manual override drive) of the starter air control valve through the
access port.
NOTE: Use a 31.5 in. (0.8 m) or more extension to turn the manual override drive.
(4) Make sure that the valve is in the closed position.
NOTE: The valve is spring-loaded to the closed position. Rotate the square drive clockwise to
CLOSE if required.
(5) Obey all the safety instructions and warnings in the engines safety precautions procedure.
(6) Start the engine.
WARNING: STAY AWAY FROM THE DANGER AREAS AT THE FRONT AND THE SIDES OF
THE ENGINE DURING OPERATION. THE SUCTION IS SUFFICIENT AT THE AIR IN-
TAKE COWL TO PULL A PERSON INTO (IN PART OR FULLY) THE ENGINE. THIS
CAN KILL A PERSON OR CAUSE A BAD INJURY.
(a) Tell the cockpit crew that you are ready for the engine start.
(7) When directed by the cockpit crew, turn the manual override counterclockwise to OPEN until you feel
the stop.
(8) Hold the valve open.
(9) When directed by the cockpit crew, allow the valve to return to the closed position.
(10) Tell the cockpit crew to make sure that on the ECAM WD, the warning message ENG 1(2) START
VALVE FAULT/START VALVE NOT CLOSED does not come into view.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

5. Close-up
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307, 309-313

EMB SB 73-1109 for A/C 301-314
EMB SB 73-1111 for A/C 301-314
EMB SB 73-1122 for A/C 301-325
EMB SB 73-1123 for A/C 301-336
Subtask 80-11-00-940-052-A
(2) Tell the cockpit crew that the valve is closed and that you will now leave the area.

(3) Tell the cockpit crew to make an entry in the log book to record that valve has been closed.
(4) Disconnect the interphone from the intake cowl (if connected) and go away from the engine.
(5) Signal to the cockpit crew that you are away from the aircraft.
End of document

80-11-00-040-806-A - Check of the Position of the Manual
Handle of the Starter Air Control Valve after the Engine Start
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
TASK 80-11-00-040-806-A
Check of the Position of the Manual Handle of the Starter Air Control Valve after the Engine Start
FIN : 4005KS
MMEL 80-07-01A

No specific 1 EXTENSION

454 HOT SECTION
464 HOT SECTION
Starter Air Control Valve Manual Override SHEET 1

SAV MANUAL
STARTER OVERRIDE
ACCESS PORT
N_MM_801100_4_QAA0_01_00
Figure 80(PW11)-11-00-991-90400-21-A / SHEET 1/1 - Starter Air Control Valve Manual Override
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600 | EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307,

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 80-11-00-941-067-A
(1) During the engine start procedure, obey all the engine safety precautions.
4. Procedure
Subtask 80-11-00-040-056-A
A. Check of the Position of the Manual Handle of the Starter Air Control Valve after the Engine Start
(1) Find the access port at the three o'clock position on the right thrust reverser inner fixed structure.
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600
EMB SB 73-1108 for A/C 301-307, 309-313

EMB SB 73-1109 for A/C 301-314
EMB SB 73-1111 for A/C 301-314
EMB SB 73-1122 for A/C 301-325
EMB SB 73-1123 for A/C 301-336
** ON A/C 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

(2) Use the maintenance interphone jack (or an alternative) and make sure that you can communicate
with the cockpit crew from the access port location.
(3) Find the 3/8 in. square drive (manual override drive) of the starter air control valve through the access
port.
(4) Use a DRIVE 3/8 IN - SQUARE with a 31.5 in. (0.80 m) EXTENSION or more to turn the manual
override drive.
NOTE: To close the square drive, it is necessary to turn it clockwise. To open the square drive, it is
necessary to turn it counterclockwise.
(5) Make sure that the valve is in the closed position.
NOTE: The valve is spring-loaded to the closed position.
(a) Make sure that you cannot rotate the square drive clockwise.
(6) Tell the cockpit crew to make sure that on the ECAM WD, the warning message ENG 1(2) START
VALVE FAULT/START VALVE NOT CLOSED does not come into view.
5. Close-up
Subtask 80-11-00-869-059-A
(2) Make an entry in the logbook to record the check of the closed position of the starter manual handle.
End of document

9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 12-11-28-650-004-A - Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
AIRCRAFT REVISION TAIL NUMBER -

CUSTOMIZATION DOCTYPES TITLE
TYPES DATE MSN - FSN
A318 A319 01-Aug- 12-11-28-650-004-A - Pressure
IGO AMM
A321 A320 2019 Refuel with Manual Control
** ON A/C FSN ALL

TASK 12-11-28-650-004-A
Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
WARNING: STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE
OPERATION OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
WARNING: DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
NOTE: It is recommended that you keep to one type of fuel. Although approved types can be
mixed if necessary to continue operation. Refer to Section 2 of your Flight Manual (Ref.
FM Section 2) for a complete list of approved fuels. Refer to Airbus Cold Weather
Operations Information and Operations Policy Fueling Procedures for safety precautions
with mixed fuel.
2. Job Set-up Information
Ref. 12-34-24-869-001-A Aircraft Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for the
Refuel/Defuel or Oxygen Servicing Operations
Ref. 24-41-00-861-002-A Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External
Power
Ref. 24-41-00-861-002-A01 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU
Ref. 24-41-00-861-002-A02 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

Ref. 24-41-00-862-002-A De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from
the External Power
Ref. 24-41-00-862-002-A01 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from
the APU
the Engine 1(2)
1/17
** ON A/C FSN ALL

Ref. 28-25-00-650-001-A Pressure Defuel
Ref. 28-25-00-869-001-A Fuel Transfer
Ref. 31-60-00-860-001-A EIS Start Procedure
Ref. 31-60-00-860-002-A EIS Stop Procedure
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350

Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU, Preselector 5QT and Indicator 6QT
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-

226, 229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-450, 500-600
Ref. Fig. Refuel Safety Area
Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Coupling
** ON A/C FSN 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241

** ON A/C FSN 204-204

** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU and 801VU, Preselector 5QT and Indicator
6QT
** ON A/C FSN ALL

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226,
229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C FSN 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

** ON A/C FSN 204-204
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600
Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU and 801VU, Preselector 5QT and Indicator 6QT
** ON A/C FSN ALL
SUBTASK 12-11-28-941-052-A
DELETED
SUBTASK 12-11-28-941-052-B
DELETED
SUBTASK 12-11-28-281-052-A
A. Drain the Water from the Fuel
(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done to the fuel in
the fuel tanker/pump unit.
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226,
229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-450, 500-600
2/17
SUBTASK 12-11-28-860-053-A
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED
TO THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO
NOT CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU BOND THE FUEL TANKER TO THE AIRCRAFT. IF
YOU DO NOT, AN ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE CAN OCCUR WHICH CAN
CAUSE AN EXPLOSION OR FIRE.
(1) Obey the local regulations for grounding (earthing) the aircraft. If you must ground
(earth) the aircraft:
- Ground (earth) the fuel tanker and the aircraft correctly Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-
24-869-001.
NOTE: You must bond the fuel tanker to the aircraft. Obey the local regulations for
grounding (earthing).
(2) Bond the fuel tanker to the aircraft Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-001.
(4) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel-supply hose is clean, then connect it to the
aircraft refuel coupling.
(5) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002.
(6) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) (Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
- ECAM only) start procedure Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001.
(7) On the panel 11VU, push (in) the FUEL pushbutton switch.
** ON A/C FSN 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

SUBTASK 12-11-28-860-053-B
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED
TO THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO
NOT CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU BOND THE FUEL TANKER TO THE AIRCRAFT. IF
YOU DO NOT, AN ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE CAN OCCUR WHICH CAN
CAUSE AN EXPLOSION OR FIRE.
(1) Obey the local regulations for grounding (earthing) the aircraft. If you must ground
(earth) the aircraft:
- Ground (earth) the fuel tanker and the aircraft correctly Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-
24-869-001.
NOTE: You must bond the fuel tanker to the aircraft. Obey the local regulations for
grounding (earthing).
(2) Bond the fuel tanker to the aircraft Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-001.
(4) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then connect it to the
aircraft refuel coupling.
(5) If you have external power available, energize the aircraft electrical circuits Ref. AMM
TASK 24-41-00-861-002.
(6) If you have external power available:
- do the EIS (ECAM only) start procedure Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001
- on the panel 11VU, push (in) the FUEL pushbutton switch.
** ON A/C FSN ALL
SUBTASK 12-11-28-010-053-A
C. Get Access
NOTE: If operating in battery power:

- put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position
- do not keep the door open longer than necessary because the battery
can discharge.
3/17
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SUBTASK 12-11-28-860-057-A
(1) If you do not have ground power available:
WARNING: WHEN YOU REFUEL THE AIRCRAFT WITH BATTERY POWER, IT IS

NOT ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO REFUEL TO FULL CAPACITY. THIS IS
BECAUSE THE INTERCELL TRANSFER VALVES ARE NOT ALWAYS
IN THE CORRECT POSITION.
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER switch to the
ON position and release.
NOTE: The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this is to
prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless you put the MODE
SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel panel) to REFUEL.
** ON A/C FSN 401-450
SUBTASK 12-11-28-860-057-B
(1) If you do not have ground power available:
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER switch to the
ON position and release.
NOTE: The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this is to
prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless you put the MODE
SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel panel) to REFUEL.
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 416-450,
500-600
SUBTASK 12-11-28-740-051-A
E. Test of the Refuel Panel 800VU
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
- put the TEST switch to the LTS - the High (HI) Level (LVL) lights and
position and hold it there the DEFUEL/XFR OPEN lights are on
and the CKPT and END lights come
on
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and
ACTUAL displays show all 8's.
- release the TEST switch - the lights go back to their initial
condition
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and
ACTUAL displays go back to their
initial condition
- put the TEST switch to the HIGH - the HI LVL lights change their
position and hold it there condition. If they were on, they will
go off. If they were off, they will
come on
- release the TEST switch. - the HI LVL lights go back to their
initial condition.
** ON A/C FSN 401-415

SUBTASK 12-11-28-740-051-C
E. Test of the Refuel Panel 800VU and 801VU
NOTE: The HI LVL lights of the ACTs that are not installed will not come on during this
test.
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
4/17
ACTION RESULT
On the panel 800VU: On the panels 800VU and 801VU:
- put the TEST switch to the LTS - the HI LVL lights, the DEFUEL XFR
position and hold it there OPEN light and the AFMS FAULT
light come on.
On the preselector 5QT:
- the PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays show all eights
- the CKPT and END lights come on.
On the indicator 6QT:
- the FUEL QTY displays show all
eights.
- release the TEST switch. On the panels 800VU and 801VU:
- the HI LVL lights, the DEFUEL XFR
OPEN light and the AFMS FAULT
light go off.
On the preselector 5QT:
- the CKPT and END lights go off
- the PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays show the tank quantities.
On the indicator 6QT:
- the FUEL QTY displays show the
tank quantities.
** ON A/C FSN ALL
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO THE REFUEL PANEL TEST BEFORE THE REFUEL
PROCEDURE OR BEFORE THE FUEL TANK IS 70 PERCENT FULL. DEFECTIVE HIGH-
LEVEL SENSORS CAN CAUSE FUEL TO SPILL OVERBOARD.
4. Procedure
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226,
229-235, 237-240, 242-250, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C FSN 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

** ON A/C FSN 204-204
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600
Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU and 801VU, Preselector 5QT and Indicator 6QT
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-094, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350
SUBTASK 12-11-28-650-054-B
WARNING: BEFORE YOU DO THIS REFUEL PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT:

- ALL THE FUEL PUMPS ARE OFF, OR
- THE FUEL PUMPS ARE ON WITH MODE SEL PUSHBUTTON-SWITCH
48QA IN THE AUTO POSITION.
IF THE FUEL PUMPS ARE ON AND MODE SEL PUSHBUTTON-SWITCH 48QA IS
NOT IN THE AUTO POSITION, THERE IS A RISK THAT FUEL WILL SPILL.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU START THE WING TANK PUMPS, MAKE SURE THAT:
- THERE IS A MINIMUM OF 750 KG (1653 LB) OF FUEL IN THE
APPLICABLE WING TANKS
- THE MODE SEL PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 48QA IS IN THE AUTO
5/17
POSITION.
THIS WILL PREVENT DRY RUNNING AND SUBSEQUENT DAMAGE TO THE
WING AND CENTER TANK PUMPS.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CROSSFEED VALVE, MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL
PUMP(S) IS(ARE) OFF. THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CROSSFEED
VALVE.
A. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
NOTE: If it becomes necessary, defuel Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-650-001 or transfer fuel
Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001.
- X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
- MODE SEL P/BSW 48QA is in the AUTO position
- CTR TK PUMP 1 & 2 P/BSW are released out (OFF).
(2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the REFUEL position.
(b) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s) to the OPEN
position.
(c) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the tank(s) which will not be refueled to
the SHUT position.
(3) Before refuel, record actual fuel quantity indicated on preselector 5QT and fuel tanker.
When refuel is complete do a discrepancy check.
CAUTION: DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
PRESSURE OF 50 PSI (3.45 BARS). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS
INSTRUCTION, DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT OR EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY displays increase.
(b) Monitor the FUEL QTY displays.
NOTE: Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each fuel tank and
for the total fuel capacity.
NOTE: If necessary, to dispatch with full fuel load, use the ECAM to make sure
the outer cell is full. This will prevent the risk of structural damage.
(c) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity put its REFUEL VALVE switch to the
SHUT position.
(6) When the fuel tank quantities are correct stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump
unit.
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position and put the guard on the
switch.
(b) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position and put the
guard(s) on the switch(es).
(8) If you have ground power available, make sure that the ECAM lower DU shows the
correct fuel quantities.
** ON A/C FSN 401-450
SUBTASK 12-11-28-650-054-D
WARNING: BEFORE YOU DO THIS REFUEL PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT:

- THE FUEL PUMPS ARE ON WITH MODE SEL PUSHBUTTON-SWITCH
48QA IN THE AUTO POSITION.
IF THE FUEL PUMPS ARE ON AND MODE SEL PUSHBUTTON-SWITCH 48QA IS
NOT IN THE AUTO POSITION, THERE IS A RISK THAT FUEL WILL SPILL.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU START THE WING TANK PUMPS, MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A
MINIMUM OF 750 KG (1653 LB) OF FUEL IN THE APPLICABLE WING TANKS.

6/17

FUEL PUMPS.
VALVE.
Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001.
- X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
- MODE SEL P/BSW 48QA is in the AUTO position
- the CTR TK L and R XFR P/BSW are released out (OFF).
position.
the SHUT position.
OCCUR.
SHUT position.
unit.
switch.
** ON A/C FSN 095-100, 301-349, 351-400, 500-600
SUBTASK 12-11-28-650-054-E
MINIMUM OF 750 KG (1653 LB) OF FUEL IN THE APPLICABLE WING TANKS.
FUEL PUMPS.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU DO THIS REFUEL PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT:

- THE FUEL PUMPS ARE ON WITH THE MODE SEL PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
4QL IN THE AUTO POSITION.
IF THE FUEL PUMPS ARE ON AND THE MODE SEL PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 4QL
IS NOT IN THE AUTO POSITION, THERE IS A RISK THAT FUEL WILL SPILL.
7/17

VALVE.
Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001.
- the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
- the MODE SEL P/BSW 4QL is in the AUTO position
position.
the SHUT position.
OCCUR.
SHUT position.
unit.
switch.
** ON A/C FSN 401-415
SUBTASK 12-11-28-650-083-D
MINIMUM OF 750 KG (1653 LB) OF FUEL IN THE APPLICABLE WING
TANKS.
FUEL PUMPS.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU DO THIS REFUEL PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT:

- THE FUEL PUMPS ARE ON WITH THE MODE SEL PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
4QL IN THE AUTO POSITION.
IF THE FUEL PUMPS ARE ON AND THE MODE SEL PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
4QL IS NOT IN THE AUTO POSITION, THERE IS A RISK THAT FUEL WILL
SPILL.
VALVE.
8/17
B. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control (with ACT(s) provision)
Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001.
- the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
- the MODE SEL P/BSW 4QL is in the AUTO position
(2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU/801VU:
- put the MODE SELECT switch to the REFUEL position
- put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s) to the OPEN
position
- put the REFUEL VALVES switches for the tanks which will not be refueled to the
SHUT position.
(a) Before refuel, record actual fuel quantity indicated on preselector 5QT and fuel
tanker. When refuel is complete do a discrepancy check.
(b) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
CAUTION: DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE

MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 50 PSI (3.45 BARS). IF YOU DO NOT
OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION, DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT OR
EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:
- make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY displays
increase
- monitor the FUEL QTY displays.
(d) On the refuel/defuel control panel 801VU:
- set the ACT rotary selector to each applicable ACT in turn
- make sure that the numbers on the ACT FUEL QTY display increases for
each applicable ACT
- monitor the ACT FUEL QTY display.
(e) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity, put its REFUEL VALVE switch to
the SHUT position.
(f) When the fuel tank quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
(g) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU/801VU:
- put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position
- put all the REFUEL VALVES switches to the NORM and guarded position.
(h) If you have ground power available:
- make sure that the ECAM lower DU shows the correct total fuel quantities
- make sure that the fuel indicators on the panel 28VU show the correct
quantity for each ACT.
** ON A/C FSN ALL

5. Close-up
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
SUBTASK 12-11-28-860-058-A
(1) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel configuration before the
subsequent flight.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002.
(3) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft refuel/defuel
coupling.
(4) Install the coupling cap.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.
9/17
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

SUBTASK 12-11-28-860-058-B
(1) If you have external power available, do the EIS stop procedure Ref. AMM TASK 31-
60-00-860-002 then de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-
00-862-002.
(2) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft refuel/defuel
coupling.
(3) Install the coupling cap.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.
** ON A/C FSN ALL
SUBTASK 12-11-28-410-052-A
B. Close Access
SUBTASK 12-11-28-942-053-A
(1) Disconnect the bonding and grounding (earthing) cables:
- Between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit
- If applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
- If applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard
tools and all other items.

10/17
192MB
INDICATOR 6QT
PRESELECTOR 5QT
N_MM_121128_3_AKM0_01_00
Figure 12-11-28-991-00400-00-G (SHEET 1) - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU, Preselector 5QT and
Indicator 6QT
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

11/17
NOTE:
AREA IN FRONT OF THE
TANKER MUST BE KEPT CLEAR
TO LET THE TANKER MOVE
AWAY IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY.
15 m IF THE TANKER CANNOT BE PARKED
(50 ft) BELOW THE WING DUE TO ITS SIZE,
IT CAN BE PARKED PARALLEL
TO THE WING.
15 m
(50 ft)
FUEL TANKER
FUEL TANK VENT
15 m 15 m
(50 ft) (50 ft)
RH REFUEL/
FUEL TANK VENT DEFUEL-COUPLING
15 m
15 m (50 ft)
(50 ft)
NOTE: ALL SAFETY ZONE CLEARANCES CAN CHANGE,

REFER TO LOCAL OR AIRPORT REGULATIONS.
3 m (10 ft) FUEL SPILL ZONE AROUND FUEL COUPLINGS AND FUEL TANK VENTS.
3 m (10 ft) EQUIPMENT HAZARD ZONE DURING FUELING.
N_MM_121128_3_AAM0_01_02
Figure 12-11-28-991-00100-00-A (SHEET 1) - Refuel Safety Area

** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240,
242-250, 301-450, 500-600

12/17
STA7792/RIB 14
40QM
STA8268/RIB 15
A
LEADING
EDGE
WING FRONT
SPAR
40QM
41QM
N_MM_121128_3_ACM0_01_00
Figure 12-11-28-991-00200-00-A (SHEET 1) - Refuel/Defuel Coupling

** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 203-205, 208-208, 210-221, 223-226, 229-235, 237-240,
242-250, 301-450, 500-600

13/17
15 m RH REFUEL/DEFUEL-COUPLING
(50 ft) AND OVERPRESSURE PROTECTOR
LH REFUEL/DEFUEL-COUPLING
AND OVERPRESSURE
PROTECTOR
01
OVERPRESSURE
PROTECTOR 15 m
(50 ft)
FUEL TANKER
15 m 15 m
(50 ft) (50 ft)
FUEL TANK VENT AND

OVERPRESSURE PROTECTOR
FUEL TANK VENT AND
OVERPRESSURE PROTECTOR
15 m
15 m (50 ft)
(50 ft)
NOTE:
ALL SAFETY ZONE CLEARANCES CAN CHANGE,
REFER TO LOCAL OR AIRPORT REGULATIONS
01 AREA IN FRONT OF THE TANKER MUST BE KEPT CLEAR TO LET THE TANKER MOVE
AWAY IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
IF THE TANKER CANNOT BE PARKED BELOW THE WING DUE TO ITS SIZE,
IT CAN BE PARKED PARALLEL TO THE WING
3 m (10 ft) FUEL SPILL ZONE AROUND FUEL COUPLINGS, FUEL TANK VENTS AND
OVERPRESSURE PROTECTORS
3 m (10 ft) EQUIPMENT HAZARD ZONE DURING FUELING

N_MM_121128_3_AAM1_01_01
Figure 12-11-28-991-00100-00-B (SHEET 1) - Refuel Safety Area

** ON A/C FSN 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

14/17
STA7792/RIB 14
100QM
(40QM)
STA8268/RIB 15
A
LEADING
EDGE
WING FRONT
SPAR
100QM
(40QM)
101QM
(41QM)
N_MM_121128_3_AEM0_01_00
Figure 12-11-28-991-00200-00-B (SHEET 1) - Refuel/Defuel Coupling

** ON A/C FSN 201-201, 206-207, 209-209, 222-222, 227-228, 236-236, 241-241
EMB SB 28-1030 for A/C 209-209

15/17
REFUEL DEFUEL CONTROL PANEL 800VU

ACCESS DOOR 192MB
INDICATOR 6QT
PRESELECTOR 5QT
N_MM_121128_3_CVM0_01_00
Figure 12-11-28-991-00400-00-H (SHEET 1) - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU, Preselector 5QT and
Indicator 6QT
** ON A/C FSN 204-204

16/17
192MB
INDICATOR
6QT
FUEL Q T Y
kg x 1000
LEFT CTR RIGHT
HI LV L
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
MODE SELECT TEST BATT POWER 800VU

REFUEL HI LVL ON
OFF
DEFUEL / XFR
OPEN LT S NORM

kg x 1000
DEC INC CKPT END
PRESELECTOR
5QT
N_MM_121128_3_AKM1_01_00
Figure 12-11-28-991-00400-00-Q (SHEET 1) - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU and 801VU,

Preselector 5QT and Indicator 6QT
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

17/17
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 23-73-00-040-001-A - Deactivation of the CIDS Director

A318 A319 01-Aug- 23-73-00-040-001-A -
IGO AMM
A321 A320 2019 Deactivation of the CIDS Director
** ON A/C FSN ALL

TASK 23-73-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the CIDS Director
FIN: 101RH 102RH
The purpose of this AMM task is to deactivate the CIDS director to recover the normal operation
of the CIDS function. For further information, refer to MMEL 23-73-01-01A.
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-216, 218-

218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-450, 500-600
Ref. 23-73-00-740-005-B Interface and Power-Up Test of the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through the
CFDS
** ON A/C FSN 203-205, 211-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

Ref. 23-73-00-861-001-A Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
Ref. 23-73-34-000-001-A Removal of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS) Director
** ON A/C FSN ALL

Power
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-216, 218-

218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-450, 500-600
** ON A/C FSN ALL

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C FSN 201-201, 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 217-217, 219-220, 231-234,
237-237, 240-240, 243-250
SUBTASK 23-73-00-860-146-A
Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002
(2) Get access to the avionics compartment.
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-216, 218-218,
221-230,
© AIRBUS S.A.S.235-236, 238-239,
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 241-242,
CONFIDENTIAL 301-450,
AND PROPRIETARY 500-600
DOCUMENT.
1/4
SUBTASK 23-73-00-860-146-C
Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002
Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001
(3) Make sure that a minimum of one cabin door is open.
** ON A/C FSN ALL

4. Procedure
** ON A/C FSN 203-205, 211-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250
SUBTASK 23-73-00-875-050-A
A. Open, safety and tag these circuit breakers in this sequence:
** ON A/C FSN 204-204, 219-220

121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/BAT 140RH N11
** ON A/C FSN 203-205, 211-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

FOR FIN 101RH(DIR-CIDS, 1)
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND
121VU 151RH M05
2/NORM
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
121VU 151RH M05
2/NORM
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 206-210, 212-218, 221-230,

235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-450, 500-600
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

SUBTASK 23-73-00-875-050-B
A. Open, safety and tag these circuit breakers in this sequence:

** ON A/C FSN 210-210, 227-228
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1/BAT 147RH P13
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

49VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR1 ESS 150RH G01
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 206-210, 212-218, 221-

230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR1 NORM 151RH M05
** ON A/C FSN 217-217

2/4

121VU 151RH M05
2/NORM
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 206-210, 212-216, 218-

218, 221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 206-210, 212-218, 221-

230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-450, 500-600
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

** ON A/C FSN 210-210, 227-228
EMB SB 23-1485 for A/C 210-210

121VU COM/CIDS/DIR 2/BAT 146RH P14
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

49VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR2 ESS 157RH G02
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 206-210, 212-218, 221-

230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR2 NORM 156RH M06
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 206-210, 212-218, 221-

230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-400, 500-600
EMB SB 23-1544 for A/C 210-210

121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
** ON A/C FSN 203-205, 211-211, 219-220, 231-234, 237-237, 240-240, 243-250

SUBTASK 23-73-00-040-050-A
B. Procedure
NOTE: The steps that follow are only necessary, if you want to release the aircraft with
only one CIDS Director installed.
(1) Remove the related CIDS director 1 (2)
Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-34-000-001.
(2) On the rack 87VU (88VU) of the removed CIDS director 1 (2):
- Install plugs to close the ventilation holes. (See IPC-Figure 23-73-08-11-110)
- Open two ventilation holes.
- Make match marks on the components that you disconnect/remove to record
their connections/positions. This is important for the subsequent installation
procedure.
(3) Energize the CIDS Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-861-001.
(4) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:
- Make sure that the SYS STATUS page shows the message 'CIDS OK'.
(6) Close Access
** ON A/C FSN 201-201, 207-207, 210-210, 217-217
EMB SB
© AIRBUS 23-1544
S.A.S. ALL RIGHTSfor A/C CONFIDENTIAL
RESERVED. 210-210 AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.
3/4
SUBTASK 23-73-00-040-050-B
B. Procedure
(1) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:
- Make sure that the SYS STATUS page shows the message 'CIDS OK'.
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 206-206, 208-209, 212-216, 218-218,
221-230, 235-236, 238-239, 241-242, 301-450, 500-600
SUBTASK 23-73-00-040-050-C
B. Procedure
- Do the Interface and Power-Up test of the CIDS through the CFDS.
Ref. AMM TASK 23-73-00-740-005
NOTE: The circuit breakers related to the deactivated CIDS director must stay open
(pulled).
- Make sure that only DIR 1 (2) related failure messages show.
(2) In the cockpit:
- Lift the handset from the cradle.
- Push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and make an announcement.
(3) In the cabin:
- Make sure that you hear the announcement.

4/4
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 28-25-00-040-004-A - Deactivation of the Transfer Defuel Valve

A318 A319 01-Aug- 28-25-00-040-004-A - Deactivation
IGO AMM
A321 A320 2019 of the Transfer Defuel Valve
** ON A/C FSN ALL

TASK 28-25-00-040-004-A
Deactivation of the Transfer Defuel Valve
FIN: 11QM
Personnel Required.
Minimum Number of Person 1

Manhours 01.0
Elapsed Time 01.0
MMEL 28-25-04A
Transfer Defuel Valve
QT
Y
No specific AR BAG - POLYTHENE
T720456 1 TOOL - VALVE LOCKING

192MB
1/9
Ref. 28-00-00-910-001-A Fuel Safety Procedures
Ref. 28-25-53-000-001-A Removal of the Center-Tank Defuel/Transfer Valve-Actuator
Ref. 28-25-53-400-001-A Installation of the Center-Tank Defuel/Transfer Valve-
Actuator
Ref. 32-12-00-010-001-A Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
Ref. 32-12-00-410-001-A Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
Ref. Fig. Transfer Defuel Valve (11QM) - Location and Detail
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350

Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Control Panel
** ON A/C FSN 204-204

** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

** ON A/C FSN 401-415

Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU
** ON A/C FSN ALL

3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

** ON A/C FSN 204-204
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600
** ON A/C FSN 401-415
** ON A/C FSN ALL
SUBTASK 28-25-00-941-072-A

(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures when you do work on the fuel system Ref.
AMM TASK 28-00-00-910-001.
(2) As necessary, use the applicable SAFETY BARRIERS, specified by the operator's
instructions and your local regulations.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the MLG doors.
SUBTASK 28-25-00-010-072-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the MLG doors Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001.
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the applicable MLG
door actuator.
(3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the transfer defuel valve (11QM).
(4) Open the access panel 192MB.
NOTE: If operating in battery power, do not keep the door open longer than
necessary because the battery can discharge.
SUBTASK 28-25-00-860-054-A
(1) On the panel 800VU, make sure that the MODE SELECT switch is in the OFF and
guarded position.
2/9
SUBTASK 28-25-00-865-057-A
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

** ON A/C FSN 401-450

** ON A/C FSN ALL

4. Procedure
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

** ON A/C FSN 204-204
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600
** ON A/C FSN 401-415
** ON A/C FSN ALL
SUBTASK 28-25-00-040-050-A
A. Transfer Defuel Valve - Closure Procedure
(1) If the actuator (11QU) shows the transfer defuel valve (11QM) in the open position
(see/feel indicator in-line):
(a) Remove the actuator (11QU) from the drive shaft of the transfer defuel valve
(11QM) Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-53-000-001.
(b) Manually turn the drive shaft to the valve-closed position (indicator groove
vertical).
(c) Make sure that the actuator (11QU) shaft is in the correct position (see/feel
indicator cross-line) to align with the valve drive shaft.
(d) If necessary, close the circuit breaker 1QU on the panel 121VU, and operate the
actuator (11QU) to get the correct position. Open the circuit breaker 1QU.
(e) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the actuator (11QU).
(f) Put the CAP-BLANKING on each disconnected electrical connector and
receptacle.
(g) Seal the disconnected cable in a BAG - POLYTHENE.
(h) Install the actuator (11QU) Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-53-400-001. Do not connect
the electrical connector (1) to the actuator.
(2) If the actuator (11QU) shows the transfer defuel valve (11QM) in the closed position
(see/feel indicator cross-line):
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the actuator (11QU).
(b) Put the CAP-BLANKING on each disconnected electrical connector and
receptacle.
(c) Seal the disconnected cable in a BAG - POLYTHENE.
(3) If the actuator (11QU) is unserviceable:
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the actuator (11QU).
(b) Put the CAP-BLANKING on each disconnected electrical connector and
receptacle.
(c) Seal the disconnected cable in a BAG - POLYTHENE.
3/9
(d) Remove the actuator (11QU) Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-53-000-001.

(e) Put the actuator (11QU) in a BAG - POLYTHENE and keep in a safe location.
NOTE: Keep the V-band clamp (82QM) safe. You will need it to clamp the TOOL
- VALVE LOCKING (T720456) to the mounting flange of the valve drive
shaft.
(f) Make sure that the transfer defuel valve (11QM) is in the closed position
(indicator groove vertical).
(g) Install the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) onto the face plate of the drive
shaft to lock the drive shaft so that it will not turn. Make sure that the dowel (3)
is correctly installed between the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) and the
face plate of the drive shaft. Put the V-band clamp (82QM) around the mounting
flange of the drive shaft and the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) and tighten
the screw (2).
NOTE: The dowel (3) will stop the TOOL - VALVE LOCKING (T720456) from
rotating on the face plate of the drive shaft.
(4) Write an applicable entry in the aircraft technical logbook.
(5) Attach a WARNING NOTICE(S) (to tell persons that the transfer defuel valve (11QM)
is deactivated) to:
- The MODE SELECT switch on the panel 800VU
- The circuit breaker 1QU in the cockpit.
5. Close-up
SUBTASK 28-25-00-410-066-A
A. Close Access
(4) Close the MLG doors Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001.
SUBTASK 28-25-00-942-075-A
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard
tools and all other items.

4/9
B
A
STA18694/FR42
Z141-Z142
STA15900/FR36
TRANSFER
DEFUEL VALVE
11 Q M
1 C
B
DRIVE
SHAFT
D
TO ENGINE REAR SPAR
FEED LINE
2 V-BAND ACTUATOR
CLAMP 11 Q U
82QM
VALVE
11 Q M
TO REFUEL 3
LINE
VALVE LOCKING
C TOOL T720456
D SEE/FEEL INDICATOR
OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
N_MM_282500_4_AEM0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-01600-00-A (SHEET 1) - Transfer Defuel Valve (11QM) - Location and Detail
** ON A/C FSN ALL

5/9
REFUEL
COUPLING
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
kg x 1000
I N D I C AT O R
LEFT CTR RIGHT
6QT
H I . LV L .
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
REFUEL H I . LV L ON REFUEL DEFUEL CONTROL PANEL
800VU
OFF
DEFUEL XFR OPEN L T S NORM

kg x 1000
DEC I N C CKPT END PRESELECTOR

5QT
N_MM_282500_4_CAM0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02400-00-G (SHEET 1) - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-203, 205-250, 350-350
EMB SB 31-1211 for A/C 219-220

6/9
REFUEL
COUPLING
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
lbs x 1000
I N D I C AT O R
LEFT CTR RIGHT
6QT
H I . LV L .
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
REFUEL H I . LV L ON REFUEL DEFUEL CONTROL PANEL
800VU
OFF
DEFUEL XFR OPEN L T S NORM

lbs x 1000
DEC I N C CKPT END PRESELECTOR

5QT
N_MM_282500_4_CVM0_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02400-00-H (SHEET 1) - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

** ON A/C FSN 204-204

7/9
REFUEL
COUPLING
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
kg X 1000

6QT
HI. LVL.
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
MODE SELECT TEST
BATT POWER
REFUEL HI. LVL ON
REFUEL/DEFUEL
OFF CONTROL PANEL
800VU

kg X 1000
DEC INC CKPT END
PRESELECTOR
5QT
N_MM_282500_4_CAM2_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-02400-00-S (SHEET 1) - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-400, 416-450, 500-600

8/9
REFUEL
COUPLING
40QM A
622HB
192MB
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
INDICATOR
6QT
kg x 1000
LEFT CTR RIGHT
HI LVL
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
SW POS VALVE
NORM NORM NORM
UP = OPEN
AFT1
SHUT SHUT SHUT

CTR = NORM

OFF
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
DEFUEL / XFR
OPEN LTS NORM
800VU
kg x 1000
801VU
DEC INC CKPT END
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
5QT
PRESELECTOR
N_MM_282500_4_EEM1_01_00
Figure 28-25-00-991-03800-00-C (SHEET 1) - Refuel/Defuel Panels 800VU and 801VU

** ON A/C FSN 401-415

9/9
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 29-10-00-710-004-A - Operational Check of EDP Depressurization

A318 A319 01-Aug- 29-10-00-710-004-A - Operational
IGO AMM
A321 A320 2019 Check of EDP Depressurization
** ON A/C FSN ALL

TASK 29-10-00-710-004-A
Operational Check of EDP Depressurization
Refer to the MPD TASK: 291000-20
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF EDP DEPESSURIZATION

Ref. 12-12-29-611-001-A Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump
Ref. 12-12-29-611-002-A Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service
Cart
Power
the External Power
the APU
the Engine 1(2)
Ref. 29-14-00-614-002-A Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the
Ground Connector
Ref. 29-14-00-614-002-A01 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with the Auxiliary
Power Unit (APU)
Ref. 31-60-00-860-002-A EIS Stop Procedure
** ON A/C FSN 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-

236, 241-241
Ref. 71-00-00-710-001-B Dry Motoring Check
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-

211, 215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
1/5
Ref. 71-00-00-710-045-A Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

Ref. 71-00-00-860-817-A Motor the Engine (Dry Method)
** ON A/C FSN ALL

3. Job Set-up
SUBTASK 29-10-00-865-106-A
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP 1701G
49VU H12
ENG1/CTL K
** ON A/C FSN ALL

121VU HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU 1801GL N34
HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP 3700G
121VU Q37
ENG2/MONG D
HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP 3701G
121VU Q36
ENG2/CTL D
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

121VU R34
ENG1/MONG K
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 350-350

121VU R35
ENG1/CTL K
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

121VU R33
ENG1/MONG K
** ON A/C FSN ALL

SUBTASK 29-10-00-860-118-A
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002.
Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001.
(3) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal, press the HYD pushbutton. Make
sure that the HYD page is shown on the ECAM lower Display Unit (DU)
(4) Make sure that the ECAM does not show these conditions:
- Low air pressure in the Green and Yellow reservoir
- Low fluid level in the Green and Yellow reservoir.
(5) If necessary, pressurize the reservoir Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002.
(6) If necessary, add fluid to the reservoir Ref. AMM TASK 12-12-29-611-001 or Ref. AMM
TASK 12-12-29-611-002.
(7) On the overhead panel 40VU, press the PTU/AUTO P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
(8) On the overhead panel 40VU, make sure that the GREEN/ENG 1 PUMP and the
YELLOW/ENG 2 PUMP P/BSWs are set to on (FAULT and OFF lights are off).
4. Procedure
** ON A/C FSN 207-207, 210-210, 212-214, 217-218, 223-226, 234-234, 236-236,
241-241
SUBTASK 29-10-00-710-058-B
WARNING:
© AIRBUS MAKE
S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS SURE
RESERVED. THAT THE
CONFIDENTIAL TRAVEL
AND RANGES
PROPRIETARY OF
DOCUMENT. THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
2/5
SURFACES ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE

INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: DO NOT START OR DRY MOTOR THE ENGINES WITH A HYDRAULIC GROUND
POWER SUPPLY CONNECTED TO THE AIRCRAFT. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE PUMPS.
A. Operational Check of EDP Depressurization
ACTION RESULT
1.Dry-motor the left (No. 1) engine and the The left (No. 1) engine and the right (No. 2)
right (No. 2) engine Ref. AMM TASK 71-00- engine turns and causes the engine-driven
00-710-001. pump of the Green and Yellow hydraulic
system to turn.
- The speed of the left (No. 1) engine
and the right (No. 2) engine is
approximately 20% N2.
- The pressure in the Green and Yellow
hydraulic system is 3000 +100 -100
psi.
- Press the GREEN/ENG 1 PUMP and - The GREEN/ENG 1 PUMP and the
the YELLOW/ENG 2 PUMP P/BSWs. YELLOW/ENG 2 PUMP OFF lights come
on.
- The vertical line between the EDP box
and the system indication changes from
green to amber
- The engine pump symbol of the Green
and Yellow hydraulic systems change
from green in-line to amber cross-line
hydraulic systems decreases to 0 psi.
the YELLOW/ENG 2 PUMP P/BSWs. YELLOW/ENG 2 PUMP OFF lights go off.
hydraulic systems increases to 3000
+100 -100 psi
and Yellow hydraulic systems changes
from amber cross-line to green in-line
amber to green.
4.Stop the dry-motoring of the left (No. 1) On the ECAM lower DU:
engine and the right (No. 2) engine Ref. - The pressure in the Green and the
AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001. Yellow hydraulic systems decreases to 0
psi.
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-206, 208-209, 211-211,

215-216, 219-222, 227-233, 235-235, 237-240, 242-250, 350-350
SUBTASK 29-10-00-710-058-C
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS

3/5
ACTION RESULT
system to turn.
psi.
on.
green to amber
+100 -100 psi
amber to green.
psi.
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

SUBTASK 29-10-00-710-058-D
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
4/5
ACTION RESULT
system to turn.
psi.
on.
green to amber
+100 -100 psi
amber to green.
psi.
** ON A/C FSN ALL

5. Close-up
SUBTASK 29-10-00-860-119-A
(1) On the overhead panel 40VU, press and release the PTU/AUTO P/BSW (the OFF light
goes off).
Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002.

5/5
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 32-46-00-740-003-A - BITE Test of the BSCU - LRU Identification

A318 A319 01-Aug- 32-46-00-740-003-A - BITE Test of
IGO AMM
A321 A320 2019 the BSCU - LRU Identification
** ON A/C FSN ALL

TASK 32-46-00-740-003-A
BITE Test of the BSCU - LRU Identification
Self explanatory
QT
Y
Power
the External Power
the APU
the Engine 1(2)
Ref. 31-32-00-860-009-A Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/L/G
Page
3. Job Set-up
SUBTASK 32-46-00-860-056-A
(1) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the L/G normal control-lever is set to DOWN.
(2) On the panel 402VU, make sure that the A/SKID & NOSE WHEEL switch is at ON.
Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002.
(4) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/L/G page Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-
860-009.
SUBTASK 32-46-00-941-056-A
(1) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the L/G normal control lever to tell persons not to move
it.
SUBTASK 32-46-00-865-053-A
1/2
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 32-46-00-740-003-A - BITE Test of the BSCU - LRU Identification

HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND
121VU 4GG M36
STEERING/SYS2/SPLY
121VU 3GG M35
STEERING/SYS2/CTL
121VU 1GG M34
STEERING/SYS1/CTL
121VU 2GG M33
STEERING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY
4. Procedure
** ON A/C FSN ALL
EMB SB 32-1336 for A/C 207-207, 210-210, 231-232, 237-237

EMB SB 32-1350 for A/C 016-021, 201-201, 203-206, 209-209, 211-211, 215-222,
226-230, 233-235, 239-240, 242-244, 350-350
EMB SB 32-1360 for A/C 203-205, 211-211, 219-220
EMB SB 32-1361 for A/C 203-205, 207-207, 210-211, 219-220, 231-232, 237-237
SUBTASK 32-46-00-740-052-B
A. Do this test:
NOTE: This test is for CHAN/SYS 1. For CHAN/SYS 2, use the indications between
parentheses.
ACTION RESULT
1.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent - the BSCU CHAN/SYS 1(2) page comes
to the BSCU 1(2) indication. into view.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the LRU - the BSCU CHAN/SYS 1(2)/LRU
IDENT indication. IDENTIFICATION page comes into view.
This page gives:
. the Part Number of the BSCU
. the Serial Number of the BSCU
. the pin programming reference
(wheel diameter and type of brake).
3.Push the line key adjacent to the
RETURN indication to get the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST/L/G page.
** ON A/C FSN ALL

5. Close-up
SUBTASK 32-46-00-860-057-A
(1) On the MCDU, push the line select key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the
CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002.

2/2
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 34-57-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Digital Distance and Radio Magne…

A318
34-57-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of
A319 01-Aug-
IGO AMM the Digital Distance and Radio
A321 2019
Magnetic Indicator (DDRMI)
A320
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-063, 201-201, 203-222, 226-235, 237-237, 239-240,

242-250, 350-350
TASK 34-57-00-040-801-A
Deactivation of the Digital Distance and Radio Magnetic Indicator (DDRMI)
NOTE: This deactivation task is not related to an AFM-CDL/MMEL item.

Power
the External Power
the APU
the Engine 1(2)
3. Job Set-up
SUBTASK 34-57-00-860-050-A
Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002.
SUBTASK 34-57-00-865-050-A

4. Procedure
SUBTASK 34-57-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the DDRMI
(1) Open, safety and tag circuit breaker 12FN of the DDRMI.
5. Close-up
SUBTASK 34-57-00-860-051-A
1/2
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 34-57-00-040-801-A - Deactivation of the Digital Distance and Radio Magne…

Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002.

2/2
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 52-70-00-040-007-A - Test of the Proximity Switches of the Doors

A318 A319 01-Aug- 52-70-00-040-007-A - Test of the
IGO AMM
A321 A320 2019 Proximity Switches of the Doors
** ON A/C FSN ALL

TASK 52-70-00-040-007-A
Test of the Proximity Switches of the Doors
NOTE: This procedure must agree with the note related to MMEL item 25-07-0X.
This is applicable when there is an incorrect "ARMED" or "NOT ARMED" indication on the
slide for the passenger doors.
This procedure gives the instructions necessary to:
- Clean the related switch
- Get the correct "SLIDE ARMED" indication on the ECAM DOOR/OXY page.
QT
Y
08BBD1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Isopropyl Alcohol -
14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -

831, 832, 841, 842
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

835, 845
** ON A/C FSN ALL

Ref. 52-10-00-010-001-A Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
Ref. 52-10-00-410-001-A Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
Ref. 52-10-00-860-001-A Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

1/8
Ref. 52-10-00-860-002-A Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

Ref. 52-22-00-010-002-A Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Outside
Ref. 52-22-00-410-002-A Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Outside
Ref. 52-22-00-860-003-A Special Precaution before Maintenance on the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Ref. 52-22-00-860-004-A Special Precaution after Maintenance on the Door Damper
and Emergency Operation Cylinder
** ON A/C FSN ALL

Ref. 52-70-00-040-004-A Visual Check to Make Sure that the Avionics-Compartment
Access Doors are Correctly Closed
Ref. 52-71-00-710-001-A Operational Test of the Door Warning System
Ref. 52-71-14-000-001-A Removal of the Proximity Switches of the Avionics
Compartment Doors
Ref. 52-73-11-000-001-A Removal of the Proximity Switches of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Doors
Ref. 52-73-11-000-002-A Removal of the Proximity Switches of the Aft
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-235, 237-240, 242-

250, 301-400, 500-600
Ref. 52-73-11-000-003-A Removal of the Proximity Switches of the FWD Emergency
Exits
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Ref. 52-73-11-000-004-A Removal of the Proximity Switches of the Aft Emergency
Exits
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

Ref. 52-73-11-000-004-E Removal of the Proximity Switches of the Aft Emergency
Exits
** ON A/C FSN ALL

Ref. 52-73-11-400-001-A Installation of the Proximity Switches of the FWD
Ref. 52-73-11-400-002-A Installation of the Proximity Switches of the Aft
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-235, 237-240, 242-

250, 301-400, 500-600
Ref. 52-73-11-400-003-A Installation of the Proximity Switches of the FWD
Emergency Exits
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

Ref. 52-73-11-400-004-A Installation of the Proximity Switches of the Aft Emergency
Exits
** ON A/C FSN 401-450

Ref. 52-73-11-400-004-E Installation of the Proximity Switches of the Aft Emergency
Exits
** ON A/C FSN ALL

2/8
FOR 4WN1(PROX SW-HANDLE, L FWD ESC SLIDE)
Ref. 25-23-46-000-001-A Removal of the Door Linings at the Forward
Ref. 25-23-46-400-001-A Installation of the Door Linings at the Forward
FOR 4WN2(PROX SW-HANDLE, R FWD ESC SLIDE)
Ref. 25-23-46-000-001-A Removal of the Door Linings at the Forward
Ref. 25-23-46-400-001-A Installation of the Door Linings at the Forward
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

FOR 5WN1(PROX SW-HANDLE, L FWD EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
Ref. 25-23-47-000-002-A Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
Ref. 25-23-47-400-002-A Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
FOR 5WN2(PROX SW-HANDLE, R FWD EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
** ON A/C FSN ALL

FOR 6WN1(PROX SW-HANDLE, L AFT EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
** ON A/C FSN ALL

FOR 6WN2(PROX SW-HANDLE, R AFT EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
** ON A/C FSN ALL

FOR 7WN1(PROX SW-HANDLE, L AFT ESC SLIDE)
Ref. 25-23-46-000-002-A Removal of the Door Linings at the Aft Passenger/Crew
Doors
Ref. 25-23-46-400-002-A Installation of the Door Linings at the Aft Passenger/Crew
Doors
FOR 7WN2(PROX SW-HANDLE, R AFT ESC SLIDE)
Ref. 25-23-46-000-002-A Removal of the Door Linings at the Aft Passenger/Crew
Doors
Ref. 25-23-46-400-002-A Installation of the Door Linings at the Aft Passenger/Crew
Doors
3/8
3. Job Set-up
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
SUBTASK 52-70-00-941-055-A
A. Identification of the Proximity Switches in Relation to the Door
(1) The identification of the proximity switches is as follows:
(a) 4WN1 for the left-forward passenger/crew door
(b) 4WN2 for the right-forward passenger/crew door
(c) 7WN1 for the left-aft passenger/crew door
(d) 7WN2 for the right-aft passenger/crew door
(e) 5WN1 for the left-forward emergency exit
(f) 5WN2 for the right-forward emergency exit
(g) 6WN1 for the left-aft emergency exit
(h) 6WN2 for the right-aft emergency exit.
SUBTASK 52-70-00-010-057-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at applicable
passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842.
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001.
(3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the passenger/crew door Ref.
AMM TASK 52-10-00-860-001.
** ON A/C FSN 401-450
SUBTASK 52-70-00-941-055-B
A. Identification of the Proximity Switches in Relation to the Door
(1) The identification of the proximity switches is as follows:
(a) 4WN1 for the left-forward passenger/crew door
(b) 4WN2 for the right-forward passenger/crew door
(c) 7WN1 for the left-aft passenger/crew door
(d) 7WN2 for the right-aft passenger/crew door
(e) 6WN1 for the left-aft emergency exit
(f) 6WN2 for the right-aft emergency exit.
SUBTASK 52-70-00-010-057-C
B. Get Access
passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842.
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001.
(3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the passenger/crew door Ref.
AMM TASK 52-10-00-860-001.
emergency exit 835 or 845.
(5) Open the applicable emergency exit Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-010-002.
(6) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the emergency exit Ref. AMM
TASK 52-22-00-860-003.
** ON A/C FSN ALL
SUBTASK 52-70-00-865-058-A

** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

4/8
SUBTASK 52-70-00-020-053-A
D. Removal of the Door Lining Panels
(1) Remove the lining panels:
(2) FOR 4WN1 (PROX SW-HANDLE, L FWD ESC SLIDE)
831CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-001
(3) FOR 4WN2 (PROX SW-HANDLE, R FWD ESC SLIDE)
841CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-001
(4) FOR 7WN1 (PROX SW-HANDLE, L AFT ESC SLIDE)
832CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-002
(5) FOR 7WN2 (PROX SW-HANDLE, R AFT ESC SLIDE)
842CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-002
(6) FOR 5WN1 (PROX SW-HANDLE, L FWD EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
241LW Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-000-002
(7) FOR 5WN2 (PROX SW-HANDLE, R FWD EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
242LW Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-000-002
(8) FOR 6WN1 (PROX SW-HANDLE, L AFT EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
241LW Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-000-002
(9) FOR 6WN2 (PROX SW-HANDLE, R AFT EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
242LW Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-000-002.
(10) Remove the insulation blankets.
** ON A/C FSN 401-450
SUBTASK 52-70-00-020-053-C
D. Removal of the Door Lining Panels
(1) Remove the lining panels:
831CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-001
841CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-001
832CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-002
842CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-002
835CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-000-013
845CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-000-013.
(8) Remove the insulation blankets.
** ON A/C FSN ALL

4. Procedure
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-235, 237-240, 242-250,
301-400, 500-600
SUBTASK 52-70-00-040-055-A
A. Check of the Defective Proximity Switch
(1) Clean the defective proximity switch with Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Isopropyl Alcohol -
(Material Ref. 08BBD1) and the Textile-Lint free Cotton - (Material Ref. 14SBA1).
(2) If the fault continues:
(a) Replace the defective proximity switch.
1 If a new proximity switch is available:
- Remove the defective proximity switch Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-000-
001, Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-000-002, Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-
000-003 or Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-000-004.
- Install the new proximity switch Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-001,
Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-002, Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-
003 or Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-004.
2 If no proximity switch are available, replace the defective proximity switch
by a proximity switch removed from the avionics compartment doors.
NOTE: If a proximity switch from the avionics compartment was used, the
MMEL for the avionics-compartment door indication Ref. AMM TASK
52-70-00-040-004 will be applicable if the avionics-compartment
door indication
© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL is incorrect.
AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.
5/8
- Do a check of the proximity switch that you will remove. To do this,

do an operational test of the door warning system of the related
avionics compartment doors Ref. AMM TASK 52-71-00-710-001.
- Remove the proximity switch from the avionics compartment door
Ref. AMM TASK 52-71-14-000-001.
- Install this proximity switch on the applicable passenger/crew door
002 or emergency exit Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-003, Ref. AMM
TASK 52-73-11-400-004.
(b) If the fault continues:
- Refer to the MMEL document for dispatch conditions.
** ON A/C FSN 236-236, 241-241
SUBTASK 52-70-00-040-055-C
001, Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-000-002 or Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-
000-004.
Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-002 or Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-
004.
by a proximity switch from the avionics compartment doors.
door indication is incorrect.
Ref. AMM TASK 52-71-14-000-001.
002 or emergency exit Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-004.
** ON A/C FSN 401-450
SUBTASK 52-70-00-040-055-D
001, Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-000-002 or Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-
000-004.
Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-002 or Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-
004.
by a proximity switch from the avionics compartment doors.
6/8

door indication is incorrect.
Ref. AMM TASK 52-71-14-000-001.
002 or emergency exit Ref. AMM TASK 52-73-11-400-004.
** ON A/C FSN ALL

5. Close-up
** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600
SUBTASK 52-70-00-420-053-A
A. Installation of the Lining Panels
(1) Install the insulation blankets.
(2) Install the lining panels:
831CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-400-001
841CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-400-001
832CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-400-002
842CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-400-002
(7) FOR 5WN1 (PROX SW-HANDLE, L FWD EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
241LW Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-400-002
(8) FOR 5WN2 (PROX SW-HANDLE, R FWD EMER EXIT ESC SLIDE)
242LW Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-400-002
241LW Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-400-002
242LW Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-400-002.
** ON A/C FSN 401-450
SUBTASK 52-70-00-420-053-C
A. Installation of the Lining Panels
(1) Install the insulation blankets.
(2) Install the lining panels:
831CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-400-001
841CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-400-001
832CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-400-002
842CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-400-002
835CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-400-013
845CZ Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-400-013.
** ON A/C FSN ALL
SUBTASK 52-70-00-865-059-A

7/8

** ON A/C FSN 016-022, 024-100, 112-150, 201-201, 203-250, 301-400, 500-600

SUBTASK 52-70-00-410-057-A
C. Close Access
(1) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment, the standard
and special tools and all other items from the inspection area.
(2) Obey the special precautions after the work on the passenger/crew door Ref. AMM
TASK 52-10-00-860-002.
(3) Close applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842 Ref. AMM TASK 52-
10-00-410-001.
** ON A/C FSN 401-450
SUBTASK 52-70-00-410-057-C
C. Close Access
(1) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment, the standard
and special tools and all other items from the inspection area.
(2) Obey the special precautions after the work on the passenger/crew door Ref. AMM
TASK 52-10-00-860-002.
(3) Close applicable passenger/crew door 831 or 841 or 832 or 842 Ref. AMM TASK 52-
10-00-410-001.
(4) Obey the special precautions after the work on the emergency exit Ref. AMM TASK
52-22-00-860-004.
(6) Close applicable emergency exit 835 or 845 Ref. AMM TASK 52-22-00-410-002.

8/8
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 78-30-00-040-806-A - Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight

78-30-00-040-806-A - Deactivation
A318 A319 01-Aug-
IGO AMM of the Thrust Reverser System for
A321 A320 2019
Flight
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

TASK 78-30-00-040-806-A
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Flight
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE ENGINE AFTER SHUTDOWN. THE
ENGINE CAN STAY HOT FOR A LONG TIME. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS
INSTRUCTION, INJURY CAN OCCUR.
WARNING: WEAR APPLICABLE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) WHEN YOU DO

THIS TASK. BEFORE YOU USE PPE, READ, UNDERSTAND AND OBEY ALL
INSTRUCTIONS FOR ITS USE. THESE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS
FROM THE MANUFACTURER, YOUR EMPLOYER AND GOVERNMENT
REGULATIONS. YOU CAN GET INJURED IF YOU DO NOT USE PPE. GET
INSTRUCTIONS FROM YOUR EMPLOYER ON WHICH PPE IS NECESSARY.
Self explanatory
QT
Y
No specific Torque wrench: range to between 31.5 and 35 lbf.in
(0.36 and 0.40 m.daN)
Ref. 71-00-00-860-833-A Procedure to Prevent Engine Motoring
Ref. 71-13-00-010-802-A Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
Ref. 71-13-00-410-802-A Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
Ref. 78-30-00-040-805-A Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Ground
Maintenance
Ref. 78-31-00-710-805-A Operational Test of Thrust Reverser with MCDU
Ref. 78-31-00-710-805-A01 Thrust Reverser Cycling Test (Engine Running)
Ref. 78-32-36-000-801-A Removal of the TRAS Lockout Pin Access Panel
Ref. 78-32-36-400-801-A Installation of the TRAS Lockout Pin Access Panel
Ref. Fig. Deactivation/Reactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Flight
Ref. Fig. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Flight - Lockout Cover
3. Job Set-up
1/6
SUBTASK 78-30-00-941-086-A
Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-833.
SUBTASK 78-30-00-040-069-A
B. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Ground Maintenance
WARNING: YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER BEFORE YOU DO

WORK ON OR AROUND IT. IF YOU DO NOT, THE THRUST REVERSER
CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND CAUSE AN INJURY AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Do the deactivation of the thrust reverser system for ground maintenance Ref. AMM
TASK 78-30-00-040-805.
SUBTASK 78-30-00-010-105-A
C. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-802 or the oil tank access
door on the left fan cowl door.
4. Procedure
SUBTASK 78-30-00-040-070-A
A. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Flight
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DEACTIVATE THE TWO THRUST REVERSER
DOORS ON THE SAME ENGINE FOR FLIGHT. IF ONE THRUST REVERSER
DOOR DEPLOYS DURING FLIGHT, INJURY AND/OR DEATH CAN OCCUR.
(1) Remove the screw (1) that attaches the translating sleeve lockout pins (2) in the
double-clamp (3).
(2) Open the double-clamp (3) and remove the translating sleeve lockout pins (2) from
the fan case.
(3) Install the screw (1) back on the double-clamp (3).
(4) TORQUE the screw (1) to between 31.5 and 35 lbf.in (0.36 and 0.40 m.daN).
(5) Remove the two bolts (4) and the lockout cover (5) from the latch beam Ref. AMM
TASK 78-32-36-000-801.
(6) Put the translating sleeve lockout pin (2) in the latch beam.
(7) Turn the lockout cover (5) so the lockout pin hole lines up with the translating sleeve
lockout pin (2). See Sheet 1 of the figure:
(8) Install the lockout cover (5) on the translating sleeve lockout pin (2) and the latch
beam with the two bolts (4) Ref. AMM TASK 78-32-36-400-801.
NOTE: The lockout cover (5) will not be flush with the surface of the latch beam.
This is the correct configuration. See the figure:
(9) Do steps 4.A.(5) thru 4.A.(8) for the other thrust reverser door on the same engine.
(10) Put the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) in the inhibited position.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) IS IN THE

INHIBITED POSITION WHILE THE THRUST REVERSER IS
DEACTIVATED FOR FLIGHT. IF THE HCU IS NOT IN THE
INHIBITED POSITION, THE TWO TRANSLATING SLEEVES ON THE
THRUST REVERSER CAN DEPLOY AND INJURY AND/OR DEATH
CAN OCCUR.
(a) Make sure the HCU stays in the inhibited position and the locking pin keeps it in
place Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-040-805.
5. Close-up
SUBTASK 78-30-00-860-064-A
(2) Close the oil tank access door on the left fan cowl-door or the fan cowl doors Ref.
AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-802.
(3) Remove
© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS the WARNING
RESERVED. NOTICE(S)
CONFIDENTIAL mentioned
AND PROPRIETARY in the job set-up.
DOCUMENT.
2/6
SUBTASK 78-30-00-710-070-A
B. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the thrust reverser with the MCDU. Ref. AMM TASK 78-31-
00-710-805
(a) Make sure that the thrust reverser does not operate.
SUBTASK 78-30-00-860-063-A
(1) Make an entry in the logbook to record the deactivation of the thrust reverser system.
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to show that the thrust reverser
system is not serviceable for the dedicated engine.

3/6
1
A
2 x2
OIL TANK
ACCESS DOOR
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-783000-G-51563-02457-A-002-01
FWD
B
A320NEO-AMM-783000-00015-00
N_MM_783000_4_QBM0_01_02
Figure 78-30-00-991-91500-21-A (SHEET 1/2) - Deactivation/Reactivation of the Thrust Reverser for

Flight
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

4/6
4 x2
LATCH BEAM
4 x2
LATCH BEAM
ACTIVATED POSITION
LH SHOWN; RH OPPOSITE
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-783000-G-51563-02458-A-001-01
2
A320NEO-AMM-783000-00016-00
DEACTIVATED POSITION
C
N_MM_783000_4_QBM0_02_02
Figure 78-30-00-991-91500-21-A (SHEET 2/2) - Deactivation/Reactivation of the Thrust Reverser for

Flight
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

5/6
4
5
LATCH BEAM
A A
2
A
ICN-GRAA320NEO-A-783000-G-51563-03103-A-001-01
DEACTIVATED POSITION
2 4
LATCH BEAM
A A
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
N_MM_783000_4_QCM0_01_00
Figure 78-30-00-991-93100-21-A (SHEET 1) - Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Flight - Lockout
Cover
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

6/6
9/4/2019 IGO - A318 / A319 / A320 / A321 - AMM - 01-Aug-2019 - 79-00-00-281-802-A - Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil Con…

79-00-00-281-802-A - Inspection of
A318 A319 01-Aug-
IGO AMM the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil
A321 A320 2019
Contamination
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

TASK 79-00-00-281-802-A
Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil Contamination
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE ENGINE AND THE ADJACENT
COMPONENTS AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE, THE ENGINE OIL AND
THE ADJACENT COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR A LONG TIME. IF YOU DO NOT
OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION, INJURY CAN OCCUR.
WARNING: WAIT FIVE MINUTES MINIMUM TO MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL SYSTEM IS NOT
PRESSURIZED BEFORE YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS
WARNING, INJURY CAN OCCUR.
Use this procedure to do an inspection of the six magnetic chip collectors. Five of the chip
collectors are located on the lubrication and scavenge pump attached to the front of the Main
Gearbox (MGB). The sixth chip collector is located on the No. 4 bearing compartment scavenge
line.
The lubrication and scavenge pump has bearing compartment designations to identify which chip
collector is for which bearing compartment as follows:
- MGB Main Gearbox
- AGB Angle Gearbox
- FBC Forward Bearing Compartment (No. 1, 1.5 and 2 Bearing Compartments) and Fan
Drive Gear System (FDGS)
- BC3 Bearing Compartment No. 3
- BC4 Bearing Compartment No. 4 - Chip collector located on the scavenge line
- BC5 Bearing Compartment (No. 5 and 6).
QT
Y
No specific 1 BOTTLE - SQUEEZE
No specific 1 CONTAINER 20L (5 USGAL)
No specific 1 MAGNIFYING GLASS POWER 20X
No specific 1 MICROSCOPE-BINOCULAR
PWA107802 1 PHOTOGRAPH, INSPECTION
P03-001 lubricant, aircraft turbine engine
1/15
P05-005 lint-free cotton cloth
P05-126 Brush, short bristle nylon
P05-181 Filter, paper
P11-014 isopropyl alcohol
P11-027 Petroleum Solvent

FOR 4020KM1(POWER PLANT-DEMOUNTABLE, ENG 1)
437AL, 438AR, 451AL,
452AR
FOR 4020KM2(POWER PLANT-DEMOUNTABLE, ENG 2)
447AL, 448AR, 461AL,
462AR
D. Expendable Parts

1 packing 79-22-01-01 ITEM
020
Ref. 71-00-00-860-833-A Procedure to Prevent Engine Motoring
Ref. 71-13-00-010-802-A Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
Ref. 71-13-00-410-802-A Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
Ref. 78-30-00-040-805-A Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser System for Ground
Maintenance
Ref. 78-30-00-440-805-A Reactivation of the Thrust Reverser System after Ground
Maintenance
Ref. 78-36-00-010-802-A Opening of the Thrust Reverser Cowl-Doors
Ref. 78-36-00-410-802-A Closing of the Thrust Reverser Cowl-Doors
Ref. 79-00-00-210-811-A Laboratory Analysis of the Engine Oil for Contamination
Ref. 79-21-06-960-801-A Replacement of the Oil Filter Element
Ref. 79-22-01-000-801-A Removal and Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collector
Assemblies
Ref. 79-22-01-400-801-A Installation of the Magnetic Chip Collector Assemblies
Ref. 79-22-01-720-801-A Functional Test of the Magnetic Chip Collectors
Ref. 80-11-00-200-801-A Inspection of the Starter Magnetic Drain Plug for Oil
Contamination
Ref. Fig. Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil Contamination
Ref. Fig. Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil Contamination - (Chips, Flakes
and Fines Troubleshooting)
3. Job Set-up
SUBTASK 79-00-00-941-084-A
2/15
Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-860-833.
SUBTASK 79-00-00-010-089-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-802:
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
SUBTASK 79-00-00-040-059-A
C. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Ground Maintenance
WARNING: YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER BEFORE YOU DO

WORK ON OR AROUND IT. IF YOU DO NOT, THE THRUST REVERSER
CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND CAUSE AN INJURY AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Do the deactivation of the thrust reverser system for ground maintenance Ref. AMM
TASK 78-30-00-040-805.
SUBTASK 79-00-00-010-090-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the thrust reverser cowl-doors Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-802:
- 451AL, 452AR
- 461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
Ref. Fig. Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil Contamination - (Chips, Flakes and
Fines Troubleshooting)
SUBTASK 79-00-00-281-058-A
A. Oil Analysis
(1) Find the five magnetic chip collectors (2) on the lubrication and scavenge pump
located on the left front side of the Main Gearbox (MGB) and the magnetic chip
collector (2) on the no. 4 bearing compartment scavenge line. See sheet 1 and 2 of
the figure:
(2) Do the inspection of each chip collector (2) one at a time so that you know what the
bearing compartment each collector (2) belongs to. The lubrication and scavenge
pump is marked with the bearing compartment number next to each chip collector.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE CHIP COLLECTORS, DO NOT LET THEM TOUCH
EACH OTHER. IF YOU DO, THE CHIP COLLECTORS CAN BECOME
DEMAGNETIZED.
(3) Make sure the magnetic chip collectors (2) do not touch each other.
(4) Keep accurate records of all contamination on each chip collector (2).
(5) If the engine or the MGB cannot continue in service, you must send the
contamination and/or the analysis of the contamination with the engine or the MGB
to the repair facility.
(6) Push in and turn the chip collector (2) counterclockwise to disengage it from the
valve.
(7) If any of the chip collector valves leak oil continuously after the removal of the chip
collector (2), replace the applicable magnetic-chip collector assembly as follows:
NOTE: A few drops of oil may appear immediately after the chip collector (2) is
removed. Wipe these drops away. If no additional drops appear the chip
collector assembly does not need to be replaced.
3/15
(a) If necessary, remove the magnetic-chip collector assemblies Ref. AMM TASK 79-
22-01-000-801.
(b) If necessary, install the magnetic-chip collector assemblies Ref. AMM TASK 79-
22-01-400-801.
(8) Do a visual inspection of each chip collector (2) for the contamination as follows. Use
the PHOTOGRAPH, INSPECTION (PWA107802) to help identify the contamination.
See sheets 3, 4 and 5 of the figure:
(a) Examine the chip collectors (2) with the MAGNIFYING GLASS POWER 20X.
NOTE: You can use the MAGNIFYING GLASS POWER 20X however it is
recommended you use the MICROSCOPE-BINOCULAR.
(b) This procedure gives instructions on how to interpret the debris contamination
that is on the magnetic chip collectors (2). For information on the methods of
quantitative analysis and on the composition of the contamination, refer to Ref.
AMM TASK 79-00-00-281-803.
NOTE: If there is a question about the type of contamination you see, obey the
action that follows the stricter interpretation.
(c) There are four main types of the contamination:
1 Contamination from the assembly of the engine - build debris:
- Build debris collects during the early stages of engine operation after
assembly of the engine. Build debris can look like strands of curly
steel wool, shaving or burrs.
2 Fines:
- These are very small steel particles which show as a black sludge on
the MCD. When the oil is removed they show as dull hair like slivers.
Fines come from permitted engine wear. Bearing skid can also make
fines, but the increased quantity will show during the analysis of the
MCD samples. Fines are usually found on the engines that have
operated for only a short time since new, repair or overhaul.
3 Chip:
- These are very thick flakes or pieces of metal which usually have one
smooth machined surface and the opposite surface is rough and
irregular.
4 Flakes:
- Flakes have irregular shapes, but are usually flat and shiny on both
sides. You must do an analysis of them to know their source.
(d) Examine the chip collector (2) with suitable magnification. If there is debris
contamination, make a record of the quantity and type of debris contamination
found and the pump location of the collector (2):
1 If the collector (2) is covered by oil, add a few drops of isopropyl alcohol
(Material Ref. P11-014) to the collector tip. The alcohol should help break
the surface tension of the oil and allow any metallic particles to be seen.
NOTE: This condition where the collector tip is covered by a drop of oil is
shown in the PHOTOGRAPH, INSPECTION (PWA107802) Photo Aid
(Condition C). This condition is usually the result of fine metallic
particles holding the oil near the collector (2) and the reason for
performing the preceding step whenever these conditions are
found.
2 If the chip collector (2) is clean with no contamination, it can be cleaned
and reinstalled. Refer to steps in this task.
3 The types of debris contamination, their source and the corrective action
necessary is as follows:
Ref. Fig. Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil Contamination -
(Chips, Flakes and Fines Troubleshooting)
4 Build debris contamination. See the sheet 3 of the figure:
4/15
a Action:
- The engine can continue in service.
- Operation is decreased to ten flight hours or five flight cycles,
the lesser of the two, until the source of the debris
contamination material can be identified. Do a spectroscopic
analysis of the chips and flakes per Section G of the oil system
oil analysis procedure Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-210-811.
- If the debris is from the bearing, gear or carbon seal carrier
material, remove the engine from service and disassemble the
engine enough to find the source of the material.
- If the debris is not from the bearing, gear or carbon seal
material, return the engine to service.
- If the debris on FBC MCC is identified as AISI 52100 (AMS
6440), remove the engine in 50 flight hours unless the other
debris results warrant more restrictive action.
5 Magnetic fines. See sheet 3 and 4 of the figure:
NOTE: Fines are usually from the low time engines. Small quantities are
serviceable.
a If there are fines on the chip collector (2) do the evaluation of the
quantity, area and type of material. See the figure:
Ref. Fig. Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil
Contamination - (Chips, Flakes and Fines Troubleshooting)
- If fines are found on the MGB chip collector probe surface,
examine the starter-magnetic drain plug Ref. AMM TASK 80-
11-00-200-801.
b If the fines are on 100 percent of the probe surface then remove the
engine from service:
- If the fines are on 100 percent of the no. 3 bearing
compartment probe surface, remove the engine in ten hours or
five flight cycles, whichever is less.
NOTE: If the no. 3 bearing compartment probe surface shows 100

percent coverage, it is not unusual to find equivalent
unwanted fine coverage on the AGB probe and some
coverage of the MGB probe. The ten hour or five flight cycle
limit is also applicable to these conditions.
c If the quantity of fines is more than 25 percent of the collector (2) tip
perimeter but less than 100 percent of the probe surface, do a visual
inspection of the main oil filter element for contamination as follows:
- If the MGB probe fines are greater than 25 percent of the probe
tip perimeter bus less than 100 percent of the probe surface, do
the steps that follow:
- 1. If replacement of the starter was necessary by Ref. AMM
TASK 80-11-00-200-801, clean the MGB probe, drain the MGB
oil, replace the oil filter and continue in service.
- 2. If replacement of the starter was not necessary, do an
analysis of the fines. If bearing or gear material is found,
remove the engine from service.
- Do a visual inspection of the main oil filter element for the
contamination as follows.
- Remove the oil filter Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-06-960-801.
- Hold the oil filter over a clean CONTAINER 20L (5 USGAL).
- Use Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref. P11-027) with the Brush,
short bristle nylon (Material Ref. P05-126) to remove any
contamination from the outside screen area of the filter
element. Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref. P11-027) may also be
applied to the inside of the filter to back flush contamination to
the outside screen area.
- Allow the Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref. P11-027) and the
contamination to fall into the CONTAINER 20L (5 USGAL).
- Slowly put the Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref. P11-027), which
5/15
is caught in the CONTAINER 20L (5 USGAL), through a Filter,

paper (Material Ref. P05-181) or equivalent to catch the
contamination in the Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref. P11-027).
- Try to keep the contamination in one area of the Filter, paper
(Material Ref. P05-181) within a 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) diameter
circle.
- Use the BOTTLE - SQUEEZE and more clean Petroleum Solvent
(Material Ref. P11-027) to rinse all the contamination into the
Filter, paper (Material Ref. P05-181) if necessary.
- If the collected main oil filter element debris contamination is
across an area greater than a 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) diameter circle
then remove the engine from service.
- If the debris contamination area on from the main oil filter
element is less than a 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) diameter circle, do a
spectroscopic analysis of the chips and flakes Ref. AMM TASK
79-00-00-210-811.
contamination material can be identified.
- If the fines from the chip collector and the filter are the same
bearing, gear or carbon-seal carrier material, remove the
engine from service and disassemble the engine enough to find
the source of the material.
- If the fines from the chip collector and the filter are not the
same bearing, gear or carbon-seal carrier material, install a
new oil filter and return the engine to service.
- 1. Examine the chip collectors and filter again in 15 hours or
less.
- 2. After the 15 hours or less inspection, you can install the
filter again.
6 Chips or flakes. See sheet 5 of the figure:
a If there are chips or flakes on the chip collector (2) do the evaluation
of the quantity, area and type:
Ref. Fig. Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil
- If five or less chips or flakes are found on the MGB chip collector
probe surface, examine the starter magnetic drain plug Ref.
AMM TASK 80-11-00-200-801.
b If the main gearbox probe (2) has five or less chips or flakes on the
chip collector, do the procedure that follows:
- If replacement of the starter was necessary Ref. AMM TASK 80-
11-00-200-801, clean the MGB probe, drain the MGB oil,
replace the oil filter and continue in service.
- If replacement of the starter was not necessary, do an analysis
of the chips and flakes. If bearing or gear material is found,
remove the engine from service.
c If there are six or more chips or flakes then remove the engine from
service.
d If the quantity of chips or flakes is less than six, do a visual
inspection of the main oil filter element for debris or contamination
by the procedure that follows:
- Remove the oil filter Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-06-960-801.
- Hold the oil filter over a clean CONTAINER 20L (5 USGAL).
- Use the Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref. P11-027) with the
Brush, short bristle nylon (Material Ref. P05-126) to remove any
contamination from the outside screen area of the filter
element. Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref. P11-027) may also be

6/15
applied to the inside of the filter to back flush contamination to

the outside screen area.
- Allow the Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref. P11-027) and
contamination to fall into the CONTAINER 20L (5 USGAL).
- Slowly put the Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref. P11-027)
through a Filter, paper (Material Ref. P05-181) or equivalent to
catch the contamination in the Petroleum Solvent (Material Ref.
P11-027) .
- Try to keep the contamination in one area of the Filter, paper
(Material Ref. P05-181) within a 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) diameter
circle.
- Use the BOTTLE - SQUEEZE and more clean Petroleum Solvent
(Material Ref. P11-027) to rinse all the contamination into the
Filter, paper (Material Ref. P05-181) if necessary.
- If the collected main oil filter element debris contamination is
across an area greater than a 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) diameter circle
then remove the engine from service.
- If the debris contamination area on from the main oil filter
element is less than a 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) diameter circle, do a
spectroscopic analysis of the chips and flakes per Section G of
Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-210-811.
contamination material can be identified.
- If the chips or flakes from the chip collector and the filter are
the same bearing, gear or carbon-seal carrier material, remove
the engine from service and disassemble the engine enough to
find the source of the material.
- If the chips or flakes from the chip collector and the filter are
not the same bearing, gear or carbon-seal carrier material,
install a new oil filter and return the engine to service.
- 1. Examine the chip collectors and filter again in 15 hours or
less.
- 2. After the 15 hours or less inspection, you can install the
filter again.
(9) Examination of the Magnetic Chip Collectors (MCC)s with no ECAM alert:
(a) Use this section of the manual when the MCCs are examined for reasons other
than when ECAM message ENGX OIL CHIP DETECTED and CLM ENGXD-0631-
OIL DEBRISOVERLIMIT DETECTED BY OD is shown and debris is found on the
MCCs.
(b) When you do normal engine operation, it is possible that small quantities of
material from the gear, seal and bearing hardware can collect on the MCCs at a
very low rate. This will not cause an ECAM alert. MCCs with fines less than 25
percent or build debris are normal and are not cause for the engine removal.
(c) The Oil Debris Monitoring (ODM) system monitors debris in the oil system
during engine operation and will set the "chip detected" alert when the rate of
debris detected is more than the approved limit.
(d) If debris is found on the MCCs without the ODM indication, do the procedure as
follows:
1 Chips or flakes:
- If more than five chips or flakes, obey the current MCC inspection
criteria.
2 Fines:
- If less than 25 percent of the collector (2) tip perimeter has fines,
clean the MCC and return the engine to service.
- If debris coverage is less than 25 percent and an analysis shows the
material to be the bearing, gear or carbon seal assembly material,
the engine removal is not necessary. Examine the MCCs again by the
current MCC inspection criteria in 25 flight hours or less.
7/15
-If debris is found at the next inspection, do an analysis of the

material in ten hours or five cycles, that which occurs first. If debris
is the bearing, gear or carbon seal material, remove the engine.
- If no debris is found at the next inspection, the engine can continue
in service and you can install the filter again.
- If more than 25 percent of the collector (2) tip perimeter has fines,
do an analysis of the material in ten hours or five cycles, that which
occurs first. Obey the current MCC inspection criteria.
(10) Prepare the chip collectors (2) for installation as follows. See sheet 1 and 2 of the
figure:
(a) Use lint-free cotton cloth (Material Ref. P05-005) to remove all the
contamination from the chip collectors (2).
(b) Examine the packing (1) on each chip collector (2) for damage or wear.
(c) If no visual damage or wear is found to the packing (1), you do not have to
remove or replace the packing (1).
(d) If you see any damage or wear, you must replace the packing as follows:
1 Discard the packing (1) form the chip collector (2).
2 Apply lubricant, aircraft turbine engine (Material Ref. P03-001) to the new
PIPC-CSN(79-22-01-01 ITEM 020) packing (1).
3 Install the packing (1) to the chip collector (2).
(e) If you think that the magnetic chip collector (2) is not functioning correctly, do a
functional check of the magnetic chip collector Ref. AMM TASK 79-22-01-720-
801.
(11) Install the six compartment-magnetic chip collectors (2) as follows. See the sheet 1
and 2 of the figure:
(a) Install the chip collectors (2) to the chip collector valves in the lubrication and
scavenge pump.
(b) Push in and turn each chip collector (2) clockwise to engage into the valve
completely.
(c) Pull on each chip collector (2) to make sure that it is fully engaged and locked in
position.
Table 601 - Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil Contamination -
(Chips, Flakes and Fines Troubleshooting Chart)
Reference Instructions For Combined Chart For Chips, Flakes

Number and Fine
(1) Make sure that the debris is metallic. Coke or carbon
particles are not the debris (crush if necessary to find
composition of the debris).
(2) If chips/flakes and fines are found, use the more careful
path.
(3) Build debris is usually found during the first 1000 hours of
operation.
(4) During this 50 flight hour period, the ECAM message ENGX
OIL CHIP DETECTED can possibly come on. If it does, obey
current AMM and Troubleshooting procedures to make sure
debris source is not from other bearing compartments and
new results do not warrant more restrictive action.
(12) Examine the assembly for foreign objects, damage and correct assembly.
5. Close-up
SUBTASK 79-00-00-410-076-A
A. Close Access
8/15
(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl-doors Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-410-802:
451AL, 452AR
461AL, 462AR
SUBTASK 79-00-00-440-059-A
B. Do the reactivation of the thrust reverser system after ground maintenance Ref. AMM TASK
78-30-00-440-805.
SUBTASK 79-00-00-410-077-A
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl doors Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-802:
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR

9/15
MAGNETIC CHIP COLLECTOR
LUBRICATION AND
SCAVENGE PUMP
ICN-PW1000G-C-790000-P-77445-05993-A-003-01
ALIGNMENT
INDICATOR

H-05993 (0418)
TYPICAL 5 LOCATIONS
A
PW V
N_MM_790000_3_QAM0_01_02
Figure 79-00-00-991-48200-21-A (SHEET 1/5) - Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil
Contamination
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

10/15
HIGH PRESSURE
TURBINE CASE
OIL TUBE
(LR40)
ALIGNMENT
INDICATOR
B
ICN-PW1000G-C-790000-P-77445-05994-A-003-01
D
1
PACKING
2
MAGNETIC
H-05994 (0418)
CHIP COLLECTOR
C
TYPICAL 6 LOCATIONS
PW V
N_MM_790000_3_QAM0_02_02
Contamination
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

11/15
BUILD
DEBRIS
BUILD
DEBRIS
MACHINE
CURL
MAGNETIC TIP
OF THE CHIP
COLLECTOR
MAGNETIC
FINES
ICN-PW1000G-C-790000-P-77445-05995-A-001-01
MAGNETIC TIP
OF THE CHIP
COLLECTOR
(OPTIONAL VIEW)
D
PW-R
N_MM_790000_3_QAM0_03_03
Contamination
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

12/15
25% TIP
PERIMETER
MAGNETIC
TIP
TIP
PERIMETER
MAGNETIC
FINES
MAGNETIC
BODY
ICN-PW1000G-C-790000-P-77445-05989-A-001-01
D
(OPTIONAL VIEW)
PW-R
N_MM_790000_3_QAM0_04_02
Contamination
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

13/15
METALLIC
FLAKES
SLIVER
MAGNETIC TIP
OF THE CHIP
COLLECTOR
CHIP CHIP
(SMOOTH SURFACE) (ROUGH SURFACE)
MAGNETIC TIP
ICN-PW1000G-C-790000-P-77445-06149-A-001-01
MAGNETIC TIP
OF THE CHIP OF THE CHIP
COLLECTOR COLLECTOR
D
(OPTIONAL VIEW)
PW-R
N_MM_790000_3_QAM0_05_03
Contamination
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

14/15
TYPE OF METALLIC (1)

EXAMINE ALL
FOR NON - ODM MCC RESULTS, REFER TO STEP 10.D.7
CHIP COLLECTORS
DEBRIS IDENTIFIED (2)
CHIPS OR FLAKES FINES ARE IS THE DEBRIS

BUILD DEBRIS (3) NO
ARE IDENTIFIED IDENTIFIED ON MORE THAN 25%
OF THE PROBE TIP
PERIMETER
A IS
ARE THERE THE DEBRIS YES
MORE THAN 5 ON 100% OF THE
CHIPS OR NO NO PROBE TIP
FLAKES SURFACE REMOVE THE
IS THE ENGINE IN 10
YES NO YES DEBRIS ON FLIGHT HOURS
YES
THE NO. 3 OR 5 FLIGHT
EXAMINE THE OIL FILTER PROBE CYCLES, WHICH
AND HOUSING FOR DEBRIS EVER IS LESS
CONTAMINATION NO
A
ANALYZE THE
COMPOSITION OF THE
DEBRIS CONTAMINATION ON
IS THE DEBRIS THE CHIP COLLECTORS AND FILTER
CONTAMINATION ACROSS NO IN 10 FLIGHT HOURS OR 5 FLIGHT
YES
AN AREA LARGER THAN A CYCLES, WHICHEVER IS LESS.
REMOVE THE
0.500 INCH (12.700 mm)
ENGINE
DIAMETER CIRCLE
IF THE DEBRIS ON
DISASSEMBLE THE IS THE DEBRIS FBC MCC IS IDENTIFIED
ENGINE OR DAMAGED FROM THE CHIP COLLECTOR AS AISI 52100 (AMS
YES
ICN-PW1000G-C-790000-P-77445-05991-A-012-01
COMPONENT TO FIND AND FILTER THE SAME BEARING, 6440), REMOVE THE
THE SOURCE OF THE GEAR, OR CARBON SEAL ENGINE IN 50 FLIGHT
MATERIAL CARRIER MATERIAL HOURS UNLESS OTHER
DEBRIS RESULTS
WARRANT MORE
RESTRICTIVE ACTION.
NO (4)
EXAMINE MCCS AND OIL

FILTER AGAIN IN 15
FLIGHT HOURS OR LESS
NOTE: See the table titled Inspection Of The

Magnetic Chip Collectors For Oil
CLEAN CHIP
Contamination - (Chips, Flakes, And Fines COLLECTORS AND
Troubleshooting Chart) for (1), (2), (3), RETURN TO SERVICE
PW-R
and (4).
N_MM_790000_3_QBM0_01_05
Figure 79-00-00-991-48300-21-A (SHEET 1) - Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Collectors for Oil
** ON A/C FSN 301-349, 351-450, 500-600

15/15
A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADVANCE COPY
THE DATA GIVEN IN THIS ADVANCE COPY IS APPROVED FOR USE PENDING
ISSUE OF THE REVISION DATED
Nov 01/2019
Subject 79-35-00-04 CONF 03 / 79-35-00-040-809-A
NOTE: AIRBUS OIT 999.0134/03 dated 14 NOV 2003 outlines the regulatory aspects of advance data, which are authorized for
temporary use till the data are released at the indicated issue date of the regular revision service
Issue date: Oct 10/2019

IGO Page 1 of 2
A318/A319/A320/A321
** ON A/C FSN 516-600

TASK 79-35-00-040-809-A-
Replacement of the Engine Oil Filter and Inspection of the Scavenge Screen Plug
MMEL 79-09-02A
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG ALERT
MMEL 79-09-04B
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER DEGRAD ALERT
MMEL 79-09-05B
ENG 1(2) OIL SENSOR FAULT ALERT
MMEL 79-09-07B
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER - PARTLY CLOGGED ALERT
79-00-00-200-806 Visual Inspection of the A, B and C Sumps,
the Accessory Gearbox (AGB) and the
Transfer Gearbox (TGB) Sump Scavenge
Screen Plugs for Debris
79-21-05-000-803 Removal of the Oil Filter Cartridge
79-21-05-400-803 Installation of the Oil Filter Cartridge
3. Job Set-up
SUBTASK 79-35-00-860-064-A
A. Non Applicable
4. Procedure
SUBTASK 79-35-00-960-053-A
A. Do the replacement of the Oil Filter Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-05-000-803 and Ref. AMM TASK
79-21-05-400-803.
SUBTASK 79-35-00-281-051-A
B. Do the inspection of the scavenge screen plugs Ref. AMM TASK 79-00-00-200-806 .
(1) Check that there is no presence of chips
5. Close-up
SUBTASK 79-35-00-860-065-A
(1) Make an entry in the logbook to record that the Oil Filter has been changed.

IGO Page 2 of 2
A318/A319/A320/A321
ADVANCE COPY
THE DATA GIVEN IN THIS ADVANCE COPY IS APPROVED FOR USE PENDING
ISSUE OF THE REVISION DATED
Nov 01/2019
Subject 79-35-00-04 CONF 03 / 79-35-00-040-808-A
NOTE: AIRBUS OIT 999.0134/03 dated 14 NOV 2003 outlines the regulatory aspects of advance data, which are authorized for
temporary use till the data are released at the indicated issue date of the regular revision service

IGO Page 1 of 2
A318/A319/A320/A321
** ON A/C FSN 516-600

TASK 79-35-00-040-808-A-
Engine Oil Filter and Oil Debris Monitoring System (ODMS) Operational Check
MMEL 79-09-02D
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG ALERT
MMEL 79-09-04C
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER DEGRAD ALERT
MMEL 79-09-05C
ENG 1(2) OIL SENSOR FAULT ALERT
MMEL 79-09-07C
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER - PARTLY CLOGGED ALERT
73-29-00-710-802 FADEC Test (Menu Mode)
79-21-05-000-803 Removal of the Oil Filter Cartridge
79-21-05-400-803 Installation of the Oil Filter Cartridge
3. Job Set-up
SUBTASK 79-35-00-860-062-A
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
SUBTASK 79-35-00-960-052-A
A. Do the replacement of the Oil Filter Ref. AMM TASK 79-21-05-000-803 and Ref. AMM TASK
79-21-05-400-803.
SUBTASK 79-35-00-720-052-A
B. Do a FADEC Test Ref. AMM TASK 73-29-00-710-802.
(1) Make sure that the message "ENGXB ODMS SENSOR MONITOR" does not come into
view.
5. Close-up
SUBTASK 79-35-00-860-063-A
(1) Make an entry in the logbook to record that the Oil Filter has been changed and the
ODMS checked operational.

IGO Page 2 of 2

AMM Task Aug 19 PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

AMM Task Aug 19 PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Customer : IGO Manual : AMM

Type : A318/A319/A320/A321 Selected applicability : ALL

1. Reason for the Job

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 1 of 2

B. Deactivation of the Lavatory/Galley Extraction Fan

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 2 of 2

1. Reason for the Job

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

B. Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS ZONE DESCRIPTION

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 1 of 3

(SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION)

Figure 21-26-00-991-00900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Conditioned-air inlet valve

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 2 of 3

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 3 of 3

1. Reason for the Job

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

B. Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS ZONE DESCRIPTION

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 1 of 2

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 2 of 2

1. Reason for the Job

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

B. Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS ZONE DESCRIPTION

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 1 of 2

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 2 of 2

FIN : 6HL , 7HL

1. Reason for the Job

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 1 of 3

Figure 21-31-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Safety Valves (6HL,7HL) - Visual Inspection

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 2 of 3

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 3 of 3

FIN : 6HL , 7HL

1. Reason for the Job

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 1 of 3

Figure 21-31-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Safety Valves (6HL,7HL) - Visual Inspection

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 2 of 3

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 3 of 3

1. Reason for the Job

PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 1 of 2

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 2 of 2

1. Reason for the Job

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

B. Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS ZONE DESCRIPTION

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 1 of 4

(SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION)

Figure 21-26-00-991-00900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Conditioned-air inlet valve

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 2 of 4

PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION

PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 3 of 4

(1) On the VENTILATION section of overhead panel 22VU:

(3) On the VENTILATION section of overhead panel 22VU:

Print Date: August 23, 2019 Page 4 of 4

1. Reason for the Job

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

B. Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS ZONE DESCRIPTION